Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/916/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography & Memoir, Spirituality & Religion, and Business & Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/916/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:08 GMT Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:31:08 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/916/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/916/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/916/ thebookvoice.com no Edwardo O'Reilly bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/916/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography & Memoir, Spirituality & Religion, and Business & Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Julian Bond's Time to Teach: A History of the Southern Civil Rights Movement Author: Julian Bond Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A masterclass in the civil rights movement from one of the legendary activists who led it. Compiled from his original lecture notes, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach brings his invaluable teachings to a new generation of readers and provides a necessary toolkit for today’s activists in the era of Black Lives Matter and #MeToo. Julian Bond sought to dismantle the perception of the civil rights movement as a peaceful and respectable protest that quickly garnered widespread support. Through his lectures, Bond detailed the ground-shaking disruption the movement caused, its immense unpopularity at the time, and the bravery of activists (some very young) who chose to disturb order to pursue justice. Beginning with the movement’s origins in the early twentieth century, Bond tackles key events such as the Montgomery bus boycott, the Little Rock Nine, Freedom Rides, sit-ins, Mississippi voter registration, the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church Bombing, the March on Washington, the Civil Rights Act, Freedom Summer, and Selma. He explains the youth activism, community ties, and strategizing required to build strenuous and successful movements. With these firsthand accounts of the civil rights movement and original photos from Danny Lyon, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach makes history come alive. Julian Bond Tue, 12 Jan 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536 thebookvoice.com 15:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Julian Bond's Time to Teach: A History of the Southern Civil Rights Movement Author: Julian Bond Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A masterclass in the civil rights movement from one of the legendary activists who led it. Compiled from his original lecture notes, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach brings his invaluable teachings to a new generation of readers and provides a necessary toolkit for today’s activists in the era of Black Lives Matter and #MeToo. Julian Bond sought to dismantle the perception of the civil rights movement as a peaceful and respectable protest that quickly garnered widespread support. Through his lectures, Bond detailed the ground-shaking disruption the movement caused, its immense unpopularity at the time, and the bravery of activists (some very young) who chose to disturb order to pursue justice. Beginning with the movement’s origins in the early twentieth century, Bond tackles key events such as the Montgomery bus boycott, the Little Rock Nine, Freedom Rides, sit-ins, Mississippi voter registration, the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church Bombing, the March on Washington, the Civil Rights Act, Freedom Summer, and Selma. He explains the youth activism, community ties, and strategizing required to build strenuous and successful movements. With these firsthand accounts of the civil rights movement and original photos from Danny Lyon, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach makes history come alive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430536]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Julian Bond's Time to Teach: A History of the Southern Civil Rights Movement Author: Julian Bond Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A masterclass in the civil rights movement from one of the legendary activists who led it. Compiled from his original lecture notes, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach brings his invaluable teachings to a new generation of readers and provides a necessary toolkit for today’s activists in the era of Black Lives Matter and #MeToo. Julian Bond sought to dismantle the perception of the civil rights movement as a peaceful and respectable protest that quickly garnered widespread support. Through his lectures, Bond detailed the ground-shaking disruption the movement caused, its immense unpopularity at the time, and the bravery of activists (some very young) who chose to disturb order to pursue justice. Beginning with the movement’s origins in the early twentieth century, Bond tackles key events such as the Montgomery bus boycott, the Little Rock Nine, Freedom Rides, sit-ins, Mississippi voter registration, the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church Bombing, the March on Washington, the Civil Rights Act, Freedom Summer, and Selma. He explains the youth activism, community ties, and strategizing required to build strenuous and successful movements. With these firsthand accounts of the civil rights movement and original photos from Danny Lyon, Julian Bond’s Time to Teach makes history come alive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430524 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pandemic Century: A History of Global Contagion Author: Mark Honigsbaum Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A Financial Times Best Book of the Year The most timely and informative history book you will read this year, tracing a century of pandemics. Ever since the 1918 Spanish influenza pandemic, scientists have dreamed of preventing catastrophic outbreaks of infectious disease. Yet, despite a century of medical progress, viral and bacterial disasters continue to take us by surprise, inciting panic and dominating news cycles. From the Spanish flu and the 1924 outbreak of pneumonic plague in Los Angeles, to the 1930 'parrot fever' pandemic and the more recent SARS, Ebola and Zika , the last 100 years have been marked by a succession of unanticipated pandemic alarms. In The Pandemic Century, Mark Honigsbaum chronicles 100 years of history in 10 outbreaks. This fast-paced, critically-acclaimed book combines science history, medical sociology and thrilling front-line reportage to deliver the story of our times. As we meet dedicated disease detectives, obstructive public health officials, and gifted scientists often blinded by their own expertise, we come face-to-face with the brilliance and medical hubris shaping both the frontier of science – and the future of humanity’s survival. © Mark Honigsbaum 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Mark Honigsbaum Thu, 23 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430524 thebookvoice.com 13:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pandemic Century: A History of Global Contagion Author: Mark Honigsbaum Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A Financial Times Best Book of the Year The most timely and informative history book you will read this year, tracing a century of pandemics. Ever since the 1918 Spanish influenza pandemic, scientists have dreamed of preventing catastrophic outbreaks of infectious disease. Yet, despite a century of medical progress, viral and bacterial disasters continue to take us by surprise, inciting panic and dominating news cycles. From the Spanish flu and the 1924 outbreak of pneumonic plague in Los Angeles, to the 1930 'parrot fever' pandemic and the more recent SARS, Ebola and Zika , the last 100 years have been marked by a succession of unanticipated pandemic alarms. In The Pandemic Century, Mark Honigsbaum chronicles 100 years of history in 10 outbreaks. This fast-paced, critically-acclaimed book combines science history, medical sociology and thrilling front-line reportage to deliver the story of our times. As we meet dedicated disease detectives, obstructive public health officials, and gifted scientists often blinded by their own expertise, we come face-to-face with the brilliance and medical hubris shaping both the frontier of science – and the future of humanity’s survival. © Mark Honigsbaum 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430524]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pandemic Century: A History of Global Contagion Author: Mark Honigsbaum Narrator: John Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A Financial Times Best Book of the Year The most timely and informative history book you will read this year, tracing a century of pandemics. Ever since the 1918 Spanish influenza pandemic, scientists have dreamed of preventing catastrophic outbreaks of infectious disease. Yet, despite a century of medical progress, viral and bacterial disasters continue to take us by surprise, inciting panic and dominating news cycles. From the Spanish flu and the 1924 outbreak of pneumonic plague in Los Angeles, to the 1930 'parrot fever' pandemic and the more recent SARS, Ebola and Zika , the last 100 years have been marked by a succession of unanticipated pandemic alarms. In The Pandemic Century, Mark Honigsbaum chronicles 100 years of history in 10 outbreaks. This fast-paced, critically-acclaimed book combines science history, medical sociology and thrilling front-line reportage to deliver the story of our times. As we meet dedicated disease detectives, obstructive public health officials, and gifted scientists often blinded by their own expertise, we come face-to-face with the brilliance and medical hubris shaping both the frontier of science – and the future of humanity’s survival. © Mark Honigsbaum 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430391 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: False Alarm: The Truth About the Epidemic of Fear Author: Marc Siegel Narrator: Gary Galone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life today for citizens of the developed world is safer, easier, and healthier than for any other people in history thanks to modern medicine, science, technology, and intelligence. So why is an epidemic of fear sweeping America? The answer, according to nationally renowned health commentator Dr. Marc Siegel, is that we live in an artificially created culture of fear. In False Alarm, Siegel identifies three major catalysts of the culture of fear—government, the media, and big pharma. With fascinating blow-by-blow analyses of the most sensational false alarms of the past few years, he shows how these fear mongers manipulate our most primitive instincts—often without our even realizing it. False Alarm shows us how to look behind the hype and hysteria, inoculate ourselves against fear tactics, and develop the emotional and intellectual skills needed to take back our lives. Marc Siegel Tue, 02 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430391 thebookvoice.com 8:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: False Alarm: The Truth About the Epidemic of Fear Author: Marc Siegel Narrator: Gary Galone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life today for citizens of the developed world is safer, easier, and healthier than for any other people in history thanks to modern medicine, science, technology, and intelligence. So why is an epidemic of fear sweeping America? The answer, according to nationally renowned health commentator Dr. Marc Siegel, is that we live in an artificially created culture of fear. In False Alarm, Siegel identifies three major catalysts of the culture of fear—government, the media, and big pharma. With fascinating blow-by-blow analyses of the most sensational false alarms of the past few years, he shows how these fear mongers manipulate our most primitive instincts—often without our even realizing it. False Alarm shows us how to look behind the hype and hysteria, inoculate ourselves against fear tactics, and develop the emotional and intellectual skills needed to take back our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: False Alarm: The Truth About the Epidemic of Fear Author: Marc Siegel Narrator: Gary Galone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life today for citizens of the developed world is safer, easier, and healthier than for any other people in history thanks to modern medicine, science, technology, and intelligence. So why is an epidemic of fear sweeping America? The answer, according to nationally renowned health commentator Dr. Marc Siegel, is that we live in an artificially created culture of fear. In False Alarm, Siegel identifies three major catalysts of the culture of fear—government, the media, and big pharma. With fascinating blow-by-blow analyses of the most sensational false alarms of the past few years, he shows how these fear mongers manipulate our most primitive instincts—often without our even realizing it. False Alarm shows us how to look behind the hype and hysteria, inoculate ourselves against fear tactics, and develop the emotional and intellectual skills needed to take back our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430307 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The #MeToo Reckoning: Facing the Church’s Complicity in Sexual Abuse and Misconduct Author: Ruth Everhart Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The #MeToo movement has revealed sexual abuse and assault in every sphere of society, including the church. But victims are routinely ignored by fellow Christians who deny their accounts and fail to bring accountability to the perpetrators. All too often, churches have been complicit in protecting abusers, reinforcing patriarchal power dynamics, and creating cultures of secrecy, shame, and silence. Pastor and survivor Ruth Everhart shines a light on gthe prevalence of sexual abuse and misconduct within faith communities. She candidly discloses stories of how she and others have experienced assault in church settings, highlighting the damage done to individuals, families, and communities. Everhart offers hope to survivors as she declares that God is present with the violated and stands in solidarity with victims. Scriptural narratives like those of Tamar and Bathsheba carry powerful resonance in today’s context, as do the accounts of Jesus’ interactions with women. God is at work in the midst of this #MeToo moment to call the church to repentance and deliver us from violence against the vulnerable. Ruth Everhart Tue, 14 Jan 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430307 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The #MeToo Reckoning: Facing the Church’s Complicity in Sexual Abuse and Misconduct Author: Ruth Everhart Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The #MeToo movement has revealed sexual abuse and assault in every sphere of society, including the church. But victims are routinely ignored by fellow Christians who deny their accounts and fail to bring accountability to the perpetrators. All too often, churches have been complicit in protecting abusers, reinforcing patriarchal power dynamics, and creating cultures of secrecy, shame, and silence. Pastor and survivor Ruth Everhart shines a light on gthe prevalence of sexual abuse and misconduct within faith communities. She candidly discloses stories of how she and others have experienced assault in church settings, highlighting the damage done to individuals, families, and communities. Everhart offers hope to survivors as she declares that God is present with the violated and stands in solidarity with victims. Scriptural narratives like those of Tamar and Bathsheba carry powerful resonance in today’s context, as do the accounts of Jesus’ interactions with women. God is at work in the midst of this #MeToo moment to call the church to repentance and deliver us from violence against the vulnerable. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The #MeToo Reckoning: Facing the Church’s Complicity in Sexual Abuse and Misconduct Author: Ruth Everhart Narrator: Rebecca Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The #MeToo movement has revealed sexual abuse and assault in every sphere of society, including the church. But victims are routinely ignored by fellow Christians who deny their accounts and fail to bring accountability to the perpetrators. All too often, churches have been complicit in protecting abusers, reinforcing patriarchal power dynamics, and creating cultures of secrecy, shame, and silence. Pastor and survivor Ruth Everhart shines a light on gthe prevalence of sexual abuse and misconduct within faith communities. She candidly discloses stories of how she and others have experienced assault in church settings, highlighting the damage done to individuals, families, and communities. Everhart offers hope to survivors as she declares that God is present with the violated and stands in solidarity with victims. Scriptural narratives like those of Tamar and Bathsheba carry powerful resonance in today’s context, as do the accounts of Jesus’ interactions with women. God is at work in the midst of this #MeToo moment to call the church to repentance and deliver us from violence against the vulnerable. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Place on the Corner: Jan Haldipur Author: Jan Haldipur Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What’s it like to be stopped and frisked by the police while walking home from the supermarket with your young children? How does it feel to receive a phone call from your fourteen-year-old son who is in the back of a squad car because he laughed at a police officer? How does a young person of color cope with being frisked several times a week since the age of fifteen? These are just some of the stories in No Place on the Corner, which draws on three years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork in the South Bronx before and after the landmark 2013 Floyd v. City of New York decision that ruled that the NYPD’s controversial “stop and frisk” policing methods were a violation of rights. Through riveting interviews and with a humane eye, Jan Haldipur shows how a community endured this aggressive policing regime. Although the police mostly targeted younger men of color, Haldipur focuses on how everyone in the neighborhood―mothers, fathers, grandparents, brothers, and sisters, even the district attorney’s office―was affected by this intense policing regime and thus shows how this South Bronx community as a whole experienced this collective form of punishment. One of Haldipur’s key insights is to demonstrate how police patrols effectively cleared the streets of residents and made public spaces feel off-limits or inaccessible to the people who lived there. In this way, community members lost the very “street corner” culture that has been a hallmark of urban spaces. This profound social consequence of aggressive policing effectively keeps neighbors out of one another’s lives and deeply hurts a community’s sense of cohesion. Jan Haldipur Tue, 12 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236 thebookvoice.com 4:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Place on the Corner: Jan Haldipur Author: Jan Haldipur Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What’s it like to be stopped and frisked by the police while walking home from the supermarket with your young children? How does it feel to receive a phone call from your fourteen-year-old son who is in the back of a squad car because he laughed at a police officer? How does a young person of color cope with being frisked several times a week since the age of fifteen? These are just some of the stories in No Place on the Corner, which draws on three years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork in the South Bronx before and after the landmark 2013 Floyd v. City of New York decision that ruled that the NYPD’s controversial “stop and frisk” policing methods were a violation of rights. Through riveting interviews and with a humane eye, Jan Haldipur shows how a community endured this aggressive policing regime. Although the police mostly targeted younger men of color, Haldipur focuses on how everyone in the neighborhood―mothers, fathers, grandparents, brothers, and sisters, even the district attorney’s office―was affected by this intense policing regime and thus shows how this South Bronx community as a whole experienced this collective form of punishment. One of Haldipur’s key insights is to demonstrate how police patrols effectively cleared the streets of residents and made public spaces feel off-limits or inaccessible to the people who lived there. In this way, community members lost the very “street corner” culture that has been a hallmark of urban spaces. This profound social consequence of aggressive policing effectively keeps neighbors out of one another’s lives and deeply hurts a community’s sense of cohesion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Place on the Corner: Jan Haldipur Author: Jan Haldipur Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What’s it like to be stopped and frisked by the police while walking home from the supermarket with your young children? How does it feel to receive a phone call from your fourteen-year-old son who is in the back of a squad car because he laughed at a police officer? How does a young person of color cope with being frisked several times a week since the age of fifteen? These are just some of the stories in No Place on the Corner, which draws on three years of intensive ethnographic fieldwork in the South Bronx before and after the landmark 2013 Floyd v. City of New York decision that ruled that the NYPD’s controversial “stop and frisk” policing methods were a violation of rights. Through riveting interviews and with a humane eye, Jan Haldipur shows how a community endured this aggressive policing regime. Although the police mostly targeted younger men of color, Haldipur focuses on how everyone in the neighborhood―mothers, fathers, grandparents, brothers, and sisters, even the district attorney’s office―was affected by this intense policing regime and thus shows how this South Bronx community as a whole experienced this collective form of punishment. One of Haldipur’s key insights is to demonstrate how police patrols effectively cleared the streets of residents and made public spaces feel off-limits or inaccessible to the people who lived there. In this way, community members lost the very “street corner” culture that has been a hallmark of urban spaces. This profound social consequence of aggressive policing effectively keeps neighbors out of one another’s lives and deeply hurts a community’s sense of cohesion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430119 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collision on Tenerife: The How and Why of the World's Worst Aviation Disaster Author: Jon Ziomek Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The world's worst air disaster happened more than forty years ago on a remote Atlantic Ocean island, when two fully loaded 747 passenger jets collided after a horrendous series of human errors. One of the jets, KLM Flight 4805, was traveling more than 150 miles an hour and was within seconds of lifting off when it crashed into Pan Am Flight 1736 taxiing in its path. The loss of lives was staggering—583 dead. The crash happened after a lengthy series of major and minor human errors. In the intervening years, has aviation advanced to the point that such a disaster can't happen again? In this riveting account, written from the perspective of the passengers in the cabin as well as the crew members in the cockpits, Jon Ziomek explains how this largely forgotten accident took place—and what has happened since to reduce the possibility of another such catastrophe. Jon Ziomek Tue, 30 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430119 thebookvoice.com 9:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collision on Tenerife: The How and Why of the World's Worst Aviation Disaster Author: Jon Ziomek Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The world's worst air disaster happened more than forty years ago on a remote Atlantic Ocean island, when two fully loaded 747 passenger jets collided after a horrendous series of human errors. One of the jets, KLM Flight 4805, was traveling more than 150 miles an hour and was within seconds of lifting off when it crashed into Pan Am Flight 1736 taxiing in its path. The loss of lives was staggering—583 dead. The crash happened after a lengthy series of major and minor human errors. In the intervening years, has aviation advanced to the point that such a disaster can't happen again? In this riveting account, written from the perspective of the passengers in the cabin as well as the crew members in the cockpits, Jon Ziomek explains how this largely forgotten accident took place—and what has happened since to reduce the possibility of another such catastrophe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collision on Tenerife: The How and Why of the World's Worst Aviation Disaster Author: Jon Ziomek Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The world's worst air disaster happened more than forty years ago on a remote Atlantic Ocean island, when two fully loaded 747 passenger jets collided after a horrendous series of human errors. One of the jets, KLM Flight 4805, was traveling more than 150 miles an hour and was within seconds of lifting off when it crashed into Pan Am Flight 1736 taxiing in its path. The loss of lives was staggering—583 dead. The crash happened after a lengthy series of major and minor human errors. In the intervening years, has aviation advanced to the point that such a disaster can't happen again? In this riveting account, written from the perspective of the passengers in the cabin as well as the crew members in the cockpits, Jon Ziomek explains how this largely forgotten accident took place—and what has happened since to reduce the possibility of another such catastrophe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429929 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Santiago recorrido por su Historia Author: Mercedes López-Mayan Narrator: Santiago Noriega Gil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 12, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: -Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Conocida mundialmente como meta de peregrinaciones, la ciudad de Santiago de Compostela ha ejercido un papel protagonista en la historia no solo de Galicia, sino también de España y de Europa. A mediados del siglo IX, la presencia del que se identificó como sepulcro del apóstol Santiago atrajo los intereses monárquicos y eclesiásticos que estuvieron en el origen mismo de la urbe y que, desde entonces, condicionaron las dinámicas políticas, económicas, sociales, culturales y artísticas que han modelado su evolución hasta nuestros días. Este curso ofrece un recorrido por la historia compostelana a sus futuros visitantes y a todas aquellas personas interesadas en conocer el pasado de la ciudad, su fisionomía, sus gentes, sus formas de vida, sus monumentos y, en definitiva, las circunstancias que han condicionado su existencia y que permiten comprender su presente. - Mercedes López-Mayán (Pontevedra, 1983) es Doctora en Historia del Arte por la Universidad de Santiago de Compostela y, en la actualidad, es investigadora postdoctoral en el Departamento de Historia del Arte de la Universidad de Santiago de Compostela. Mercedes López-Mayan Thu, 12 Dec 2019 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429929 thebookvoice.com 16:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Santiago recorrido por su Historia Author: Mercedes López-Mayan Narrator: Santiago Noriega Gil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 12, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: -Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Conocida mundialmente como meta de peregrinaciones, la ciudad de Santiago de Compostela ha ejercido un papel protagonista en la historia no solo de Galicia, sino también de España y de Europa. A mediados del siglo IX, la presencia del que se identificó como sepulcro del apóstol Santiago atrajo los intereses monárquicos y eclesiásticos que estuvieron en el origen mismo de la urbe y que, desde entonces, condicionaron las dinámicas políticas, económicas, sociales, culturales y artísticas que han modelado su evolución hasta nuestros días. Este curso ofrece un recorrido por la historia compostelana a sus futuros visitantes y a todas aquellas personas interesadas en conocer el pasado de la ciudad, su fisionomía, sus gentes, sus formas de vida, sus monumentos y, en definitiva, las circunstancias que han condicionado su existencia y que permiten comprender su presente. - Mercedes López-Mayán (Pontevedra, 1983) es Doctora en Historia del Arte por la Universidad de Santiago de Compostela y, en la actualidad, es investigadora postdoctoral en el Departamento de Historia del Arte de la Universidad de Santiago de Compostela. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Santiago recorrido por su Historia Author: Mercedes López-Mayan Narrator: Santiago Noriega Gil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 12, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: -Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. Conocida mundialmente como meta de peregrinaciones, la ciudad de Santiago de Compostela ha ejercido un papel protagonista en la historia no solo de Galicia, sino también de España y de Europa. A mediados del siglo IX, la presencia del que se identificó como sepulcro del apóstol Santiago atrajo los intereses monárquicos y eclesiásticos que estuvieron en el origen mismo de la urbe y que, desde entonces, condicionaron las dinámicas políticas, económicas, sociales, culturales y artísticas que han modelado su evolución hasta nuestros días. Este curso ofrece un recorrido por la historia compostelana a sus futuros visitantes y a todas aquellas personas interesadas en conocer el pasado de la ciudad, su fisionomía, sus gentes, sus formas de vida, sus monumentos y, en definitiva, las circunstancias que han condicionado su existencia y que permiten comprender su presente. - Mercedes López-Mayán (Pontevedra, 1983) es Doctora en Historia del Arte por la Universidad de Santiago de Compostela y, en la actualidad, es investigadora postdoctoral en el Departamento de Historia del Arte de la Universidad de Santiago de Compostela. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429879 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humans versus Nature: A Global Environmental History Author: Daniel R. Headrick Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the appearance of Homo sapiens on the planet hundreds of thousands of years ago, human beings have sought to exploit their environments, extracting as many resources as their technological ingenuity has allowed. As technologies have advanced in recent centuries, that impulse has remained largely unchecked, exponentially accelerating the human impact on the environment. Humans versus Nature tells a history of the global environment from the Stone Age to the present, emphasizing the adversarial relationship between the human and natural worlds. Nature is cast as an active protagonist, rather than a mere backdrop or victim of human malfeasance. Daniel R. Headrick shows how environmental changes—epidemics, climate shocks, and volcanic eruptions—have molded human societies and cultures, sometimes overwhelming them. At the same time, he traces the history of anthropogenic changes in the environment—species extinctions, global warming, deforestation, and resource depletion—back to the age of hunters and gatherers and the first farmers and herders. Throughout, Headrick examines how human-driven environmental changes are interwoven with larger global systems, dramatically reshaping the complex relationship between people and the natural world. In doing so, he roots the current environmental crisis in the deep past. Daniel R. Headrick Tue, 11 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429879 thebookvoice.com 23:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humans versus Nature: A Global Environmental History Author: Daniel R. Headrick Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the appearance of Homo sapiens on the planet hundreds of thousands of years ago, human beings have sought to exploit their environments, extracting as many resources as their technological ingenuity has allowed. As technologies have advanced in recent centuries, that impulse has remained largely unchecked, exponentially accelerating the human impact on the environment. Humans versus Nature tells a history of the global environment from the Stone Age to the present, emphasizing the adversarial relationship between the human and natural worlds. Nature is cast as an active protagonist, rather than a mere backdrop or victim of human malfeasance. Daniel R. Headrick shows how environmental changes—epidemics, climate shocks, and volcanic eruptions—have molded human societies and cultures, sometimes overwhelming them. At the same time, he traces the history of anthropogenic changes in the environment—species extinctions, global warming, deforestation, and resource depletion—back to the age of hunters and gatherers and the first farmers and herders. Throughout, Headrick examines how human-driven environmental changes are interwoven with larger global systems, dramatically reshaping the complex relationship between people and the natural world. In doing so, he roots the current environmental crisis in the deep past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humans versus Nature: A Global Environmental History Author: Daniel R. Headrick Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Since the appearance of Homo sapiens on the planet hundreds of thousands of years ago, human beings have sought to exploit their environments, extracting as many resources as their technological ingenuity has allowed. As technologies have advanced in recent centuries, that impulse has remained largely unchecked, exponentially accelerating the human impact on the environment. Humans versus Nature tells a history of the global environment from the Stone Age to the present, emphasizing the adversarial relationship between the human and natural worlds. Nature is cast as an active protagonist, rather than a mere backdrop or victim of human malfeasance. Daniel R. Headrick shows how environmental changes—epidemics, climate shocks, and volcanic eruptions—have molded human societies and cultures, sometimes overwhelming them. At the same time, he traces the history of anthropogenic changes in the environment—species extinctions, global warming, deforestation, and resource depletion—back to the age of hunters and gatherers and the first farmers and herders. Throughout, Headrick examines how human-driven environmental changes are interwoven with larger global systems, dramatically reshaping the complex relationship between people and the natural world. In doing so, he roots the current environmental crisis in the deep past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429792 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where is God in a Coronavirus World? Author: John C. Lennox Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: April 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How belief in a loving and sovereign God helps us to make sense of and cope with the coronavirus outbreak. We are living through a unique, era-defining period. Many of our old certainties have gone, whatever our view of the world and whatever our beliefs. The coronavirus pandemic and its effects are perplexing and unsettling for all of us. How do we begin to think it through and cope with it? In this short yet profound book, Oxford mathematics professor John Lennox examines the coronavirus in light of various belief systems and shows how the Christian worldview not only helps us to make sense of it, but also offers us a sure and certain hope to cling to. Here's why John Lennox wrote the book: "This book consists of my reflections on what we are experiencing right now. I started writing it a week ago, and things have changed quickly since then and no doubt will do again...I would invite you, the reader, to view the book like this: we are sitting in a coffee shop (if only we could!) and you have asked me the question on the book cover. I put down my coffee cup and attempt to give you an honest answer. What follows is what I would try to say in order to convey some comfort, support and hope." John C. Lennox Mon, 20 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429792 thebookvoice.com 1:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where is God in a Coronavirus World? Author: John C. Lennox Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: April 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How belief in a loving and sovereign God helps us to make sense of and cope with the coronavirus outbreak. We are living through a unique, era-defining period. Many of our old certainties have gone, whatever our view of the world and whatever our beliefs. The coronavirus pandemic and its effects are perplexing and unsettling for all of us. How do we begin to think it through and cope with it? In this short yet profound book, Oxford mathematics professor John Lennox examines the coronavirus in light of various belief systems and shows how the Christian worldview not only helps us to make sense of it, but also offers us a sure and certain hope to cling to. Here's why John Lennox wrote the book: "This book consists of my reflections on what we are experiencing right now. I started writing it a week ago, and things have changed quickly since then and no doubt will do again...I would invite you, the reader, to view the book like this: we are sitting in a coffee shop (if only we could!) and you have asked me the question on the book cover. I put down my coffee cup and attempt to give you an honest answer. What follows is what I would try to say in order to convey some comfort, support and hope." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429792]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where is God in a Coronavirus World? Author: John C. Lennox Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: April 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How belief in a loving and sovereign God helps us to make sense of and cope with the coronavirus outbreak. We are living through a unique, era-defining period. Many of our old certainties have gone, whatever our view of the world and whatever our beliefs. The coronavirus pandemic and its effects are perplexing and unsettling for all of us. How do we begin to think it through and cope with it? In this short yet profound book, Oxford mathematics professor John Lennox examines the coronavirus in light of various belief systems and shows how the Christian worldview not only helps us to make sense of it, but also offers us a sure and certain hope to cling to. Here's why John Lennox wrote the book: "This book consists of my reflections on what we are experiencing right now. I started writing it a week ago, and things have changed quickly since then and no doubt will do again...I would invite you, the reader, to view the book like this: we are sitting in a coffee shop (if only we could!) and you have asked me the question on the book cover. I put down my coffee cup and attempt to give you an honest answer. What follows is what I would try to say in order to convey some comfort, support and hope." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429454 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreams of the Overworked: Living, Working, and Parenting in the Digital Age Author: Christine M. Beckman, Melissa Mazmanian Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Dreams of the Overworked, Christine M. Beckman and Melissa Mazmanian offer vivid sketches of daily life for nine families, capturing what it means to live, work, and parent in a world of impossible expectations, now amplified unlike ever before by smart devices. We are invited into homes and offices, where we recognize the crushing pressure of unraveling plans, and the healing warmth of being together. Moreover, we witness the constant planning that goes into a 'good' day, often with the aid of phones and apps. Yet, as technologies empower us to do more, they also promise limitless availability and connection. Checking email on the weekend, monitoring screen time, and counting steps are all part of the daily routine. The stories in this book challenge the seductive myth of the phone-clad individual, by showing that beneath the plastic veneer of technology is a complex, hidden system of support—our dreams being scaffolded by retired in-laws, friendly neighbors, spouses, and paid help. This book makes a compelling case for celebrating the structures that allow us to strive for our dreams, by supporting public policies and community organizations, challenging workplace norms, reimagining family, and valuing the joy of human connection. Christine M. Beckman, Melissa Mazmanian Tue, 09 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429454 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreams of the Overworked: Living, Working, and Parenting in the Digital Age Author: Christine M. Beckman, Melissa Mazmanian Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Dreams of the Overworked, Christine M. Beckman and Melissa Mazmanian offer vivid sketches of daily life for nine families, capturing what it means to live, work, and parent in a world of impossible expectations, now amplified unlike ever before by smart devices. We are invited into homes and offices, where we recognize the crushing pressure of unraveling plans, and the healing warmth of being together. Moreover, we witness the constant planning that goes into a 'good' day, often with the aid of phones and apps. Yet, as technologies empower us to do more, they also promise limitless availability and connection. Checking email on the weekend, monitoring screen time, and counting steps are all part of the daily routine. The stories in this book challenge the seductive myth of the phone-clad individual, by showing that beneath the plastic veneer of technology is a complex, hidden system of support—our dreams being scaffolded by retired in-laws, friendly neighbors, spouses, and paid help. This book makes a compelling case for celebrating the structures that allow us to strive for our dreams, by supporting public policies and community organizations, challenging workplace norms, reimagining family, and valuing the joy of human connection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreams of the Overworked: Living, Working, and Parenting in the Digital Age Author: Christine M. Beckman, Melissa Mazmanian Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In Dreams of the Overworked, Christine M. Beckman and Melissa Mazmanian offer vivid sketches of daily life for nine families, capturing what it means to live, work, and parent in a world of impossible expectations, now amplified unlike ever before by smart devices. We are invited into homes and offices, where we recognize the crushing pressure of unraveling plans, and the healing warmth of being together. Moreover, we witness the constant planning that goes into a 'good' day, often with the aid of phones and apps. Yet, as technologies empower us to do more, they also promise limitless availability and connection. Checking email on the weekend, monitoring screen time, and counting steps are all part of the daily routine. The stories in this book challenge the seductive myth of the phone-clad individual, by showing that beneath the plastic veneer of technology is a complex, hidden system of support—our dreams being scaffolded by retired in-laws, friendly neighbors, spouses, and paid help. This book makes a compelling case for celebrating the structures that allow us to strive for our dreams, by supporting public policies and community organizations, challenging workplace norms, reimagining family, and valuing the joy of human connection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429441 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digitize and Punish: Racial Criminalization in the Digital Age Author: Brian Jefferson Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The US Bureau of Justice Statistics estimates that law enforcement agencies have access to more than 100 million names stored in criminal history databases. In some cities, 80 percent of the black male population is registered in these databases. Digitize and Punish explores the long history of digital computing and criminal justice, revealing how big tech, computer scientists, university researchers, and state actors have digitized carceral governance over the past forty years—with devastating impact on poor communities of color. Providing a comprehensive study of the use of digital technology in American criminal justice, Brian Jefferson shows how the technology has expanded the wars on crime and drugs, enabling our current state of mass incarceration and further entrenching the nation's racialized policing and punishment. After examining how the criminal justice system conceptualized the benefits of computers to surveil criminalized populations, Jefferson focuses on New York City and Chicago to provide a grounded account of the deployment of digital computing in urban police departments. By highlighting the intersection of policing and punishment with big data and web technology, Digitize and Punish makes clear the extent to which digital technologies have transformed and intensified the nature of carceral power. Brian Jefferson Wed, 10 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429441 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digitize and Punish: Racial Criminalization in the Digital Age Author: Brian Jefferson Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The US Bureau of Justice Statistics estimates that law enforcement agencies have access to more than 100 million names stored in criminal history databases. In some cities, 80 percent of the black male population is registered in these databases. Digitize and Punish explores the long history of digital computing and criminal justice, revealing how big tech, computer scientists, university researchers, and state actors have digitized carceral governance over the past forty years—with devastating impact on poor communities of color. Providing a comprehensive study of the use of digital technology in American criminal justice, Brian Jefferson shows how the technology has expanded the wars on crime and drugs, enabling our current state of mass incarceration and further entrenching the nation's racialized policing and punishment. After examining how the criminal justice system conceptualized the benefits of computers to surveil criminalized populations, Jefferson focuses on New York City and Chicago to provide a grounded account of the deployment of digital computing in urban police departments. By highlighting the intersection of policing and punishment with big data and web technology, Digitize and Punish makes clear the extent to which digital technologies have transformed and intensified the nature of carceral power. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digitize and Punish: Racial Criminalization in the Digital Age Author: Brian Jefferson Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The US Bureau of Justice Statistics estimates that law enforcement agencies have access to more than 100 million names stored in criminal history databases. In some cities, 80 percent of the black male population is registered in these databases. Digitize and Punish explores the long history of digital computing and criminal justice, revealing how big tech, computer scientists, university researchers, and state actors have digitized carceral governance over the past forty years—with devastating impact on poor communities of color. Providing a comprehensive study of the use of digital technology in American criminal justice, Brian Jefferson shows how the technology has expanded the wars on crime and drugs, enabling our current state of mass incarceration and further entrenching the nation's racialized policing and punishment. After examining how the criminal justice system conceptualized the benefits of computers to surveil criminalized populations, Jefferson focuses on New York City and Chicago to provide a grounded account of the deployment of digital computing in urban police departments. By highlighting the intersection of policing and punishment with big data and web technology, Digitize and Punish makes clear the extent to which digital technologies have transformed and intensified the nature of carceral power. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429424 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Communities: Environmental Racism, Industrial Pollution, and Residential Mobility Author: Dorceta E. Taylor Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From St. Louis to New Orleans, from Baltimore to Oklahoma City, there are poor and minority neighborhoods so beset by pollution that just living in them can be hazardous to your health. Due to entrenched segregation, zoning ordinances that privilege wealthier communities, or because businesses have found the 'paths of least resistance,' there are many hazardous waste and toxic facilities in these communities, leading residents to experience health and wellness problems on top of the race and class discrimination most already experience. Taking stock of the recent environmental justice scholarship, Toxic Communities examines the connections among residential segregation, zoning, and exposure to environmental hazards. Drawing on an array of historical and contemporary case studies from across the country, Taylor explores controversies over racially-motivated decisions in zoning laws, eminent domain, government regulation, and urban renewal. She provides a comprehensive overview of the debate over whether or not there is a link between environmental transgressions and discrimination, drawing a clear picture of the state of the environmental justice field today and where it is going. In doing so, she introduces new concepts and theories for understanding environmental racism that will be essential for environmental justice scholars. Dorceta E. Taylor Tue, 19 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429424 thebookvoice.com 11:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Communities: Environmental Racism, Industrial Pollution, and Residential Mobility Author: Dorceta E. Taylor Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From St. Louis to New Orleans, from Baltimore to Oklahoma City, there are poor and minority neighborhoods so beset by pollution that just living in them can be hazardous to your health. Due to entrenched segregation, zoning ordinances that privilege wealthier communities, or because businesses have found the 'paths of least resistance,' there are many hazardous waste and toxic facilities in these communities, leading residents to experience health and wellness problems on top of the race and class discrimination most already experience. Taking stock of the recent environmental justice scholarship, Toxic Communities examines the connections among residential segregation, zoning, and exposure to environmental hazards. Drawing on an array of historical and contemporary case studies from across the country, Taylor explores controversies over racially-motivated decisions in zoning laws, eminent domain, government regulation, and urban renewal. She provides a comprehensive overview of the debate over whether or not there is a link between environmental transgressions and discrimination, drawing a clear picture of the state of the environmental justice field today and where it is going. In doing so, she introduces new concepts and theories for understanding environmental racism that will be essential for environmental justice scholars. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic Communities: Environmental Racism, Industrial Pollution, and Residential Mobility Author: Dorceta E. Taylor Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From St. Louis to New Orleans, from Baltimore to Oklahoma City, there are poor and minority neighborhoods so beset by pollution that just living in them can be hazardous to your health. Due to entrenched segregation, zoning ordinances that privilege wealthier communities, or because businesses have found the 'paths of least resistance,' there are many hazardous waste and toxic facilities in these communities, leading residents to experience health and wellness problems on top of the race and class discrimination most already experience. Taking stock of the recent environmental justice scholarship, Toxic Communities examines the connections among residential segregation, zoning, and exposure to environmental hazards. Drawing on an array of historical and contemporary case studies from across the country, Taylor explores controversies over racially-motivated decisions in zoning laws, eminent domain, government regulation, and urban renewal. She provides a comprehensive overview of the debate over whether or not there is a link between environmental transgressions and discrimination, drawing a clear picture of the state of the environmental justice field today and where it is going. In doing so, she introduces new concepts and theories for understanding environmental racism that will be essential for environmental justice scholars. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429412 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Beast: Riding the Rails and Dodging Narcos on the Migrant Trail Author: Oscar Martinez Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One day a few years ago, 300 migrants were kidnapped between the remote desert towns of Altar, Mexico, and Sasabe, Arizona. A local priest got 120 released, many with broken ankles and other marks of abuse, but the rest vanished. Óscar Martínez, a young writer from El Salvador, was in Altar soon after the abduction, and his account of the migrant disappearances is only one of the harrowing stories he garnered from two years spent traveling up and down the migrant trail from Central America and across the US border. More than a quarter of a million Central Americans make this increasingly dangerous journey each year, and each year as many as 20,000 of them are kidnapped. Martínez writes in powerful, unforgettable prose about clinging to the tops of freight trains; finding respite, work and hardship in shelters and brothels; and riding shotgun with the border patrol. The Beast is the first book to shed light on the harsh new reality of the migrant trail in the age of the narcotraficantes. Oscar Martinez Wed, 10 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429412 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Beast: Riding the Rails and Dodging Narcos on the Migrant Trail Author: Oscar Martinez Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One day a few years ago, 300 migrants were kidnapped between the remote desert towns of Altar, Mexico, and Sasabe, Arizona. A local priest got 120 released, many with broken ankles and other marks of abuse, but the rest vanished. Óscar Martínez, a young writer from El Salvador, was in Altar soon after the abduction, and his account of the migrant disappearances is only one of the harrowing stories he garnered from two years spent traveling up and down the migrant trail from Central America and across the US border. More than a quarter of a million Central Americans make this increasingly dangerous journey each year, and each year as many as 20,000 of them are kidnapped. Martínez writes in powerful, unforgettable prose about clinging to the tops of freight trains; finding respite, work and hardship in shelters and brothels; and riding shotgun with the border patrol. The Beast is the first book to shed light on the harsh new reality of the migrant trail in the age of the narcotraficantes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Beast: Riding the Rails and Dodging Narcos on the Migrant Trail Author: Oscar Martinez Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One day a few years ago, 300 migrants were kidnapped between the remote desert towns of Altar, Mexico, and Sasabe, Arizona. A local priest got 120 released, many with broken ankles and other marks of abuse, but the rest vanished. Óscar Martínez, a young writer from El Salvador, was in Altar soon after the abduction, and his account of the migrant disappearances is only one of the harrowing stories he garnered from two years spent traveling up and down the migrant trail from Central America and across the US border. More than a quarter of a million Central Americans make this increasingly dangerous journey each year, and each year as many as 20,000 of them are kidnapped. Martínez writes in powerful, unforgettable prose about clinging to the tops of freight trains; finding respite, work and hardship in shelters and brothels; and riding shotgun with the border patrol. The Beast is the first book to shed light on the harsh new reality of the migrant trail in the age of the narcotraficantes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ballad of the Bullet: Gangs, Drill Music, and the Power of Online Infamy Author: Forrest Stuart Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Amid increasing hardship and limited employment options, poor urban youth are developing creative online strategies to make ends meet. Using such social media platforms as YouTube, Twitter, and Instagram, they're capitalizing on the public's fascination with the ghetto and gang violence. But with what consequences? Ballad of the Bullet follows the Corner Boys, a group of thirty or so young men on Chicago's South Side who have hitched their dreams of success to the creation of 'drill music' (slang for 'shooting music'). Drillers disseminate this competitive genre of hyperviolent, hyperlocal, DIY-style gangsta rap digitally, hoping to amass millions of clicks, views, and followers—and a ticket out of poverty. But in this perverse system of benefits, where online popularity can convert into offline rewards, the risks can be too great. Drawing on extensive fieldwork and countless interviews compiled from daily, close interactions with the Corner Boys, as well as time spent with their families, friends, music producers, and followers, Forrest Stuart looks at the lives and motivations of these young men. While these virtual displays of ghetto authenticity can lead to online notoriety and actual resources, drillers frequently end up behind bars, seriously injured, or dead. Forrest Stuart Tue, 12 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429386 thebookvoice.com 11:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ballad of the Bullet: Gangs, Drill Music, and the Power of Online Infamy Author: Forrest Stuart Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Amid increasing hardship and limited employment options, poor urban youth are developing creative online strategies to make ends meet. Using such social media platforms as YouTube, Twitter, and Instagram, they're capitalizing on the public's fascination with the ghetto and gang violence. But with what consequences? Ballad of the Bullet follows the Corner Boys, a group of thirty or so young men on Chicago's South Side who have hitched their dreams of success to the creation of 'drill music' (slang for 'shooting music'). Drillers disseminate this competitive genre of hyperviolent, hyperlocal, DIY-style gangsta rap digitally, hoping to amass millions of clicks, views, and followers—and a ticket out of poverty. But in this perverse system of benefits, where online popularity can convert into offline rewards, the risks can be too great. Drawing on extensive fieldwork and countless interviews compiled from daily, close interactions with the Corner Boys, as well as time spent with their families, friends, music producers, and followers, Forrest Stuart looks at the lives and motivations of these young men. While these virtual displays of ghetto authenticity can lead to online notoriety and actual resources, drillers frequently end up behind bars, seriously injured, or dead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ballad of the Bullet: Gangs, Drill Music, and the Power of Online Infamy Author: Forrest Stuart Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Amid increasing hardship and limited employment options, poor urban youth are developing creative online strategies to make ends meet. Using such social media platforms as YouTube, Twitter, and Instagram, they're capitalizing on the public's fascination with the ghetto and gang violence. But with what consequences? Ballad of the Bullet follows the Corner Boys, a group of thirty or so young men on Chicago's South Side who have hitched their dreams of success to the creation of 'drill music' (slang for 'shooting music'). Drillers disseminate this competitive genre of hyperviolent, hyperlocal, DIY-style gangsta rap digitally, hoping to amass millions of clicks, views, and followers—and a ticket out of poverty. But in this perverse system of benefits, where online popularity can convert into offline rewards, the risks can be too great. Drawing on extensive fieldwork and countless interviews compiled from daily, close interactions with the Corner Boys, as well as time spent with their families, friends, music producers, and followers, Forrest Stuart looks at the lives and motivations of these young men. While these virtual displays of ghetto authenticity can lead to online notoriety and actual resources, drillers frequently end up behind bars, seriously injured, or dead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Corner: A Year in the Life of an Inner-City Neighborhood  Author: Edward Burns, David Simon Narrator: Dion Graham, David Simon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The crime-infested intersection of West Fayette and Monroe Streets is well-known--and cautiously avoided--by most of Baltimore. But this notorious corner's 24-hour open-air drug market provides the economic fuel for a dying neighborhood. David Simon, an award-winning author and crime reporter, and Edward Burns, a 20-year veteran of the urban drug war, tell the chilling story of this desolate crossroad. Through the eyes of one broken family--two drug-addicted adults and their smart, vulnerable 15-year-old son, DeAndre McCollough, Simon and Burns examine the sinister realities of inner cities across the country and unflinchingly assess why law enforcement policies, moral crusades, and the welfare system have accomplished so little. This extraordinary book is a crucial look at the price of the drug culture and the poignant scenes of hope, caring, and love that astonishingly rise in the midst of a place America has abandoned. Edward Burns, David Simon Tue, 06 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429298 thebookvoice.com 25:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Corner: A Year in the Life of an Inner-City Neighborhood  Author: Edward Burns, David Simon Narrator: Dion Graham, David Simon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The crime-infested intersection of West Fayette and Monroe Streets is well-known--and cautiously avoided--by most of Baltimore. But this notorious corner's 24-hour open-air drug market provides the economic fuel for a dying neighborhood. David Simon, an award-winning author and crime reporter, and Edward Burns, a 20-year veteran of the urban drug war, tell the chilling story of this desolate crossroad. Through the eyes of one broken family--two drug-addicted adults and their smart, vulnerable 15-year-old son, DeAndre McCollough, Simon and Burns examine the sinister realities of inner cities across the country and unflinchingly assess why law enforcement policies, moral crusades, and the welfare system have accomplished so little. This extraordinary book is a crucial look at the price of the drug culture and the poignant scenes of hope, caring, and love that astonishingly rise in the midst of a place America has abandoned. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Corner: A Year in the Life of an Inner-City Neighborhood  Author: Edward Burns, David Simon Narrator: Dion Graham, David Simon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The crime-infested intersection of West Fayette and Monroe Streets is well-known--and cautiously avoided--by most of Baltimore. But this notorious corner's 24-hour open-air drug market provides the economic fuel for a dying neighborhood. David Simon, an award-winning author and crime reporter, and Edward Burns, a 20-year veteran of the urban drug war, tell the chilling story of this desolate crossroad. Through the eyes of one broken family--two drug-addicted adults and their smart, vulnerable 15-year-old son, DeAndre McCollough, Simon and Burns examine the sinister realities of inner cities across the country and unflinchingly assess why law enforcement policies, moral crusades, and the welfare system have accomplished so little. This extraordinary book is a crucial look at the price of the drug culture and the poignant scenes of hope, caring, and love that astonishingly rise in the midst of a place America has abandoned. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Latinx: In Search of the Voices Redefining Latino Identity Author: Paola Ramos Narrator: Paola Ramos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Latinos across the United States are redefining identities, pushing boundaries, and awakening politically in powerful and surprising ways. Many—Afrolatino, indigenous, Muslim, queer and undocumented, living in large cities and small towns—are voices who have been chronically overlooked in how the diverse population of almost sixty million Latinos in the U.S. has been represented. No longer. In this empowering cross-country travelogue, journalist and activist Paola Ramos embarks on a journey to find the communities of people defining the controversial term, “Latinx.” She introduces us to the indigenous Oaxacans who rebuilt the main street in a post-industrial town in upstate New York, the “Las Poderosas” who fight for reproductive rights in Texas, the musicians in Milwaukee whose beats reassure others of their belonging, as well as drag queens, environmental activists, farmworkers, and the migrants detained at our border. Drawing on intensive field research as well as her own personal story, Ramos chronicles how “Latinx” has given rise to a sense of collectivity and solidarity among Latinos unseen in this country for decades. A vital and inspiring work of reportage, Finding Latinx calls on all of us to expand our understanding of what it means to be Latino and what it means to be American. The first step towards change, writes Ramos, is for us to recognize who we are. Paola Ramos Tue, 20 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429297 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Latinx: In Search of the Voices Redefining Latino Identity Author: Paola Ramos Narrator: Paola Ramos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Latinos across the United States are redefining identities, pushing boundaries, and awakening politically in powerful and surprising ways. Many—Afrolatino, indigenous, Muslim, queer and undocumented, living in large cities and small towns—are voices who have been chronically overlooked in how the diverse population of almost sixty million Latinos in the U.S. has been represented. No longer. In this empowering cross-country travelogue, journalist and activist Paola Ramos embarks on a journey to find the communities of people defining the controversial term, “Latinx.” She introduces us to the indigenous Oaxacans who rebuilt the main street in a post-industrial town in upstate New York, the “Las Poderosas” who fight for reproductive rights in Texas, the musicians in Milwaukee whose beats reassure others of their belonging, as well as drag queens, environmental activists, farmworkers, and the migrants detained at our border. Drawing on intensive field research as well as her own personal story, Ramos chronicles how “Latinx” has given rise to a sense of collectivity and solidarity among Latinos unseen in this country for decades. A vital and inspiring work of reportage, Finding Latinx calls on all of us to expand our understanding of what it means to be Latino and what it means to be American. The first step towards change, writes Ramos, is for us to recognize who we are. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Latinx: In Search of the Voices Redefining Latino Identity Author: Paola Ramos Narrator: Paola Ramos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Latinos across the United States are redefining identities, pushing boundaries, and awakening politically in powerful and surprising ways. Many—Afrolatino, indigenous, Muslim, queer and undocumented, living in large cities and small towns—are voices who have been chronically overlooked in how the diverse population of almost sixty million Latinos in the U.S. has been represented. No longer. In this empowering cross-country travelogue, journalist and activist Paola Ramos embarks on a journey to find the communities of people defining the controversial term, “Latinx.” She introduces us to the indigenous Oaxacans who rebuilt the main street in a post-industrial town in upstate New York, the “Las Poderosas” who fight for reproductive rights in Texas, the musicians in Milwaukee whose beats reassure others of their belonging, as well as drag queens, environmental activists, farmworkers, and the migrants detained at our border. Drawing on intensive field research as well as her own personal story, Ramos chronicles how “Latinx” has given rise to a sense of collectivity and solidarity among Latinos unseen in this country for decades. A vital and inspiring work of reportage, Finding Latinx calls on all of us to expand our understanding of what it means to be Latino and what it means to be American. The first step towards change, writes Ramos, is for us to recognize who we are. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Bigger Sky: Awakening a Fierce Feminine Buddhism Author: Pamela Weiss Narrator: Diana Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Reimagining Buddhism through a feminine lens: A powerful memoir of healing, strength, and spiritual awakening. Like all true spiritual teachings, Buddhism offers a radical shift: from me to we, fracture to unity, and fear to love. But like most institutionalized religions, Buddhism developed under systems of hierarchy, patriarchy, and power that have become interwoven into its structure. Written by the first layperson to receive full Dharma Transmission in the Suzuki Roshi Soto Zen lineage, A Bigger Sky explores what it means to fill the gaps of a Buddhism created by and for men, to navigate the seemingly contradictory domains of secular and spiritual life, and to walk a path through the heart of the world. Reorienting Buddhist practice through a wider, more inclusive feminine lens, Pamela Weiss's personal and spiritual journey speaks to the bits of brokenness in us all, shining a light on the different pathways we can walk to become whole.      Blending memoir, Buddhist practice, and cultural observation, Weiss explores the illness that led her to seek healing and brought her to Buddhism; life at Tassajara Zen Mountain monastery; feelings of helplessness amidst the legacy of intergenerational trauma; her husband's near-fatal accident; her work translating mindfulness and Buddhist principles to a broad lay audience; and stories of Buddhist women, past and present.      Through beautifully crafted prose, Weiss shares what it means to be an ordinary Bodhisattva--describing how the Buddha's profound vision of freedom can be lived outside of institutions and rule-bound practice, and supporting us in deepening our connection--with ourselves, each other and the planet. A Bigger Sky illuminates how integrating a more feminine approach to Buddhist teachings can be applied in spiritual practice, in community, in relationships, and in day-to-day life. Pamela Weiss Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429292 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Bigger Sky: Awakening a Fierce Feminine Buddhism Author: Pamela Weiss Narrator: Diana Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Reimagining Buddhism through a feminine lens: A powerful memoir of healing, strength, and spiritual awakening. Like all true spiritual teachings, Buddhism offers a radical shift: from me to we, fracture to unity, and fear to love. But like most institutionalized religions, Buddhism developed under systems of hierarchy, patriarchy, and power that have become interwoven into its structure. Written by the first layperson to receive full Dharma Transmission in the Suzuki Roshi Soto Zen lineage, A Bigger Sky explores what it means to fill the gaps of a Buddhism created by and for men, to navigate the seemingly contradictory domains of secular and spiritual life, and to walk a path through the heart of the world. Reorienting Buddhist practice through a wider, more inclusive feminine lens, Pamela Weiss's personal and spiritual journey speaks to the bits of brokenness in us all, shining a light on the different pathways we can walk to become whole.      Blending memoir, Buddhist practice, and cultural observation, Weiss explores the illness that led her to seek healing and brought her to Buddhism; life at Tassajara Zen Mountain monastery; feelings of helplessness amidst the legacy of intergenerational trauma; her husband's near-fatal accident; her work translating mindfulness and Buddhist principles to a broad lay audience; and stories of Buddhist women, past and present.      Through beautifully crafted prose, Weiss shares what it means to be an ordinary Bodhisattva--describing how the Buddha's profound vision of freedom can be lived outside of institutions and rule-bound practice, and supporting us in deepening our connection--with ourselves, each other and the planet. A Bigger Sky illuminates how integrating a more feminine approach to Buddhist teachings can be applied in spiritual practice, in community, in relationships, and in day-to-day life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Bigger Sky: Awakening a Fierce Feminine Buddhism Author: Pamela Weiss Narrator: Diana Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Reimagining Buddhism through a feminine lens: A powerful memoir of healing, strength, and spiritual awakening. Like all true spiritual teachings, Buddhism offers a radical shift: from me to we, fracture to unity, and fear to love. But like most institutionalized religions, Buddhism developed under systems of hierarchy, patriarchy, and power that have become interwoven into its structure. Written by the first layperson to receive full Dharma Transmission in the Suzuki Roshi Soto Zen lineage, A Bigger Sky explores what it means to fill the gaps of a Buddhism created by and for men, to navigate the seemingly contradictory domains of secular and spiritual life, and to walk a path through the heart of the world. Reorienting Buddhist practice through a wider, more inclusive feminine lens, Pamela Weiss's personal and spiritual journey speaks to the bits of brokenness in us all, shining a light on the different pathways we can walk to become whole.      Blending memoir, Buddhist practice, and cultural observation, Weiss explores the illness that led her to seek healing and brought her to Buddhism; life at Tassajara Zen Mountain monastery; feelings of helplessness amidst the legacy of intergenerational trauma; her husband's near-fatal accident; her work translating mindfulness and Buddhist principles to a broad lay audience; and stories of Buddhist women, past and present.      Through beautifully crafted prose, Weiss shares what it means to be an ordinary Bodhisattva--describing how the Buddha's profound vision of freedom can be lived outside of institutions and rule-bound practice, and supporting us in deepening our connection--with ourselves, each other and the planet. A Bigger Sky illuminates how integrating a more feminine approach to Buddhist teachings can be applied in spiritual practice, in community, in relationships, and in day-to-day life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children of the Holocaust: Conversations with Sons and Daughters of Survivors Author: Helen Epstein Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'I set out to find a group of people who, like me, were possessed by a history they had never lived.'The daughter of Holocaust survivors, Helen Epstein traveled from America to Europe to Israel, searching for one vital thin in common: their parent's persecution by the Nazis. She found:    • Gabriela Korda, who was raised by her parents as a German Protestant in South America;    • Albert Singerman, who fought in the jungles of Vietnam to prove that he, too, could survive a grueling ordeal;    • Deborah Schwartz, a Southern beauty queen who—at the Miss America pageant, played the same Chopin piece that was played over Polish radio during Hitler's invasion. Epstein interviewed hundreds of men and women coping with an extraordinary legacy. In each, she found shades of herself. Helen Epstein Tue, 04 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281 thebookvoice.com 11:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children of the Holocaust: Conversations with Sons and Daughters of Survivors Author: Helen Epstein Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'I set out to find a group of people who, like me, were possessed by a history they had never lived.'The daughter of Holocaust survivors, Helen Epstein traveled from America to Europe to Israel, searching for one vital thin in common: their parent's persecution by the Nazis. She found:    • Gabriela Korda, who was raised by her parents as a German Protestant in South America;    • Albert Singerman, who fought in the jungles of Vietnam to prove that he, too, could survive a grueling ordeal;    • Deborah Schwartz, a Southern beauty queen who—at the Miss America pageant, played the same Chopin piece that was played over Polish radio during Hitler's invasion. Epstein interviewed hundreds of men and women coping with an extraordinary legacy. In each, she found shades of herself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children of the Holocaust: Conversations with Sons and Daughters of Survivors Author: Helen Epstein Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'I set out to find a group of people who, like me, were possessed by a history they had never lived.'The daughter of Holocaust survivors, Helen Epstein traveled from America to Europe to Israel, searching for one vital thin in common: their parent's persecution by the Nazis. She found:    • Gabriela Korda, who was raised by her parents as a German Protestant in South America;    • Albert Singerman, who fought in the jungles of Vietnam to prove that he, too, could survive a grueling ordeal;    • Deborah Schwartz, a Southern beauty queen who—at the Miss America pageant, played the same Chopin piece that was played over Polish radio during Hitler's invasion. Epstein interviewed hundreds of men and women coping with an extraordinary legacy. In each, she found shades of herself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Berlin Shadow: Living with the Ghosts of the Kindertransport Author: Jonathan Lichtenstein Narrator: Jonathan Lichtenstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A deeply moving memoir that confronts the defining trauma of the twentieth century, and its effects on a father and son. In 1939, Jonathan Lichtenstein's father Hans escaped Nazi-occupied Berlin as a child refugee on the Kindertransport. Almost every member of his family died after Kristallnacht, and, upon arriving in England to make his way in the world alone, Hans turned his back on his German Jewish culture. Growing up in post-war rural Wales where the conflict was never spoken of, Jonathan and his siblings were at a loss to understand their father's relentless drive and sometimes eccentric behavior. As Hans enters old age, he and Jonathan set out to retrace his journey back to Berlin. Written with tenderness and grace, The Berlin Shadow is a highly compelling story about time, trauma, family, and a father and son's attempt to emerge from the shadows of history. Jonathan Lichtenstein Tue, 15 Dec 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429055 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Berlin Shadow: Living with the Ghosts of the Kindertransport Author: Jonathan Lichtenstein Narrator: Jonathan Lichtenstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A deeply moving memoir that confronts the defining trauma of the twentieth century, and its effects on a father and son. In 1939, Jonathan Lichtenstein's father Hans escaped Nazi-occupied Berlin as a child refugee on the Kindertransport. Almost every member of his family died after Kristallnacht, and, upon arriving in England to make his way in the world alone, Hans turned his back on his German Jewish culture. Growing up in post-war rural Wales where the conflict was never spoken of, Jonathan and his siblings were at a loss to understand their father's relentless drive and sometimes eccentric behavior. As Hans enters old age, he and Jonathan set out to retrace his journey back to Berlin. Written with tenderness and grace, The Berlin Shadow is a highly compelling story about time, trauma, family, and a father and son's attempt to emerge from the shadows of history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Berlin Shadow: Living with the Ghosts of the Kindertransport Author: Jonathan Lichtenstein Narrator: Jonathan Lichtenstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A deeply moving memoir that confronts the defining trauma of the twentieth century, and its effects on a father and son. In 1939, Jonathan Lichtenstein's father Hans escaped Nazi-occupied Berlin as a child refugee on the Kindertransport. Almost every member of his family died after Kristallnacht, and, upon arriving in England to make his way in the world alone, Hans turned his back on his German Jewish culture. Growing up in post-war rural Wales where the conflict was never spoken of, Jonathan and his siblings were at a loss to understand their father's relentless drive and sometimes eccentric behavior. As Hans enters old age, he and Jonathan set out to retrace his journey back to Berlin. Written with tenderness and grace, The Berlin Shadow is a highly compelling story about time, trauma, family, and a father and son's attempt to emerge from the shadows of history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head, Hand, Heart: Why Intelligence Is Overrated, Manual Workers Matter, and Caregivers Deserve More Respect Author: David Goodhart Narrator: David Goodhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times best book of 2020, an “utterly compelling” (The Sunday Times, London) argument from leading political analyst David Goodhart about the severely imbalanced distribution of status and work in western societies. The coronavirus pandemic revealed what we ought to have already known: that nurses, caregivers, supermarket workers, delivery drivers, cleaners, and so many others are essential. Until recently, this work was largely regarded as menial by the same society that now lauds them as heroes. How did we get here? “With great clarity and unfailing sympathy for the human condition,” (Matthew Crawford, New York Times bestselling author of Shop Class as Soulcraft) this follow-up to the bestselling The Road to Somewhere divides society into people who work with their Heads (cognitive work), with their Hands (manual work), or with their Hearts (caring work), and considers each group’s changing status and influence. Today the “best and the brightest” trump the “decent and hardworking.” Qualities like character, compassion, craft, and physical labor command far less respect in our workforce. This imbalance has led to the disaffection and alienation of millions of people. David Goodhart reveals the untold history behind this disparity and outlines the challenges we face as a result. Cognitive ability has become the gold standard of human esteem, and those in the cognitive class now shape society largely in their own interest. To put it bluntly: smart people have become too powerful. A healthy, democratic society respects and rewards a broad range of achievements, and provides meaning and value for people who cannot—or do not want to—achieve in the classroom and professional career market. We must shift our thinking to see all workers as essential, and not just during crises like the coronavirus pandemic. “Insightful and provocative,” (Michael Lind, author of The New Class War) this is a “deeply felt and persuasive call for rethinking the social order” (Publishers Weekly). David Goodhart Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014 thebookvoice.com 11:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head, Hand, Heart: Why Intelligence Is Overrated, Manual Workers Matter, and Caregivers Deserve More Respect Author: David Goodhart Narrator: David Goodhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times best book of 2020, an “utterly compelling” (The Sunday Times, London) argument from leading political analyst David Goodhart about the severely imbalanced distribution of status and work in western societies. The coronavirus pandemic revealed what we ought to have already known: that nurses, caregivers, supermarket workers, delivery drivers, cleaners, and so many others are essential. Until recently, this work was largely regarded as menial by the same society that now lauds them as heroes. How did we get here? “With great clarity and unfailing sympathy for the human condition,” (Matthew Crawford, New York Times bestselling author of Shop Class as Soulcraft) this follow-up to the bestselling The Road to Somewhere divides society into people who work with their Heads (cognitive work), with their Hands (manual work), or with their Hearts (caring work), and considers each group’s changing status and influence. Today the “best and the brightest” trump the “decent and hardworking.” Qualities like character, compassion, craft, and physical labor command far less respect in our workforce. This imbalance has led to the disaffection and alienation of millions of people. David Goodhart reveals the untold history behind this disparity and outlines the challenges we face as a result. Cognitive ability has become the gold standard of human esteem, and those in the cognitive class now shape society largely in their own interest. To put it bluntly: smart people have become too powerful. A healthy, democratic society respects and rewards a broad range of achievements, and provides meaning and value for people who cannot—or do not want to—achieve in the classroom and professional career market. We must shift our thinking to see all workers as essential, and not just during crises like the coronavirus pandemic. “Insightful and provocative,” (Michael Lind, author of The New Class War) this is a “deeply felt and persuasive call for rethinking the social order” (Publishers Weekly). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Head, Hand, Heart: Why Intelligence Is Overrated, Manual Workers Matter, and Caregivers Deserve More Respect Author: David Goodhart Narrator: David Goodhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times best book of 2020, an “utterly compelling” (The Sunday Times, London) argument from leading political analyst David Goodhart about the severely imbalanced distribution of status and work in western societies. The coronavirus pandemic revealed what we ought to have already known: that nurses, caregivers, supermarket workers, delivery drivers, cleaners, and so many others are essential. Until recently, this work was largely regarded as menial by the same society that now lauds them as heroes. How did we get here? “With great clarity and unfailing sympathy for the human condition,” (Matthew Crawford, New York Times bestselling author of Shop Class as Soulcraft) this follow-up to the bestselling The Road to Somewhere divides society into people who work with their Heads (cognitive work), with their Hands (manual work), or with their Hearts (caring work), and considers each group’s changing status and influence. Today the “best and the brightest” trump the “decent and hardworking.” Qualities like character, compassion, craft, and physical labor command far less respect in our workforce. This imbalance has led to the disaffection and alienation of millions of people. David Goodhart reveals the untold history behind this disparity and outlines the challenges we face as a result. Cognitive ability has become the gold standard of human esteem, and those in the cognitive class now shape society largely in their own interest. To put it bluntly: smart people have become too powerful. A healthy, democratic society respects and rewards a broad range of achievements, and provides meaning and value for people who cannot—or do not want to—achieve in the classroom and professional career market. We must shift our thinking to see all workers as essential, and not just during crises like the coronavirus pandemic. “Insightful and provocative,” (Michael Lind, author of The New Class War) this is a “deeply felt and persuasive call for rethinking the social order” (Publishers Weekly). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429010 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Refuge of the Knights Templar: The Ultimate Secret of the Pike Letters Author: William F. Mann Narrator: Binary Studios Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A modern-day thriller centered on authentic historical letters encoded with Templar and Rosicrucian secrets • Includes the actual text of recently discovered correspondence between two famous 19th-century Masonic leaders, Albert Pike and Colonel J. W. B. MacLeod Moore • Follows the protagonists, Thomas and Janet, as they seek to protect the Pike letters’ secret from the Vatican and its fanatical Jesuit hitman as well as others who desire to use the letters’ secret for world domination • Also includes a short biography of controversial Masonic icon Albert Pike Centered on recently discovered, authenticated correspondence between two famous 19th-century Masonic leaders, Confederate General Albert Pike and British Colonel James Wilson Bury MacLeod Moore, this modern-day thriller follows Thomas, a direct descendant of Col. Moore, and Janet Rose, a direct descendant of the Merovingian Kings and House of David, as they risk their lives to protect the letters and the Templar and Rosicrucian secrets encoded within them. As Thomas and Janet discover, everyone--from the Church to the White House to Confederate sympathizers and the KKK--seeks the ancient knowledge contained within the letters, knowledge that would allow a singular entity to control the world and bring all of the great religions to their knees. Pitted against a psychotic and sexually perverted Jesuit priest, tasked by the Vatican’s inner circle to retrieve the Pike letters, the couple is aided by two Templar guardians and a modern-day practicing alchemist, Janet’s grandfather. As Thomas and Janet’s love for one another grows, the couple transcends to a higher level of understanding, unaware that they are following the same ancient morals and dogma found within the 33 degrees of Scottish Rite Freemasonry, as defined by none other than Albert Pike himself. Part fact, part fiction, the novel, with its 33 initiatory chapters, provides a rare glimpse into the inner circles of modern-day Freemasonry, along with revelations of ancient alliances between Native Americans and the Templars. Set in Georgetown, in the heart of Washington, D.C., the story ends with a dramatic unveiling of the ultimate New World secret sought by so many factions: the location of the last Knights Templar refuge in the New World, where the lost treasure of the Templars, including sacred knowledge of the Holy Family--the descendants of Jesus and Mary Magdalene--remains to this day. William F. Mann Tue, 05 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429010 thebookvoice.com 10:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Refuge of the Knights Templar: The Ultimate Secret of the Pike Letters Author: William F. Mann Narrator: Binary Studios Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A modern-day thriller centered on authentic historical letters encoded with Templar and Rosicrucian secrets • Includes the actual text of recently discovered correspondence between two famous 19th-century Masonic leaders, Albert Pike and Colonel J. W. B. MacLeod Moore • Follows the protagonists, Thomas and Janet, as they seek to protect the Pike letters’ secret from the Vatican and its fanatical Jesuit hitman as well as others who desire to use the letters’ secret for world domination • Also includes a short biography of controversial Masonic icon Albert Pike Centered on recently discovered, authenticated correspondence between two famous 19th-century Masonic leaders, Confederate General Albert Pike and British Colonel James Wilson Bury MacLeod Moore, this modern-day thriller follows Thomas, a direct descendant of Col. Moore, and Janet Rose, a direct descendant of the Merovingian Kings and House of David, as they risk their lives to protect the letters and the Templar and Rosicrucian secrets encoded within them. As Thomas and Janet discover, everyone--from the Church to the White House to Confederate sympathizers and the KKK--seeks the ancient knowledge contained within the letters, knowledge that would allow a singular entity to control the world and bring all of the great religions to their knees. Pitted against a psychotic and sexually perverted Jesuit priest, tasked by the Vatican’s inner circle to retrieve the Pike letters, the couple is aided by two Templar guardians and a modern-day practicing alchemist, Janet’s grandfather. As Thomas and Janet’s love for one another grows, the couple transcends to a higher level of understanding, unaware that they are following the same ancient morals and dogma found within the 33 degrees of Scottish Rite Freemasonry, as defined by none other than Albert Pike himself. Part fact, part fiction, the novel, with its 33 initiatory chapters, provides a rare glimpse into the inner circles of modern-day Freemasonry, along with revelations of ancient alliances between Native Americans and the Templars. Set in Georgetown, in the heart of Washington, D.C., the story ends with a dramatic unveiling of the ultimate New World secret sought by so many factions: the location of the last Knights Templar refuge in the New World, where the lost treasure of the Templars, including sacred knowledge of the Holy Family--the descendants of Jesus and Mary Magdalene--remains to this day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429010]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Refuge of the Knights Templar: The Ultimate Secret of the Pike Letters Author: William F. Mann Narrator: Binary Studios Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A modern-day thriller centered on authentic historical letters encoded with Templar and Rosicrucian secrets • Includes the actual text of recently discovered correspondence between two famous 19th-century Masonic leaders, Albert Pike and Colonel J. W. B. MacLeod Moore • Follows the protagonists, Thomas and Janet, as they seek to protect the Pike letters’ secret from the Vatican and its fanatical Jesuit hitman as well as others who desire to use the letters’ secret for world domination • Also includes a short biography of controversial Masonic icon Albert Pike Centered on recently discovered, authenticated correspondence between two famous 19th-century Masonic leaders, Confederate General Albert Pike and British Colonel James Wilson Bury MacLeod Moore, this modern-day thriller follows Thomas, a direct descendant of Col. Moore, and Janet Rose, a direct descendant of the Merovingian Kings and House of David, as they risk their lives to protect the letters and the Templar and Rosicrucian secrets encoded within them. As Thomas and Janet discover, everyone--from the Church to the White House to Confederate sympathizers and the KKK--seeks the ancient knowledge contained within the letters, knowledge that would allow a singular entity to control the world and bring all of the great religions to their knees. Pitted against a psychotic and sexually perverted Jesuit priest, tasked by the Vatican’s inner circle to retrieve the Pike letters, the couple is aided by two Templar guardians and a modern-day practicing alchemist, Janet’s grandfather. As Thomas and Janet’s love for one another grows, the couple transcends to a higher level of understanding, unaware that they are following the same ancient morals and dogma found within the 33 degrees of Scottish Rite Freemasonry, as defined by none other than Albert Pike himself. Part fact, part fiction, the novel, with its 33 initiatory chapters, provides a rare glimpse into the inner circles of modern-day Freemasonry, along with revelations of ancient alliances between Native Americans and the Templars. Set in Georgetown, in the heart of Washington, D.C., the story ends with a dramatic unveiling of the ultimate New World secret sought by so many factions: the location of the last Knights Templar refuge in the New World, where the lost treasure of the Templars, including sacred knowledge of the Holy Family--the descendants of Jesus and Mary Magdalene--remains to this day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429007 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transcendent Wisdom of the Maya: The Ceremonies and Symbolism of a Living Tradition Author: Gabriela Jurosz-Landa Narrator: Gabriela Jurosz-Landa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An initiate’s inside account of ancient Maya spiritual practices alive today • Includes a Foreword by José Luis Tigüilá NABÉ kaxbaltzij, spokesperson of the Maya municipality • Details the initiation process the author went through to become a Maya shaman-priestess, including rituals, prayers, and ceremonies • Explains the foundational spiritual wisdom of the Maya calendar as a living entity, its cycles of time, and the significance of “the counting of the days”, which helps keep time itself alive • Examines the power of dance and Maya ceremonies, Maya future-telling, and communication with ancestors through the sacred fire Offering an insider’s experiential account of ancient Maya spiritual wisdom and practices, initiated Maya shaman-priestess Gabriela Jurosz-Landa opens up the mysterious world of the Maya, dispelling the rampant misinformation about their beliefs and traditions, sharing the transcendent beauty of their ceremonies, and explaining the Maya understanding of time, foundational to their spiritual worldview and cosmology. The author, an anthropologist, details the initiation process she went through to become a Maya shaman-priestess in Guatemala, including rituals, prayers, the presence of numinous forces, and the transmission of sacred knowledge. She explains the spiritual wisdom of the Maya calendar as a living entity, its cycles of time, and the significance of “the counting of the days,” which helps keep time itself alive. She examines Maya spiritual and cosmological concepts such as how the universe is shaped like a triangle over a square. She reveals the profound power of dance in Maya tradition, explaining how ritual dance halts the flow of time, reactivates primordial events, and captures vital energies that keep the Maya spiritual tradition vital and alive. Exploring other Maya secret knowledge, she also details Maya ritual attire, Maya future-telling with the calendar, the reading of the Tzi’te beans, and how the Maya communicate with ancestors through the sacred fire. Illustrating how contemporary Maya life is suffused with spiritual tradition and celebration, the author shares the teachings of the Maya from her initiate and anthropologist point of view in order to help us all learn from the ancient wisdom of their beliefs and worldview. Because, to truly understand the Maya, one must think like the Maya. Gabriela Jurosz-Landa Tue, 05 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429007 thebookvoice.com 6:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transcendent Wisdom of the Maya: The Ceremonies and Symbolism of a Living Tradition Author: Gabriela Jurosz-Landa Narrator: Gabriela Jurosz-Landa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An initiate’s inside account of ancient Maya spiritual practices alive today • Includes a Foreword by José Luis Tigüilá NABÉ kaxbaltzij, spokesperson of the Maya municipality • Details the initiation process the author went through to become a Maya shaman-priestess, including rituals, prayers, and ceremonies • Explains the foundational spiritual wisdom of the Maya calendar as a living entity, its cycles of time, and the significance of “the counting of the days”, which helps keep time itself alive • Examines the power of dance and Maya ceremonies, Maya future-telling, and communication with ancestors through the sacred fire Offering an insider’s experiential account of ancient Maya spiritual wisdom and practices, initiated Maya shaman-priestess Gabriela Jurosz-Landa opens up the mysterious world of the Maya, dispelling the rampant misinformation about their beliefs and traditions, sharing the transcendent beauty of their ceremonies, and explaining the Maya understanding of time, foundational to their spiritual worldview and cosmology. The author, an anthropologist, details the initiation process she went through to become a Maya shaman-priestess in Guatemala, including rituals, prayers, the presence of numinous forces, and the transmission of sacred knowledge. She explains the spiritual wisdom of the Maya calendar as a living entity, its cycles of time, and the significance of “the counting of the days,” which helps keep time itself alive. She examines Maya spiritual and cosmological concepts such as how the universe is shaped like a triangle over a square. She reveals the profound power of dance in Maya tradition, explaining how ritual dance halts the flow of time, reactivates primordial events, and captures vital energies that keep the Maya spiritual tradition vital and alive. Exploring other Maya secret knowledge, she also details Maya ritual attire, Maya future-telling with the calendar, the reading of the Tzi’te beans, and how the Maya communicate with ancestors through the sacred fire. Illustrating how contemporary Maya life is suffused with spiritual tradition and celebration, the author shares the teachings of the Maya from her initiate and anthropologist point of view in order to help us all learn from the ancient wisdom of their beliefs and worldview. Because, to truly understand the Maya, one must think like the Maya. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/429007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transcendent Wisdom of the Maya: The Ceremonies and Symbolism of a Living Tradition Author: Gabriela Jurosz-Landa Narrator: Gabriela Jurosz-Landa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An initiate’s inside account of ancient Maya spiritual practices alive today • Includes a Foreword by José Luis Tigüilá NABÉ kaxbaltzij, spokesperson of the Maya municipality • Details the initiation process the author went through to become a Maya shaman-priestess, including rituals, prayers, and ceremonies • Explains the foundational spiritual wisdom of the Maya calendar as a living entity, its cycles of time, and the significance of “the counting of the days”, which helps keep time itself alive • Examines the power of dance and Maya ceremonies, Maya future-telling, and communication with ancestors through the sacred fire Offering an insider’s experiential account of ancient Maya spiritual wisdom and practices, initiated Maya shaman-priestess Gabriela Jurosz-Landa opens up the mysterious world of the Maya, dispelling the rampant misinformation about their beliefs and traditions, sharing the transcendent beauty of their ceremonies, and explaining the Maya understanding of time, foundational to their spiritual worldview and cosmology. The author, an anthropologist, details the initiation process she went through to become a Maya shaman-priestess in Guatemala, including rituals, prayers, the presence of numinous forces, and the transmission of sacred knowledge. She explains the spiritual wisdom of the Maya calendar as a living entity, its cycles of time, and the significance of “the counting of the days,” which helps keep time itself alive. She examines Maya spiritual and cosmological concepts such as how the universe is shaped like a triangle over a square. She reveals the profound power of dance in Maya tradition, explaining how ritual dance halts the flow of time, reactivates primordial events, and captures vital energies that keep the Maya spiritual tradition vital and alive. Exploring other Maya secret knowledge, she also details Maya ritual attire, Maya future-telling with the calendar, the reading of the Tzi’te beans, and how the Maya communicate with ancestors through the sacred fire. Illustrating how contemporary Maya life is suffused with spiritual tradition and celebration, the author shares the teachings of the Maya from her initiate and anthropologist point of view in order to help us all learn from the ancient wisdom of their beliefs and worldview. Because, to truly understand the Maya, one must think like the Maya. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearing the Black Body: The Racial Origins of Fat Phobia Author: Sabrina Strings Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How the female body has been racialized for over two hundred years There is an obesity epidemic in this country and poor black women are particularly stigmatized as 'diseased' and a burden on the public health care system. This is only the most recent incarnation of the fear of fat black women, which Sabrina Strings shows took root more than two hundred years ago. Strings weaves together an eye-opening historical narrative ranging from the Renaissance to the current moment, analyzing important works of art, newspaper and magazine articles, and scientific literature and medical journals—where fat bodies were once praised—showing that fat phobia, as it relates to black women, did not originate with medical findings, but with the Enlightenment era belief that fatness was evidence of 'savagery' and racial inferiority. The author argues that the contemporary ideal of slenderness is, at its very core, racialized and racist. Indeed, it was not until the early twentieth century, when racialized attitudes against fatness were already entrenched in the culture, that the medical establishment began its crusade against obesity. An important and original work, Fearing the Black Body argues convincingly that fat phobia isn't about health at all, but rather a means of using the body to validate race, class, and gender prejudice. Sabrina Strings Tue, 21 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearing the Black Body: The Racial Origins of Fat Phobia Author: Sabrina Strings Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How the female body has been racialized for over two hundred years There is an obesity epidemic in this country and poor black women are particularly stigmatized as 'diseased' and a burden on the public health care system. This is only the most recent incarnation of the fear of fat black women, which Sabrina Strings shows took root more than two hundred years ago. Strings weaves together an eye-opening historical narrative ranging from the Renaissance to the current moment, analyzing important works of art, newspaper and magazine articles, and scientific literature and medical journals—where fat bodies were once praised—showing that fat phobia, as it relates to black women, did not originate with medical findings, but with the Enlightenment era belief that fatness was evidence of 'savagery' and racial inferiority. The author argues that the contemporary ideal of slenderness is, at its very core, racialized and racist. Indeed, it was not until the early twentieth century, when racialized attitudes against fatness were already entrenched in the culture, that the medical establishment began its crusade against obesity. An important and original work, Fearing the Black Body argues convincingly that fat phobia isn't about health at all, but rather a means of using the body to validate race, class, and gender prejudice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fearing the Black Body: The Racial Origins of Fat Phobia Author: Sabrina Strings Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How the female body has been racialized for over two hundred years There is an obesity epidemic in this country and poor black women are particularly stigmatized as 'diseased' and a burden on the public health care system. This is only the most recent incarnation of the fear of fat black women, which Sabrina Strings shows took root more than two hundred years ago. Strings weaves together an eye-opening historical narrative ranging from the Renaissance to the current moment, analyzing important works of art, newspaper and magazine articles, and scientific literature and medical journals—where fat bodies were once praised—showing that fat phobia, as it relates to black women, did not originate with medical findings, but with the Enlightenment era belief that fatness was evidence of 'savagery' and racial inferiority. The author argues that the contemporary ideal of slenderness is, at its very core, racialized and racist. Indeed, it was not until the early twentieth century, when racialized attitudes against fatness were already entrenched in the culture, that the medical establishment began its crusade against obesity. An important and original work, Fearing the Black Body argues convincingly that fat phobia isn't about health at all, but rather a means of using the body to validate race, class, and gender prejudice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428523 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Life: Equipping Christians to Engage the Culture Author: Scott Klusendorf Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Pro-life Christians, take heart: the pro-life messagecan compete in the marketplace of ideas-provided Christians properly understand and articulate that message. Too many Christians do not understand the essential truths of the pro-life position, making it difficult for them to articulate a biblical worldview on issues like abortion, cloning, and embryo research. The Case for Life provides intellectual grounding for the pro-life convictions that most evangelicals hold. Author Scott Klusendorf first simplifies the debate: the sanctity of life is not a morally complex issue. It's not about choice, privacy, or scientific progress. To the contrary, the debate turns on one key question: What is the unborn? From there readers learn how to engage the great bio-tech debate of the twenty-first century, how to answer objections persuasively, and what the role of the pro-life pastor should be. Scott Klusendorf Fri, 27 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428523 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Life: Equipping Christians to Engage the Culture Author: Scott Klusendorf Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Pro-life Christians, take heart: the pro-life messagecan compete in the marketplace of ideas-provided Christians properly understand and articulate that message. Too many Christians do not understand the essential truths of the pro-life position, making it difficult for them to articulate a biblical worldview on issues like abortion, cloning, and embryo research. The Case for Life provides intellectual grounding for the pro-life convictions that most evangelicals hold. Author Scott Klusendorf first simplifies the debate: the sanctity of life is not a morally complex issue. It's not about choice, privacy, or scientific progress. To the contrary, the debate turns on one key question: What is the unborn? From there readers learn how to engage the great bio-tech debate of the twenty-first century, how to answer objections persuasively, and what the role of the pro-life pastor should be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case for Life: Equipping Christians to Engage the Culture Author: Scott Klusendorf Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Pro-life Christians, take heart: the pro-life messagecan compete in the marketplace of ideas-provided Christians properly understand and articulate that message. Too many Christians do not understand the essential truths of the pro-life position, making it difficult for them to articulate a biblical worldview on issues like abortion, cloning, and embryo research. The Case for Life provides intellectual grounding for the pro-life convictions that most evangelicals hold. Author Scott Klusendorf first simplifies the debate: the sanctity of life is not a morally complex issue. It's not about choice, privacy, or scientific progress. To the contrary, the debate turns on one key question: What is the unborn? From there readers learn how to engage the great bio-tech debate of the twenty-first century, how to answer objections persuasively, and what the role of the pro-life pastor should be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Cat Massacre: And Other Episodes in French Cultural History Author: Robert Darnton Narrator: Ken Kliban Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The landmark history of France and French culture in the eighteenth-century, a winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize When the apprentices of a Paris printing shop in the 1730s held a series of mock trials and then hanged all the cats they could lay their hands on, why did they find it so hilariously funny that they choked with laughter when they reenacted it in pantomime some twenty times? Why in the eighteenth-century version of Little Red Riding Hood did the wolf eat the child at the end? What did the anonymous townsman of Montpelier have in mind when he kept an exhaustive dossier on all the activities of his native city? These are some of the provocative questions the distinguished Harvard historian Robert Darnton answers The Great Cat Massacre, a kaleidoscopic view of European culture during in what we like to call 'The Age of Enlightenment.' A classic of European history, it is an essential starting point for understanding Enlightenment France. Robert Darnton Tue, 23 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428518 thebookvoice.com 10:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Cat Massacre: And Other Episodes in French Cultural History Author: Robert Darnton Narrator: Ken Kliban Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The landmark history of France and French culture in the eighteenth-century, a winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize When the apprentices of a Paris printing shop in the 1730s held a series of mock trials and then hanged all the cats they could lay their hands on, why did they find it so hilariously funny that they choked with laughter when they reenacted it in pantomime some twenty times? Why in the eighteenth-century version of Little Red Riding Hood did the wolf eat the child at the end? What did the anonymous townsman of Montpelier have in mind when he kept an exhaustive dossier on all the activities of his native city? These are some of the provocative questions the distinguished Harvard historian Robert Darnton answers The Great Cat Massacre, a kaleidoscopic view of European culture during in what we like to call 'The Age of Enlightenment.' A classic of European history, it is an essential starting point for understanding Enlightenment France. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Cat Massacre: And Other Episodes in French Cultural History Author: Robert Darnton Narrator: Ken Kliban Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The landmark history of France and French culture in the eighteenth-century, a winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize When the apprentices of a Paris printing shop in the 1730s held a series of mock trials and then hanged all the cats they could lay their hands on, why did they find it so hilariously funny that they choked with laughter when they reenacted it in pantomime some twenty times? Why in the eighteenth-century version of Little Red Riding Hood did the wolf eat the child at the end? What did the anonymous townsman of Montpelier have in mind when he kept an exhaustive dossier on all the activities of his native city? These are some of the provocative questions the distinguished Harvard historian Robert Darnton answers The Great Cat Massacre, a kaleidoscopic view of European culture during in what we like to call 'The Age of Enlightenment.' A classic of European history, it is an essential starting point for understanding Enlightenment France. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Flu Pandemic and You: A Canadian Guide Author: Colin Lee, Vincent Lam Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An essential survival guide—both to pandemic influenza, and to the hype surrounding it. Written by an emergency physician and a public health physician, The Flu Pandemic and You is a timely and forthright guide on how to prepare for an influenza pandemic, and how to understand the broader context in which this health threat exists. With cool heads and professional expertise, Drs. Lam and Lee carefully explain how readers can assess their level of risk, and set out practical advice on how to contend with a pandemic, addressing such issues as: • How the flu virus works and what level of threat Canadians really face • How to help protect yourself and your family from contracting influenza • How to identify symptoms • What you need to know about antiviral drugs • What to do in a worst-case scenario The Flu Pandemic and You develops a lucid framework to help people understand the current anxiety about influenza in the context of the risks we all face in our daily lives. This crucially important book, full of reasoned, knowledgeable advice, is an indispensable resource for fearful times. Colin Lee, Vincent Lam Tue, 05 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410 thebookvoice.com 10:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Flu Pandemic and You: A Canadian Guide Author: Colin Lee, Vincent Lam Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An essential survival guide—both to pandemic influenza, and to the hype surrounding it. Written by an emergency physician and a public health physician, The Flu Pandemic and You is a timely and forthright guide on how to prepare for an influenza pandemic, and how to understand the broader context in which this health threat exists. With cool heads and professional expertise, Drs. Lam and Lee carefully explain how readers can assess their level of risk, and set out practical advice on how to contend with a pandemic, addressing such issues as: • How the flu virus works and what level of threat Canadians really face • How to help protect yourself and your family from contracting influenza • How to identify symptoms • What you need to know about antiviral drugs • What to do in a worst-case scenario The Flu Pandemic and You develops a lucid framework to help people understand the current anxiety about influenza in the context of the risks we all face in our daily lives. This crucially important book, full of reasoned, knowledgeable advice, is an indispensable resource for fearful times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Flu Pandemic and You: A Canadian Guide Author: Colin Lee, Vincent Lam Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An essential survival guide—both to pandemic influenza, and to the hype surrounding it. Written by an emergency physician and a public health physician, The Flu Pandemic and You is a timely and forthright guide on how to prepare for an influenza pandemic, and how to understand the broader context in which this health threat exists. With cool heads and professional expertise, Drs. Lam and Lee carefully explain how readers can assess their level of risk, and set out practical advice on how to contend with a pandemic, addressing such issues as: • How the flu virus works and what level of threat Canadians really face • How to help protect yourself and your family from contracting influenza • How to identify symptoms • What you need to know about antiviral drugs • What to do in a worst-case scenario The Flu Pandemic and You develops a lucid framework to help people understand the current anxiety about influenza in the context of the risks we all face in our daily lives. This crucially important book, full of reasoned, knowledgeable advice, is an indispensable resource for fearful times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428314 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring That Beat Back: How Sampling Built Hip-Hop Author: Nate Patrin Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sampling—incorporating found sound and manipulating it into another form entirely—has done more than any musical movement in the twentieth century to maintain a continuum of popular music as a living document and, in the process, has become one of the most successful (and commercial) strains of postmodern art. Bring That Beat Back traces the development of this transformative pop-cultural practice from its origins in the turntable-manning, record-spinning hip-hop DJs of 1970s New York through forty years of musical innovation and reinvention. Nate Patrin tells the story of how sampling built hip-hop through the lens of four pivotal artists: Grandmaster Flash as the popular face of the music's DJ-born beginnings; Prince Paul as an early champion of sampling's potential to elaborate on and rewrite music history; Dr. Dre as the superstar who personified the rise of a stylistically distinct regional sound while blurring the lines between sampling and composition; and Madlib as the underground experimentalist and record-collector antiquarian who constantly broke the rules of what the mainstream expected from hip-hop. Nate Patrin Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428314 thebookvoice.com 12:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring That Beat Back: How Sampling Built Hip-Hop Author: Nate Patrin Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sampling—incorporating found sound and manipulating it into another form entirely—has done more than any musical movement in the twentieth century to maintain a continuum of popular music as a living document and, in the process, has become one of the most successful (and commercial) strains of postmodern art. Bring That Beat Back traces the development of this transformative pop-cultural practice from its origins in the turntable-manning, record-spinning hip-hop DJs of 1970s New York through forty years of musical innovation and reinvention. Nate Patrin tells the story of how sampling built hip-hop through the lens of four pivotal artists: Grandmaster Flash as the popular face of the music's DJ-born beginnings; Prince Paul as an early champion of sampling's potential to elaborate on and rewrite music history; Dr. Dre as the superstar who personified the rise of a stylistically distinct regional sound while blurring the lines between sampling and composition; and Madlib as the underground experimentalist and record-collector antiquarian who constantly broke the rules of what the mainstream expected from hip-hop. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bring That Beat Back: How Sampling Built Hip-Hop Author: Nate Patrin Narrator: David Sadzin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sampling—incorporating found sound and manipulating it into another form entirely—has done more than any musical movement in the twentieth century to maintain a continuum of popular music as a living document and, in the process, has become one of the most successful (and commercial) strains of postmodern art. Bring That Beat Back traces the development of this transformative pop-cultural practice from its origins in the turntable-manning, record-spinning hip-hop DJs of 1970s New York through forty years of musical innovation and reinvention. Nate Patrin tells the story of how sampling built hip-hop through the lens of four pivotal artists: Grandmaster Flash as the popular face of the music's DJ-born beginnings; Prince Paul as an early champion of sampling's potential to elaborate on and rewrite music history; Dr. Dre as the superstar who personified the rise of a stylistically distinct regional sound while blurring the lines between sampling and composition; and Madlib as the underground experimentalist and record-collector antiquarian who constantly broke the rules of what the mainstream expected from hip-hop. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saturday Night Live and Philosophy: Deep Thoughts Through the Decades Series: #45 of The Blackwell Philosophy and Pop Culture Series Author: unknown Narrator: Randye Kaye, Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Comedian-philosophers from Socrates to Sartre have always prodded and provoked us, critiquing our most sacred institutions and urging us to examine ourselves in the process. In Saturday Night Live and Philosophy, a star-studded cast of philosophers takes a close look at the 'deep thoughts' beneath the surface of NBC's award-winning late-night variety show and its hosts' zany antics. In this book, philosophy and comedy join forces, just like the Ambiguously Gay Duo, to explore the meaning of life itself through the riffs and beats of the subversive parody that gives the show its razor-sharp wit and undeniable cultural and political significance. Our guest hosts raise some eyebrows with questions like: ● Is Weekend Update Fake News? ● Does SNL upset dominant paradigms or trap us in political bubbles? ● When it comes to SNL, how can we tell the difference between satire, smart-assery, and seriousness? ● Is the Ladies Man too stupid for moral responsibility? ● What is the benefit of jokes that cause outrage? ● The Church Lady has a bad case of moral superiority. How about you? unknown Wed, 10 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428289 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saturday Night Live and Philosophy: Deep Thoughts Through the Decades Series: #45 of The Blackwell Philosophy and Pop Culture Series Author: unknown Narrator: Randye Kaye, Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Comedian-philosophers from Socrates to Sartre have always prodded and provoked us, critiquing our most sacred institutions and urging us to examine ourselves in the process. In Saturday Night Live and Philosophy, a star-studded cast of philosophers takes a close look at the 'deep thoughts' beneath the surface of NBC's award-winning late-night variety show and its hosts' zany antics. In this book, philosophy and comedy join forces, just like the Ambiguously Gay Duo, to explore the meaning of life itself through the riffs and beats of the subversive parody that gives the show its razor-sharp wit and undeniable cultural and political significance. Our guest hosts raise some eyebrows with questions like: ● Is Weekend Update Fake News? ● Does SNL upset dominant paradigms or trap us in political bubbles? ● When it comes to SNL, how can we tell the difference between satire, smart-assery, and seriousness? ● Is the Ladies Man too stupid for moral responsibility? ● What is the benefit of jokes that cause outrage? ● The Church Lady has a bad case of moral superiority. How about you? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saturday Night Live and Philosophy: Deep Thoughts Through the Decades Series: #45 of The Blackwell Philosophy and Pop Culture Series Author: unknown Narrator: Randye Kaye, Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Comedian-philosophers from Socrates to Sartre have always prodded and provoked us, critiquing our most sacred institutions and urging us to examine ourselves in the process. In Saturday Night Live and Philosophy, a star-studded cast of philosophers takes a close look at the 'deep thoughts' beneath the surface of NBC's award-winning late-night variety show and its hosts' zany antics. In this book, philosophy and comedy join forces, just like the Ambiguously Gay Duo, to explore the meaning of life itself through the riffs and beats of the subversive parody that gives the show its razor-sharp wit and undeniable cultural and political significance. Our guest hosts raise some eyebrows with questions like: ● Is Weekend Update Fake News? ● Does SNL upset dominant paradigms or trap us in political bubbles? ● When it comes to SNL, how can we tell the difference between satire, smart-assery, and seriousness? ● Is the Ladies Man too stupid for moral responsibility? ● What is the benefit of jokes that cause outrage? ● The Church Lady has a bad case of moral superiority. How about you? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Gender: Debunking the Myths about Sex and Identity in Our Society Author: Debra Soh Narrator: Debra Soh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: International sex researcher, neuroscientist, and columnist Debra Soh debunks popular gender myths in this scientific examination of the many facets of gender identity that “is not only eminently reasonable and beautifully-written, it is brave and vital” (Ben Shapiro, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Is our gender something we’re born with, or are we conditioned by society? In The End of Gender, neuroscientist and sexologist Dr. Debra Soh uses a research-based approach to address this hot-button topic, unmasking popular misconceptions about the nature vs. nurture debate and exploring what it means to be a woman or a man in today’s society. Both scientific and objective, and drawing on original research and carefully conducted interviews, Soh tackles a wide range of issues, such as gender-neutral parenting, gender dysphoric children, and the neuroscience of being transgender. She debates today’s accepted notion that gender is a social construct and a spectrum, and challenges the idea that there is no difference between how male and female brains operate. The End of Gender is conversation-starting “required reading” (Eric R. Weinstein, PhD, host of The Portal) that will arm you with the facts you need to come to your own conclusions about gender identity and its place in the world today. Debra Soh Tue, 04 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Gender: Debunking the Myths about Sex and Identity in Our Society Author: Debra Soh Narrator: Debra Soh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: International sex researcher, neuroscientist, and columnist Debra Soh debunks popular gender myths in this scientific examination of the many facets of gender identity that “is not only eminently reasonable and beautifully-written, it is brave and vital” (Ben Shapiro, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Is our gender something we’re born with, or are we conditioned by society? In The End of Gender, neuroscientist and sexologist Dr. Debra Soh uses a research-based approach to address this hot-button topic, unmasking popular misconceptions about the nature vs. nurture debate and exploring what it means to be a woman or a man in today’s society. Both scientific and objective, and drawing on original research and carefully conducted interviews, Soh tackles a wide range of issues, such as gender-neutral parenting, gender dysphoric children, and the neuroscience of being transgender. She debates today’s accepted notion that gender is a social construct and a spectrum, and challenges the idea that there is no difference between how male and female brains operate. The End of Gender is conversation-starting “required reading” (Eric R. Weinstein, PhD, host of The Portal) that will arm you with the facts you need to come to your own conclusions about gender identity and its place in the world today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Gender: Debunking the Myths about Sex and Identity in Our Society Author: Debra Soh Narrator: Debra Soh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: International sex researcher, neuroscientist, and columnist Debra Soh debunks popular gender myths in this scientific examination of the many facets of gender identity that “is not only eminently reasonable and beautifully-written, it is brave and vital” (Ben Shapiro, #1 New York Times bestselling author). Is our gender something we’re born with, or are we conditioned by society? In The End of Gender, neuroscientist and sexologist Dr. Debra Soh uses a research-based approach to address this hot-button topic, unmasking popular misconceptions about the nature vs. nurture debate and exploring what it means to be a woman or a man in today’s society. Both scientific and objective, and drawing on original research and carefully conducted interviews, Soh tackles a wide range of issues, such as gender-neutral parenting, gender dysphoric children, and the neuroscience of being transgender. She debates today’s accepted notion that gender is a social construct and a spectrum, and challenges the idea that there is no difference between how male and female brains operate. The End of Gender is conversation-starting “required reading” (Eric R. Weinstein, PhD, host of The Portal) that will arm you with the facts you need to come to your own conclusions about gender identity and its place in the world today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428209 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wuhan Diary: Dispatches from a Quarantined City Author: Fang Fang, Michael Berry Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of China's most acclaimed and decorated writers comes a powerful first-person account of life in Wuhan during the COVID-19 outbreak. On January 25, 2020, after the central government imposed a lockdown in Wuhan, acclaimed Chinese writer Fang Fang began publishing an online diary. In the days and weeks that followed, Fang Fang's nightly postings gave voice to the fears, frustrations, anger, and hope of millions of her fellow citizens, reflecting on the psychological impact of forced isolation, the role of the internet as both community lifeline and source of misinformation, and most tragically, the lives of neighbors and friends taken by the deadly virus.  A fascinating eyewitness account of events as they unfold, Wuhan Diary captures the challenges of daily life and the changing moods and emotions of being quarantined without reliable information. Fang Fang finds solace in small domestic comforts and is inspired by the courage of friends, health professionals and volunteers, as well as the resilience and perseverance of Wuhan's nine million residents. But, by claiming the writer´s duty to record she also speaks out against social injustice, abuse of power, and other problems which impeded the response to the epidemic and gets herself embroiled in online controversies because of it. As Fang Fang documents the beginning of the global health crisis in real time, we are able to identify patterns and mistakes that many of the countries dealing with the novel coronavirus have later repeated. She reminds us that, in the face of the new virus, the plight of the citizens of Wuhan is also that of citizens everywhere. As Fang Fang writes: "The virus is the common enemy of humankind; that is a lesson for all humanity. The only way we can conquer this virus and free ourselves from its grip is for all members of humankind to work together."  Blending the intimate and the epic, the profound and the quotidian, Wuhan Diary is a remarkable record of an extraordinary time.  Translated from the Chinese by Michael Berry THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Fang Fang, Michael Berry Tue, 26 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428209 thebookvoice.com 14:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wuhan Diary: Dispatches from a Quarantined City Author: Fang Fang, Michael Berry Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of China's most acclaimed and decorated writers comes a powerful first-person account of life in Wuhan during the COVID-19 outbreak. On January 25, 2020, after the central government imposed a lockdown in Wuhan, acclaimed Chinese writer Fang Fang began publishing an online diary. In the days and weeks that followed, Fang Fang's nightly postings gave voice to the fears, frustrations, anger, and hope of millions of her fellow citizens, reflecting on the psychological impact of forced isolation, the role of the internet as both community lifeline and source of misinformation, and most tragically, the lives of neighbors and friends taken by the deadly virus.  A fascinating eyewitness account of events as they unfold, Wuhan Diary captures the challenges of daily life and the changing moods and emotions of being quarantined without reliable information. Fang Fang finds solace in small domestic comforts and is inspired by the courage of friends, health professionals and volunteers, as well as the resilience and perseverance of Wuhan's nine million residents. But, by claiming the writer´s duty to record she also speaks out against social injustice, abuse of power, and other problems which impeded the response to the epidemic and gets herself embroiled in online controversies because of it. As Fang Fang documents the beginning of the global health crisis in real time, we are able to identify patterns and mistakes that many of the countries dealing with the novel coronavirus have later repeated. She reminds us that, in the face of the new virus, the plight of the citizens of Wuhan is also that of citizens everywhere. As Fang Fang writes: "The virus is the common enemy of humankind; that is a lesson for all humanity. The only way we can conquer this virus and free ourselves from its grip is for all members of humankind to work together."  Blending the intimate and the epic, the profound and the quotidian, Wuhan Diary is a remarkable record of an extraordinary time.  Translated from the Chinese by Michael Berry THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428209]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wuhan Diary: Dispatches from a Quarantined City Author: Fang Fang, Michael Berry Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of China's most acclaimed and decorated writers comes a powerful first-person account of life in Wuhan during the COVID-19 outbreak. On January 25, 2020, after the central government imposed a lockdown in Wuhan, acclaimed Chinese writer Fang Fang began publishing an online diary. In the days and weeks that followed, Fang Fang's nightly postings gave voice to the fears, frustrations, anger, and hope of millions of her fellow citizens, reflecting on the psychological impact of forced isolation, the role of the internet as both community lifeline and source of misinformation, and most tragically, the lives of neighbors and friends taken by the deadly virus.  A fascinating eyewitness account of events as they unfold, Wuhan Diary captures the challenges of daily life and the changing moods and emotions of being quarantined without reliable information. Fang Fang finds solace in small domestic comforts and is inspired by the courage of friends, health professionals and volunteers, as well as the resilience and perseverance of Wuhan's nine million residents. But, by claiming the writer´s duty to record she also speaks out against social injustice, abuse of power, and other problems which impeded the response to the epidemic and gets herself embroiled in online controversies because of it. As Fang Fang documents the beginning of the global health crisis in real time, we are able to identify patterns and mistakes that many of the countries dealing with the novel coronavirus have later repeated. She reminds us that, in the face of the new virus, the plight of the citizens of Wuhan is also that of citizens everywhere. As Fang Fang writes: "The virus is the common enemy of humankind; that is a lesson for all humanity. The only way we can conquer this virus and free ourselves from its grip is for all members of humankind to work together."  Blending the intimate and the epic, the profound and the quotidian, Wuhan Diary is a remarkable record of an extraordinary time.  Translated from the Chinese by Michael Berry THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428204 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No hay vuelta atrás: El poder de las mujeres para cambiar el mundo Author: Melinda Gates Narrator: Jane Santos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 30, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una llamada a la acción para empoderar a las mujeres y cambiar el mundo. Durante los últimos veinte años, Melinda Gates se ha dedicado a buscar soluciones para las personas de cualquier lugar con mayores necesidades. Durante esa época, fue comprendiendo que, si queremos que la sociedad despegue, hay que dejar de oprimir a las mujeres. En este libro conmovedor y convincente, Melinda comparte las lecciones que ha aprendido de las personas que la han inspirado y a quienes ha conocido en su trabajo y viajes por todo el mundo. Como dice en la introducción, «Por eso tenía que escribir este libro: para compartir la historia de aquellas personas que me han ayudado a centrarme y a priorizar. Me gustaría que todos encontráramos maneras de ayudar a las mujeres en cualquier lugar del mundo». Melinda nos ofrece un discurso inolvidable, respaldado por datos alarmantes, donde nos presenta los problemas que requieren nuestra mayor atención: desde el matrimonio infantil hasta la falta de acceso a los anticonceptivos o la desigualdad de género en el lugar de trabajo. Además, Melinda escribe por primera vez sobre su vida personal y el camino recorrido hasta la igualdad en su propio matrimonio y nos muestra que nunca habían existido tantas oportunidades como ahora para cambiar el mundo y a nosotros mismos. Con emoción, franqueza y elegancia, Melinda nos presenta mujeres extraordinarias y nos demuestra la fuerza resultante de la conexión entre ellas. En un momento en el que ya no hay vuelta atrás en el empoderamiento de las mujeres, Melinda Gates nos anima a seguir avanzando porque, cuando ayudamos a que los demás despeguen, nosotros también despegamos. Y cuando las mujeres despegan, la humanidad entera despega. La crítica ha dicho... «Melinda Gates ha trabajado muchos años con mujeres de todo el mundo. Este libro describe su propia evolución como feminista y honra las historias de quienes la inspiraron durante el camino. Es un manifiesto urgente en defensa de una sociedad justa en la que las mujeres sean valoradas y reconocidas en cualquier ámbito de su vida, pero ante todo es un llamamiento a la unidad, la inclusión y la conexión. Necesitamos más que nunca este mensaje.» Malala Yousafzai «El libro de Melinda Gates es una lección sobre el arte de saber escuchar. Es una llamada a la acción intensa, emotiva y humilde.» Tara Westover, autora de Una educación «Aunque durante las últimas dos décadas Melinda Gates ha sido una autoridad y una voz cada vez más importante en salud global, No hay vuelta atrás es un libro sobre la igualdad de género cuyo hilo conductor es la empatía. En él se da voz a mujeres y niñas con experiencias completamente distintas a las de la autora pero que le han enseñado mucho. En estas memorias ingeniosas y bellamente escritas, Melinda Gates nos invita a aprender de ellas.» Paul Farmer, cofundador de Partners In Health «No hay vuelta atrás es un llamamiento urgente a la valentía. Ha cambiado la percepción que tengo de mí misma, de mi familia, de mi trabajo y de lo que es posible y no lo es en este mundo. Melinda aúna un relato vulnerable y valiente con distintos datos convincentes para crear uno de esos escasos libros que sigue en tu mente y corazón incluso después de haberlo terminado.» Brené Brown, autora de Dare to Lead «Este libro es una bella y concisa declaración de principios sobre lo que debemos hacer para que la sociedad avance: seguir empoderando a las mujeres. A cualquier nivel y en todas partes, las mujeres son el auténtico cimiento que sustenta a sus comunidades.» Trevor Noah Melinda Gates Thu, 30 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428204 thebookvoice.com 9:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No hay vuelta atrás: El poder de las mujeres para cambiar el mundo Author: Melinda Gates Narrator: Jane Santos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 30, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una llamada a la acción para empoderar a las mujeres y cambiar el mundo. Durante los últimos veinte años, Melinda Gates se ha dedicado a buscar soluciones para las personas de cualquier lugar con mayores necesidades. Durante esa época, fue comprendiendo que, si queremos que la sociedad despegue, hay que dejar de oprimir a las mujeres. En este libro conmovedor y convincente, Melinda comparte las lecciones que ha aprendido de las personas que la han inspirado y a quienes ha conocido en su trabajo y viajes por todo el mundo. Como dice en la introducción, «Por eso tenía que escribir este libro: para compartir la historia de aquellas personas que me han ayudado a centrarme y a priorizar. Me gustaría que todos encontráramos maneras de ayudar a las mujeres en cualquier lugar del mundo». Melinda nos ofrece un discurso inolvidable, respaldado por datos alarmantes, donde nos presenta los problemas que requieren nuestra mayor atención: desde el matrimonio infantil hasta la falta de acceso a los anticonceptivos o la desigualdad de género en el lugar de trabajo. Además, Melinda escribe por primera vez sobre su vida personal y el camino recorrido hasta la igualdad en su propio matrimonio y nos muestra que nunca habían existido tantas oportunidades como ahora para cambiar el mundo y a nosotros mismos. Con emoción, franqueza y elegancia, Melinda nos presenta mujeres extraordinarias y nos demuestra la fuerza resultante de la conexión entre ellas. En un momento en el que ya no hay vuelta atrás en el empoderamiento de las mujeres, Melinda Gates nos anima a seguir avanzando porque, cuando ayudamos a que los demás despeguen, nosotros también despegamos. Y cuando las mujeres despegan, la humanidad entera despega. La crítica ha dicho... «Melinda Gates ha trabajado muchos años con mujeres de todo el mundo. Este libro describe su propia evolución como feminista y honra las historias de quienes la inspiraron durante el camino. Es un manifiesto urgente en defensa de una sociedad justa en la que las mujeres sean valoradas y reconocidas en cualquier ámbito de su vida, pero ante todo es un llamamiento a la unidad, la inclusión y la conexión. Necesitamos más que nunca este mensaje.» Malala Yousafzai «El libro de Melinda Gates es una lección sobre el arte de saber escuchar. Es una llamada a la acción intensa, emotiva y humilde.» Tara Westover, autora de Una educación «Aunque durante las últimas dos décadas Melinda Gates ha sido una autoridad y una voz cada vez más importante en salud global, No hay vuelta atrás es un libro sobre la igualdad de género cuyo hilo conductor es la empatía. En él se da voz a mujeres y niñas con experiencias completamente distintas a las de la autora pero que le han enseñado mucho. En estas memorias ingeniosas y bellamente escritas, Melinda Gates nos invita a aprender de ellas.» Paul Farmer, cofundador de Partners In Health «No hay vuelta atrás es un llamamiento urgente a la valentía. Ha cambiado la percepción que tengo de mí misma, de mi familia, de mi trabajo y de lo que es posible y no lo es en este mundo. Melinda aúna un relato vulnerable y valiente con distintos datos convincentes para crear uno de esos escasos libros que sigue en tu mente y corazón incluso después de haberlo terminado.» Brené Brown, autora de Dare to Lead «Este libro es una bella y concisa declaración de principios sobre lo que debemos hacer para que la sociedad avance: seguir empoderando a las mujeres. A cualquier nivel y en todas partes, las mujeres son el auténtico cimiento que sustenta a sus comunidades.» Trevor Noah Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No hay vuelta atrás: El poder de las mujeres para cambiar el mundo Author: Melinda Gates Narrator: Jane Santos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 30, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Una llamada a la acción para empoderar a las mujeres y cambiar el mundo. Durante los últimos veinte años, Melinda Gates se ha dedicado a buscar soluciones para las personas de cualquier lugar con mayores necesidades. Durante esa época, fue comprendiendo que, si queremos que la sociedad despegue, hay que dejar de oprimir a las mujeres. En este libro conmovedor y convincente, Melinda comparte las lecciones que ha aprendido de las personas que la han inspirado y a quienes ha conocido en su trabajo y viajes por todo el mundo. Como dice en la introducción, «Por eso tenía que escribir este libro: para compartir la historia de aquellas personas que me han ayudado a centrarme y a priorizar. Me gustaría que todos encontráramos maneras de ayudar a las mujeres en cualquier lugar del mundo». Melinda nos ofrece un discurso inolvidable, respaldado por datos alarmantes, donde nos presenta los problemas que requieren nuestra mayor atención: desde el matrimonio infantil hasta la falta de acceso a los anticonceptivos o la desigualdad de género en el lugar de trabajo. Además, Melinda escribe por primera vez sobre su vida personal y el camino recorrido hasta la igualdad en su propio matrimonio y nos muestra que nunca habían existido tantas oportunidades como ahora para cambiar el mundo y a nosotros mismos. Con emoción, franqueza y elegancia, Melinda nos presenta mujeres extraordinarias y nos demuestra la fuerza resultante de la conexión entre ellas. En un momento en el que ya no hay vuelta atrás en el empoderamiento de las mujeres, Melinda Gates nos anima a seguir avanzando porque, cuando ayudamos a que los demás despeguen, nosotros también despegamos. Y cuando las mujeres despegan, la humanidad entera despega. La crítica ha dicho... «Melinda Gates ha trabajado muchos años con mujeres de todo el mundo. Este libro describe su propia evolución como feminista y honra las historias de quienes la inspiraron durante el camino. Es un manifiesto urgente en defensa de una sociedad justa en la que las mujeres sean valoradas y reconocidas en cualquier ámbito de su vida, pero ante todo es un llamamiento a la unidad, la inclusión y la conexión. Necesitamos más que nunca este mensaje.» Malala Yousafzai «El libro de Melinda Gates es una lección sobre el arte de saber escuchar. Es una llamada a la acción intensa, emotiva y humilde.» Tara Westover, autora de Una educación «Aunque durante las últimas dos décadas Melinda Gates ha sido una autoridad y una voz cada vez más importante en salud global, No hay vuelta atrás es un libro sobre la igualdad de género cuyo hilo conductor es la empatía. En él se da voz a mujeres y niñas con experiencias completamente distintas a las de la autora pero que le han enseñado mucho. En estas memorias ingeniosas y bellamente escritas, Melinda Gates nos invita a aprender de ellas.» Paul Farmer, cofundador de Partners In Health «No hay vuelta atrás es un llamamiento urgente a la valentía. Ha cambiado la percepción que tengo de mí misma, de mi familia, de mi trabajo y de lo que es posible y no lo es en este mundo. Melinda aúna un relato vulnerable y valiente con distintos datos convincentes para crear uno de esos escasos libros que sigue en tu mente y corazón incluso después de haberlo terminado.» Brené Brown, autora de Dare to Lead «Este libro es una bella y concisa declaración de principios sobre lo que debemos hacer para que la sociedad avance: seguir empoderando a las mujeres. A cualquier nivel y en todas partes, las mujeres son el auténtico cimiento que sustenta a sus comunidades.» Trevor Noah https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liar’s Circus Author: Carl Hoffman Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this work of daring and immersive contemporary anthropology, Carl Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base. This book proceeds from the premise that Donald J. Trump's rallies are a singular and defining force—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, the rallies are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill America’s stadiums and arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise? To those on the Left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this travelling roadshow (the Wall Street Journal reports there have been more than 550 ticketed campaign events since 2015) is the pressurised, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. In 2019, Carl Hoffman began to do just this and embedded himself in the Trump rallies. He has stood in line for days with crowds of supporters; he has traveled across the country from Minnesota to Texas to Mississippi interviewing hundreds of attendees and immersing himself in their culture. A former contributing editor to National Geographic Traveler, Hoffman has travelled to 80 countries on assignment; he has written about cannibals in New Guinea, Mumbai’s railways (the deadliest in the world), and the indigenous tribes of Borneo. Now he trains his unique eye on his own country. Carl Hoffman Tue, 01 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liar’s Circus Author: Carl Hoffman Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this work of daring and immersive contemporary anthropology, Carl Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base. This book proceeds from the premise that Donald J. Trump's rallies are a singular and defining force—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, the rallies are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill America’s stadiums and arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise? To those on the Left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this travelling roadshow (the Wall Street Journal reports there have been more than 550 ticketed campaign events since 2015) is the pressurised, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. In 2019, Carl Hoffman began to do just this and embedded himself in the Trump rallies. He has stood in line for days with crowds of supporters; he has traveled across the country from Minnesota to Texas to Mississippi interviewing hundreds of attendees and immersing himself in their culture. A former contributing editor to National Geographic Traveler, Hoffman has travelled to 80 countries on assignment; he has written about cannibals in New Guinea, Mumbai’s railways (the deadliest in the world), and the indigenous tribes of Borneo. Now he trains his unique eye on his own country. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/428201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liar’s Circus Author: Carl Hoffman Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this work of daring and immersive contemporary anthropology, Carl Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base. This book proceeds from the premise that Donald J. Trump's rallies are a singular and defining force—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, the rallies are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill America’s stadiums and arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise? To those on the Left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this travelling roadshow (the Wall Street Journal reports there have been more than 550 ticketed campaign events since 2015) is the pressurised, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. In 2019, Carl Hoffman began to do just this and embedded himself in the Trump rallies. He has stood in line for days with crowds of supporters; he has traveled across the country from Minnesota to Texas to Mississippi interviewing hundreds of attendees and immersing himself in their culture. A former contributing editor to National Geographic Traveler, Hoffman has travelled to 80 countries on assignment; he has written about cannibals in New Guinea, Mumbai’s railways (the deadliest in the world), and the indigenous tribes of Borneo. Now he trains his unique eye on his own country. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427632 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Modest Proposal Author: Jonathan Swift Narrator: John Gonzales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a time when poor Irish families struggled to feed their children, Jonathan Swift wrote an essay, which he published anonymously, making a few suggestions. He called it ‘A Modest Proposal’ (1729) or ‘A Modest Proposal for Preventing the Children of Poor People from Being a Burthen to their Parents, or the Country, and for Making them Beneficial to the Publick.’ The solution was simple: Fatten up the undernourished children and sell them as food for the rich. Everybody wins! Though written in a serious tone, the humour in this essay is undeniable, and so is its mocking of the heartless attitudes towards poor people. - Jonathan Swift (1667-1745) was an Anglo-Irish satirist, essayist, poet, and political pamphleteer, best known for his satirical work like ‘A Modest Proposal’ (1729) and’ Gulliver’s Travels’ (1726). Jonathan Swift Wed, 04 Jan 2017 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427632 thebookvoice.com 0:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Modest Proposal Author: Jonathan Swift Narrator: John Gonzales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a time when poor Irish families struggled to feed their children, Jonathan Swift wrote an essay, which he published anonymously, making a few suggestions. He called it ‘A Modest Proposal’ (1729) or ‘A Modest Proposal for Preventing the Children of Poor People from Being a Burthen to their Parents, or the Country, and for Making them Beneficial to the Publick.’ The solution was simple: Fatten up the undernourished children and sell them as food for the rich. Everybody wins! Though written in a serious tone, the humour in this essay is undeniable, and so is its mocking of the heartless attitudes towards poor people. - Jonathan Swift (1667-1745) was an Anglo-Irish satirist, essayist, poet, and political pamphleteer, best known for his satirical work like ‘A Modest Proposal’ (1729) and’ Gulliver’s Travels’ (1726). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Modest Proposal Author: Jonathan Swift Narrator: John Gonzales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 4, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a time when poor Irish families struggled to feed their children, Jonathan Swift wrote an essay, which he published anonymously, making a few suggestions. He called it ‘A Modest Proposal’ (1729) or ‘A Modest Proposal for Preventing the Children of Poor People from Being a Burthen to their Parents, or the Country, and for Making them Beneficial to the Publick.’ The solution was simple: Fatten up the undernourished children and sell them as food for the rich. Everybody wins! Though written in a serious tone, the humour in this essay is undeniable, and so is its mocking of the heartless attitudes towards poor people. - Jonathan Swift (1667-1745) was an Anglo-Irish satirist, essayist, poet, and political pamphleteer, best known for his satirical work like ‘A Modest Proposal’ (1729) and’ Gulliver’s Travels’ (1726). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427498 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminist Impotence: Why Females Fail at Customer Service Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Ross Pipkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author Jazz Vazquez explains why men don’t get the help they need when they sit down with a female loan officer, car saleswoman or everyday customer service representative. Why are women so bad at their jobs? Women are bad at any jobs that require them to make decisions. Women are great at creative and artistic jobs as well as whoring, but whores have pimps for a reason. Jazz looks at the psychology of feminist impotence. Females in the workplace make men impotent while also failing to help men who just want answers, technical assistance and guidance with serious business plans. Jazz Vazquez Wed, 13 Nov 2019 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427498 thebookvoice.com 0:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminist Impotence: Why Females Fail at Customer Service Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Ross Pipkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author Jazz Vazquez explains why men don’t get the help they need when they sit down with a female loan officer, car saleswoman or everyday customer service representative. Why are women so bad at their jobs? Women are bad at any jobs that require them to make decisions. Women are great at creative and artistic jobs as well as whoring, but whores have pimps for a reason. Jazz looks at the psychology of feminist impotence. Females in the workplace make men impotent while also failing to help men who just want answers, technical assistance and guidance with serious business plans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminist Impotence: Why Females Fail at Customer Service Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Ross Pipkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author Jazz Vazquez explains why men don’t get the help they need when they sit down with a female loan officer, car saleswoman or everyday customer service representative. Why are women so bad at their jobs? Women are bad at any jobs that require them to make decisions. Women are great at creative and artistic jobs as well as whoring, but whores have pimps for a reason. Jazz looks at the psychology of feminist impotence. Females in the workplace make men impotent while also failing to help men who just want answers, technical assistance and guidance with serious business plans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427438 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out of Many, One: Portraits of America's Immigrants Author: George W. Bush Narrator: George W. Bush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this powerful new collection of oil paintings and stories, President George W. Bush spotlights the inspiring journeys of America’s immigrants and the contributions they make to the life and prosperity of our nation.   The issue of immigration stirs intense emotions today, as it has throughout much of American history. But what gets lost in the debates about policy are the stories of immigrants themselves, the people who are drawn to America by its promise of economic opportunity and political and religious freedom—and who strengthen our nation in countless ways.   In the tradition of Portraits of Courage, President Bush’s #1 New York Times bestseller, Out of Many, One brings together forty-three full-color portraits of men and women who have immigrated to the United States, alongside stirring stories of the unique ways all of them are pursuing the American Dream. Featuring men and women from thirty-five countries and nearly every region of the world, Out of Many, One shows how hard work, strong values, dreams, and determination know no borders or boundaries and how immigrants embody values that are often viewed as distinctly American: optimism and gratitude, a willingness to strive and to risk, a deep sense of patriotism, and a spirit of self-reliance that runs deep in our immigrant heritage. In these pages, we meet a North Korean refugee fighting for human rights, a Dallas-based CEO who crossed the Rio Grande from Mexico at age seventeen, and a NASA engineer who as a girl in Nigeria dreamed of coming to America, along with notable figures from business, the military, sports, and entertainment. President Bush captures their faces and stories in striking detail, bringing depth to our understanding of who immigrants are, the challenges they face on their paths to citizenship, and the lessons they can teach us about our country’s character.   As the stories unfold in this vibrant book, listeners will gain a better appreciation for the humanity behind one of our most pressing policy issues and the countless ways in which America, through its tradition of welcoming newcomers, has been strengthened by those who have come here in search of a better life. Read by President George W. Bush, with additional audio provided by many of the paintings’ subjects *This audiobook includes a full-color PDF of all of the portraits and murals featured in the book. George W. Bush Tue, 20 Apr 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427438 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out of Many, One: Portraits of America's Immigrants Author: George W. Bush Narrator: George W. Bush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this powerful new collection of oil paintings and stories, President George W. Bush spotlights the inspiring journeys of America’s immigrants and the contributions they make to the life and prosperity of our nation.   The issue of immigration stirs intense emotions today, as it has throughout much of American history. But what gets lost in the debates about policy are the stories of immigrants themselves, the people who are drawn to America by its promise of economic opportunity and political and religious freedom—and who strengthen our nation in countless ways.   In the tradition of Portraits of Courage, President Bush’s #1 New York Times bestseller, Out of Many, One brings together forty-three full-color portraits of men and women who have immigrated to the United States, alongside stirring stories of the unique ways all of them are pursuing the American Dream. Featuring men and women from thirty-five countries and nearly every region of the world, Out of Many, One shows how hard work, strong values, dreams, and determination know no borders or boundaries and how immigrants embody values that are often viewed as distinctly American: optimism and gratitude, a willingness to strive and to risk, a deep sense of patriotism, and a spirit of self-reliance that runs deep in our immigrant heritage. In these pages, we meet a North Korean refugee fighting for human rights, a Dallas-based CEO who crossed the Rio Grande from Mexico at age seventeen, and a NASA engineer who as a girl in Nigeria dreamed of coming to America, along with notable figures from business, the military, sports, and entertainment. President Bush captures their faces and stories in striking detail, bringing depth to our understanding of who immigrants are, the challenges they face on their paths to citizenship, and the lessons they can teach us about our country’s character.   As the stories unfold in this vibrant book, listeners will gain a better appreciation for the humanity behind one of our most pressing policy issues and the countless ways in which America, through its tradition of welcoming newcomers, has been strengthened by those who have come here in search of a better life. Read by President George W. Bush, with additional audio provided by many of the paintings’ subjects *This audiobook includes a full-color PDF of all of the portraits and murals featured in the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out of Many, One: Portraits of America's Immigrants Author: George W. Bush Narrator: George W. Bush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this powerful new collection of oil paintings and stories, President George W. Bush spotlights the inspiring journeys of America’s immigrants and the contributions they make to the life and prosperity of our nation.   The issue of immigration stirs intense emotions today, as it has throughout much of American history. But what gets lost in the debates about policy are the stories of immigrants themselves, the people who are drawn to America by its promise of economic opportunity and political and religious freedom—and who strengthen our nation in countless ways.   In the tradition of Portraits of Courage, President Bush’s #1 New York Times bestseller, Out of Many, One brings together forty-three full-color portraits of men and women who have immigrated to the United States, alongside stirring stories of the unique ways all of them are pursuing the American Dream. Featuring men and women from thirty-five countries and nearly every region of the world, Out of Many, One shows how hard work, strong values, dreams, and determination know no borders or boundaries and how immigrants embody values that are often viewed as distinctly American: optimism and gratitude, a willingness to strive and to risk, a deep sense of patriotism, and a spirit of self-reliance that runs deep in our immigrant heritage. In these pages, we meet a North Korean refugee fighting for human rights, a Dallas-based CEO who crossed the Rio Grande from Mexico at age seventeen, and a NASA engineer who as a girl in Nigeria dreamed of coming to America, along with notable figures from business, the military, sports, and entertainment. President Bush captures their faces and stories in striking detail, bringing depth to our understanding of who immigrants are, the challenges they face on their paths to citizenship, and the lessons they can teach us about our country’s character.   As the stories unfold in this vibrant book, listeners will gain a better appreciation for the humanity behind one of our most pressing policy issues and the countless ways in which America, through its tradition of welcoming newcomers, has been strengthened by those who have come here in search of a better life. Read by President George W. Bush, with additional audio provided by many of the paintings’ subjects *This audiobook includes a full-color PDF of all of the portraits and murals featured in the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427431 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Penguin Book of Exorcisms Author: Tba Narrator: Dennis Logan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Haunting accounts of real-life exorcisms through the centuries and around the world, from ancient Egypt and the biblical Middle East to colonial America and twentieth-century South Africa A Penguin Classic Levitation. Feats of superhuman strength. Speaking in tongues. A hateful, glowing stare. The signs of spirit possession have been documented for thousands of years and across religions and cultures, even into our time: In 2019 the Vatican convened 250 priests from 50 countries for a weeklong seminar on exorcism. The Penguin Book of Exorcisms brings together the most astonishing accounts: Saint Anthony set upon by demons in the form of a lion, a bull, and a panther, who are no match for his devotion and prayer; the Prophet Muhammad casting an enemy of God out of a young boy; fox spirits in medieval China and Japan; a headless bear assaulting a woman in sixteenth-century England; the possession in the French town of Loudun of an entire convent of Ursuline nuns; a Zulu woman who floated to a height of five feet almost daily; a previously unpublished account of an exorcism in Earling, Iowa, in 1928--an important inspiration for the movie The Exorcist; poltergeist activity at a home in Maryland in 1949--the basis for William Peter Blatty's novel The Exorcist; a Filipina girl 'bitten by devils'; and a rare example of a priest's letter requesting permission of a bishop to perform an exorcism--after witnessing a boy walk backward up a wall. Fifty-seven percent of Americans profess to believe in demonic possession; after reading this book, you may too. For more than seventy-five years, Penguin has been the leading publisher of classic literature in the English-speaking world. With more than 2,000 titles, Penguin Classics represents a global bookshelf of the best works throughout history and across genres and disciplines. Readers trust the series to provide authoritative texts enhanced by introductions and notes by distinguished scholars and contemporary authors, as well as up-to-date translations by award-winning translators. Tba Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427431 thebookvoice.com 10:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Penguin Book of Exorcisms Author: Tba Narrator: Dennis Logan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Haunting accounts of real-life exorcisms through the centuries and around the world, from ancient Egypt and the biblical Middle East to colonial America and twentieth-century South Africa A Penguin Classic Levitation. Feats of superhuman strength. Speaking in tongues. A hateful, glowing stare. The signs of spirit possession have been documented for thousands of years and across religions and cultures, even into our time: In 2019 the Vatican convened 250 priests from 50 countries for a weeklong seminar on exorcism. The Penguin Book of Exorcisms brings together the most astonishing accounts: Saint Anthony set upon by demons in the form of a lion, a bull, and a panther, who are no match for his devotion and prayer; the Prophet Muhammad casting an enemy of God out of a young boy; fox spirits in medieval China and Japan; a headless bear assaulting a woman in sixteenth-century England; the possession in the French town of Loudun of an entire convent of Ursuline nuns; a Zulu woman who floated to a height of five feet almost daily; a previously unpublished account of an exorcism in Earling, Iowa, in 1928--an important inspiration for the movie The Exorcist; poltergeist activity at a home in Maryland in 1949--the basis for William Peter Blatty's novel The Exorcist; a Filipina girl 'bitten by devils'; and a rare example of a priest's letter requesting permission of a bishop to perform an exorcism--after witnessing a boy walk backward up a wall. Fifty-seven percent of Americans profess to believe in demonic possession; after reading this book, you may too. For more than seventy-five years, Penguin has been the leading publisher of classic literature in the English-speaking world. With more than 2,000 titles, Penguin Classics represents a global bookshelf of the best works throughout history and across genres and disciplines. Readers trust the series to provide authoritative texts enhanced by introductions and notes by distinguished scholars and contemporary authors, as well as up-to-date translations by award-winning translators. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Penguin Book of Exorcisms Author: Tba Narrator: Dennis Logan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Haunting accounts of real-life exorcisms through the centuries and around the world, from ancient Egypt and the biblical Middle East to colonial America and twentieth-century South Africa A Penguin Classic Levitation. Feats of superhuman strength. Speaking in tongues. A hateful, glowing stare. The signs of spirit possession have been documented for thousands of years and across religions and cultures, even into our time: In 2019 the Vatican convened 250 priests from 50 countries for a weeklong seminar on exorcism. The Penguin Book of Exorcisms brings together the most astonishing accounts: Saint Anthony set upon by demons in the form of a lion, a bull, and a panther, who are no match for his devotion and prayer; the Prophet Muhammad casting an enemy of God out of a young boy; fox spirits in medieval China and Japan; a headless bear assaulting a woman in sixteenth-century England; the possession in the French town of Loudun of an entire convent of Ursuline nuns; a Zulu woman who floated to a height of five feet almost daily; a previously unpublished account of an exorcism in Earling, Iowa, in 1928--an important inspiration for the movie The Exorcist; poltergeist activity at a home in Maryland in 1949--the basis for William Peter Blatty's novel The Exorcist; a Filipina girl 'bitten by devils'; and a rare example of a priest's letter requesting permission of a bishop to perform an exorcism--after witnessing a boy walk backward up a wall. Fifty-seven percent of Americans profess to believe in demonic possession; after reading this book, you may too. For more than seventy-five years, Penguin has been the leading publisher of classic literature in the English-speaking world. With more than 2,000 titles, Penguin Classics represents a global bookshelf of the best works throughout history and across genres and disciplines. Readers trust the series to provide authoritative texts enhanced by introductions and notes by distinguished scholars and contemporary authors, as well as up-to-date translations by award-winning translators. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427116 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Abundant Community: Awakening the Power of Families and Neighborhoods Author: Peter Block, John Mcknight Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 5, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling authors John McKnight and Peter Block offer compelling new understanding of how and why community has been lost in our neighborhoods, cities, and society and what ordinary citizens as well as leaders and professionals can do to restore it. Peter Block, John Mcknight Mon, 05 Mar 2012 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427116 thebookvoice.com 5:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Abundant Community: Awakening the Power of Families and Neighborhoods Author: Peter Block, John Mcknight Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 5, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling authors John McKnight and Peter Block offer compelling new understanding of how and why community has been lost in our neighborhoods, cities, and society and what ordinary citizens as well as leaders and professionals can do to restore it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Abundant Community: Awakening the Power of Families and Neighborhoods Author: Peter Block, John Mcknight Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 5, 2012 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Bestselling authors John McKnight and Peter Block offer compelling new understanding of how and why community has been lost in our neighborhoods, cities, and society and what ordinary citizens as well as leaders and professionals can do to restore it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427115 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subtle Acts of Exclusion: How to Understand, Identify, and Stop Microaggressions Author: Michael Baran, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first practical handbook that helps individuals and organizations recognize and prevent microaggressions so that all employees can feel a sense of belonging. Our workplaces and society are growing more diverse, but are we supporting inclusive cultures? While overt racism, sexism, ableism, and other forms of discrimination are relatively easy to spot, we cannot neglect the subtler everyday actions that normalize exclusion. Many have heard the term microaggression, but not everyone fully understands what they are or how to recognize them and stop them from happening. In this book, Tiffany Jana and Michael Baran offer a clearer, more accessible term, subtle acts of exclusion, or SAEs, to emphasize the purpose and effects of these actions. After all, people generally aren't trying to be aggressive-usually they're trying to say something nice, learn more about a person, be funny, or build closeness. But whether in the form of exaggerated stereotypes, backhanded compliments, unfounded assumptions, or objectification, SAE are damaging to our coworkers, friends, and acquaintances. Jana and Baran give simple and clear tools to identify and address such acts, offering scripts and action plans for everybody involved: the subject, initiator, and observer. Knowing how to have these conversations in an open-minded, honest way will help us build trust and create stronger workplaces and healthier, happier people and communities. Michael Baran, Tiffany Jana Tue, 10 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427115 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subtle Acts of Exclusion: How to Understand, Identify, and Stop Microaggressions Author: Michael Baran, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first practical handbook that helps individuals and organizations recognize and prevent microaggressions so that all employees can feel a sense of belonging. Our workplaces and society are growing more diverse, but are we supporting inclusive cultures? While overt racism, sexism, ableism, and other forms of discrimination are relatively easy to spot, we cannot neglect the subtler everyday actions that normalize exclusion. Many have heard the term microaggression, but not everyone fully understands what they are or how to recognize them and stop them from happening. In this book, Tiffany Jana and Michael Baran offer a clearer, more accessible term, subtle acts of exclusion, or SAEs, to emphasize the purpose and effects of these actions. After all, people generally aren't trying to be aggressive-usually they're trying to say something nice, learn more about a person, be funny, or build closeness. But whether in the form of exaggerated stereotypes, backhanded compliments, unfounded assumptions, or objectification, SAE are damaging to our coworkers, friends, and acquaintances. Jana and Baran give simple and clear tools to identify and address such acts, offering scripts and action plans for everybody involved: the subject, initiator, and observer. Knowing how to have these conversations in an open-minded, honest way will help us build trust and create stronger workplaces and healthier, happier people and communities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427115]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subtle Acts of Exclusion: How to Understand, Identify, and Stop Microaggressions Author: Michael Baran, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first practical handbook that helps individuals and organizations recognize and prevent microaggressions so that all employees can feel a sense of belonging. Our workplaces and society are growing more diverse, but are we supporting inclusive cultures? While overt racism, sexism, ableism, and other forms of discrimination are relatively easy to spot, we cannot neglect the subtler everyday actions that normalize exclusion. Many have heard the term microaggression, but not everyone fully understands what they are or how to recognize them and stop them from happening. In this book, Tiffany Jana and Michael Baran offer a clearer, more accessible term, subtle acts of exclusion, or SAEs, to emphasize the purpose and effects of these actions. After all, people generally aren't trying to be aggressive-usually they're trying to say something nice, learn more about a person, be funny, or build closeness. But whether in the form of exaggerated stereotypes, backhanded compliments, unfounded assumptions, or objectification, SAE are damaging to our coworkers, friends, and acquaintances. Jana and Baran give simple and clear tools to identify and address such acts, offering scripts and action plans for everybody involved: the subject, initiator, and observer. Knowing how to have these conversations in an open-minded, honest way will help us build trust and create stronger workplaces and healthier, happier people and communities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Mercy: Living the Fierce and Tender Wisdom of the Women Mystics Author: Mirabai Starr Narrator: Mirabai Starr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With Wild Mercy, Mirabai Starr shares the subversive wisdom and fierce compassion of the feminine mystic across cultural boundaries and throughout history. From saints and sages, to goddesses and archetypal energies, to contemporary teachers and seekers—you'll meet women who blazed a path that will illuminate your own. Each chapter explores a different facet of feminine mysticism through a tapestry of teachings, reflections, and stories, along with a practice for integrating the chapter's themes into your own life. As you journey through this book, you'll explore: taking refuge in contemplative practice with St. Teresa of Avila and the Shekinah; longing, embodiment, and union as the heart of feminine spiritual practice with the Hindu poet Mirabai and Mary Magdalene; and your relationship with the Earth, motherhood in all its forms, and a loving call to action alongside Gaia and Ix Chel. You'll also learn about community and the web of life with Indra, the Beguines, and female prophets throughout history; wild, playful, and compassionate mercy with Tara and Kuan Yin; and finding joy in creativity and the arts with Saraswati and Chiyo-ni; and gain more inspiration from archetypal goddesses and amazing women past and present—Julian of Norwich, the Sufi saint Rabia, Pachamama, Sophia, Old Spider Woman, Hildegard of Bingen, and more. Mirabai Starr Tue, 26 Jan 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427032 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Mercy: Living the Fierce and Tender Wisdom of the Women Mystics Author: Mirabai Starr Narrator: Mirabai Starr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With Wild Mercy, Mirabai Starr shares the subversive wisdom and fierce compassion of the feminine mystic across cultural boundaries and throughout history. From saints and sages, to goddesses and archetypal energies, to contemporary teachers and seekers—you'll meet women who blazed a path that will illuminate your own. Each chapter explores a different facet of feminine mysticism through a tapestry of teachings, reflections, and stories, along with a practice for integrating the chapter's themes into your own life. As you journey through this book, you'll explore: taking refuge in contemplative practice with St. Teresa of Avila and the Shekinah; longing, embodiment, and union as the heart of feminine spiritual practice with the Hindu poet Mirabai and Mary Magdalene; and your relationship with the Earth, motherhood in all its forms, and a loving call to action alongside Gaia and Ix Chel. You'll also learn about community and the web of life with Indra, the Beguines, and female prophets throughout history; wild, playful, and compassionate mercy with Tara and Kuan Yin; and finding joy in creativity and the arts with Saraswati and Chiyo-ni; and gain more inspiration from archetypal goddesses and amazing women past and present—Julian of Norwich, the Sufi saint Rabia, Pachamama, Sophia, Old Spider Woman, Hildegard of Bingen, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Mercy: Living the Fierce and Tender Wisdom of the Women Mystics Author: Mirabai Starr Narrator: Mirabai Starr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: With Wild Mercy, Mirabai Starr shares the subversive wisdom and fierce compassion of the feminine mystic across cultural boundaries and throughout history. From saints and sages, to goddesses and archetypal energies, to contemporary teachers and seekers—you'll meet women who blazed a path that will illuminate your own. Each chapter explores a different facet of feminine mysticism through a tapestry of teachings, reflections, and stories, along with a practice for integrating the chapter's themes into your own life. As you journey through this book, you'll explore: taking refuge in contemplative practice with St. Teresa of Avila and the Shekinah; longing, embodiment, and union as the heart of feminine spiritual practice with the Hindu poet Mirabai and Mary Magdalene; and your relationship with the Earth, motherhood in all its forms, and a loving call to action alongside Gaia and Ix Chel. You'll also learn about community and the web of life with Indra, the Beguines, and female prophets throughout history; wild, playful, and compassionate mercy with Tara and Kuan Yin; and finding joy in creativity and the arts with Saraswati and Chiyo-ni; and gain more inspiration from archetypal goddesses and amazing women past and present—Julian of Norwich, the Sufi saint Rabia, Pachamama, Sophia, Old Spider Woman, Hildegard of Bingen, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once I Was You: A Memoir of Love and Hate in a Torn America Author: Maria Hinojosa Narrator: Maria Hinojosa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NPR’s Best Books of 2020 BookPage’s Best Books of 2020 Real Simple’s Best Books of 2020 Boston.com readers voted one of Best Books of 2020 “Anyone striving to understand and improve this country should read her story.” —Gloria Steinem, author of My Life on the Road The Emmy Award–winning journalist and anchor of NPR’s Latino USA tells the story of immigration in America through her family’s experiences and decades of reporting, painting an unflinching portrait of a country in crisis in this memoir that is “quite simply beautiful, written in Maria Hinojosa’s honest, passionate voice” (BookPage). Maria Hinojosa is an award-winning journalist who, for nearly thirty years, has reported on stories and communities in America that often go ignored by the mainstream media—from tales of hope in the South Bronx to the unseen victims of the War on Terror and the first detention camps in the US. Bestselling author Julia Álvarez has called her “one of the most important, respected, and beloved cultural leaders in the Latinx community.” In Once I Was You, Maria shares her intimate experience growing up Mexican American on the South Side of Chicago. She offers a personal and illuminating account of how the rhetoric around immigration has not only long informed American attitudes toward outsiders, but also sanctioned willful negligence and profiteering at the expense of our country’s most vulnerable populations—charging us with the broken system we have today. An urgent call to fellow Americans to open their eyes to the immigration crisis and understand that it affects us all, this honest and heartrending memoir paints a vivid portrait of how we got here and what it means to be a survivor, a feminist, a citizen, and a journalist who owns her voice while striving for the truth. Also available in Spanish as Una vez fui tú. Maria Hinojosa Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005 thebookvoice.com 12:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once I Was You: A Memoir of Love and Hate in a Torn America Author: Maria Hinojosa Narrator: Maria Hinojosa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NPR’s Best Books of 2020 BookPage’s Best Books of 2020 Real Simple’s Best Books of 2020 Boston.com readers voted one of Best Books of 2020 “Anyone striving to understand and improve this country should read her story.” —Gloria Steinem, author of My Life on the Road The Emmy Award–winning journalist and anchor of NPR’s Latino USA tells the story of immigration in America through her family’s experiences and decades of reporting, painting an unflinching portrait of a country in crisis in this memoir that is “quite simply beautiful, written in Maria Hinojosa’s honest, passionate voice” (BookPage). Maria Hinojosa is an award-winning journalist who, for nearly thirty years, has reported on stories and communities in America that often go ignored by the mainstream media—from tales of hope in the South Bronx to the unseen victims of the War on Terror and the first detention camps in the US. Bestselling author Julia Álvarez has called her “one of the most important, respected, and beloved cultural leaders in the Latinx community.” In Once I Was You, Maria shares her intimate experience growing up Mexican American on the South Side of Chicago. She offers a personal and illuminating account of how the rhetoric around immigration has not only long informed American attitudes toward outsiders, but also sanctioned willful negligence and profiteering at the expense of our country’s most vulnerable populations—charging us with the broken system we have today. An urgent call to fellow Americans to open their eyes to the immigration crisis and understand that it affects us all, this honest and heartrending memoir paints a vivid portrait of how we got here and what it means to be a survivor, a feminist, a citizen, and a journalist who owns her voice while striving for the truth. Also available in Spanish as Una vez fui tú. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once I Was You: A Memoir of Love and Hate in a Torn America Author: Maria Hinojosa Narrator: Maria Hinojosa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NPR’s Best Books of 2020 BookPage’s Best Books of 2020 Real Simple’s Best Books of 2020 Boston.com readers voted one of Best Books of 2020 “Anyone striving to understand and improve this country should read her story.” —Gloria Steinem, author of My Life on the Road The Emmy Award–winning journalist and anchor of NPR’s Latino USA tells the story of immigration in America through her family’s experiences and decades of reporting, painting an unflinching portrait of a country in crisis in this memoir that is “quite simply beautiful, written in Maria Hinojosa’s honest, passionate voice” (BookPage). Maria Hinojosa is an award-winning journalist who, for nearly thirty years, has reported on stories and communities in America that often go ignored by the mainstream media—from tales of hope in the South Bronx to the unseen victims of the War on Terror and the first detention camps in the US. Bestselling author Julia Álvarez has called her “one of the most important, respected, and beloved cultural leaders in the Latinx community.” In Once I Was You, Maria shares her intimate experience growing up Mexican American on the South Side of Chicago. She offers a personal and illuminating account of how the rhetoric around immigration has not only long informed American attitudes toward outsiders, but also sanctioned willful negligence and profiteering at the expense of our country’s most vulnerable populations—charging us with the broken system we have today. An urgent call to fellow Americans to open their eyes to the immigration crisis and understand that it affects us all, this honest and heartrending memoir paints a vivid portrait of how we got here and what it means to be a survivor, a feminist, a citizen, and a journalist who owns her voice while striving for the truth. Also available in Spanish as Una vez fui tú. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guns, an American Conversation: How to Bridge Political Divides Author: The Editors At Spaceship Media Narrator: Nicole Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning reporters: Can complete strangers representing every point along the political divide engage in civil and productive discourse on the topic of gun control? As Americans, we spend a lot of time talking about guns. With the political division in the country, evidenced by the Capitol insurrection and voter fraud protests, it’s not surprising that we rarely have real conversations with people whose ideas don’t align with ours about gun ownership. Democrats and liberals usually talk with other Democrats and liberals, not Republicans and conservatives. That is, perhaps, why the country is so divided when it comes to reducing gun violence. Guns, an American Conversation features the results of a fascinating nationwide conversation about guns. A group of 150 strangers were brought together in a month-long moderated Facebook group chat. They featured teachers, Second Amendment advocates, hunters, police officers, and mothers and fathers from across the political spectrum and the fifty states. Together, they participated in a project meant to foster civil, yet honest, dialogue between people whose backgrounds and beliefs led them to have opposing views on the issue of gun control. Guns attempts to map out common territory in a nation driven by profound divides. It includes real information about gun laws in the United States, providing the reader with tools to continue the discussion in their own lives. With sidebars, charts, and graphics that are clear and easy to navigate, Guns might not change your mind about gun control, but it will help you learn to cross divides in conversation as America navigates the way forward on this difficult issue. The Editors At Spaceship Media Tue, 13 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006 thebookvoice.com 3:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guns, an American Conversation: How to Bridge Political Divides Author: The Editors At Spaceship Media Narrator: Nicole Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning reporters: Can complete strangers representing every point along the political divide engage in civil and productive discourse on the topic of gun control? As Americans, we spend a lot of time talking about guns. With the political division in the country, evidenced by the Capitol insurrection and voter fraud protests, it’s not surprising that we rarely have real conversations with people whose ideas don’t align with ours about gun ownership. Democrats and liberals usually talk with other Democrats and liberals, not Republicans and conservatives. That is, perhaps, why the country is so divided when it comes to reducing gun violence. Guns, an American Conversation features the results of a fascinating nationwide conversation about guns. A group of 150 strangers were brought together in a month-long moderated Facebook group chat. They featured teachers, Second Amendment advocates, hunters, police officers, and mothers and fathers from across the political spectrum and the fifty states. Together, they participated in a project meant to foster civil, yet honest, dialogue between people whose backgrounds and beliefs led them to have opposing views on the issue of gun control. Guns attempts to map out common territory in a nation driven by profound divides. It includes real information about gun laws in the United States, providing the reader with tools to continue the discussion in their own lives. With sidebars, charts, and graphics that are clear and easy to navigate, Guns might not change your mind about gun control, but it will help you learn to cross divides in conversation as America navigates the way forward on this difficult issue. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guns, an American Conversation: How to Bridge Political Divides Author: The Editors At Spaceship Media Narrator: Nicole Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning reporters: Can complete strangers representing every point along the political divide engage in civil and productive discourse on the topic of gun control? As Americans, we spend a lot of time talking about guns. With the political division in the country, evidenced by the Capitol insurrection and voter fraud protests, it’s not surprising that we rarely have real conversations with people whose ideas don’t align with ours about gun ownership. Democrats and liberals usually talk with other Democrats and liberals, not Republicans and conservatives. That is, perhaps, why the country is so divided when it comes to reducing gun violence. Guns, an American Conversation features the results of a fascinating nationwide conversation about guns. A group of 150 strangers were brought together in a month-long moderated Facebook group chat. They featured teachers, Second Amendment advocates, hunters, police officers, and mothers and fathers from across the political spectrum and the fifty states. Together, they participated in a project meant to foster civil, yet honest, dialogue between people whose backgrounds and beliefs led them to have opposing views on the issue of gun control. Guns attempts to map out common territory in a nation driven by profound divides. It includes real information about gun laws in the United States, providing the reader with tools to continue the discussion in their own lives. With sidebars, charts, and graphics that are clear and easy to navigate, Guns might not change your mind about gun control, but it will help you learn to cross divides in conversation as America navigates the way forward on this difficult issue. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426940 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bunker: Building for the End Times Author: Bradley Garrett Narrator: Adam Sims Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Since prehistory, bunkers have been built as protection from cataclysmic social and environmental forces, and as places of power and transformation. Today, the bunker has become the extreme expression of our greatest fears: from pandemics to climate change and nuclear war. And once you look, it doesn't take long to start seeing bunkers everywhere. In Bunker, acclaimed urban explorer and cultural geographer Bradley Garrett explores the global and rapidly growing movement of 'prepping' for social and environmental collapse, or 'Doomsday'. From the 'dread merchants' hustling safe spaces in the American mid-West to eco-fortresses in Thailand, from geoscrapers to armoured mobile bunkers, Bunker is a brilliant, original and never less than deeply disturbing story from the frontlines of the way we live now: an illuminating reflection on our age of disquiet and dread that brings it into new, sharp focus. The bunker, Garrett shows, is all around us: in malls, airports, gated communities, the vehicles we drive. Most of all, he shows, it's in our minds. © Bradley Garrett 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Bradley Garrett Tue, 04 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426940 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bunker: Building for the End Times Author: Bradley Garrett Narrator: Adam Sims Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Since prehistory, bunkers have been built as protection from cataclysmic social and environmental forces, and as places of power and transformation. Today, the bunker has become the extreme expression of our greatest fears: from pandemics to climate change and nuclear war. And once you look, it doesn't take long to start seeing bunkers everywhere. In Bunker, acclaimed urban explorer and cultural geographer Bradley Garrett explores the global and rapidly growing movement of 'prepping' for social and environmental collapse, or 'Doomsday'. From the 'dread merchants' hustling safe spaces in the American mid-West to eco-fortresses in Thailand, from geoscrapers to armoured mobile bunkers, Bunker is a brilliant, original and never less than deeply disturbing story from the frontlines of the way we live now: an illuminating reflection on our age of disquiet and dread that brings it into new, sharp focus. The bunker, Garrett shows, is all around us: in malls, airports, gated communities, the vehicles we drive. Most of all, he shows, it's in our minds. © Bradley Garrett 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426940]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bunker: Building for the End Times Author: Bradley Garrett Narrator: Adam Sims Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Since prehistory, bunkers have been built as protection from cataclysmic social and environmental forces, and as places of power and transformation. Today, the bunker has become the extreme expression of our greatest fears: from pandemics to climate change and nuclear war. And once you look, it doesn't take long to start seeing bunkers everywhere. In Bunker, acclaimed urban explorer and cultural geographer Bradley Garrett explores the global and rapidly growing movement of 'prepping' for social and environmental collapse, or 'Doomsday'. From the 'dread merchants' hustling safe spaces in the American mid-West to eco-fortresses in Thailand, from geoscrapers to armoured mobile bunkers, Bunker is a brilliant, original and never less than deeply disturbing story from the frontlines of the way we live now: an illuminating reflection on our age of disquiet and dread that brings it into new, sharp focus. The bunker, Garrett shows, is all around us: in malls, airports, gated communities, the vehicles we drive. Most of all, he shows, it's in our minds. © Bradley Garrett 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426934 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los demonios del Edén: El poder que protege a la pornografía infantil Author: Lydia Cacho Narrator: Rocío Olivares Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: En 2005 Lydia Cacho cimbró a la opinión pública con la aparición de Los demonios del Edén, una detallada investigación sobre la red de corrupción que protegía el abuso sexual de menores en Cancún por parte de famosos empresarios y funcionarios públicos. Los demonios del Edén cumplió en 2015 su décimo aniversario. Un libro que presenta la cadena que comienza con el abuso sexual infantil, la explotación sexual, el turismo sexual con menores, el comercio sexual con hombres de poder, la protección tanto policíaca como política de los pederastas, la pornografía, el lavado de dinero y el tráfico de influencias. Todo englobado en una poderosa y peligrosa red mundial de crimen organizado. En 2005 Lydia Cacho sometió a juicio de la opinión pública el famoso caso de Jean Succar Kuri, un hotelero de origen libanés, residente norteamericano, que cometía abuso sexual de menores en Cancún y era protegido tanto por autoridades locales como por políticos de gran envergadura, que incluso participaban del delito de corrupción de menores. Protegidos de las autoridades en un Refugio para Víctimas del delito de una ONG en Cancún, los menores denunciaron los hechos que, contra toda predicción, probaron los delitos ante la Procuraduría General de Justicia. Gracias a su valiente testimonio, Succar Kuri fue arrestado en Arizona. Actualmente su juicio continúa pendiente. Intelectuales mexicanos opinan sobre Los demonios del Edén: 'Hay libros que cambian la historia de un país. Éste es uno de ellos. Los demonios del Edén impidió que una abusiva trama de corrupción quedara impune. Ejemplo de valentía y pasión por la verdad, confirma la fuerza y la dignidad del oficio periodístico. Hay personas que son héroes. Lydia Cacho es una de ellas.' -Juan Villoro, escritor- 'Este libro destapa una de las tramas de la complicidad ilegal entre la trata de personas y el poder político en México y, al mismo tiempo, hace de su autora una de las periodistas más creíbles, valientes, y reconocidas de su historia reciente.' -Fabrizio Mejía Madrid, escritor- 'La autora de Los demonios del Edén ha sido elevada al nivel de símbolo por los mexicanos que no están dispuestos a seguir callados ante los abusos y crímenes perpetrados al cobijo del poder. Lydia, que defiende a capa y espada la dignidad de niños y mujeres, logró conjugar la solidaridad del gremio periodístico. Es mujer de una pieza.' -Elena Poniatowska- 'Libro atroz, valiente, incisivo, Los demonios del Edén de Lydia Cacho es una de las pruebas fundamentales de las perversiones y complicidades que en México hay entre el poder político, el poder económico y las redes de prostitución y pornografía infantil. Después de él y de los sufrimientos que su autora pasó para escribirlo, ese mundo aterrador no puede ser ya el mismo: hay alguien que lo mira con una luz implacable. Con la fuerza y el valor de Lydia Cacho, el Edén de la infancia encontró en México a su más pura y hermosa centinela.' -Javier Sicilia, poeta- Lydia Cacho Tue, 31 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426934 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los demonios del Edén: El poder que protege a la pornografía infantil Author: Lydia Cacho Narrator: Rocío Olivares Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: En 2005 Lydia Cacho cimbró a la opinión pública con la aparición de Los demonios del Edén, una detallada investigación sobre la red de corrupción que protegía el abuso sexual de menores en Cancún por parte de famosos empresarios y funcionarios públicos. Los demonios del Edén cumplió en 2015 su décimo aniversario. Un libro que presenta la cadena que comienza con el abuso sexual infantil, la explotación sexual, el turismo sexual con menores, el comercio sexual con hombres de poder, la protección tanto policíaca como política de los pederastas, la pornografía, el lavado de dinero y el tráfico de influencias. Todo englobado en una poderosa y peligrosa red mundial de crimen organizado. En 2005 Lydia Cacho sometió a juicio de la opinión pública el famoso caso de Jean Succar Kuri, un hotelero de origen libanés, residente norteamericano, que cometía abuso sexual de menores en Cancún y era protegido tanto por autoridades locales como por políticos de gran envergadura, que incluso participaban del delito de corrupción de menores. Protegidos de las autoridades en un Refugio para Víctimas del delito de una ONG en Cancún, los menores denunciaron los hechos que, contra toda predicción, probaron los delitos ante la Procuraduría General de Justicia. Gracias a su valiente testimonio, Succar Kuri fue arrestado en Arizona. Actualmente su juicio continúa pendiente. Intelectuales mexicanos opinan sobre Los demonios del Edén: 'Hay libros que cambian la historia de un país. Éste es uno de ellos. Los demonios del Edén impidió que una abusiva trama de corrupción quedara impune. Ejemplo de valentía y pasión por la verdad, confirma la fuerza y la dignidad del oficio periodístico. Hay personas que son héroes. Lydia Cacho es una de ellas.' -Juan Villoro, escritor- 'Este libro destapa una de las tramas de la complicidad ilegal entre la trata de personas y el poder político en México y, al mismo tiempo, hace de su autora una de las periodistas más creíbles, valientes, y reconocidas de su historia reciente.' -Fabrizio Mejía Madrid, escritor- 'La autora de Los demonios del Edén ha sido elevada al nivel de símbolo por los mexicanos que no están dispuestos a seguir callados ante los abusos y crímenes perpetrados al cobijo del poder. Lydia, que defiende a capa y espada la dignidad de niños y mujeres, logró conjugar la solidaridad del gremio periodístico. Es mujer de una pieza.' -Elena Poniatowska- 'Libro atroz, valiente, incisivo, Los demonios del Edén de Lydia Cacho es una de las pruebas fundamentales de las perversiones y complicidades que en México hay entre el poder político, el poder económico y las redes de prostitución y pornografía infantil. Después de él y de los sufrimientos que su autora pasó para escribirlo, ese mundo aterrador no puede ser ya el mismo: hay alguien que lo mira con una luz implacable. Con la fuerza y el valor de Lydia Cacho, el Edén de la infancia encontró en México a su más pura y hermosa centinela.' -Javier Sicilia, poeta- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426934]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los demonios del Edén: El poder que protege a la pornografía infantil Author: Lydia Cacho Narrator: Rocío Olivares Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: En 2005 Lydia Cacho cimbró a la opinión pública con la aparición de Los demonios del Edén, una detallada investigación sobre la red de corrupción que protegía el abuso sexual de menores en Cancún por parte de famosos empresarios y funcionarios públicos. Los demonios del Edén cumplió en 2015 su décimo aniversario. Un libro que presenta la cadena que comienza con el abuso sexual infantil, la explotación sexual, el turismo sexual con menores, el comercio sexual con hombres de poder, la protección tanto policíaca como política de los pederastas, la pornografía, el lavado de dinero y el tráfico de influencias. Todo englobado en una poderosa y peligrosa red mundial de crimen organizado. En 2005 Lydia Cacho sometió a juicio de la opinión pública el famoso caso de Jean Succar Kuri, un hotelero de origen libanés, residente norteamericano, que cometía abuso sexual de menores en Cancún y era protegido tanto por autoridades locales como por políticos de gran envergadura, que incluso participaban del delito de corrupción de menores. Protegidos de las autoridades en un Refugio para Víctimas del delito de una ONG en Cancún, los menores denunciaron los hechos que, contra toda predicción, probaron los delitos ante la Procuraduría General de Justicia. Gracias a su valiente testimonio, Succar Kuri fue arrestado en Arizona. Actualmente su juicio continúa pendiente. Intelectuales mexicanos opinan sobre Los demonios del Edén: 'Hay libros que cambian la historia de un país. Éste es uno de ellos. Los demonios del Edén impidió que una abusiva trama de corrupción quedara impune. Ejemplo de valentía y pasión por la verdad, confirma la fuerza y la dignidad del oficio periodístico. Hay personas que son héroes. Lydia Cacho es una de ellas.' -Juan Villoro, escritor- 'Este libro destapa una de las tramas de la complicidad ilegal entre la trata de personas y el poder político en México y, al mismo tiempo, hace de su autora una de las periodistas más creíbles, valientes, y reconocidas de su historia reciente.' -Fabrizio Mejía Madrid, escritor- 'La autora de Los demonios del Edén ha sido elevada al nivel de símbolo por los mexicanos que no están dispuestos a seguir callados ante los abusos y crímenes perpetrados al cobijo del poder. Lydia, que defiende a capa y espada la dignidad de niños y mujeres, logró conjugar la solidaridad del gremio periodístico. Es mujer de una pieza.' -Elena Poniatowska- 'Libro atroz, valiente, incisivo, Los demonios del Edén de Lydia Cacho es una de las pruebas fundamentales de las perversiones y complicidades que en México hay entre el poder político, el poder económico y las redes de prostitución y pornografía infantil. Después de él y de los sufrimientos que su autora pasó para escribirlo, ese mundo aterrador no puede ser ya el mismo: hay alguien que lo mira con una luz implacable. Con la fuerza y el valor de Lydia Cacho, el Edén de la infancia encontró en México a su más pura y hermosa centinela.' -Javier Sicilia, poeta- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426785 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Multiracial Children: Tools for Nurturing Identity in a Racialized World Author: Farzana Nayani Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The essential guide to parenting multiracial and multiethnic children of all ages and learning to support and celebrate their multiracial identities In a world where people are more likely to proclaim color-blindness than talk openly about race, how can we truly value, support, and celebrate our kids' identities? How can we assess our own sense of Racial Dialogue Readiness and develop a deeper understanding of the issues facing multiracial children today? Raising Multiracial Children gives caregivers the tools for exploring race with their children, offering practical guidance on how to initiate conversations; consciously foster racial identity development; discuss issues like microaggressions, intersectionality, and privilege; and intentionally cultivate a sense of belonging. It provides an overview of key issues and current topics relevant to raising multiracial children and offers strategies and developmentally appropriate milestones from infancy through adulthood. The book ends with resources and references for further learning and exploration. Farzana Nayani Tue, 18 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426785 thebookvoice.com 6:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Multiracial Children: Tools for Nurturing Identity in a Racialized World Author: Farzana Nayani Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The essential guide to parenting multiracial and multiethnic children of all ages and learning to support and celebrate their multiracial identities In a world where people are more likely to proclaim color-blindness than talk openly about race, how can we truly value, support, and celebrate our kids' identities? How can we assess our own sense of Racial Dialogue Readiness and develop a deeper understanding of the issues facing multiracial children today? Raising Multiracial Children gives caregivers the tools for exploring race with their children, offering practical guidance on how to initiate conversations; consciously foster racial identity development; discuss issues like microaggressions, intersectionality, and privilege; and intentionally cultivate a sense of belonging. It provides an overview of key issues and current topics relevant to raising multiracial children and offers strategies and developmentally appropriate milestones from infancy through adulthood. The book ends with resources and references for further learning and exploration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Multiracial Children: Tools for Nurturing Identity in a Racialized World Author: Farzana Nayani Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 18, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The essential guide to parenting multiracial and multiethnic children of all ages and learning to support and celebrate their multiracial identities In a world where people are more likely to proclaim color-blindness than talk openly about race, how can we truly value, support, and celebrate our kids' identities? How can we assess our own sense of Racial Dialogue Readiness and develop a deeper understanding of the issues facing multiracial children today? Raising Multiracial Children gives caregivers the tools for exploring race with their children, offering practical guidance on how to initiate conversations; consciously foster racial identity development; discuss issues like microaggressions, intersectionality, and privilege; and intentionally cultivate a sense of belonging. It provides an overview of key issues and current topics relevant to raising multiracial children and offers strategies and developmentally appropriate milestones from infancy through adulthood. The book ends with resources and references for further learning and exploration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426330 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brown Baby: A Memoir of Race, Family and Home Author: Nikesh Shukla Narrator: Himesh Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Brown Baby is a beautifully intimate and soul-searching memoir. It speaks to the heart and the mind and bears witness to our turbulent times.' - Bernardine Evaristo How do you find hope and even joy in a world that is racist, sexist and facing climate crisis? How do you prepare your children for it, but also fill them with all the boundlessness and eccentricity that they deserve and that life has to offer? In Brown Baby, Nikesh Shukla explores themes of racism, feminism, parenting and our shifting ideas of home. This memoir, by turns heartwrenching, hilariously funny and intensely relatable, is dedicated to the author’s two young daughters, and serves as an act of remembrance to the grandmother they never had a chance to meet. Through love, grief, food and fatherhood, Shukla shows how it’s possible to believe in hope. This audiobook contains exclusive extracts from the 'Brown Baby' podcast, including interviews with guests such as Nadiya Hussein, Jay Sean and Kit de Waal. Nikesh Shukla Thu, 04 Feb 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426330 thebookvoice.com 8:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brown Baby: A Memoir of Race, Family and Home Author: Nikesh Shukla Narrator: Himesh Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Brown Baby is a beautifully intimate and soul-searching memoir. It speaks to the heart and the mind and bears witness to our turbulent times.' - Bernardine Evaristo How do you find hope and even joy in a world that is racist, sexist and facing climate crisis? How do you prepare your children for it, but also fill them with all the boundlessness and eccentricity that they deserve and that life has to offer? In Brown Baby, Nikesh Shukla explores themes of racism, feminism, parenting and our shifting ideas of home. This memoir, by turns heartwrenching, hilariously funny and intensely relatable, is dedicated to the author’s two young daughters, and serves as an act of remembrance to the grandmother they never had a chance to meet. Through love, grief, food and fatherhood, Shukla shows how it’s possible to believe in hope. This audiobook contains exclusive extracts from the 'Brown Baby' podcast, including interviews with guests such as Nadiya Hussein, Jay Sean and Kit de Waal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brown Baby: A Memoir of Race, Family and Home Author: Nikesh Shukla Narrator: Himesh Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Brown Baby is a beautifully intimate and soul-searching memoir. It speaks to the heart and the mind and bears witness to our turbulent times.' - Bernardine Evaristo How do you find hope and even joy in a world that is racist, sexist and facing climate crisis? How do you prepare your children for it, but also fill them with all the boundlessness and eccentricity that they deserve and that life has to offer? In Brown Baby, Nikesh Shukla explores themes of racism, feminism, parenting and our shifting ideas of home. This memoir, by turns heartwrenching, hilariously funny and intensely relatable, is dedicated to the author’s two young daughters, and serves as an act of remembrance to the grandmother they never had a chance to meet. Through love, grief, food and fatherhood, Shukla shows how it’s possible to believe in hope. This audiobook contains exclusive extracts from the 'Brown Baby' podcast, including interviews with guests such as Nadiya Hussein, Jay Sean and Kit de Waal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426320 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los Secretos del Lenguaje Corporal, Dominar el Arte de la Comunicación No Verbal utilizando Técnicas Psicológicas, Habilidades Sociales y Inteligencia Emocional Author: Omar Elshami Narrator: Triton Heroc Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Saber leer el lenguaje corporal nos permite saber como se siente realmente la otra persona, por ejemplo, para reconocer si le gustas a alguien especial. Es posible que esa persona esté más cerca de lo que piensas. También podremos reconocer a los mentirosos y detectar las mentiras que eventualmente nos dicen nuestros amigos y hasta nuestros seres queridos. Verás que aprender a detectar las mentiras requiere de ser una persona observadora, pero con los criterios apropiados y con un poco de práctica, es posible reconocer cuando nos mienten. Aprenderás cómo analizar a las personas en tu trabajo, o entorno personal, observando su lenguaje no verbal y microexpresiones, lo que incrementa tu inteligencia social, y te ayudará a relacionarte de forma más eficiente con los demás. Estos conocimientos te serán muy útiles para mejorar tu inteligencia emocional y habilidades sociales Ahora, pasemos a disfrutar de todo el conocimiento que tu propio cuerpo está listo para darte, muchas cosas te sorprenderán, y cuando te veas al espejo, ya no te verás igual. ¡Sumérgete en el fascinante mundo de la psicología y el comportamiento humano! Omar Elshami Wed, 25 Jan 2023 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426320 thebookvoice.com 0:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los Secretos del Lenguaje Corporal, Dominar el Arte de la Comunicación No Verbal utilizando Técnicas Psicológicas, Habilidades Sociales y Inteligencia Emocional Author: Omar Elshami Narrator: Triton Heroc Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Saber leer el lenguaje corporal nos permite saber como se siente realmente la otra persona, por ejemplo, para reconocer si le gustas a alguien especial. Es posible que esa persona esté más cerca de lo que piensas. También podremos reconocer a los mentirosos y detectar las mentiras que eventualmente nos dicen nuestros amigos y hasta nuestros seres queridos. Verás que aprender a detectar las mentiras requiere de ser una persona observadora, pero con los criterios apropiados y con un poco de práctica, es posible reconocer cuando nos mienten. Aprenderás cómo analizar a las personas en tu trabajo, o entorno personal, observando su lenguaje no verbal y microexpresiones, lo que incrementa tu inteligencia social, y te ayudará a relacionarte de forma más eficiente con los demás. Estos conocimientos te serán muy útiles para mejorar tu inteligencia emocional y habilidades sociales Ahora, pasemos a disfrutar de todo el conocimiento que tu propio cuerpo está listo para darte, muchas cosas te sorprenderán, y cuando te veas al espejo, ya no te verás igual. ¡Sumérgete en el fascinante mundo de la psicología y el comportamiento humano! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los Secretos del Lenguaje Corporal, Dominar el Arte de la Comunicación No Verbal utilizando Técnicas Psicológicas, Habilidades Sociales y Inteligencia Emocional Author: Omar Elshami Narrator: Triton Heroc Castillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Saber leer el lenguaje corporal nos permite saber como se siente realmente la otra persona, por ejemplo, para reconocer si le gustas a alguien especial. Es posible que esa persona esté más cerca de lo que piensas. También podremos reconocer a los mentirosos y detectar las mentiras que eventualmente nos dicen nuestros amigos y hasta nuestros seres queridos. Verás que aprender a detectar las mentiras requiere de ser una persona observadora, pero con los criterios apropiados y con un poco de práctica, es posible reconocer cuando nos mienten. Aprenderás cómo analizar a las personas en tu trabajo, o entorno personal, observando su lenguaje no verbal y microexpresiones, lo que incrementa tu inteligencia social, y te ayudará a relacionarte de forma más eficiente con los demás. Estos conocimientos te serán muy útiles para mejorar tu inteligencia emocional y habilidades sociales Ahora, pasemos a disfrutar de todo el conocimiento que tu propio cuerpo está listo para darte, muchas cosas te sorprenderán, y cuando te veas al espejo, ya no te verás igual. ¡Sumérgete en el fascinante mundo de la psicología y el comportamiento humano! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Serial Killers: The Epidemic Years 1950-2000 Author: Peter Vronsky Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fans of Mindhunter and true crime podcasts will devour these chilling stories of serial killers from the American 'Golden Age' (1950-2000).   With books like Serial Killers, Female Serial Killers and Sons of Cain, Peter Vronsky has established himself as the foremost expert on the history of serial killers.  In this first definitive history of the 'Golden Age' of American serial murder, when the number and body count of serial killers exploded, Vronsky tells the stories of the most unusual and prominent serial killings from the 1950s to the early twenty-first century. From Ted Bundy to the Golden State Killer, our fascination with these classic serial killers seems to grow by the day. American Serial Killers gives true crime junkies what they crave, with both perennial favorites (Ed Kemper, Jeffrey Dahmer) and lesser-known cases (Melvin Rees, Harvey Glatman). Peter Vronsky Tue, 09 Feb 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087 thebookvoice.com 16:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Serial Killers: The Epidemic Years 1950-2000 Author: Peter Vronsky Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fans of Mindhunter and true crime podcasts will devour these chilling stories of serial killers from the American 'Golden Age' (1950-2000).   With books like Serial Killers, Female Serial Killers and Sons of Cain, Peter Vronsky has established himself as the foremost expert on the history of serial killers.  In this first definitive history of the 'Golden Age' of American serial murder, when the number and body count of serial killers exploded, Vronsky tells the stories of the most unusual and prominent serial killings from the 1950s to the early twenty-first century. From Ted Bundy to the Golden State Killer, our fascination with these classic serial killers seems to grow by the day. American Serial Killers gives true crime junkies what they crave, with both perennial favorites (Ed Kemper, Jeffrey Dahmer) and lesser-known cases (Melvin Rees, Harvey Glatman). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Serial Killers: The Epidemic Years 1950-2000 Author: Peter Vronsky Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fans of Mindhunter and true crime podcasts will devour these chilling stories of serial killers from the American 'Golden Age' (1950-2000).   With books like Serial Killers, Female Serial Killers and Sons of Cain, Peter Vronsky has established himself as the foremost expert on the history of serial killers.  In this first definitive history of the 'Golden Age' of American serial murder, when the number and body count of serial killers exploded, Vronsky tells the stories of the most unusual and prominent serial killings from the 1950s to the early twenty-first century. From Ted Bundy to the Golden State Killer, our fascination with these classic serial killers seems to grow by the day. American Serial Killers gives true crime junkies what they crave, with both perennial favorites (Ed Kemper, Jeffrey Dahmer) and lesser-known cases (Melvin Rees, Harvey Glatman). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426053 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Official History of Britain: Our Story in Numbers as Told by the Office For National Statistics Author: Boris Starling Narrator: Mark Meadows Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A wonderfully written and entertaining book which places Britain under the microscope and asks who we are today and how we’ve changed as a nation. ‘Entertaining and absorbing’ – The Sunday Times In 1841 there were 734 female midwives working in Britain, along with 9 artificial eye makers, 20 peg makers, 6 stamp makers and 1 bee dealer. Fast forward nearly two centuries and there are 51,000 midwives working in the UK and not an eye maker in sight! For the past two centuries, the National Census has been monitoring the behaviour of the British: our work-lives, homes lives and strange cultural habits. With questions on occupation, housing, religion, travel and family, the Census is a snapshot of a country at any given epoch, and its findings have informed the economy, politics and every other national matter for decades that followed. Now, for the first time ever, the Census findings of the past two centuries are collected in to a wonderfully written and entertaining book which places Britain under the microscope and asks who we are and how we’ve changed as a nation. On our occupations, our working lives, relationships; our quirks, habits, weird interests and cultural beliefs – this book takes the reader on a journey through the statistical findings of one of the most valuable pieces of ongoing historical research of modern times, and asks us what these fascinating numbers tells us about the Britain in the 21st century. Boris Starling Thu, 15 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426053 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Official History of Britain: Our Story in Numbers as Told by the Office For National Statistics Author: Boris Starling Narrator: Mark Meadows Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A wonderfully written and entertaining book which places Britain under the microscope and asks who we are today and how we’ve changed as a nation. ‘Entertaining and absorbing’ – The Sunday Times In 1841 there were 734 female midwives working in Britain, along with 9 artificial eye makers, 20 peg makers, 6 stamp makers and 1 bee dealer. Fast forward nearly two centuries and there are 51,000 midwives working in the UK and not an eye maker in sight! For the past two centuries, the National Census has been monitoring the behaviour of the British: our work-lives, homes lives and strange cultural habits. With questions on occupation, housing, religion, travel and family, the Census is a snapshot of a country at any given epoch, and its findings have informed the economy, politics and every other national matter for decades that followed. Now, for the first time ever, the Census findings of the past two centuries are collected in to a wonderfully written and entertaining book which places Britain under the microscope and asks who we are and how we’ve changed as a nation. On our occupations, our working lives, relationships; our quirks, habits, weird interests and cultural beliefs – this book takes the reader on a journey through the statistical findings of one of the most valuable pieces of ongoing historical research of modern times, and asks us what these fascinating numbers tells us about the Britain in the 21st century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Official History of Britain: Our Story in Numbers as Told by the Office For National Statistics Author: Boris Starling Narrator: Mark Meadows Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A wonderfully written and entertaining book which places Britain under the microscope and asks who we are today and how we’ve changed as a nation. ‘Entertaining and absorbing’ – The Sunday Times In 1841 there were 734 female midwives working in Britain, along with 9 artificial eye makers, 20 peg makers, 6 stamp makers and 1 bee dealer. Fast forward nearly two centuries and there are 51,000 midwives working in the UK and not an eye maker in sight! For the past two centuries, the National Census has been monitoring the behaviour of the British: our work-lives, homes lives and strange cultural habits. With questions on occupation, housing, religion, travel and family, the Census is a snapshot of a country at any given epoch, and its findings have informed the economy, politics and every other national matter for decades that followed. Now, for the first time ever, the Census findings of the past two centuries are collected in to a wonderfully written and entertaining book which places Britain under the microscope and asks who we are and how we’ve changed as a nation. On our occupations, our working lives, relationships; our quirks, habits, weird interests and cultural beliefs – this book takes the reader on a journey through the statistical findings of one of the most valuable pieces of ongoing historical research of modern times, and asks us what these fascinating numbers tells us about the Britain in the 21st century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426040 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bee People and the Bugs They Love Author: Frank Mortimer Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 3, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Master Beekeeper Frank Mortimer invites readers on an eye-opening journey into the secret world of bees, and the singular world of his fellow bee-keepers. There's the Badger, who introduces Frank to the world of bees; Rusty, a one-eyed septuagenarian bee sting therapist certain that honey will be the currency of the future after the governments fail; Scooby the 'dude' who gets a meditative high off the awesome vibes of his psychedelia-painted hives; and the Berserker, a honeybee hitman who teaches Frank a rafter-raising lesson in staving off the harmful influences of an evil queen: 'Squash her, mash her, kill, kill, kill!' In connecting with this club of disparate but kindred spirits, Frank discovers the centuries-old history of the trade; the practicality of maintaining it; what bees see, think, and feel (emotionless but sometimes a little defensive); how they talk to each other and socialize; and what can be done to combat their biggest threats, both human and mite. With a swarm of offbeat characters and fascinating facts (did that bee just waggle or festoon?), Frank the Bee Man delivers an informative, funny, and galvanizing book about the symbiotic relationship between flower and bee, and bee and the beekeepers who are determined to protect the existence of one of the most beguiling and invaluable creatures on earth. Frank Mortimer Wed, 03 Mar 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426040 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bee People and the Bugs They Love Author: Frank Mortimer Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 3, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Master Beekeeper Frank Mortimer invites readers on an eye-opening journey into the secret world of bees, and the singular world of his fellow bee-keepers. There's the Badger, who introduces Frank to the world of bees; Rusty, a one-eyed septuagenarian bee sting therapist certain that honey will be the currency of the future after the governments fail; Scooby the 'dude' who gets a meditative high off the awesome vibes of his psychedelia-painted hives; and the Berserker, a honeybee hitman who teaches Frank a rafter-raising lesson in staving off the harmful influences of an evil queen: 'Squash her, mash her, kill, kill, kill!' In connecting with this club of disparate but kindred spirits, Frank discovers the centuries-old history of the trade; the practicality of maintaining it; what bees see, think, and feel (emotionless but sometimes a little defensive); how they talk to each other and socialize; and what can be done to combat their biggest threats, both human and mite. With a swarm of offbeat characters and fascinating facts (did that bee just waggle or festoon?), Frank the Bee Man delivers an informative, funny, and galvanizing book about the symbiotic relationship between flower and bee, and bee and the beekeepers who are determined to protect the existence of one of the most beguiling and invaluable creatures on earth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426040]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bee People and the Bugs They Love Author: Frank Mortimer Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 3, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Master Beekeeper Frank Mortimer invites readers on an eye-opening journey into the secret world of bees, and the singular world of his fellow bee-keepers. There's the Badger, who introduces Frank to the world of bees; Rusty, a one-eyed septuagenarian bee sting therapist certain that honey will be the currency of the future after the governments fail; Scooby the 'dude' who gets a meditative high off the awesome vibes of his psychedelia-painted hives; and the Berserker, a honeybee hitman who teaches Frank a rafter-raising lesson in staving off the harmful influences of an evil queen: 'Squash her, mash her, kill, kill, kill!' In connecting with this club of disparate but kindred spirits, Frank discovers the centuries-old history of the trade; the practicality of maintaining it; what bees see, think, and feel (emotionless but sometimes a little defensive); how they talk to each other and socialize; and what can be done to combat their biggest threats, both human and mite. With a swarm of offbeat characters and fascinating facts (did that bee just waggle or festoon?), Frank the Bee Man delivers an informative, funny, and galvanizing book about the symbiotic relationship between flower and bee, and bee and the beekeepers who are determined to protect the existence of one of the most beguiling and invaluable creatures on earth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425965 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Brotherhoods: A History of Italy¿s Three Mafias Author: John Dickie Narrator: Tom Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: MAFIA. CAMORRA. 'NDRANGHETA. The Sicilian mafia, known as Cosa Nostra, is far from being Italy's only dangerous criminal fraternity. The country hosts two other major mafias: the camorra from Naples; and, from the poor and isolated region of Calabria, the mysterious 'ndrangheta, which has now risen to become the most powerful mob group active today. Since they emerged, the mafias have all corrupted Italy's institutions, drastically curtailed the life-chances of its citizens, evaded justice, and set up their own self-interested meddling as an alternative to the courts. Yet each of these brotherhoods has its own methods, its own dark rituals, its own style of ferocity. Each is uniquely adapted to corrupt and exploit its own specific environment, as it collaborates with, learns from, and goes to war with the other mafias. Today, the shadow of organized crime hangs over a country racked by debt, political paralysis, and widespread corruption. The 'ndrangheta controls much of Europe's wholesale cocaine trade and, by some estimates, 3 percent of Italy's total GDP. Blood Brotherhoods traces the origins of this national malaise back to Italy's roots as a united country in the nineteenth century, and shows how political violence incubated underworld sects among the lemon groves of Palermo, the fetid slums of Naples, and the harsh mountain villages of Calabria. Blood Brotherhoods is a book of breathtaking ambition, tracing for the first time the interlocking story of all three mafias from their origins to the present day. John Dickie is recognized in Italy as one of the foremost historians of organized crime. In these pages, he blends archival detective work, passionate narrative, and shrewd analysis to bring a unique criminal ecosystem -- and the three terrifying criminal brotherhoods that have evolved within it -- to life on the page. John Dickie Tue, 02 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425965 thebookvoice.com 13:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Brotherhoods: A History of Italy¿s Three Mafias Author: John Dickie Narrator: Tom Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: MAFIA. CAMORRA. 'NDRANGHETA. The Sicilian mafia, known as Cosa Nostra, is far from being Italy's only dangerous criminal fraternity. The country hosts two other major mafias: the camorra from Naples; and, from the poor and isolated region of Calabria, the mysterious 'ndrangheta, which has now risen to become the most powerful mob group active today. Since they emerged, the mafias have all corrupted Italy's institutions, drastically curtailed the life-chances of its citizens, evaded justice, and set up their own self-interested meddling as an alternative to the courts. Yet each of these brotherhoods has its own methods, its own dark rituals, its own style of ferocity. Each is uniquely adapted to corrupt and exploit its own specific environment, as it collaborates with, learns from, and goes to war with the other mafias. Today, the shadow of organized crime hangs over a country racked by debt, political paralysis, and widespread corruption. The 'ndrangheta controls much of Europe's wholesale cocaine trade and, by some estimates, 3 percent of Italy's total GDP. Blood Brotherhoods traces the origins of this national malaise back to Italy's roots as a united country in the nineteenth century, and shows how political violence incubated underworld sects among the lemon groves of Palermo, the fetid slums of Naples, and the harsh mountain villages of Calabria. Blood Brotherhoods is a book of breathtaking ambition, tracing for the first time the interlocking story of all three mafias from their origins to the present day. John Dickie is recognized in Italy as one of the foremost historians of organized crime. In these pages, he blends archival detective work, passionate narrative, and shrewd analysis to bring a unique criminal ecosystem -- and the three terrifying criminal brotherhoods that have evolved within it -- to life on the page. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425965]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Brotherhoods: A History of Italy¿s Three Mafias Author: John Dickie Narrator: Tom Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: MAFIA. CAMORRA. 'NDRANGHETA. The Sicilian mafia, known as Cosa Nostra, is far from being Italy's only dangerous criminal fraternity. The country hosts two other major mafias: the camorra from Naples; and, from the poor and isolated region of Calabria, the mysterious 'ndrangheta, which has now risen to become the most powerful mob group active today. Since they emerged, the mafias have all corrupted Italy's institutions, drastically curtailed the life-chances of its citizens, evaded justice, and set up their own self-interested meddling as an alternative to the courts. Yet each of these brotherhoods has its own methods, its own dark rituals, its own style of ferocity. Each is uniquely adapted to corrupt and exploit its own specific environment, as it collaborates with, learns from, and goes to war with the other mafias. Today, the shadow of organized crime hangs over a country racked by debt, political paralysis, and widespread corruption. The 'ndrangheta controls much of Europe's wholesale cocaine trade and, by some estimates, 3 percent of Italy's total GDP. Blood Brotherhoods traces the origins of this national malaise back to Italy's roots as a united country in the nineteenth century, and shows how political violence incubated underworld sects among the lemon groves of Palermo, the fetid slums of Naples, and the harsh mountain villages of Calabria. Blood Brotherhoods is a book of breathtaking ambition, tracing for the first time the interlocking story of all three mafias from their origins to the present day. John Dickie is recognized in Italy as one of the foremost historians of organized crime. In these pages, he blends archival detective work, passionate narrative, and shrewd analysis to bring a unique criminal ecosystem -- and the three terrifying criminal brotherhoods that have evolved within it -- to life on the page. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Lies: Nine Ways to Expose and Resist the Racial Systems that Divide Us Author: Daniel Hill Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What can you do to be a force for racial justice? Many White Christians are eager to fight against racism and for racial justice. But what steps can they take to make good, lasting change? How can they get involved without unintentionally doing more harm than good? In this practical and illuminating guide drawn from more than twenty years of cross-cultural work and learning from some of the greatest leaders of color, pastor and racial justice advocate Daniel Hill provides nine practices rooted in Scripture that will position you to be an active supporter of inclusion, equality, and racial justice. With stories, studies, and examples from his own journey, Hill will show you: - How to get free of the impact of White supremacy individually and recognize that it works systemically - How to talk about race in an intelligent and respectful way  - How to recognize which strategies are helpful and which are harmful - What you can do to make a difference every day, after protests and major events We cannot experience wholistic justice without confronting and dismantling White supremacy. But as we follow Jesus--the one who is supreme over all things--into overturning false power systems, we will become better advocates of the liberating and unconditional love that God extends to us all. Daniel Hill Tue, 01 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Lies: Nine Ways to Expose and Resist the Racial Systems that Divide Us Author: Daniel Hill Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What can you do to be a force for racial justice? Many White Christians are eager to fight against racism and for racial justice. But what steps can they take to make good, lasting change? How can they get involved without unintentionally doing more harm than good? In this practical and illuminating guide drawn from more than twenty years of cross-cultural work and learning from some of the greatest leaders of color, pastor and racial justice advocate Daniel Hill provides nine practices rooted in Scripture that will position you to be an active supporter of inclusion, equality, and racial justice. With stories, studies, and examples from his own journey, Hill will show you: - How to get free of the impact of White supremacy individually and recognize that it works systemically - How to talk about race in an intelligent and respectful way  - How to recognize which strategies are helpful and which are harmful - What you can do to make a difference every day, after protests and major events We cannot experience wholistic justice without confronting and dismantling White supremacy. But as we follow Jesus--the one who is supreme over all things--into overturning false power systems, we will become better advocates of the liberating and unconditional love that God extends to us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Lies: Nine Ways to Expose and Resist the Racial Systems that Divide Us Author: Daniel Hill Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What can you do to be a force for racial justice? Many White Christians are eager to fight against racism and for racial justice. But what steps can they take to make good, lasting change? How can they get involved without unintentionally doing more harm than good? In this practical and illuminating guide drawn from more than twenty years of cross-cultural work and learning from some of the greatest leaders of color, pastor and racial justice advocate Daniel Hill provides nine practices rooted in Scripture that will position you to be an active supporter of inclusion, equality, and racial justice. With stories, studies, and examples from his own journey, Hill will show you: - How to get free of the impact of White supremacy individually and recognize that it works systemically - How to talk about race in an intelligent and respectful way  - How to recognize which strategies are helpful and which are harmful - What you can do to make a difference every day, after protests and major events We cannot experience wholistic justice without confronting and dismantling White supremacy. But as we follow Jesus--the one who is supreme over all things--into overturning false power systems, we will become better advocates of the liberating and unconditional love that God extends to us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425907 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425907]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Body: Recovering a Theology of Gender, Sexuality, and the Human Body Series: Part of Seedbed Resources Author: Timothy C. Tennent Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An in-depth look at what it means to be created in the image of God and how our bodies serve as icons that illuminate God's purposes instead of ours. The human body is an amazing gift, yet today, many people downplay its importance and fail to understand what Christianity teaches about our bodies and their God-given purposes. Many people misunderstand how the body was designed, its role in relating to others; and we lack awareness of the dangers of objectifying the body, divorcing it from its intended purpose. Timothy Tennent covers topics like marriage, family, singleness, and friendship, and he looks at how the human body has been objectified in art and media today. For the Body offers a biblical framework for discipling people today in a Christian theology of the body. Tennent—theologian and president of Asbury Theological Seminary—explores the contours of a robust Christian vision of the body, human sexuality, and the variety of different ways we are called into relationships with others. This book will reveal a theological vision that: - Informs our self-understanding of our own bodies. - Examines how we treat others. - Reevaluates how we engage today's controversial and difficult discussions on human sexuality with grace, wisdom, and confidence. For the Body is a call to a deeper understanding of our bodies and an invitation to recapture the wonder of this amazing gift. Timothy C. Tennent Tue, 17 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425907 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425907]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Body: Recovering a Theology of Gender, Sexuality, and the Human Body Series: Part of Seedbed Resources Author: Timothy C. Tennent Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An in-depth look at what it means to be created in the image of God and how our bodies serve as icons that illuminate God's purposes instead of ours. The human body is an amazing gift, yet today, many people downplay its importance and fail to understand what Christianity teaches about our bodies and their God-given purposes. Many people misunderstand how the body was designed, its role in relating to others; and we lack awareness of the dangers of objectifying the body, divorcing it from its intended purpose. Timothy Tennent covers topics like marriage, family, singleness, and friendship, and he looks at how the human body has been objectified in art and media today. For the Body offers a biblical framework for discipling people today in a Christian theology of the body. Tennent—theologian and president of Asbury Theological Seminary—explores the contours of a robust Christian vision of the body, human sexuality, and the variety of different ways we are called into relationships with others. This book will reveal a theological vision that: - Informs our self-understanding of our own bodies. - Examines how we treat others. - Reevaluates how we engage today's controversial and difficult discussions on human sexuality with grace, wisdom, and confidence. For the Body is a call to a deeper understanding of our bodies and an invitation to recapture the wonder of this amazing gift. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425907]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For the Body: Recovering a Theology of Gender, Sexuality, and the Human Body Series: Part of Seedbed Resources Author: Timothy C. Tennent Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An in-depth look at what it means to be created in the image of God and how our bodies serve as icons that illuminate God's purposes instead of ours. The human body is an amazing gift, yet today, many people downplay its importance and fail to understand what Christianity teaches about our bodies and their God-given purposes. Many people misunderstand how the body was designed, its role in relating to others; and we lack awareness of the dangers of objectifying the body, divorcing it from its intended purpose. Timothy Tennent covers topics like marriage, family, singleness, and friendship, and he looks at how the human body has been objectified in art and media today. For the Body offers a biblical framework for discipling people today in a Christian theology of the body. Tennent—theologian and president of Asbury Theological Seminary—explores the contours of a robust Christian vision of the body, human sexuality, and the variety of different ways we are called into relationships with others. This book will reveal a theological vision that: - Informs our self-understanding of our own bodies. - Examines how we treat others. - Reevaluates how we engage today's controversial and difficult discussions on human sexuality with grace, wisdom, and confidence. For the Body is a call to a deeper understanding of our bodies and an invitation to recapture the wonder of this amazing gift. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425892 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose Mindset: How Microsoft Inspires Employees and Alumni to Change the World Author: Akhtar Badshah Narrator: Matt Addis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn the innovative strategies Microsoft pioneered that created a virtuous cycle of giving and volunteerism that has benefited the company and fulfilled its employees while making the world a better place. Early on in the Microsoft story, Bill Gates and other key executives met to decide how they would incentivize employees to make a charitable impact. The status quo was to offer a small percentage of your paycheck as a pretax deduction to a charity selected by your company. Microsoft decided to so something revolutionary instead. The Purpose Mindset tells the inside story behind how Microsoft built its culture of giving, including powerful stories from Microsoft alumni who were in the room when these decisions were made or who went on to make powerful change in the world, emboldened by their time at Microsoft. Throughout these pages, alumni such as author Akhtar Badshah, the head of Microsoft’s Philanthropy program from 2004-2014, take you through the first-of-its-kind decisions that have empowered and incentivized employees: - Hear the first-hand accounts from interviews with Microsoft executives such as Jeff and Tricia Raikes, Patrick Awuah, Paul Maritz, and many others. - Learn how Microsoft’s early decision to encourage employees to support causes personal to them was a key impetus to multiplying the impact. - Get insider accounts on the key decisions Microsoft has made along its journey to make individual philanthropy a core element of their culture. - See how its culture of giving is one of the key elements to Microsoft’s success in attracting and retaining top talent. The Purpose Mindset examines how this culture of giving that has been successful at Microsoft regarding job satisfaction, recruiting, and employee retention can be duplicated in your own work life, whether you are a business leader or you are seeking employment at a company that contributes to something greater than themselves. Akhtar Badshah Tue, 10 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425892 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose Mindset: How Microsoft Inspires Employees and Alumni to Change the World Author: Akhtar Badshah Narrator: Matt Addis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn the innovative strategies Microsoft pioneered that created a virtuous cycle of giving and volunteerism that has benefited the company and fulfilled its employees while making the world a better place. Early on in the Microsoft story, Bill Gates and other key executives met to decide how they would incentivize employees to make a charitable impact. The status quo was to offer a small percentage of your paycheck as a pretax deduction to a charity selected by your company. Microsoft decided to so something revolutionary instead. The Purpose Mindset tells the inside story behind how Microsoft built its culture of giving, including powerful stories from Microsoft alumni who were in the room when these decisions were made or who went on to make powerful change in the world, emboldened by their time at Microsoft. Throughout these pages, alumni such as author Akhtar Badshah, the head of Microsoft’s Philanthropy program from 2004-2014, take you through the first-of-its-kind decisions that have empowered and incentivized employees: - Hear the first-hand accounts from interviews with Microsoft executives such as Jeff and Tricia Raikes, Patrick Awuah, Paul Maritz, and many others. - Learn how Microsoft’s early decision to encourage employees to support causes personal to them was a key impetus to multiplying the impact. - Get insider accounts on the key decisions Microsoft has made along its journey to make individual philanthropy a core element of their culture. - See how its culture of giving is one of the key elements to Microsoft’s success in attracting and retaining top talent. The Purpose Mindset examines how this culture of giving that has been successful at Microsoft regarding job satisfaction, recruiting, and employee retention can be duplicated in your own work life, whether you are a business leader or you are seeking employment at a company that contributes to something greater than themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425892]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose Mindset: How Microsoft Inspires Employees and Alumni to Change the World Author: Akhtar Badshah Narrator: Matt Addis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn the innovative strategies Microsoft pioneered that created a virtuous cycle of giving and volunteerism that has benefited the company and fulfilled its employees while making the world a better place. Early on in the Microsoft story, Bill Gates and other key executives met to decide how they would incentivize employees to make a charitable impact. The status quo was to offer a small percentage of your paycheck as a pretax deduction to a charity selected by your company. Microsoft decided to so something revolutionary instead. The Purpose Mindset tells the inside story behind how Microsoft built its culture of giving, including powerful stories from Microsoft alumni who were in the room when these decisions were made or who went on to make powerful change in the world, emboldened by their time at Microsoft. Throughout these pages, alumni such as author Akhtar Badshah, the head of Microsoft’s Philanthropy program from 2004-2014, take you through the first-of-its-kind decisions that have empowered and incentivized employees: - Hear the first-hand accounts from interviews with Microsoft executives such as Jeff and Tricia Raikes, Patrick Awuah, Paul Maritz, and many others. - Learn how Microsoft’s early decision to encourage employees to support causes personal to them was a key impetus to multiplying the impact. - Get insider accounts on the key decisions Microsoft has made along its journey to make individual philanthropy a core element of their culture. - See how its culture of giving is one of the key elements to Microsoft’s success in attracting and retaining top talent. The Purpose Mindset examines how this culture of giving that has been successful at Microsoft regarding job satisfaction, recruiting, and employee retention can be duplicated in your own work life, whether you are a business leader or you are seeking employment at a company that contributes to something greater than themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change Your World: How Anyone, Anywhere Can Make A Difference Author: Rob Hoskins, John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Whatever the desires of your heart, Change Your World will guide you through the entire process to take action and start making an impact today right where you are. You can bring about positive, lasting change in the world and you don’t have to be rich and famous or lead a big organization to do it. Global leadership icons and bestselling authors John C. Maxwell and Rob Hoskins provide the inspiring and practical roadmap to get started being the change you want to see – in your community and beyond. Learn from the firsthand experiences shared by the authors from their work helping to transform communities, businesses, and millions of lives around the world. In Change Your World, Maxwell and Hoskins will show you how to: - Identify your cause - Live out the values that make a difference - Become a catalyst for change - Join the right team or recruit one of your own - Work together with others to make a difference - Measure your impact and keep improving For many of us, the world we live in feels broken yet change is easier than we think. You’ll not only be encouraged to make a difference based on the needs you see around you, but you’ll be equipped to implement change immediately. Rob Hoskins, John C. Maxwell Tue, 26 Jan 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change Your World: How Anyone, Anywhere Can Make A Difference Author: Rob Hoskins, John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Whatever the desires of your heart, Change Your World will guide you through the entire process to take action and start making an impact today right where you are. You can bring about positive, lasting change in the world and you don’t have to be rich and famous or lead a big organization to do it. Global leadership icons and bestselling authors John C. Maxwell and Rob Hoskins provide the inspiring and practical roadmap to get started being the change you want to see – in your community and beyond. Learn from the firsthand experiences shared by the authors from their work helping to transform communities, businesses, and millions of lives around the world. In Change Your World, Maxwell and Hoskins will show you how to: - Identify your cause - Live out the values that make a difference - Become a catalyst for change - Join the right team or recruit one of your own - Work together with others to make a difference - Measure your impact and keep improving For many of us, the world we live in feels broken yet change is easier than we think. You’ll not only be encouraged to make a difference based on the needs you see around you, but you’ll be equipped to implement change immediately. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425877]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change Your World: How Anyone, Anywhere Can Make A Difference Author: Rob Hoskins, John C. Maxwell Narrator: John C. Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Whatever the desires of your heart, Change Your World will guide you through the entire process to take action and start making an impact today right where you are. You can bring about positive, lasting change in the world and you don’t have to be rich and famous or lead a big organization to do it. Global leadership icons and bestselling authors John C. Maxwell and Rob Hoskins provide the inspiring and practical roadmap to get started being the change you want to see – in your community and beyond. Learn from the firsthand experiences shared by the authors from their work helping to transform communities, businesses, and millions of lives around the world. In Change Your World, Maxwell and Hoskins will show you how to: - Identify your cause - Live out the values that make a difference - Become a catalyst for change - Join the right team or recruit one of your own - Work together with others to make a difference - Measure your impact and keep improving For many of us, the world we live in feels broken yet change is easier than we think. You’ll not only be encouraged to make a difference based on the needs you see around you, but you’ll be equipped to implement change immediately. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425869 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture: A Practical Guide to the New Normal and Relating to Female Coworkers in the Modern Workplace Author: Heather Zumarraga Narrator: Jill Blackwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Studies have shown that 60% of male managers feel uncomfortable working one-on-one with their female colleagues. That's where The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture comes in. Heather Zumarraga, a business journalist who has spent much of her career in testosterone-filled work environments, wants to make sure that any male leader who wants to be part of the solution knows how to do it the right way. Heather provides you with logical solutions to complex gender issues and gives important, practical lessons for men and women alike. The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture teaches you: - Which behaviors to adopt (and which to avoid) to create and maintain a comfortable work environment for their female co-workers. - How to create an environment that is not only welcoming to both women and men but also encourages healthy and respectful collaboration. - And more real-world tested advice and approaches to help ensure every employee (and business) is best situated for success. There are numerous business books that coach women to deal with bias and harassment in a male-dominated workplace. However, The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture is?one of the only books that coaches men on how to succeed?in the new normal. Heather Zumarraga Tue, 19 Jan 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425869 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture: A Practical Guide to the New Normal and Relating to Female Coworkers in the Modern Workplace Author: Heather Zumarraga Narrator: Jill Blackwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Studies have shown that 60% of male managers feel uncomfortable working one-on-one with their female colleagues. That's where The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture comes in. Heather Zumarraga, a business journalist who has spent much of her career in testosterone-filled work environments, wants to make sure that any male leader who wants to be part of the solution knows how to do it the right way. Heather provides you with logical solutions to complex gender issues and gives important, practical lessons for men and women alike. The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture teaches you: - Which behaviors to adopt (and which to avoid) to create and maintain a comfortable work environment for their female co-workers. - How to create an environment that is not only welcoming to both women and men but also encourages healthy and respectful collaboration. - And more real-world tested advice and approaches to help ensure every employee (and business) is best situated for success. There are numerous business books that coach women to deal with bias and harassment in a male-dominated workplace. However, The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture is?one of the only books that coaches men on how to succeed?in the new normal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture: A Practical Guide to the New Normal and Relating to Female Coworkers in the Modern Workplace Author: Heather Zumarraga Narrator: Jill Blackwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Studies have shown that 60% of male managers feel uncomfortable working one-on-one with their female colleagues. That's where The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture comes in. Heather Zumarraga, a business journalist who has spent much of her career in testosterone-filled work environments, wants to make sure that any male leader who wants to be part of the solution knows how to do it the right way. Heather provides you with logical solutions to complex gender issues and gives important, practical lessons for men and women alike. The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture teaches you: - Which behaviors to adopt (and which to avoid) to create and maintain a comfortable work environment for their female co-workers. - How to create an environment that is not only welcoming to both women and men but also encourages healthy and respectful collaboration. - And more real-world tested advice and approaches to help ensure every employee (and business) is best situated for success. There are numerous business books that coach women to deal with bias and harassment in a male-dominated workplace. However, The Man's Guide to Corporate Culture is?one of the only books that coaches men on how to succeed?in the new normal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425843 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Who Risk: Secret Agents for Jesus in the Muslim World Author: Joann Doyle, Tom Doyle Narrator: Joann Doyle, Tom Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the incredible work of the Lord in the hearts and lives of women in the Muslim world! In these gripping stories of Christ's presence straight from the underground church, Pastor Tom Doyle and his wife, JoAnn, show you how women in Saudi Arabia, Syria, and Iran are leading their communities to faith in Jesus—and how you can too! Despite enormous risks to themselves and their families, former Muslim women are now influencing their husbands and their children and bringing others to faith in Jesus Christ. No matter where they live, these women are the God-ordained spiritual gatekeepers of their families. Even though the level of oppression that women face under Islam is unfathomable to many in non-Muslim nations, these brave women stop at nothing to share their faith. The Doyles believe that women are a major reason why more Muslims than ever are coming to faith in Christ. Over the years they have discovered that once God sets a Muslim woman free, she becomes an unstoppable force for God. Women Who Risk takes readers into Muslim homes in Saudi Arabia, Syria, Iran, and other hot spots to see the power of Christ at work. This incredible book contains: - Inspirational stories straight out of the underground church—stories you don’t get on the news - Examples of the miraculous works of God happening in the Muslim world - The experiences of pastors who have worked for the past twenty-five years in the Middle East - A clear call to action sounding the alarm to the body of Christ - Motivation for all Christians to boldly share their faith with family and friends The stories of these women are both breathtaking and heart-rending. Living on the edge, these women spread the gospel without fear, and the victory of the gospel is thrilling for all to see. If you’re wondering if God still performs miracles or are afraid your life can't make an impact, then this is the book for you. Joann Doyle, Tom Doyle Tue, 26 Jan 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425843 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Who Risk: Secret Agents for Jesus in the Muslim World Author: Joann Doyle, Tom Doyle Narrator: Joann Doyle, Tom Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the incredible work of the Lord in the hearts and lives of women in the Muslim world! In these gripping stories of Christ's presence straight from the underground church, Pastor Tom Doyle and his wife, JoAnn, show you how women in Saudi Arabia, Syria, and Iran are leading their communities to faith in Jesus—and how you can too! Despite enormous risks to themselves and their families, former Muslim women are now influencing their husbands and their children and bringing others to faith in Jesus Christ. No matter where they live, these women are the God-ordained spiritual gatekeepers of their families. Even though the level of oppression that women face under Islam is unfathomable to many in non-Muslim nations, these brave women stop at nothing to share their faith. The Doyles believe that women are a major reason why more Muslims than ever are coming to faith in Christ. Over the years they have discovered that once God sets a Muslim woman free, she becomes an unstoppable force for God. Women Who Risk takes readers into Muslim homes in Saudi Arabia, Syria, Iran, and other hot spots to see the power of Christ at work. This incredible book contains: - Inspirational stories straight out of the underground church—stories you don’t get on the news - Examples of the miraculous works of God happening in the Muslim world - The experiences of pastors who have worked for the past twenty-five years in the Middle East - A clear call to action sounding the alarm to the body of Christ - Motivation for all Christians to boldly share their faith with family and friends The stories of these women are both breathtaking and heart-rending. Living on the edge, these women spread the gospel without fear, and the victory of the gospel is thrilling for all to see. If you’re wondering if God still performs miracles or are afraid your life can't make an impact, then this is the book for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Who Risk: Secret Agents for Jesus in the Muslim World Author: Joann Doyle, Tom Doyle Narrator: Joann Doyle, Tom Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Explore the incredible work of the Lord in the hearts and lives of women in the Muslim world! In these gripping stories of Christ's presence straight from the underground church, Pastor Tom Doyle and his wife, JoAnn, show you how women in Saudi Arabia, Syria, and Iran are leading their communities to faith in Jesus—and how you can too! Despite enormous risks to themselves and their families, former Muslim women are now influencing their husbands and their children and bringing others to faith in Jesus Christ. No matter where they live, these women are the God-ordained spiritual gatekeepers of their families. Even though the level of oppression that women face under Islam is unfathomable to many in non-Muslim nations, these brave women stop at nothing to share their faith. The Doyles believe that women are a major reason why more Muslims than ever are coming to faith in Christ. Over the years they have discovered that once God sets a Muslim woman free, she becomes an unstoppable force for God. Women Who Risk takes readers into Muslim homes in Saudi Arabia, Syria, Iran, and other hot spots to see the power of Christ at work. This incredible book contains: - Inspirational stories straight out of the underground church—stories you don’t get on the news - Examples of the miraculous works of God happening in the Muslim world - The experiences of pastors who have worked for the past twenty-five years in the Middle East - A clear call to action sounding the alarm to the body of Christ - Motivation for all Christians to boldly share their faith with family and friends The stories of these women are both breathtaking and heart-rending. Living on the edge, these women spread the gospel without fear, and the victory of the gospel is thrilling for all to see. If you’re wondering if God still performs miracles or are afraid your life can't make an impact, then this is the book for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425757 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Icons of England Author: Bill Bryson Narrator: Leda Hodgson, Terence Wilton, Sara Novak, Ben Eagle, Sara Poyzer, Homer Todiwala, Barnaby Edwards, David Rintoul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin This celebration of the English countryside does not only focus on the rolling green landscapes and magnificent monuments that set England apart from the rest of the world. Many of the contributors bring their own special touch, presenting a refreshingly eclectic variety of personal icons, from pub signs to seaside piers, from cattle grids to canal boats, and from village cricket to nimbies. First published as a lavish colour coffeetable book, this new expanded edition has double the original number of contributions from many celebrities including Bill Bryson, Michael Palin, Eric Clapton, Bryan Ferry, Sebastian Faulks, Kate Adie, Kevin Spacey, Gavin Pretor-Pinney, Richard Mabey , Simon Jenkins, John Sergeant, Benjamin Zephaniah, Joan Bakewell, Antony Beevor, Libby Purves, Jonathan Dimbleby, and many more: and a new preface by HRH Prince Charles. © Bill Bryson 2011 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Bill Bryson Thu, 10 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425757 thebookvoice.com 6:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Icons of England Author: Bill Bryson Narrator: Leda Hodgson, Terence Wilton, Sara Novak, Ben Eagle, Sara Poyzer, Homer Todiwala, Barnaby Edwards, David Rintoul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin This celebration of the English countryside does not only focus on the rolling green landscapes and magnificent monuments that set England apart from the rest of the world. Many of the contributors bring their own special touch, presenting a refreshingly eclectic variety of personal icons, from pub signs to seaside piers, from cattle grids to canal boats, and from village cricket to nimbies. First published as a lavish colour coffeetable book, this new expanded edition has double the original number of contributions from many celebrities including Bill Bryson, Michael Palin, Eric Clapton, Bryan Ferry, Sebastian Faulks, Kate Adie, Kevin Spacey, Gavin Pretor-Pinney, Richard Mabey , Simon Jenkins, John Sergeant, Benjamin Zephaniah, Joan Bakewell, Antony Beevor, Libby Purves, Jonathan Dimbleby, and many more: and a new preface by HRH Prince Charles. © Bill Bryson 2011 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425757]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Icons of England Author: Bill Bryson Narrator: Leda Hodgson, Terence Wilton, Sara Novak, Ben Eagle, Sara Poyzer, Homer Todiwala, Barnaby Edwards, David Rintoul Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin This celebration of the English countryside does not only focus on the rolling green landscapes and magnificent monuments that set England apart from the rest of the world. Many of the contributors bring their own special touch, presenting a refreshingly eclectic variety of personal icons, from pub signs to seaside piers, from cattle grids to canal boats, and from village cricket to nimbies. First published as a lavish colour coffeetable book, this new expanded edition has double the original number of contributions from many celebrities including Bill Bryson, Michael Palin, Eric Clapton, Bryan Ferry, Sebastian Faulks, Kate Adie, Kevin Spacey, Gavin Pretor-Pinney, Richard Mabey , Simon Jenkins, John Sergeant, Benjamin Zephaniah, Joan Bakewell, Antony Beevor, Libby Purves, Jonathan Dimbleby, and many more: and a new preface by HRH Prince Charles. © Bill Bryson 2011 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425694 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walmart: Diary of An Associate Author: Hugo Meunier Narrator: Lee Smart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 2012, journalist Hugo Meunier went undercover as a Walmart employee for three months in St. Leonard, Quebec, just north of Montreal. In great detail, Meunier charts the daily life of an impoverished Walmart worker, referring to his shifts at the box store giant as "somewhere between the army and Walt Disney." Each shift began with a daily chant before bowing to customer demands and the constant pressure to sell. Meanwhile Meunier and his fellow workers could not afford to shop anywhere else but Walmart, further indenturing them to the multi-billion-dollar corporation. Beyond his time on the shop floor, Meunier documents the extraordinary efforts that Walmart exerts to block unionization campaigns, including their 2005 decision to close their outlet in Jonquiere, QC, where the United Food and Commercial Workers union had successfully gained certification rights. A decade later he charts the Supreme Court of Canada ruling that exposed the dubious legal ground on which Walmart stood in invoking closure and throwing workers out on the street. In Walmart: Diary of an Associate, Meunier reveals the truths behind Walmart's low prices. It will make you think twice before shopping there. Hugo Meunier Tue, 14 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425694 thebookvoice.com 4:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walmart: Diary of An Associate Author: Hugo Meunier Narrator: Lee Smart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 2012, journalist Hugo Meunier went undercover as a Walmart employee for three months in St. Leonard, Quebec, just north of Montreal. In great detail, Meunier charts the daily life of an impoverished Walmart worker, referring to his shifts at the box store giant as "somewhere between the army and Walt Disney." Each shift began with a daily chant before bowing to customer demands and the constant pressure to sell. Meanwhile Meunier and his fellow workers could not afford to shop anywhere else but Walmart, further indenturing them to the multi-billion-dollar corporation. Beyond his time on the shop floor, Meunier documents the extraordinary efforts that Walmart exerts to block unionization campaigns, including their 2005 decision to close their outlet in Jonquiere, QC, where the United Food and Commercial Workers union had successfully gained certification rights. A decade later he charts the Supreme Court of Canada ruling that exposed the dubious legal ground on which Walmart stood in invoking closure and throwing workers out on the street. In Walmart: Diary of an Associate, Meunier reveals the truths behind Walmart's low prices. It will make you think twice before shopping there. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/425694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Walmart: Diary of An Associate Author: Hugo Meunier Narrator: Lee Smart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 2012, journalist Hugo Meunier went undercover as a Walmart employee for three months in St. Leonard, Quebec, just north of Montreal. In great detail, Meunier charts the daily life of an impoverished Walmart worker, referring to his shifts at the box store giant as "somewhere between the army and Walt Disney." Each shift began with a daily chant before bowing to customer demands and the constant pressure to sell. Meanwhile Meunier and his fellow workers could not afford to shop anywhere else but Walmart, further indenturing them to the multi-billion-dollar corporation. Beyond his time on the shop floor, Meunier documents the extraordinary efforts that Walmart exerts to block unionization campaigns, including their 2005 decision to close their outlet in Jonquiere, QC, where the United Food and Commercial Workers union had successfully gained certification rights. A decade later he charts the Supreme Court of Canada ruling that exposed the dubious legal ground on which Walmart stood in invoking closure and throwing workers out on the street. In Walmart: Diary of an Associate, Meunier reveals the truths behind Walmart's low prices. It will make you think twice before shopping there. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Performance All the Way Down: Genes, Development, and Sexual Difference Author: Richard O. Prum Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The idea that gender is a performance—a tenet of queer feminist theory since the 1990s—has spread from college classrooms to popular culture. In Performance All the Way Down, MacArthur Fellow and Pulitzer Prize finalist Richard O. Prum brings gender performativity into conversation with genetics, development, and evolutionary biology, arguing that the sexual binary is not essential to human genes, chromosomes, or embryos. Our genomes are not blueprints, algorithms, or recipes for the physical representation of our personal sexual essences or fates. In accessible language, Prum shows that gene expression is a material action in the world, a performance through which individuals regulate and achieve their own becoming. Human development is a performative continuum from a fertilized egg to a complex adult with tissues and organs, neurological control, immune defenses, psychological mechanisms, gender, and sexual behavior. This complex hierarchy of self-enactment reflects the evolved agency of distinct genes, molecules, cells, and tissues. Sure to inspire a conversation, Performance All the Way Down is a book about biology for feminists, a book about feminist theory for biologists, and a book for anyone curious about how our sexual bodies grow. Richard O. Prum Tue, 12 Dec 2023 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917 thebookvoice.com 13:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Performance All the Way Down: Genes, Development, and Sexual Difference Author: Richard O. Prum Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The idea that gender is a performance—a tenet of queer feminist theory since the 1990s—has spread from college classrooms to popular culture. In Performance All the Way Down, MacArthur Fellow and Pulitzer Prize finalist Richard O. Prum brings gender performativity into conversation with genetics, development, and evolutionary biology, arguing that the sexual binary is not essential to human genes, chromosomes, or embryos. Our genomes are not blueprints, algorithms, or recipes for the physical representation of our personal sexual essences or fates. In accessible language, Prum shows that gene expression is a material action in the world, a performance through which individuals regulate and achieve their own becoming. Human development is a performative continuum from a fertilized egg to a complex adult with tissues and organs, neurological control, immune defenses, psychological mechanisms, gender, and sexual behavior. This complex hierarchy of self-enactment reflects the evolved agency of distinct genes, molecules, cells, and tissues. Sure to inspire a conversation, Performance All the Way Down is a book about biology for feminists, a book about feminist theory for biologists, and a book for anyone curious about how our sexual bodies grow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Performance All the Way Down: Genes, Development, and Sexual Difference Author: Richard O. Prum Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The idea that gender is a performance—a tenet of queer feminist theory since the 1990s—has spread from college classrooms to popular culture. In Performance All the Way Down, MacArthur Fellow and Pulitzer Prize finalist Richard O. Prum brings gender performativity into conversation with genetics, development, and evolutionary biology, arguing that the sexual binary is not essential to human genes, chromosomes, or embryos. Our genomes are not blueprints, algorithms, or recipes for the physical representation of our personal sexual essences or fates. In accessible language, Prum shows that gene expression is a material action in the world, a performance through which individuals regulate and achieve their own becoming. Human development is a performative continuum from a fertilized egg to a complex adult with tissues and organs, neurological control, immune defenses, psychological mechanisms, gender, and sexual behavior. This complex hierarchy of self-enactment reflects the evolved agency of distinct genes, molecules, cells, and tissues. Sure to inspire a conversation, Performance All the Way Down is a book about biology for feminists, a book about feminist theory for biologists, and a book for anyone curious about how our sexual bodies grow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Very Important People: Status and Beauty in the Global Party Circuit Author: Ashley Mears Narrator: Mia Barron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sociologist and former fashion model takes readers inside the elite global party circuit of 'models and bottles' to reveal how beautiful young women are used to boost the status of menMillion-dollar birthday parties, megayachts on the French Riviera, and $40,000 bottles of champagne. In today's New Gilded Age, the world's moneyed classes have taken conspicuous consumption to new extremes. In Very Important People, sociologist, author, and former fashion model Ashley Mears takes readers inside the exclusive global nightclub and party circuit?from New York City and the Hamptons to Miami and Saint-Tropez?to reveal the intricate economy of beauty, status, and money that lies behind these spectacular displays of wealth and leisure.Mears spent eighteen months in this world of 'models and bottles' to write this captivating, sometimes funny, sometimes heartbreaking narrative. She describes how clubs and restaurants pay promoters to recruit beautiful young women to their venues in order to attract men and get them to spend huge sums in the ritual of bottle service. These 'girls' enhance the status of the men and enrich club owners, exchanging their bodily capital for as little as free drinks and a chance to party with men who are rich or aspire to be. Though they are priceless assets in the party circuit, these women are regarded as worthless as long-term relationship prospects, and their bodies are constantly assessed against men's money.A story of extreme gender inequality in a seductive world, Very Important People unveils troubling realities behind moneyed leisure in an age of record economic disparity. Ashley Mears Tue, 26 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424870 thebookvoice.com 10:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Very Important People: Status and Beauty in the Global Party Circuit Author: Ashley Mears Narrator: Mia Barron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sociologist and former fashion model takes readers inside the elite global party circuit of 'models and bottles' to reveal how beautiful young women are used to boost the status of menMillion-dollar birthday parties, megayachts on the French Riviera, and $40,000 bottles of champagne. In today's New Gilded Age, the world's moneyed classes have taken conspicuous consumption to new extremes. In Very Important People, sociologist, author, and former fashion model Ashley Mears takes readers inside the exclusive global nightclub and party circuit?from New York City and the Hamptons to Miami and Saint-Tropez?to reveal the intricate economy of beauty, status, and money that lies behind these spectacular displays of wealth and leisure.Mears spent eighteen months in this world of 'models and bottles' to write this captivating, sometimes funny, sometimes heartbreaking narrative. She describes how clubs and restaurants pay promoters to recruit beautiful young women to their venues in order to attract men and get them to spend huge sums in the ritual of bottle service. These 'girls' enhance the status of the men and enrich club owners, exchanging their bodily capital for as little as free drinks and a chance to party with men who are rich or aspire to be. Though they are priceless assets in the party circuit, these women are regarded as worthless as long-term relationship prospects, and their bodies are constantly assessed against men's money.A story of extreme gender inequality in a seductive world, Very Important People unveils troubling realities behind moneyed leisure in an age of record economic disparity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Very Important People: Status and Beauty in the Global Party Circuit Author: Ashley Mears Narrator: Mia Barron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sociologist and former fashion model takes readers inside the elite global party circuit of 'models and bottles' to reveal how beautiful young women are used to boost the status of menMillion-dollar birthday parties, megayachts on the French Riviera, and $40,000 bottles of champagne. In today's New Gilded Age, the world's moneyed classes have taken conspicuous consumption to new extremes. In Very Important People, sociologist, author, and former fashion model Ashley Mears takes readers inside the exclusive global nightclub and party circuit?from New York City and the Hamptons to Miami and Saint-Tropez?to reveal the intricate economy of beauty, status, and money that lies behind these spectacular displays of wealth and leisure.Mears spent eighteen months in this world of 'models and bottles' to write this captivating, sometimes funny, sometimes heartbreaking narrative. She describes how clubs and restaurants pay promoters to recruit beautiful young women to their venues in order to attract men and get them to spend huge sums in the ritual of bottle service. These 'girls' enhance the status of the men and enrich club owners, exchanging their bodily capital for as little as free drinks and a chance to party with men who are rich or aspire to be. Though they are priceless assets in the party circuit, these women are regarded as worthless as long-term relationship prospects, and their bodies are constantly assessed against men's money.A story of extreme gender inequality in a seductive world, Very Important People unveils troubling realities behind moneyed leisure in an age of record economic disparity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424737 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afropessimism Author: Frank Wilderson Iii Narrator: Frank Wilderson Iii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Combining trenchant philosophy with lyrical memoir, Afropessimism is an unparalleled account of Blackness.Why does race seem to color almost every feature of our moral and political universe? Why does a perpetual cycle of slavery?in all its political, intellectual, and cultural forms?continue to define the Black experience? And why is anti-Black violence such a predominant feature not only in the United States but around the world? These are just some of the compelling questions that animate Afropessimism, Frank B. Wilderson III’s seminal work on the philosophy of Blackness.Combining precise philosophy with a torrent of memories, Wilderson presents the tenets of an increasingly prominent intellectual movement that sees Blackness through the lens of perpetual slavery. Drawing on works of philosophy, literature, film, and critical theory, he shows that the social construct of slavery, as seen through pervasive anti-Black subjugation and violence, is hardly a relic of the past but the very engine that powers our civilization, and that without this master-slave dynamic, the calculus bolstering world civilization would collapse. Unlike any other disenfranchised group, Wilderson argues, Blacks alone will remain essentially slaves in the larger Human world, where they can never be truly regarded as Human beings, where, “at every scale of abstraction, violence saturates Black life.”And while Afropessimism delivers a formidable philosophical account of being Black, it is also interwoven with dramatic set pieces, autobiographical stories that juxtapose Wilderson’s seemingly idyllic upbringing in mid-century Minneapolis with the abject racism he later encounters?whether in late 1960s Berkeley or in apartheid South Africa, where he joins forces with the African National Congress. Afropessimism provides no restorative solution to the hatred that abounds; rather, Wilderson believes that acknowledging these historical and social conditions will result in personal enlightenment about the reality of our inherently racialized existence.Radical in conception, remarkably poignant, and with soaring flights of lyrical prose, Afropessimism reverberates with wisdom and painful clarity in the fractured world we inhabit. It positions Wilderson as a paradigmatic thinker and as a twenty-first-century inheritor of many of the African American literary traditions established in centuries past. Frank Wilderson Iii Tue, 07 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424737 thebookvoice.com 13:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afropessimism Author: Frank Wilderson Iii Narrator: Frank Wilderson Iii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Combining trenchant philosophy with lyrical memoir, Afropessimism is an unparalleled account of Blackness.Why does race seem to color almost every feature of our moral and political universe? Why does a perpetual cycle of slavery?in all its political, intellectual, and cultural forms?continue to define the Black experience? And why is anti-Black violence such a predominant feature not only in the United States but around the world? These are just some of the compelling questions that animate Afropessimism, Frank B. Wilderson III’s seminal work on the philosophy of Blackness.Combining precise philosophy with a torrent of memories, Wilderson presents the tenets of an increasingly prominent intellectual movement that sees Blackness through the lens of perpetual slavery. Drawing on works of philosophy, literature, film, and critical theory, he shows that the social construct of slavery, as seen through pervasive anti-Black subjugation and violence, is hardly a relic of the past but the very engine that powers our civilization, and that without this master-slave dynamic, the calculus bolstering world civilization would collapse. Unlike any other disenfranchised group, Wilderson argues, Blacks alone will remain essentially slaves in the larger Human world, where they can never be truly regarded as Human beings, where, “at every scale of abstraction, violence saturates Black life.”And while Afropessimism delivers a formidable philosophical account of being Black, it is also interwoven with dramatic set pieces, autobiographical stories that juxtapose Wilderson’s seemingly idyllic upbringing in mid-century Minneapolis with the abject racism he later encounters?whether in late 1960s Berkeley or in apartheid South Africa, where he joins forces with the African National Congress. Afropessimism provides no restorative solution to the hatred that abounds; rather, Wilderson believes that acknowledging these historical and social conditions will result in personal enlightenment about the reality of our inherently racialized existence.Radical in conception, remarkably poignant, and with soaring flights of lyrical prose, Afropessimism reverberates with wisdom and painful clarity in the fractured world we inhabit. It positions Wilderson as a paradigmatic thinker and as a twenty-first-century inheritor of many of the African American literary traditions established in centuries past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424737]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Afropessimism Author: Frank Wilderson Iii Narrator: Frank Wilderson Iii Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Combining trenchant philosophy with lyrical memoir, Afropessimism is an unparalleled account of Blackness.Why does race seem to color almost every feature of our moral and political universe? Why does a perpetual cycle of slavery?in all its political, intellectual, and cultural forms?continue to define the Black experience? And why is anti-Black violence such a predominant feature not only in the United States but around the world? These are just some of the compelling questions that animate Afropessimism, Frank B. Wilderson III’s seminal work on the philosophy of Blackness.Combining precise philosophy with a torrent of memories, Wilderson presents the tenets of an increasingly prominent intellectual movement that sees Blackness through the lens of perpetual slavery. Drawing on works of philosophy, literature, film, and critical theory, he shows that the social construct of slavery, as seen through pervasive anti-Black subjugation and violence, is hardly a relic of the past but the very engine that powers our civilization, and that without this master-slave dynamic, the calculus bolstering world civilization would collapse. Unlike any other disenfranchised group, Wilderson argues, Blacks alone will remain essentially slaves in the larger Human world, where they can never be truly regarded as Human beings, where, “at every scale of abstraction, violence saturates Black life.”And while Afropessimism delivers a formidable philosophical account of being Black, it is also interwoven with dramatic set pieces, autobiographical stories that juxtapose Wilderson’s seemingly idyllic upbringing in mid-century Minneapolis with the abject racism he later encounters?whether in late 1960s Berkeley or in apartheid South Africa, where he joins forces with the African National Congress. Afropessimism provides no restorative solution to the hatred that abounds; rather, Wilderson believes that acknowledging these historical and social conditions will result in personal enlightenment about the reality of our inherently racialized existence.Radical in conception, remarkably poignant, and with soaring flights of lyrical prose, Afropessimism reverberates with wisdom and painful clarity in the fractured world we inhabit. It positions Wilderson as a paradigmatic thinker and as a twenty-first-century inheritor of many of the African American literary traditions established in centuries past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424528 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gifts of Imperfection: 10th Anniversary Edition: Features a new foreword Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 348 Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 40 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The tenth-anniversary edition of the game-changing #1 New York Times bestseller, featuring a new foreword. For over a decade, Brené Brown has found a special place in our hearts as a gifted mapmaker and a fellow traveler. She is both a social scientist and a kitchen-table friend whom you can always count on to tell the truth, make you laugh, and, on occasion, cry with you. And what’s now become a movement all started with The Gifts of Imperfection, which has sold more than two million copies in thirty-five different languages across the globe. What transforms this book from words on a page to effective daily practices are the ten guideposts to wholehearted living. The guideposts not only help us understand the practices that will allow us to change our lives and families, they also walk us through the unattainable and sabotaging expectations that get in the way. Brené writes, “This book is an invitation to join a wholehearted revolution. A small, quiet, grassroots movement that starts with each of us saying, ‘My story matters because I matter.’ Revolution might sound a little dramatic, but in this world, choosing authenticity and worthiness is an absolute act of resistance.” Brené Brown Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424528 thebookvoice.com 4:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gifts of Imperfection: 10th Anniversary Edition: Features a new foreword Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 348 Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 40 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The tenth-anniversary edition of the game-changing #1 New York Times bestseller, featuring a new foreword. For over a decade, Brené Brown has found a special place in our hearts as a gifted mapmaker and a fellow traveler. She is both a social scientist and a kitchen-table friend whom you can always count on to tell the truth, make you laugh, and, on occasion, cry with you. And what’s now become a movement all started with The Gifts of Imperfection, which has sold more than two million copies in thirty-five different languages across the globe. What transforms this book from words on a page to effective daily practices are the ten guideposts to wholehearted living. The guideposts not only help us understand the practices that will allow us to change our lives and families, they also walk us through the unattainable and sabotaging expectations that get in the way. Brené writes, “This book is an invitation to join a wholehearted revolution. A small, quiet, grassroots movement that starts with each of us saying, ‘My story matters because I matter.’ Revolution might sound a little dramatic, but in this world, choosing authenticity and worthiness is an absolute act of resistance.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gifts of Imperfection: 10th Anniversary Edition: Features a new foreword Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 348 Ratings of Narrator: 4.93 of Total 40 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The tenth-anniversary edition of the game-changing #1 New York Times bestseller, featuring a new foreword. For over a decade, Brené Brown has found a special place in our hearts as a gifted mapmaker and a fellow traveler. She is both a social scientist and a kitchen-table friend whom you can always count on to tell the truth, make you laugh, and, on occasion, cry with you. And what’s now become a movement all started with The Gifts of Imperfection, which has sold more than two million copies in thirty-five different languages across the globe. What transforms this book from words on a page to effective daily practices are the ten guideposts to wholehearted living. The guideposts not only help us understand the practices that will allow us to change our lives and families, they also walk us through the unattainable and sabotaging expectations that get in the way. Brené writes, “This book is an invitation to join a wholehearted revolution. A small, quiet, grassroots movement that starts with each of us saying, ‘My story matters because I matter.’ Revolution might sound a little dramatic, but in this world, choosing authenticity and worthiness is an absolute act of resistance.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424527 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Million: Europe's Displaced Persons from World War to Cold War Author: David Nasaw Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author David Nasaw, a sweeping new history of the one million refugees left behind in Germany after WWII In May 1945, German forces surrendered to the Allied powers, putting an end to World War II in Europe. But the aftershocks of global military conflict did not cease with the German capitulation. Millions of lost and homeless concentration camp survivors, POWs, slave laborers, political prisoners, and Nazi collaborators in flight from the Red Army overwhelmed Germany, a nation in ruins. British and American soldiers gathered the malnourished and desperate refugees and attempted to repatriate them. But after exhaustive efforts, there remained more than a million displaced persons left behind in Germany: Jews, Poles, Estonians, Latvians, Lithuanians, Ukrainians, and other Eastern Europeans who refused to go home or had no homes to return to. The Last Million would spend the next three to five years in displaced persons camps, temporary homelands in exile divided by nationality, with their own police forces, churches and synagogues, schools, newspapers, theaters, and infirmaries. The international community could not agree on the fate of the Last Million, and after a year of debate and inaction, the International Refugee Organization was created to resettle them in lands suffering from postwar labor shortages. But no nations were willing to accept the 200,000 to 250,000 Jewish men, women, and children who remained trapped in Germany. In 1948, the United States, among the last countries to accept refugees for resettlement, finally passed a displaced persons bill. With Cold War fears supplanting memories of World War II atrocities, the bill granted the vast majority of visas to those who were reliably anti-Communist, including thousands of former Nazi collaborators and war criminals, while severely limiting the entry of Jews, who were suspected of being Communist sympathizers or agents because they had been recent residents of Soviet-dominated Poland. Only after the controversial partition of Palestine and Israel's declaration of independence were the remaining Jewish survivors able to leave their displaced persons camps in Germany. A masterwork from acclaimed historian David Nasaw, The Last Million tells the gripping yet until now largely hidden story of postwar displacement and statelessness. By 1952, the Last Million were scattered around the world. As they crossed from their broken past into an unknowable future, they carried with them their wounds, their fears, their hope, and their secrets. Here for the first time, Nasaw illuminates their incredible history and, with profound contemporary resonance, shows us that it is our history as well. David Nasaw Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424527 thebookvoice.com 19:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Million: Europe's Displaced Persons from World War to Cold War Author: David Nasaw Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author David Nasaw, a sweeping new history of the one million refugees left behind in Germany after WWII In May 1945, German forces surrendered to the Allied powers, putting an end to World War II in Europe. But the aftershocks of global military conflict did not cease with the German capitulation. Millions of lost and homeless concentration camp survivors, POWs, slave laborers, political prisoners, and Nazi collaborators in flight from the Red Army overwhelmed Germany, a nation in ruins. British and American soldiers gathered the malnourished and desperate refugees and attempted to repatriate them. But after exhaustive efforts, there remained more than a million displaced persons left behind in Germany: Jews, Poles, Estonians, Latvians, Lithuanians, Ukrainians, and other Eastern Europeans who refused to go home or had no homes to return to. The Last Million would spend the next three to five years in displaced persons camps, temporary homelands in exile divided by nationality, with their own police forces, churches and synagogues, schools, newspapers, theaters, and infirmaries. The international community could not agree on the fate of the Last Million, and after a year of debate and inaction, the International Refugee Organization was created to resettle them in lands suffering from postwar labor shortages. But no nations were willing to accept the 200,000 to 250,000 Jewish men, women, and children who remained trapped in Germany. In 1948, the United States, among the last countries to accept refugees for resettlement, finally passed a displaced persons bill. With Cold War fears supplanting memories of World War II atrocities, the bill granted the vast majority of visas to those who were reliably anti-Communist, including thousands of former Nazi collaborators and war criminals, while severely limiting the entry of Jews, who were suspected of being Communist sympathizers or agents because they had been recent residents of Soviet-dominated Poland. Only after the controversial partition of Palestine and Israel's declaration of independence were the remaining Jewish survivors able to leave their displaced persons camps in Germany. A masterwork from acclaimed historian David Nasaw, The Last Million tells the gripping yet until now largely hidden story of postwar displacement and statelessness. By 1952, the Last Million were scattered around the world. As they crossed from their broken past into an unknowable future, they carried with them their wounds, their fears, their hope, and their secrets. Here for the first time, Nasaw illuminates their incredible history and, with profound contemporary resonance, shows us that it is our history as well. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Million: Europe's Displaced Persons from World War to Cold War Author: David Nasaw Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author David Nasaw, a sweeping new history of the one million refugees left behind in Germany after WWII In May 1945, German forces surrendered to the Allied powers, putting an end to World War II in Europe. But the aftershocks of global military conflict did not cease with the German capitulation. Millions of lost and homeless concentration camp survivors, POWs, slave laborers, political prisoners, and Nazi collaborators in flight from the Red Army overwhelmed Germany, a nation in ruins. British and American soldiers gathered the malnourished and desperate refugees and attempted to repatriate them. But after exhaustive efforts, there remained more than a million displaced persons left behind in Germany: Jews, Poles, Estonians, Latvians, Lithuanians, Ukrainians, and other Eastern Europeans who refused to go home or had no homes to return to. The Last Million would spend the next three to five years in displaced persons camps, temporary homelands in exile divided by nationality, with their own police forces, churches and synagogues, schools, newspapers, theaters, and infirmaries. The international community could not agree on the fate of the Last Million, and after a year of debate and inaction, the International Refugee Organization was created to resettle them in lands suffering from postwar labor shortages. But no nations were willing to accept the 200,000 to 250,000 Jewish men, women, and children who remained trapped in Germany. In 1948, the United States, among the last countries to accept refugees for resettlement, finally passed a displaced persons bill. With Cold War fears supplanting memories of World War II atrocities, the bill granted the vast majority of visas to those who were reliably anti-Communist, including thousands of former Nazi collaborators and war criminals, while severely limiting the entry of Jews, who were suspected of being Communist sympathizers or agents because they had been recent residents of Soviet-dominated Poland. Only after the controversial partition of Palestine and Israel's declaration of independence were the remaining Jewish survivors able to leave their displaced persons camps in Germany. A masterwork from acclaimed historian David Nasaw, The Last Million tells the gripping yet until now largely hidden story of postwar displacement and statelessness. By 1952, the Last Million were scattered around the world. As they crossed from their broken past into an unknowable future, they carried with them their wounds, their fears, their hope, and their secrets. Here for the first time, Nasaw illuminates their incredible history and, with profound contemporary resonance, shows us that it is our history as well. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424513 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Trauma: Somatics, Healing, and Social Justice Author: Staci Haines Narrator: Julie Slater Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An essential tool for healers, therapists, activists, and survivors of trauma who are interested in a justice-centered approach to somatic transformation The Politics of Trauma offers somatics with a social analysis. This book is for therapists and social activists who understand that trauma healing is not just for individuals--and that social change is not just for movement builders. Just as health practitioners need to consider the societal factors underlying trauma, so too must activists understand the physical and mental impacts of trauma on their own lives and the lives of the communities with whom they organize. Trauma healing and social change are, at their best, interdependent. Somatics has proven to be particularly effective in addressing trauma, but in practice it typically focuses solely on the individual, failing to integrate the social conditions that create trauma in the first place. Staci K. Haines, somatic innovator and cofounder of generative somatics, invites readers to look beyond individual experiences of body and mind to examine the social, political, and economic roots of trauma--including racism, environmental degradation, sexism, and poverty. Haines helps readers identify, understand, and address these sources of trauma to help us bridge individual healing with social transformation. Staci Haines Tue, 07 Jul 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424513 thebookvoice.com 14:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Trauma: Somatics, Healing, and Social Justice Author: Staci Haines Narrator: Julie Slater Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An essential tool for healers, therapists, activists, and survivors of trauma who are interested in a justice-centered approach to somatic transformation The Politics of Trauma offers somatics with a social analysis. This book is for therapists and social activists who understand that trauma healing is not just for individuals--and that social change is not just for movement builders. Just as health practitioners need to consider the societal factors underlying trauma, so too must activists understand the physical and mental impacts of trauma on their own lives and the lives of the communities with whom they organize. Trauma healing and social change are, at their best, interdependent. Somatics has proven to be particularly effective in addressing trauma, but in practice it typically focuses solely on the individual, failing to integrate the social conditions that create trauma in the first place. Staci K. Haines, somatic innovator and cofounder of generative somatics, invites readers to look beyond individual experiences of body and mind to examine the social, political, and economic roots of trauma--including racism, environmental degradation, sexism, and poverty. Haines helps readers identify, understand, and address these sources of trauma to help us bridge individual healing with social transformation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Trauma: Somatics, Healing, and Social Justice Author: Staci Haines Narrator: Julie Slater Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 7, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An essential tool for healers, therapists, activists, and survivors of trauma who are interested in a justice-centered approach to somatic transformation The Politics of Trauma offers somatics with a social analysis. This book is for therapists and social activists who understand that trauma healing is not just for individuals--and that social change is not just for movement builders. Just as health practitioners need to consider the societal factors underlying trauma, so too must activists understand the physical and mental impacts of trauma on their own lives and the lives of the communities with whom they organize. Trauma healing and social change are, at their best, interdependent. Somatics has proven to be particularly effective in addressing trauma, but in practice it typically focuses solely on the individual, failing to integrate the social conditions that create trauma in the first place. Staci K. Haines, somatic innovator and cofounder of generative somatics, invites readers to look beyond individual experiences of body and mind to examine the social, political, and economic roots of trauma--including racism, environmental degradation, sexism, and poverty. Haines helps readers identify, understand, and address these sources of trauma to help us bridge individual healing with social transformation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jews Don’t Count Author: David Baddiel Narrator: David Baddiel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How identity politics failed one particular identity. ‘A must read and if you think YOU don’t need to read it, that’s just the clue to know you do’ SARAH SILVERMAN ‘A masterpiece' STEPHEN FRY Jews Don’t Count is a book for people who consider themselves on the right side of history. People fighting the good fight against homophobia, disablism, transphobia and, particularly, racism. People, possibly, like you. It is the comedian and writer David Baddiel’s contention that one type of racism has been left out of this fight. In his unique combination of close reasoning, polemic, personal experience and jokes, Baddiel argues that those who think of themselves as on the right side of history have often ignored the history of anti-Semitism. He outlines why and how, in a time of intensely heightened awareness of minorities, Jews don’t count as a real minority: and why they should. David Baddiel Thu, 04 Feb 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453 thebookvoice.com 2:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jews Don’t Count Author: David Baddiel Narrator: David Baddiel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How identity politics failed one particular identity. ‘A must read and if you think YOU don’t need to read it, that’s just the clue to know you do’ SARAH SILVERMAN ‘A masterpiece' STEPHEN FRY Jews Don’t Count is a book for people who consider themselves on the right side of history. People fighting the good fight against homophobia, disablism, transphobia and, particularly, racism. People, possibly, like you. It is the comedian and writer David Baddiel’s contention that one type of racism has been left out of this fight. In his unique combination of close reasoning, polemic, personal experience and jokes, Baddiel argues that those who think of themselves as on the right side of history have often ignored the history of anti-Semitism. He outlines why and how, in a time of intensely heightened awareness of minorities, Jews don’t count as a real minority: and why they should. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424453]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jews Don’t Count Author: David Baddiel Narrator: David Baddiel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How identity politics failed one particular identity. ‘A must read and if you think YOU don’t need to read it, that’s just the clue to know you do’ SARAH SILVERMAN ‘A masterpiece' STEPHEN FRY Jews Don’t Count is a book for people who consider themselves on the right side of history. People fighting the good fight against homophobia, disablism, transphobia and, particularly, racism. People, possibly, like you. It is the comedian and writer David Baddiel’s contention that one type of racism has been left out of this fight. In his unique combination of close reasoning, polemic, personal experience and jokes, Baddiel argues that those who think of themselves as on the right side of history have often ignored the history of anti-Semitism. He outlines why and how, in a time of intensely heightened awareness of minorities, Jews don’t count as a real minority: and why they should. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424420 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424420]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Kid Quixotes Los Kid Quixotes de Brooklyn (Spanish edition): La historia de un grupo de estudiantes, su maestro y la escuela en la que todo es posible Author: Stephen Haff Narrator: Jesús E. Martinez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «Cervantes estaría orgulloso de que su novela de hace 400 años esté ayudando a estos extraordinarios chicos y su maestro a comprender sus vidas». —SALMAN RUSHDIE «En todos mis años de escritora y profesora universitaria no he visto nunca nada igual». —VALERIA LUISELLI «Haff retrata lo que la educación en Estados Unidos podría, y quizá debería, ser». —ANDREW SOLOMON «Todo el mundo debería leer este libro». —CRISTINA HENRÍQUEZ Los Kid Quixotes de Brooklyn cuenta la historia de un pequeño local de Nueva York donde, todas las tardes, un maestro se reune con un grupo de chicos de entre cinco y quince años para leer y escribir en inglés y español, a salvo de las preocupaciones de las familias inmigrantes en una época de declarada hostilidad. Tras superar una crisis personal, Stephen Haff, creó este espacio dedicado a la empatía y la colaboración en el que todos, adultos y niños, cumplen con reverencia una única regla: escucharse los unos a los otros. Este sencillo acto de generosidad produce efectos asombrosos. En estas páginas descubrimos cómo Stephen y sus estudiantes trabajan en grupo para traducir Don Quijote del inglés y convertirlo en una obra musical que acabarán representando en ayuntamientos, embajadas y universidades. La atención reverencial que han aprendido a prestarse unos a otros los ha impulsado a superar todo tipo de dificultades y transmitir un mensaje de solidaridad y resistencia lleno de esperanza y optimismo. Stephen Haff es el fundador de Still Waters in a Storm. Fue maestro de Lengua y Literatura en Bushwick High durante más de diez años. Obtuvo una maestría en teatro en la Universidad de Yale y ha dirigido obras e impartido clases en Nueva York, Vermont y Canadá. Asimismo, ha escrito para The Village Voice, American Theater y otras publicaciones. Stephen Haff Tue, 01 Feb 2022 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424420 thebookvoice.com 9:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424420]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Kid Quixotes Los Kid Quixotes de Brooklyn (Spanish edition): La historia de un grupo de estudiantes, su maestro y la escuela en la que todo es posible Author: Stephen Haff Narrator: Jesús E. Martinez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «Cervantes estaría orgulloso de que su novela de hace 400 años esté ayudando a estos extraordinarios chicos y su maestro a comprender sus vidas». —SALMAN RUSHDIE «En todos mis años de escritora y profesora universitaria no he visto nunca nada igual». —VALERIA LUISELLI «Haff retrata lo que la educación en Estados Unidos podría, y quizá debería, ser». —ANDREW SOLOMON «Todo el mundo debería leer este libro». —CRISTINA HENRÍQUEZ Los Kid Quixotes de Brooklyn cuenta la historia de un pequeño local de Nueva York donde, todas las tardes, un maestro se reune con un grupo de chicos de entre cinco y quince años para leer y escribir en inglés y español, a salvo de las preocupaciones de las familias inmigrantes en una época de declarada hostilidad. Tras superar una crisis personal, Stephen Haff, creó este espacio dedicado a la empatía y la colaboración en el que todos, adultos y niños, cumplen con reverencia una única regla: escucharse los unos a los otros. Este sencillo acto de generosidad produce efectos asombrosos. En estas páginas descubrimos cómo Stephen y sus estudiantes trabajan en grupo para traducir Don Quijote del inglés y convertirlo en una obra musical que acabarán representando en ayuntamientos, embajadas y universidades. La atención reverencial que han aprendido a prestarse unos a otros los ha impulsado a superar todo tipo de dificultades y transmitir un mensaje de solidaridad y resistencia lleno de esperanza y optimismo. Stephen Haff es el fundador de Still Waters in a Storm. Fue maestro de Lengua y Literatura en Bushwick High durante más de diez años. Obtuvo una maestría en teatro en la Universidad de Yale y ha dirigido obras e impartido clases en Nueva York, Vermont y Canadá. Asimismo, ha escrito para The Village Voice, American Theater y otras publicaciones. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424420]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Kid Quixotes Los Kid Quixotes de Brooklyn (Spanish edition): La historia de un grupo de estudiantes, su maestro y la escuela en la que todo es posible Author: Stephen Haff Narrator: Jesús E. Martinez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «Cervantes estaría orgulloso de que su novela de hace 400 años esté ayudando a estos extraordinarios chicos y su maestro a comprender sus vidas». —SALMAN RUSHDIE «En todos mis años de escritora y profesora universitaria no he visto nunca nada igual». —VALERIA LUISELLI «Haff retrata lo que la educación en Estados Unidos podría, y quizá debería, ser». —ANDREW SOLOMON «Todo el mundo debería leer este libro». —CRISTINA HENRÍQUEZ Los Kid Quixotes de Brooklyn cuenta la historia de un pequeño local de Nueva York donde, todas las tardes, un maestro se reune con un grupo de chicos de entre cinco y quince años para leer y escribir en inglés y español, a salvo de las preocupaciones de las familias inmigrantes en una época de declarada hostilidad. Tras superar una crisis personal, Stephen Haff, creó este espacio dedicado a la empatía y la colaboración en el que todos, adultos y niños, cumplen con reverencia una única regla: escucharse los unos a los otros. Este sencillo acto de generosidad produce efectos asombrosos. En estas páginas descubrimos cómo Stephen y sus estudiantes trabajan en grupo para traducir Don Quijote del inglés y convertirlo en una obra musical que acabarán representando en ayuntamientos, embajadas y universidades. La atención reverencial que han aprendido a prestarse unos a otros los ha impulsado a superar todo tipo de dificultades y transmitir un mensaje de solidaridad y resistencia lleno de esperanza y optimismo. Stephen Haff es el fundador de Still Waters in a Storm. Fue maestro de Lengua y Literatura en Bushwick High durante más de diez años. Obtuvo una maestría en teatro en la Universidad de Yale y ha dirigido obras e impartido clases en Nueva York, Vermont y Canadá. Asimismo, ha escrito para The Village Voice, American Theater y otras publicaciones. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424303 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: She Votes: How U.S. Women Won Suffrage, and What Happened Next Author: Bridget Quinn Narrator: Donna Allen, Bridget Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: She Votes is an intersectional story of the women who won suffrage, and those who have continued to raise their voices for equality ever since. From the first female Principal Chief of the Cherokee Nation to the first woman to wear pants on the Senate floor, author Bridget Quinn shines a spotlight on the women who broke down barriers. This deluxe book also honors the 100th anniversary of the Nineteenth Amendment with illustrations by 100 women artists. • A colorful, intersectional account of the struggle for women's rights in the United States • Features heart-pounding scenes and keenly observed portraits • Includes dynamic women from Elizabeth Cady Stanton to Audre Lorde She Votes is a refreshing and illuminating book for feminists of all kinds. Each artist brings a unique perspective; together, they embody the multiplicity of women in the United States. • From the pen of rockstar author and historian Bridget Quinn, this book tells the story of women's suffrage. • Perfect gift for feminists of all ages and genders who want to learn more about the 19th amendment and the journey to equal representation • A visually gorgeous book that will be at home on the shelf or on the coffee table • Add it to the shelf with books like Notorious RBG: The Life and Times of Ruth Bader Ginsburg by Irin Carmon and Shana Knizhnik; Rad American Women A-Z: Rebels, Trailblazers, and Visionaries who Shaped Our History . . . and Our Future! by Kate Schatz and Miriam Klein Stahl; and Why I March: Images from The Women's March Around the World by Abrams Books. Bridget Quinn Tue, 11 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424303 thebookvoice.com 5:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: She Votes: How U.S. Women Won Suffrage, and What Happened Next Author: Bridget Quinn Narrator: Donna Allen, Bridget Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: She Votes is an intersectional story of the women who won suffrage, and those who have continued to raise their voices for equality ever since. From the first female Principal Chief of the Cherokee Nation to the first woman to wear pants on the Senate floor, author Bridget Quinn shines a spotlight on the women who broke down barriers. This deluxe book also honors the 100th anniversary of the Nineteenth Amendment with illustrations by 100 women artists. • A colorful, intersectional account of the struggle for women's rights in the United States • Features heart-pounding scenes and keenly observed portraits • Includes dynamic women from Elizabeth Cady Stanton to Audre Lorde She Votes is a refreshing and illuminating book for feminists of all kinds. Each artist brings a unique perspective; together, they embody the multiplicity of women in the United States. • From the pen of rockstar author and historian Bridget Quinn, this book tells the story of women's suffrage. • Perfect gift for feminists of all ages and genders who want to learn more about the 19th amendment and the journey to equal representation • A visually gorgeous book that will be at home on the shelf or on the coffee table • Add it to the shelf with books like Notorious RBG: The Life and Times of Ruth Bader Ginsburg by Irin Carmon and Shana Knizhnik; Rad American Women A-Z: Rebels, Trailblazers, and Visionaries who Shaped Our History . . . and Our Future! by Kate Schatz and Miriam Klein Stahl; and Why I March: Images from The Women's March Around the World by Abrams Books. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: She Votes: How U.S. Women Won Suffrage, and What Happened Next Author: Bridget Quinn Narrator: Donna Allen, Bridget Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: She Votes is an intersectional story of the women who won suffrage, and those who have continued to raise their voices for equality ever since. From the first female Principal Chief of the Cherokee Nation to the first woman to wear pants on the Senate floor, author Bridget Quinn shines a spotlight on the women who broke down barriers. This deluxe book also honors the 100th anniversary of the Nineteenth Amendment with illustrations by 100 women artists. • A colorful, intersectional account of the struggle for women's rights in the United States • Features heart-pounding scenes and keenly observed portraits • Includes dynamic women from Elizabeth Cady Stanton to Audre Lorde She Votes is a refreshing and illuminating book for feminists of all kinds. Each artist brings a unique perspective; together, they embody the multiplicity of women in the United States. • From the pen of rockstar author and historian Bridget Quinn, this book tells the story of women's suffrage. • Perfect gift for feminists of all ages and genders who want to learn more about the 19th amendment and the journey to equal representation • A visually gorgeous book that will be at home on the shelf or on the coffee table • Add it to the shelf with books like Notorious RBG: The Life and Times of Ruth Bader Ginsburg by Irin Carmon and Shana Knizhnik; Rad American Women A-Z: Rebels, Trailblazers, and Visionaries who Shaped Our History . . . and Our Future! by Kate Schatz and Miriam Klein Stahl; and Why I March: Images from The Women's March Around the World by Abrams Books. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Minding Miss Manners: In an Era of Fake Etiquette Author: Judith Martin Narrator: Jacobina Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the most trusted name in advice comes a fresh, contemporary guide to modern manners dilemmas.   Minding Miss Manners: In an Era of Fake Etiquette is a modern guide to modern manners. Facing down the miscreants purveying false etiquette rules (no, you may not wait a year to send a thank-you note for a gift and yes, in an age of social-media-encouraged over-familiarity you can politely refuse to answer nosy questions), Miss Manners guides you through these turbulent times with her timeless wisdom and archly acid wit. Judith Martin Tue, 09 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424266 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Minding Miss Manners: In an Era of Fake Etiquette Author: Judith Martin Narrator: Jacobina Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the most trusted name in advice comes a fresh, contemporary guide to modern manners dilemmas.   Minding Miss Manners: In an Era of Fake Etiquette is a modern guide to modern manners. Facing down the miscreants purveying false etiquette rules (no, you may not wait a year to send a thank-you note for a gift and yes, in an age of social-media-encouraged over-familiarity you can politely refuse to answer nosy questions), Miss Manners guides you through these turbulent times with her timeless wisdom and archly acid wit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Minding Miss Manners: In an Era of Fake Etiquette Author: Judith Martin Narrator: Jacobina Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the most trusted name in advice comes a fresh, contemporary guide to modern manners dilemmas.   Minding Miss Manners: In an Era of Fake Etiquette is a modern guide to modern manners. Facing down the miscreants purveying false etiquette rules (no, you may not wait a year to send a thank-you note for a gift and yes, in an age of social-media-encouraged over-familiarity you can politely refuse to answer nosy questions), Miss Manners guides you through these turbulent times with her timeless wisdom and archly acid wit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424221 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Ali Rattansi Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From subtle discrimination in everyday life and scandals in politics, to incidents like lynchings in the American South, cultural imperialism, and 'ethnic cleansing', racism exists in many different forms, in almost every facet of society. But what actually is race? How has racism come to be so firmly established? Why do so few people actually admit to being racist? How are race, ethnicity, and xenophobia related? Racism: A Very Short Introduction incorporates the latest research to demystify the subject of racism and explore its history, science, and culture. It sheds light not only on how racism has evolved since its earliest beginnings, but will also explore the numerous embodiments of racism, highlighting the paradox of its survival, despite the scientific discrediting of the notion of 'race' with the latest advances in genetics. Ali Rattansi Tue, 12 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424221 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Ali Rattansi Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From subtle discrimination in everyday life and scandals in politics, to incidents like lynchings in the American South, cultural imperialism, and 'ethnic cleansing', racism exists in many different forms, in almost every facet of society. But what actually is race? How has racism come to be so firmly established? Why do so few people actually admit to being racist? How are race, ethnicity, and xenophobia related? Racism: A Very Short Introduction incorporates the latest research to demystify the subject of racism and explore its history, science, and culture. It sheds light not only on how racism has evolved since its earliest beginnings, but will also explore the numerous embodiments of racism, highlighting the paradox of its survival, despite the scientific discrediting of the notion of 'race' with the latest advances in genetics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Ali Rattansi Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From subtle discrimination in everyday life and scandals in politics, to incidents like lynchings in the American South, cultural imperialism, and 'ethnic cleansing', racism exists in many different forms, in almost every facet of society. But what actually is race? How has racism come to be so firmly established? Why do so few people actually admit to being racist? How are race, ethnicity, and xenophobia related? Racism: A Very Short Introduction incorporates the latest research to demystify the subject of racism and explore its history, science, and culture. It sheds light not only on how racism has evolved since its earliest beginnings, but will also explore the numerous embodiments of racism, highlighting the paradox of its survival, despite the scientific discrediting of the notion of 'race' with the latest advances in genetics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424207 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424207]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counting Americans: How the US Census Classified the Nation Author: Paul Schor Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The history of categories used by the US census reflects a country whose identity and self-understanding—particularly its social construction of race—is closely tied to the continuous polling on the composition of its population. By tracing the evolution of the categories the United States used to count and classify its population from 1790 to 1940, Paul Schor shows that, far from being simply a reflection of society or a mere instrument of power, censuses are actually complex negotiations between the state, experts, and the population itself. The census is not an administrative or scientific act, but a political one. Counting Americans is a social history exploring the political stakes that pitted various interests and groups of people against each other as population categories were constantly redefined. Utilizing new archival material from the Census Bureau, this study pays needed attention to the long arc of contested changes in race and census-making. Focusing in detail on slaves and their descendants, on racialized groups and on immigrants, and on the troubled imposition of US racial categories upon the populations of newly acquired territories, Counting Americans demonstrates that census-taking in the United States has been at its core a political undertaking shaped by racial ideologies that reflect its violent history of colonization, enslavement, segregation, and discrimination. Paul Schor Tue, 12 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424207 thebookvoice.com 12:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424207]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counting Americans: How the US Census Classified the Nation Author: Paul Schor Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The history of categories used by the US census reflects a country whose identity and self-understanding—particularly its social construction of race—is closely tied to the continuous polling on the composition of its population. By tracing the evolution of the categories the United States used to count and classify its population from 1790 to 1940, Paul Schor shows that, far from being simply a reflection of society or a mere instrument of power, censuses are actually complex negotiations between the state, experts, and the population itself. The census is not an administrative or scientific act, but a political one. Counting Americans is a social history exploring the political stakes that pitted various interests and groups of people against each other as population categories were constantly redefined. Utilizing new archival material from the Census Bureau, this study pays needed attention to the long arc of contested changes in race and census-making. Focusing in detail on slaves and their descendants, on racialized groups and on immigrants, and on the troubled imposition of US racial categories upon the populations of newly acquired territories, Counting Americans demonstrates that census-taking in the United States has been at its core a political undertaking shaped by racial ideologies that reflect its violent history of colonization, enslavement, segregation, and discrimination. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424207]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Counting Americans: How the US Census Classified the Nation Author: Paul Schor Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The history of categories used by the US census reflects a country whose identity and self-understanding—particularly its social construction of race—is closely tied to the continuous polling on the composition of its population. By tracing the evolution of the categories the United States used to count and classify its population from 1790 to 1940, Paul Schor shows that, far from being simply a reflection of society or a mere instrument of power, censuses are actually complex negotiations between the state, experts, and the population itself. The census is not an administrative or scientific act, but a political one. Counting Americans is a social history exploring the political stakes that pitted various interests and groups of people against each other as population categories were constantly redefined. Utilizing new archival material from the Census Bureau, this study pays needed attention to the long arc of contested changes in race and census-making. Focusing in detail on slaves and their descendants, on racialized groups and on immigrants, and on the troubled imposition of US racial categories upon the populations of newly acquired territories, Counting Americans demonstrates that census-taking in the United States has been at its core a political undertaking shaped by racial ideologies that reflect its violent history of colonization, enslavement, segregation, and discrimination. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good White Racist?: Confronting Your Role in Racial Injustice Author: Kerry Connelly Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When it comes to race, most White Americans are obsessed with two things: defending our own inherent goodness and maintaining our own comfort levels. Too often, this means white people assume that to be racist, one has to be openly hateful and willfully discriminatory—you know, a bad person. And we know we're good, Christian people, right? But you don't have to be wearing a white hood or shouting racial epithets to be complicit in America's racist history and its ongoing systemic inequality. In Good White Racist, Kerry Connelly exposes the ways white people participate in, benefit from, and unknowingly perpetuate racism—despite their best 'good person' intentions. Good White Racist unpacks the systems that maintain the status quo, keep white people comfortable and complicit, and perpetuate racism in the United States and elsewhere. Combining scholarly research with her trademark New Jersey snark, Connelly shows us that even though it may not be our fault or choice to participate in a racist system, we all do, and it's our responsibility to do something about it. Kerry Connelly Tue, 12 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good White Racist?: Confronting Your Role in Racial Injustice Author: Kerry Connelly Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When it comes to race, most White Americans are obsessed with two things: defending our own inherent goodness and maintaining our own comfort levels. Too often, this means white people assume that to be racist, one has to be openly hateful and willfully discriminatory—you know, a bad person. And we know we're good, Christian people, right? But you don't have to be wearing a white hood or shouting racial epithets to be complicit in America's racist history and its ongoing systemic inequality. In Good White Racist, Kerry Connelly exposes the ways white people participate in, benefit from, and unknowingly perpetuate racism—despite their best 'good person' intentions. Good White Racist unpacks the systems that maintain the status quo, keep white people comfortable and complicit, and perpetuate racism in the United States and elsewhere. Combining scholarly research with her trademark New Jersey snark, Connelly shows us that even though it may not be our fault or choice to participate in a racist system, we all do, and it's our responsibility to do something about it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good White Racist?: Confronting Your Role in Racial Injustice Author: Kerry Connelly Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When it comes to race, most White Americans are obsessed with two things: defending our own inherent goodness and maintaining our own comfort levels. Too often, this means white people assume that to be racist, one has to be openly hateful and willfully discriminatory—you know, a bad person. And we know we're good, Christian people, right? But you don't have to be wearing a white hood or shouting racial epithets to be complicit in America's racist history and its ongoing systemic inequality. In Good White Racist, Kerry Connelly exposes the ways white people participate in, benefit from, and unknowingly perpetuate racism—despite their best 'good person' intentions. Good White Racist unpacks the systems that maintain the status quo, keep white people comfortable and complicit, and perpetuate racism in the United States and elsewhere. Combining scholarly research with her trademark New Jersey snark, Connelly shows us that even though it may not be our fault or choice to participate in a racist system, we all do, and it's our responsibility to do something about it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423928 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Menschenleben retten! - Mit der Sea-Watch im Mittelmeer Author: Harald Höppner, Veronica Frenzel Narrator: Olaf Pessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 15, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nach den tragischen Bildern ertrinkender Flüchtlinge fasst Harald Höppner seinen wohl verrücktesten Plan. Er beschließt ein Schiff zu kaufen, freiwillige Seemänner anzuheuern, aufs Meer zu fahren und so viele Menschen wie möglich zu retten. 'Wenn sich keiner darum kümmert, dann mache ich das eben', war sein Motto. In seinem Buch beschreibt er, wie er über 2000 Menschenleben retten konnte, trotz vieler Hindernisse. Die Geschichte erzählt von einem Mann, der anpackt, von einem, der Verantwortung übernimmt, damit unsere Gesellschaft menschlicher wird. Einer, der nicht länger zuschauen will, dass andere sterben, nur weil sie am falschen Ort geboren sind. Harald Höppner, Veronica Frenzel Fri, 15 Apr 2016 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423928 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Menschenleben retten! - Mit der Sea-Watch im Mittelmeer Author: Harald Höppner, Veronica Frenzel Narrator: Olaf Pessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 15, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nach den tragischen Bildern ertrinkender Flüchtlinge fasst Harald Höppner seinen wohl verrücktesten Plan. Er beschließt ein Schiff zu kaufen, freiwillige Seemänner anzuheuern, aufs Meer zu fahren und so viele Menschen wie möglich zu retten. 'Wenn sich keiner darum kümmert, dann mache ich das eben', war sein Motto. In seinem Buch beschreibt er, wie er über 2000 Menschenleben retten konnte, trotz vieler Hindernisse. Die Geschichte erzählt von einem Mann, der anpackt, von einem, der Verantwortung übernimmt, damit unsere Gesellschaft menschlicher wird. Einer, der nicht länger zuschauen will, dass andere sterben, nur weil sie am falschen Ort geboren sind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423928]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Menschenleben retten! - Mit der Sea-Watch im Mittelmeer Author: Harald Höppner, Veronica Frenzel Narrator: Olaf Pessler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 15, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Nach den tragischen Bildern ertrinkender Flüchtlinge fasst Harald Höppner seinen wohl verrücktesten Plan. Er beschließt ein Schiff zu kaufen, freiwillige Seemänner anzuheuern, aufs Meer zu fahren und so viele Menschen wie möglich zu retten. 'Wenn sich keiner darum kümmert, dann mache ich das eben', war sein Motto. In seinem Buch beschreibt er, wie er über 2000 Menschenleben retten konnte, trotz vieler Hindernisse. Die Geschichte erzählt von einem Mann, der anpackt, von einem, der Verantwortung übernimmt, damit unsere Gesellschaft menschlicher wird. Einer, der nicht länger zuschauen will, dass andere sterben, nur weil sie am falschen Ort geboren sind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423921 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Finger weg von unserem Bargeld! - Wie wir immer weiter entmündigt werden Author: Peter Hahne Narrator: Peter Hahne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 15, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Obdachlosenspende und Taschengeld künftig per Kreditkarte? Jeder Kauf registriert? Das Bargeld soll abgeschafft werden, damit Staat, Banken und Versandhandel jederzeit lückenlos nachprüfen können, wie wir unser Geld ausgeben. Geht's noch? Der Stasi neue Kleider! Unseren Kindern soll das Paradies der Großen Ferien drastisch verkürzt werden, damit sie besser in den 'workflow' der Eltern passen. Steuerverdächtige werden im Internet an den Pranger gestellt und sollen gefälligst ihre Unschuld beweisen. Und der Gender-Wahn zerstört nicht nur Menschen, auch unsere Sprache. Das ist nicht in Ordnung. Das ist unser Land, unsere Gesellschaft, das sind unsere Werte, die da vor die Hunde gehen. Peter Hahne fordert auf, Stellung zu beziehen. Gegen die täglichen Zumutungen, gegen Verdummung und Unmenschlichkeit. Für Engagement, für selbstbewusste Toleranz, für ethisch-verantwortliches Handeln. Wir müssen uns einmischen. Peter Hahne Fri, 15 Apr 2016 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423921 thebookvoice.com 2:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Finger weg von unserem Bargeld! - Wie wir immer weiter entmündigt werden Author: Peter Hahne Narrator: Peter Hahne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 15, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Obdachlosenspende und Taschengeld künftig per Kreditkarte? Jeder Kauf registriert? Das Bargeld soll abgeschafft werden, damit Staat, Banken und Versandhandel jederzeit lückenlos nachprüfen können, wie wir unser Geld ausgeben. Geht's noch? Der Stasi neue Kleider! Unseren Kindern soll das Paradies der Großen Ferien drastisch verkürzt werden, damit sie besser in den 'workflow' der Eltern passen. Steuerverdächtige werden im Internet an den Pranger gestellt und sollen gefälligst ihre Unschuld beweisen. Und der Gender-Wahn zerstört nicht nur Menschen, auch unsere Sprache. Das ist nicht in Ordnung. Das ist unser Land, unsere Gesellschaft, das sind unsere Werte, die da vor die Hunde gehen. Peter Hahne fordert auf, Stellung zu beziehen. Gegen die täglichen Zumutungen, gegen Verdummung und Unmenschlichkeit. Für Engagement, für selbstbewusste Toleranz, für ethisch-verantwortliches Handeln. Wir müssen uns einmischen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423921]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Finger weg von unserem Bargeld! - Wie wir immer weiter entmündigt werden Author: Peter Hahne Narrator: Peter Hahne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 15, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Obdachlosenspende und Taschengeld künftig per Kreditkarte? Jeder Kauf registriert? Das Bargeld soll abgeschafft werden, damit Staat, Banken und Versandhandel jederzeit lückenlos nachprüfen können, wie wir unser Geld ausgeben. Geht's noch? Der Stasi neue Kleider! Unseren Kindern soll das Paradies der Großen Ferien drastisch verkürzt werden, damit sie besser in den 'workflow' der Eltern passen. Steuerverdächtige werden im Internet an den Pranger gestellt und sollen gefälligst ihre Unschuld beweisen. Und der Gender-Wahn zerstört nicht nur Menschen, auch unsere Sprache. Das ist nicht in Ordnung. Das ist unser Land, unsere Gesellschaft, das sind unsere Werte, die da vor die Hunde gehen. Peter Hahne fordert auf, Stellung zu beziehen. Gegen die täglichen Zumutungen, gegen Verdummung und Unmenschlichkeit. Für Engagement, für selbstbewusste Toleranz, für ethisch-verantwortliches Handeln. Wir müssen uns einmischen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423602 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poor Author: Caleb Femi Narrator: Caleb Femi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'An urban romantic ... powerful' Dazed & Confused 'A poet of truth and rage, heartbreak and joy' Max Porter What is it like to grow up in a place where the same police officer who told your primary school class they were special stops and searches you at 13 because 'you fit the description of a man' - and where it is possible to walk two and a half miles through an estate of 1,444 homes without ever touching the ground? In Poor, Caleb Femi explores the trials, tribulations, dreams and joys of young Black boys in twenty-first century Peckham. He contemplates the ways in which they are informed by the built environment of concrete walls and gentrifying neighbourhoods that form their stage, writes a coded, near-mythical history of the personalities and sagas of his South London youth, and pays tribute to the rappers and artists who spoke to their lives. Above all, this is a tribute to the world that shaped a poet, and to the people forging difficult lives and finding magic within it. As Femi writes in one of the final poems of this book: 'I have never loved anything the way I love the endz.' © Caleb Femi 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Caleb Femi Thu, 05 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423602 thebookvoice.com 1:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poor Author: Caleb Femi Narrator: Caleb Femi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'An urban romantic ... powerful' Dazed & Confused 'A poet of truth and rage, heartbreak and joy' Max Porter What is it like to grow up in a place where the same police officer who told your primary school class they were special stops and searches you at 13 because 'you fit the description of a man' - and where it is possible to walk two and a half miles through an estate of 1,444 homes without ever touching the ground? In Poor, Caleb Femi explores the trials, tribulations, dreams and joys of young Black boys in twenty-first century Peckham. He contemplates the ways in which they are informed by the built environment of concrete walls and gentrifying neighbourhoods that form their stage, writes a coded, near-mythical history of the personalities and sagas of his South London youth, and pays tribute to the rappers and artists who spoke to their lives. Above all, this is a tribute to the world that shaped a poet, and to the people forging difficult lives and finding magic within it. As Femi writes in one of the final poems of this book: 'I have never loved anything the way I love the endz.' © Caleb Femi 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Poor Author: Caleb Femi Narrator: Caleb Femi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: November 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'An urban romantic ... powerful' Dazed & Confused 'A poet of truth and rage, heartbreak and joy' Max Porter What is it like to grow up in a place where the same police officer who told your primary school class they were special stops and searches you at 13 because 'you fit the description of a man' - and where it is possible to walk two and a half miles through an estate of 1,444 homes without ever touching the ground? In Poor, Caleb Femi explores the trials, tribulations, dreams and joys of young Black boys in twenty-first century Peckham. He contemplates the ways in which they are informed by the built environment of concrete walls and gentrifying neighbourhoods that form their stage, writes a coded, near-mythical history of the personalities and sagas of his South London youth, and pays tribute to the rappers and artists who spoke to their lives. Above all, this is a tribute to the world that shaped a poet, and to the people forging difficult lives and finding magic within it. As Femi writes in one of the final poems of this book: 'I have never loved anything the way I love the endz.' © Caleb Femi 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423596 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be a Brit: The hilariously accurate, witty and indispensable manual for everyone longing to attain True Britishness Author: George Mikes Narrator: Richard Goulding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 8, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. George Mikes's perceptive manual for everyone who longs to attain True Britishness provides a complete guide to the British Way of Life. Having been born in Hungary, he eventually spent more than forty years in the field, and the fruits of his labour include insights on important topics including the weather, how to be rude and how to panic quietly. Loved by readers and authors alike, How to Be a Brit contains Mikes's three major works - How to be an Alien, How to be Inimitable and How to be Decadent. If you're British, you'll love it; if you're a foreigner, you'll appreciate it. - How to plan a town: 'Street names should be painted clearly and distinctly on large boards. Then hide these boards carefully.' - Queuing: 'An Englishman, even if he is alone, forms an orderly queue of one.' - Sex: 'Continental people have sex lives: the English have hot water bottles.' © George Mikes 1986 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 George Mikes Mon, 08 Mar 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423596 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be a Brit: The hilariously accurate, witty and indispensable manual for everyone longing to attain True Britishness Author: George Mikes Narrator: Richard Goulding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 8, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. George Mikes's perceptive manual for everyone who longs to attain True Britishness provides a complete guide to the British Way of Life. Having been born in Hungary, he eventually spent more than forty years in the field, and the fruits of his labour include insights on important topics including the weather, how to be rude and how to panic quietly. Loved by readers and authors alike, How to Be a Brit contains Mikes's three major works - How to be an Alien, How to be Inimitable and How to be Decadent. If you're British, you'll love it; if you're a foreigner, you'll appreciate it. - How to plan a town: 'Street names should be painted clearly and distinctly on large boards. Then hide these boards carefully.' - Queuing: 'An Englishman, even if he is alone, forms an orderly queue of one.' - Sex: 'Continental people have sex lives: the English have hot water bottles.' © George Mikes 1986 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be a Brit: The hilariously accurate, witty and indispensable manual for everyone longing to attain True Britishness Author: George Mikes Narrator: Richard Goulding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: March 8, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. George Mikes's perceptive manual for everyone who longs to attain True Britishness provides a complete guide to the British Way of Life. Having been born in Hungary, he eventually spent more than forty years in the field, and the fruits of his labour include insights on important topics including the weather, how to be rude and how to panic quietly. Loved by readers and authors alike, How to Be a Brit contains Mikes's three major works - How to be an Alien, How to be Inimitable and How to be Decadent. If you're British, you'll love it; if you're a foreigner, you'll appreciate it. - How to plan a town: 'Street names should be painted clearly and distinctly on large boards. Then hide these boards carefully.' - Queuing: 'An Englishman, even if he is alone, forms an orderly queue of one.' - Sex: 'Continental people have sex lives: the English have hot water bottles.' © George Mikes 1986 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Fright: The Sexual Panic at the Heart of America's Racist History Author: Jane Dailey Narrator: Kylah Frye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A major new history of the fight for racial equality in America, arguing that fear of black sexuality has undergirded white supremacy from the start. In White Fright, historian Jane Dailey brilliantly reframes our understanding of the long struggle for African American rights. Those fighting against equality were not motivated only by a sense of innate superiority, as is often supposed, but also by an intense fear of black sexuality. In this urgent investigation, Dailey examines how white anxiety about interracial sex and marriage found expression in some of the most contentious episodes of American history since Reconstruction: in battles over lynching, in the policing of black troops' behavior overseas during World War II, in the violent outbursts following the Supreme Court's decision in Brown v. Board of Education, and in the tragic story of Emmett Till. The question was finally settled -- as a legal matter -- with the Court's definitive 1967 decision in Loving v. Virginia, which declared interracial marriage a 'fundamental freedom.' Placing sex at the center of our civil rights history, White Fright offers a bold new take on one of the most confounding threads running through American history. Jane Dailey Tue, 17 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431 thebookvoice.com 10:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Fright: The Sexual Panic at the Heart of America's Racist History Author: Jane Dailey Narrator: Kylah Frye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A major new history of the fight for racial equality in America, arguing that fear of black sexuality has undergirded white supremacy from the start. In White Fright, historian Jane Dailey brilliantly reframes our understanding of the long struggle for African American rights. Those fighting against equality were not motivated only by a sense of innate superiority, as is often supposed, but also by an intense fear of black sexuality. In this urgent investigation, Dailey examines how white anxiety about interracial sex and marriage found expression in some of the most contentious episodes of American history since Reconstruction: in battles over lynching, in the policing of black troops' behavior overseas during World War II, in the violent outbursts following the Supreme Court's decision in Brown v. Board of Education, and in the tragic story of Emmett Till. The question was finally settled -- as a legal matter -- with the Court's definitive 1967 decision in Loving v. Virginia, which declared interracial marriage a 'fundamental freedom.' Placing sex at the center of our civil rights history, White Fright offers a bold new take on one of the most confounding threads running through American history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: White Fright: The Sexual Panic at the Heart of America's Racist History Author: Jane Dailey Narrator: Kylah Frye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A major new history of the fight for racial equality in America, arguing that fear of black sexuality has undergirded white supremacy from the start. In White Fright, historian Jane Dailey brilliantly reframes our understanding of the long struggle for African American rights. Those fighting against equality were not motivated only by a sense of innate superiority, as is often supposed, but also by an intense fear of black sexuality. In this urgent investigation, Dailey examines how white anxiety about interracial sex and marriage found expression in some of the most contentious episodes of American history since Reconstruction: in battles over lynching, in the policing of black troops' behavior overseas during World War II, in the violent outbursts following the Supreme Court's decision in Brown v. Board of Education, and in the tragic story of Emmett Till. The question was finally settled -- as a legal matter -- with the Court's definitive 1967 decision in Loving v. Virginia, which declared interracial marriage a 'fundamental freedom.' Placing sex at the center of our civil rights history, White Fright offers a bold new take on one of the most confounding threads running through American history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423428 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Keep the Dead Close: A Murder at Harvard and a Half Century of Silence Author: Becky Cooper Narrator: Becky Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Recommended Book from: New York Times * Publisher's Weekly * Kirkus * BookRiot * Booklist * Boston Globe * Goodreads * Town & Country * Refinery29 * CrimeReads * Glamour Dive into a "tour de force of investigative reporting" (Ron Chernow): a "searching, atmospheric and ultimately entrancing" (Patrick Radden Keefe) true crime narrative of an unsolved 1969 murder at Harvard and an "exhilarating and seductive" (Ariel Levy) narrative of obsession and love for a girl who dreamt of rising among men. You have to remember, he reminded me, that Harvard is older than the U.S. government. You have to remember because Harvard doesn't let you forget. 1969: the height of counterculture and the year universities would seek to curb the unruly spectacle of student protest; the winter that Harvard University would begin the tumultuous process of merging with Radcliffe, its all-female sister school; and the year that Jane Britton, an ambitious twenty-three-year-old graduate student in Harvard's Anthropology Department and daughter of Radcliffe Vice President J. Boyd Britton, would be found bludgeoned to death in her Cambridge, Massachusetts apartment.   Forty years later, Becky Cooper a curious undergrad, will hear the first whispers of the story. In the first telling the body was nameless. The story was this: a Harvard student had had an affair with her professor, and the professor had murdered her in the Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology because she'd threatened to talk about the affair. Though the rumor proves false, the story that unfolds, one that Cooper will follow for ten years, is even more complex: a tale of gender inequality in academia, a 'cowboy culture' among empowered male elites, the silencing effect of institutions, and our compulsion to rewrite the stories of female victims. We Keep the Dead Close is a memoir of mirrors, misogyny, and murder. It is at once a rumination on the violence and oppression that rules our revered institutions, a ghost story reflecting one young woman's past onto another's present, and a love story for a girl who was lost to history. *Special audiobook bonus PDF includes photos and source notes* Becky Cooper Tue, 10 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423428 thebookvoice.com 15:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Keep the Dead Close: A Murder at Harvard and a Half Century of Silence Author: Becky Cooper Narrator: Becky Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Recommended Book from: New York Times * Publisher's Weekly * Kirkus * BookRiot * Booklist * Boston Globe * Goodreads * Town & Country * Refinery29 * CrimeReads * Glamour Dive into a "tour de force of investigative reporting" (Ron Chernow): a "searching, atmospheric and ultimately entrancing" (Patrick Radden Keefe) true crime narrative of an unsolved 1969 murder at Harvard and an "exhilarating and seductive" (Ariel Levy) narrative of obsession and love for a girl who dreamt of rising among men. You have to remember, he reminded me, that Harvard is older than the U.S. government. You have to remember because Harvard doesn't let you forget. 1969: the height of counterculture and the year universities would seek to curb the unruly spectacle of student protest; the winter that Harvard University would begin the tumultuous process of merging with Radcliffe, its all-female sister school; and the year that Jane Britton, an ambitious twenty-three-year-old graduate student in Harvard's Anthropology Department and daughter of Radcliffe Vice President J. Boyd Britton, would be found bludgeoned to death in her Cambridge, Massachusetts apartment.   Forty years later, Becky Cooper a curious undergrad, will hear the first whispers of the story. In the first telling the body was nameless. The story was this: a Harvard student had had an affair with her professor, and the professor had murdered her in the Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology because she'd threatened to talk about the affair. Though the rumor proves false, the story that unfolds, one that Cooper will follow for ten years, is even more complex: a tale of gender inequality in academia, a 'cowboy culture' among empowered male elites, the silencing effect of institutions, and our compulsion to rewrite the stories of female victims. We Keep the Dead Close is a memoir of mirrors, misogyny, and murder. It is at once a rumination on the violence and oppression that rules our revered institutions, a ghost story reflecting one young woman's past onto another's present, and a love story for a girl who was lost to history. *Special audiobook bonus PDF includes photos and source notes* Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Keep the Dead Close: A Murder at Harvard and a Half Century of Silence Author: Becky Cooper Narrator: Becky Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 47 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Recommended Book from: New York Times * Publisher's Weekly * Kirkus * BookRiot * Booklist * Boston Globe * Goodreads * Town & Country * Refinery29 * CrimeReads * Glamour Dive into a "tour de force of investigative reporting" (Ron Chernow): a "searching, atmospheric and ultimately entrancing" (Patrick Radden Keefe) true crime narrative of an unsolved 1969 murder at Harvard and an "exhilarating and seductive" (Ariel Levy) narrative of obsession and love for a girl who dreamt of rising among men. You have to remember, he reminded me, that Harvard is older than the U.S. government. You have to remember because Harvard doesn't let you forget. 1969: the height of counterculture and the year universities would seek to curb the unruly spectacle of student protest; the winter that Harvard University would begin the tumultuous process of merging with Radcliffe, its all-female sister school; and the year that Jane Britton, an ambitious twenty-three-year-old graduate student in Harvard's Anthropology Department and daughter of Radcliffe Vice President J. Boyd Britton, would be found bludgeoned to death in her Cambridge, Massachusetts apartment.   Forty years later, Becky Cooper a curious undergrad, will hear the first whispers of the story. In the first telling the body was nameless. The story was this: a Harvard student had had an affair with her professor, and the professor had murdered her in the Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology because she'd threatened to talk about the affair. Though the rumor proves false, the story that unfolds, one that Cooper will follow for ten years, is even more complex: a tale of gender inequality in academia, a 'cowboy culture' among empowered male elites, the silencing effect of institutions, and our compulsion to rewrite the stories of female victims. We Keep the Dead Close is a memoir of mirrors, misogyny, and murder. It is at once a rumination on the violence and oppression that rules our revered institutions, a ghost story reflecting one young woman's past onto another's present, and a love story for a girl who was lost to history. *Special audiobook bonus PDF includes photos and source notes* https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript Author: Various Narrator: full cast, Luke Kirby, J. K. Simmons, John Hawkes, Corey Stoll, Chris Chalk, Chris Jackson, Norbert Leo Butz, Jeff Daniels, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Republished fifty years later to coincide with the release of the Academy Award–nominated film of the same title written and directed by Aaron Sorkin with an all-star cast, this is the classic account of perhaps the most infamous, and definitely the most entertaining, trial in recent American history. In the fall of 1969 eight prominent anti-Vietnam War activists were put on trial for conspiring to riot at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. One of the eight, Black Panther cofounder Bobby Seale, was literally bound and gagged in court by order of the judge, Julius Hoffman, and his case was separated from that of the others. The activists, who included Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, and Tom Hayden, and their attorneys, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, insisted that the First Amendment was on trial. Their witnesses were a virtual who’s who of the 1960s counterculture: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, Arlo Guthrie, Judy Collins, Norman Mailer, among them. The defendants constantly interrupted to protest what they felt were unfair rulings by the judge. The trial became a circus, all the while receiving intense media coverage. The convictions that resulted were subsequently overturned on appeal, but the trial remained a political and cultural touchstone, a mirror of the deep divisions in the country. The Trial of the Chicago 7 consists of the highlights from trial testimony with a brief epilogue describing what later happened to the principal figures. Various Tue, 06 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393 thebookvoice.com 10:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript Author: Various Narrator: full cast, Luke Kirby, J. K. Simmons, John Hawkes, Corey Stoll, Chris Chalk, Chris Jackson, Norbert Leo Butz, Jeff Daniels, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Republished fifty years later to coincide with the release of the Academy Award–nominated film of the same title written and directed by Aaron Sorkin with an all-star cast, this is the classic account of perhaps the most infamous, and definitely the most entertaining, trial in recent American history. In the fall of 1969 eight prominent anti-Vietnam War activists were put on trial for conspiring to riot at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. One of the eight, Black Panther cofounder Bobby Seale, was literally bound and gagged in court by order of the judge, Julius Hoffman, and his case was separated from that of the others. The activists, who included Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, and Tom Hayden, and their attorneys, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, insisted that the First Amendment was on trial. Their witnesses were a virtual who’s who of the 1960s counterculture: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, Arlo Guthrie, Judy Collins, Norman Mailer, among them. The defendants constantly interrupted to protest what they felt were unfair rulings by the judge. The trial became a circus, all the while receiving intense media coverage. The convictions that resulted were subsequently overturned on appeal, but the trial remained a political and cultural touchstone, a mirror of the deep divisions in the country. The Trial of the Chicago 7 consists of the highlights from trial testimony with a brief epilogue describing what later happened to the principal figures. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Trial of the Chicago 7: The Official Transcript Author: Various Narrator: full cast, Luke Kirby, J. K. Simmons, John Hawkes, Corey Stoll, Chris Chalk, Chris Jackson, Norbert Leo Butz, Jeff Daniels, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Republished fifty years later to coincide with the release of the Academy Award–nominated film of the same title written and directed by Aaron Sorkin with an all-star cast, this is the classic account of perhaps the most infamous, and definitely the most entertaining, trial in recent American history. In the fall of 1969 eight prominent anti-Vietnam War activists were put on trial for conspiring to riot at the 1968 Democratic National Convention in Chicago. One of the eight, Black Panther cofounder Bobby Seale, was literally bound and gagged in court by order of the judge, Julius Hoffman, and his case was separated from that of the others. The activists, who included Abbie Hoffman, Jerry Rubin, and Tom Hayden, and their attorneys, William Kunstler and Leonard Weinglass, insisted that the First Amendment was on trial. Their witnesses were a virtual who’s who of the 1960s counterculture: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, Arlo Guthrie, Judy Collins, Norman Mailer, among them. The defendants constantly interrupted to protest what they felt were unfair rulings by the judge. The trial became a circus, all the while receiving intense media coverage. The convictions that resulted were subsequently overturned on appeal, but the trial remained a political and cultural touchstone, a mirror of the deep divisions in the country. The Trial of the Chicago 7 consists of the highlights from trial testimony with a brief epilogue describing what later happened to the principal figures. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423205 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism Is... Author: Dk Narrator: Olivia Dowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Why are so many women - and men - nervous about calling themselves a feminist? ... It's a hopeful term... it means you believe in human rights, after all.' - Gemma Cairney, foreword What is feminism? This indispensable book for young adults answers this important question with clarity, urgency, and conviction. Feminism is... tackles more than 50 intriguing and relevant topics, such as 'Are all people equal?', 'Do boys and girls learn the same things?' and 'Can men be feminists?' Find out what equality for women really means, get a short history of feminism, and take a look at the issues that affect women at work, in the home, and around sex and identity. Along the way you will learn about some great women, such as Gloria Steinem, Frida Kahlo, and Malala Yousafzai, 'rebel girls' who refused to accept the status quo of their day and blazed a trail for others to follow. In the foreword, you will also meet Gemma Cairney, the multi-award-winning broadcaster, author, and activist. Narrated by Olivia Dowd - the first woman to play Macbeth on stage in the West End - this is a lively and accessible audiobook for teens on the history, pioneers, and the daily reality of feminism today, Feminism is... is empowering, engaging, and vital reading. 'A terrific book' - Dermot O'Leary on BBC Radio 2 Dk Thu, 05 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423205 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism Is... Author: Dk Narrator: Olivia Dowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Why are so many women - and men - nervous about calling themselves a feminist? ... It's a hopeful term... it means you believe in human rights, after all.' - Gemma Cairney, foreword What is feminism? This indispensable book for young adults answers this important question with clarity, urgency, and conviction. Feminism is... tackles more than 50 intriguing and relevant topics, such as 'Are all people equal?', 'Do boys and girls learn the same things?' and 'Can men be feminists?' Find out what equality for women really means, get a short history of feminism, and take a look at the issues that affect women at work, in the home, and around sex and identity. Along the way you will learn about some great women, such as Gloria Steinem, Frida Kahlo, and Malala Yousafzai, 'rebel girls' who refused to accept the status quo of their day and blazed a trail for others to follow. In the foreword, you will also meet Gemma Cairney, the multi-award-winning broadcaster, author, and activist. Narrated by Olivia Dowd - the first woman to play Macbeth on stage in the West End - this is a lively and accessible audiobook for teens on the history, pioneers, and the daily reality of feminism today, Feminism is... is empowering, engaging, and vital reading. 'A terrific book' - Dermot O'Leary on BBC Radio 2 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism Is... Author: Dk Narrator: Olivia Dowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Why are so many women - and men - nervous about calling themselves a feminist? ... It's a hopeful term... it means you believe in human rights, after all.' - Gemma Cairney, foreword What is feminism? This indispensable book for young adults answers this important question with clarity, urgency, and conviction. Feminism is... tackles more than 50 intriguing and relevant topics, such as 'Are all people equal?', 'Do boys and girls learn the same things?' and 'Can men be feminists?' Find out what equality for women really means, get a short history of feminism, and take a look at the issues that affect women at work, in the home, and around sex and identity. Along the way you will learn about some great women, such as Gloria Steinem, Frida Kahlo, and Malala Yousafzai, 'rebel girls' who refused to accept the status quo of their day and blazed a trail for others to follow. In the foreword, you will also meet Gemma Cairney, the multi-award-winning broadcaster, author, and activist. Narrated by Olivia Dowd - the first woman to play Macbeth on stage in the West End - this is a lively and accessible audiobook for teens on the history, pioneers, and the daily reality of feminism today, Feminism is... is empowering, engaging, and vital reading. 'A terrific book' - Dermot O'Leary on BBC Radio 2 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423203 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Terrible Secret: Scared for her safety, Tilly places herself into care. A shocking true story. Author: Cathy Glass Narrator: Denica Fairman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tilly hates her stepfather, Dave. He abuses her mother, but she refuses to leave him. Frightened for her own safety, Tilly asks to go into foster care and is placed with Cathy. Tilly arrives with a graze on her cheek and Cathy becomes increasingly concerned by Dave’s behaviour, especially when she learns he has been showering Tilly with gifts. While she’s busy looking after Tilly and trying to keep her safe, Cathy is also worried about her own daughter, Lucy. She has a very difficult decision to make that will affect the rest of her life, and Cathy hopes she makes the right choice. Cathy Glass Thu, 17 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423203 thebookvoice.com 8:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Terrible Secret: Scared for her safety, Tilly places herself into care. A shocking true story. Author: Cathy Glass Narrator: Denica Fairman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tilly hates her stepfather, Dave. He abuses her mother, but she refuses to leave him. Frightened for her own safety, Tilly asks to go into foster care and is placed with Cathy. Tilly arrives with a graze on her cheek and Cathy becomes increasingly concerned by Dave’s behaviour, especially when she learns he has been showering Tilly with gifts. While she’s busy looking after Tilly and trying to keep her safe, Cathy is also worried about her own daughter, Lucy. She has a very difficult decision to make that will affect the rest of her life, and Cathy hopes she makes the right choice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423203]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Terrible Secret: Scared for her safety, Tilly places herself into care. A shocking true story. Author: Cathy Glass Narrator: Denica Fairman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tilly hates her stepfather, Dave. He abuses her mother, but she refuses to leave him. Frightened for her own safety, Tilly asks to go into foster care and is placed with Cathy. Tilly arrives with a graze on her cheek and Cathy becomes increasingly concerned by Dave’s behaviour, especially when she learns he has been showering Tilly with gifts. While she’s busy looking after Tilly and trying to keep her safe, Cathy is also worried about her own daughter, Lucy. She has a very difficult decision to make that will affect the rest of her life, and Cathy hopes she makes the right choice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kleptopia: How Dirty Money is Conquering the World Author: Tom Burgis Narrator: Tom Burgis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER ‘If you think the UK isn't corrupt, you haven't looked hard enough … This terrifying book follows a global current of dirty money, and the murders and kidnappings required to sustain it’ GEORGE MONBIOT, GUARDIAN AN ECONOMIST AND WASHINGTON POST BOOK OF THE YEAR 2020 ‘When you pick this book up, you won’t be able to put it down’ MISHA GLENNY, author of MCMAFIA ‘Gripping, disturbing and deeply reported’ BEN RHODES, bestselling author of THE WORLD AS IT IS In this real-life thriller packed with jaw-dropping revelations, award-winning investigative journalist Tom Burgis reveals a terrifying global web of kleptocracy and corruption. Kleptopia follows the dirty money that is flooding the global economy, emboldening dictators, enriching oligarchs and poisoning democracies. From the Kremlin to Beijing, Harare to Riyadh, London to the Trump White House, it shows how the thieves are uniting – and the terrible human cost. A body in a burned-out Audi. Workers riddled with bullets in the Kazakh desert. A rigged election in Zimbabwe. A British banker silenced and humiliated for trying to expose the truth about the City of London – the world’s piggy bank for blood money. Riveting, horrifying and written like fiction, this book shows that while we are looking the other way, all that we hold most dear is being stolen. Tom Burgis Thu, 03 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423054 thebookvoice.com 11:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kleptopia: How Dirty Money is Conquering the World Author: Tom Burgis Narrator: Tom Burgis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER ‘If you think the UK isn't corrupt, you haven't looked hard enough … This terrifying book follows a global current of dirty money, and the murders and kidnappings required to sustain it’ GEORGE MONBIOT, GUARDIAN AN ECONOMIST AND WASHINGTON POST BOOK OF THE YEAR 2020 ‘When you pick this book up, you won’t be able to put it down’ MISHA GLENNY, author of MCMAFIA ‘Gripping, disturbing and deeply reported’ BEN RHODES, bestselling author of THE WORLD AS IT IS In this real-life thriller packed with jaw-dropping revelations, award-winning investigative journalist Tom Burgis reveals a terrifying global web of kleptocracy and corruption. Kleptopia follows the dirty money that is flooding the global economy, emboldening dictators, enriching oligarchs and poisoning democracies. From the Kremlin to Beijing, Harare to Riyadh, London to the Trump White House, it shows how the thieves are uniting – and the terrible human cost. A body in a burned-out Audi. Workers riddled with bullets in the Kazakh desert. A rigged election in Zimbabwe. A British banker silenced and humiliated for trying to expose the truth about the City of London – the world’s piggy bank for blood money. Riveting, horrifying and written like fiction, this book shows that while we are looking the other way, all that we hold most dear is being stolen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kleptopia: How Dirty Money is Conquering the World Author: Tom Burgis Narrator: Tom Burgis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER ‘If you think the UK isn't corrupt, you haven't looked hard enough … This terrifying book follows a global current of dirty money, and the murders and kidnappings required to sustain it’ GEORGE MONBIOT, GUARDIAN AN ECONOMIST AND WASHINGTON POST BOOK OF THE YEAR 2020 ‘When you pick this book up, you won’t be able to put it down’ MISHA GLENNY, author of MCMAFIA ‘Gripping, disturbing and deeply reported’ BEN RHODES, bestselling author of THE WORLD AS IT IS In this real-life thriller packed with jaw-dropping revelations, award-winning investigative journalist Tom Burgis reveals a terrifying global web of kleptocracy and corruption. Kleptopia follows the dirty money that is flooding the global economy, emboldening dictators, enriching oligarchs and poisoning democracies. From the Kremlin to Beijing, Harare to Riyadh, London to the Trump White House, it shows how the thieves are uniting – and the terrible human cost. A body in a burned-out Audi. Workers riddled with bullets in the Kazakh desert. A rigged election in Zimbabwe. A British banker silenced and humiliated for trying to expose the truth about the City of London – the world’s piggy bank for blood money. Riveting, horrifying and written like fiction, this book shows that while we are looking the other way, all that we hold most dear is being stolen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Everything and Nothing: The Journey of Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal and the Quest for Asylum Author: Joe Meno Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joe Meno brings a novelist's eye to the true story of two young men from Ghana and their journey from the unjust political system of their homeland through the chaos of the United States' failing immigration system Long before their chance meeting at a Minneapolis bus station, Ghanaian asylum seekers Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal had already crossed half the world in search of a new home. Seidu, who identifies as bisexual, lived under constant threat of exposure and violence in a country where same-sex acts are illegal. Razak's life was also threatened after corrupt officials contrived to steal his rightful inheritance. Forced to flee their homeland, both men embarked on separate odysseys through the dangerous jungles and bureaucracies of South, Central, and North America. Like generations of asylum seekers before, they presented themselves legally at the U.S. border, hoping for sanctuary. Instead they were imprisoned in private detention facilities, released only after their asylum pleas were denied. Fearful of returning to Ghana, Seidu and Razak saw no choice but to attempt one final border crossing. Their journey north to Canada in the harsh, unforgiving winter proved more tragic than anything they had experienced before. Based on extensive interviews, Joe Meno's intimate account builds upon the international media attention Seidu and Razak's story has already received, highlighting the harrowing journey of asylum seekers everywhere while adding dimension to one of the greatest humanitarian concerns facing the world. Joe Meno Tue, 02 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Everything and Nothing: The Journey of Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal and the Quest for Asylum Author: Joe Meno Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joe Meno brings a novelist's eye to the true story of two young men from Ghana and their journey from the unjust political system of their homeland through the chaos of the United States' failing immigration system Long before their chance meeting at a Minneapolis bus station, Ghanaian asylum seekers Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal had already crossed half the world in search of a new home. Seidu, who identifies as bisexual, lived under constant threat of exposure and violence in a country where same-sex acts are illegal. Razak's life was also threatened after corrupt officials contrived to steal his rightful inheritance. Forced to flee their homeland, both men embarked on separate odysseys through the dangerous jungles and bureaucracies of South, Central, and North America. Like generations of asylum seekers before, they presented themselves legally at the U.S. border, hoping for sanctuary. Instead they were imprisoned in private detention facilities, released only after their asylum pleas were denied. Fearful of returning to Ghana, Seidu and Razak saw no choice but to attempt one final border crossing. Their journey north to Canada in the harsh, unforgiving winter proved more tragic than anything they had experienced before. Based on extensive interviews, Joe Meno's intimate account builds upon the international media attention Seidu and Razak's story has already received, highlighting the harrowing journey of asylum seekers everywhere while adding dimension to one of the greatest humanitarian concerns facing the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Between Everything and Nothing: The Journey of Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal and the Quest for Asylum Author: Joe Meno Narrator: Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joe Meno brings a novelist's eye to the true story of two young men from Ghana and their journey from the unjust political system of their homeland through the chaos of the United States' failing immigration system Long before their chance meeting at a Minneapolis bus station, Ghanaian asylum seekers Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal had already crossed half the world in search of a new home. Seidu, who identifies as bisexual, lived under constant threat of exposure and violence in a country where same-sex acts are illegal. Razak's life was also threatened after corrupt officials contrived to steal his rightful inheritance. Forced to flee their homeland, both men embarked on separate odysseys through the dangerous jungles and bureaucracies of South, Central, and North America. Like generations of asylum seekers before, they presented themselves legally at the U.S. border, hoping for sanctuary. Instead they were imprisoned in private detention facilities, released only after their asylum pleas were denied. Fearful of returning to Ghana, Seidu and Razak saw no choice but to attempt one final border crossing. Their journey north to Canada in the harsh, unforgiving winter proved more tragic than anything they had experienced before. Based on extensive interviews, Joe Meno's intimate account builds upon the international media attention Seidu and Razak's story has already received, highlighting the harrowing journey of asylum seekers everywhere while adding dimension to one of the greatest humanitarian concerns facing the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422871 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spirits of the Earth: A Guide to Native American Nature Symbols, Stories, and Ceremonies Author: Bobby Lake-Thom Narrator: Lorne Cardinal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary compilation of legends and rituals about nature's ever-present signs. From the birds that soar above us to the insects beneath our feet, Native American healer Bobby Lake-Thom shows how the creatures of the earth can aid us in healing and self-knowledge. “There are ancient secrets and lessons hidden in nature. If you seek for guidance, you will discover truth.”—Bobby Lake-Thom Much of the ancient knowledge that has been passed down from Native American medicine men, or shamans is in danger of being lost. Bobby Lake-Thom, a Native American healer known as Medicine Grizzly Bear, has sought to preserve this powerful heritage by sharing his wisdom and experience learning from the world around us.  What does it mean if a hawk appears in a dream? What are the symbolic interpretations of a deer, a skunk, a raccoon? Lake-Thom, who has studied with the elders of many tribes, explains the significance of animal figures as manifestations of good or evil, and shows how we can develop our own powers of awareness and intuition. The first book of its kind, this practical and enlightening resource includes dozens of fascinating animal myths and legends, as well as exercises and activities that draw upon animal powers for guidance, healing, wisdom, and the expansion of spiritual influences in our lives. You'll discover here: • How animals, birds, and insects act as signs and omens • The significance of vision quests • How to make and use a medicine wheel • The role of spirit symbols—and how they affect the unconscious • Exercises for creative dreaming • The power of the earth-healing ceremony • How to increase your spiritual strength and create sacred spaces • And more.... Bobby Lake-Thom Tue, 17 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422871 thebookvoice.com 6:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spirits of the Earth: A Guide to Native American Nature Symbols, Stories, and Ceremonies Author: Bobby Lake-Thom Narrator: Lorne Cardinal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary compilation of legends and rituals about nature's ever-present signs. From the birds that soar above us to the insects beneath our feet, Native American healer Bobby Lake-Thom shows how the creatures of the earth can aid us in healing and self-knowledge. “There are ancient secrets and lessons hidden in nature. If you seek for guidance, you will discover truth.”—Bobby Lake-Thom Much of the ancient knowledge that has been passed down from Native American medicine men, or shamans is in danger of being lost. Bobby Lake-Thom, a Native American healer known as Medicine Grizzly Bear, has sought to preserve this powerful heritage by sharing his wisdom and experience learning from the world around us.  What does it mean if a hawk appears in a dream? What are the symbolic interpretations of a deer, a skunk, a raccoon? Lake-Thom, who has studied with the elders of many tribes, explains the significance of animal figures as manifestations of good or evil, and shows how we can develop our own powers of awareness and intuition. The first book of its kind, this practical and enlightening resource includes dozens of fascinating animal myths and legends, as well as exercises and activities that draw upon animal powers for guidance, healing, wisdom, and the expansion of spiritual influences in our lives. You'll discover here: • How animals, birds, and insects act as signs and omens • The significance of vision quests • How to make and use a medicine wheel • The role of spirit symbols—and how they affect the unconscious • Exercises for creative dreaming • The power of the earth-healing ceremony • How to increase your spiritual strength and create sacred spaces • And more.... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spirits of the Earth: A Guide to Native American Nature Symbols, Stories, and Ceremonies Author: Bobby Lake-Thom Narrator: Lorne Cardinal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary compilation of legends and rituals about nature's ever-present signs. From the birds that soar above us to the insects beneath our feet, Native American healer Bobby Lake-Thom shows how the creatures of the earth can aid us in healing and self-knowledge. “There are ancient secrets and lessons hidden in nature. If you seek for guidance, you will discover truth.”—Bobby Lake-Thom Much of the ancient knowledge that has been passed down from Native American medicine men, or shamans is in danger of being lost. Bobby Lake-Thom, a Native American healer known as Medicine Grizzly Bear, has sought to preserve this powerful heritage by sharing his wisdom and experience learning from the world around us.  What does it mean if a hawk appears in a dream? What are the symbolic interpretations of a deer, a skunk, a raccoon? Lake-Thom, who has studied with the elders of many tribes, explains the significance of animal figures as manifestations of good or evil, and shows how we can develop our own powers of awareness and intuition. The first book of its kind, this practical and enlightening resource includes dozens of fascinating animal myths and legends, as well as exercises and activities that draw upon animal powers for guidance, healing, wisdom, and the expansion of spiritual influences in our lives. You'll discover here: • How animals, birds, and insects act as signs and omens • The significance of vision quests • How to make and use a medicine wheel • The role of spirit symbols—and how they affect the unconscious • Exercises for creative dreaming • The power of the earth-healing ceremony • How to increase your spiritual strength and create sacred spaces • And more.... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What We Don't Talk About When We Talk About Fat Author: Aubrey Gordon Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the creator of Your Fat Friend and co-host of the Maintenance Phase podcast, an explosive indictment of the systemic and cultural bias facing plus-size people. Anti-fatness is everywhere. In What We Don’t Talk About When We Talk About Fat, Aubrey Gordon unearths the cultural attitudes and social systems that have led to people being denied basic needs because they are fat and calls for social justice movements to be inclusive of plus-sized people’s experiences. Unlike the recent wave of memoirs and quasi self-help books that encourage readers to love and accept themselves, Gordon pushes the discussion further towards authentic fat activism, which includes ending legal weight discrimination, giving equal access to health care for large people, increased access to public spaces, and ending anti-fat violence. As she argues, “I did not come to body positivity for self-esteem. I came to it for social justice.” By sharing her experiences as well as those of others—from smaller fat to very fat people—she concludes that to be fat in our society is to be seen as an undeniable failure, unlovable, unforgivable, and morally condemnable. Fatness is an open invitation for others to express disgust, fear, and insidious concern. To be fat is to be denied humanity and empathy. Studies show that fat survivors of sexual assault are less likely to be believed and less likely than their thin counterparts to report various crimes; 27% of very fat women and 13% of very fat men attempt suicide; over 50% of doctors describe their fat patients as “awkward, unattractive, ugly and noncompliant”; and in 48 states, it’s legal—even routine—to deny employment because of an applicant’s size. Advancing fat justice and changing prejudicial structures and attitudes will require work from all people. What We Don’t Talk About When We Talk About Fat is a crucial tool to create a tectonic shift in the way we see, talk about, and treat our bodies, fat and thin alike. Aubrey Gordon Tue, 17 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422870 thebookvoice.com 7:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What We Don't Talk About When We Talk About Fat Author: Aubrey Gordon Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the creator of Your Fat Friend and co-host of the Maintenance Phase podcast, an explosive indictment of the systemic and cultural bias facing plus-size people. Anti-fatness is everywhere. In What We Don’t Talk About When We Talk About Fat, Aubrey Gordon unearths the cultural attitudes and social systems that have led to people being denied basic needs because they are fat and calls for social justice movements to be inclusive of plus-sized people’s experiences. Unlike the recent wave of memoirs and quasi self-help books that encourage readers to love and accept themselves, Gordon pushes the discussion further towards authentic fat activism, which includes ending legal weight discrimination, giving equal access to health care for large people, increased access to public spaces, and ending anti-fat violence. As she argues, “I did not come to body positivity for self-esteem. I came to it for social justice.” By sharing her experiences as well as those of others—from smaller fat to very fat people—she concludes that to be fat in our society is to be seen as an undeniable failure, unlovable, unforgivable, and morally condemnable. Fatness is an open invitation for others to express disgust, fear, and insidious concern. To be fat is to be denied humanity and empathy. Studies show that fat survivors of sexual assault are less likely to be believed and less likely than their thin counterparts to report various crimes; 27% of very fat women and 13% of very fat men attempt suicide; over 50% of doctors describe their fat patients as “awkward, unattractive, ugly and noncompliant”; and in 48 states, it’s legal—even routine—to deny employment because of an applicant’s size. Advancing fat justice and changing prejudicial structures and attitudes will require work from all people. What We Don’t Talk About When We Talk About Fat is a crucial tool to create a tectonic shift in the way we see, talk about, and treat our bodies, fat and thin alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What We Don't Talk About When We Talk About Fat Author: Aubrey Gordon Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the creator of Your Fat Friend and co-host of the Maintenance Phase podcast, an explosive indictment of the systemic and cultural bias facing plus-size people. Anti-fatness is everywhere. In What We Don’t Talk About When We Talk About Fat, Aubrey Gordon unearths the cultural attitudes and social systems that have led to people being denied basic needs because they are fat and calls for social justice movements to be inclusive of plus-sized people’s experiences. Unlike the recent wave of memoirs and quasi self-help books that encourage readers to love and accept themselves, Gordon pushes the discussion further towards authentic fat activism, which includes ending legal weight discrimination, giving equal access to health care for large people, increased access to public spaces, and ending anti-fat violence. As she argues, “I did not come to body positivity for self-esteem. I came to it for social justice.” By sharing her experiences as well as those of others—from smaller fat to very fat people—she concludes that to be fat in our society is to be seen as an undeniable failure, unlovable, unforgivable, and morally condemnable. Fatness is an open invitation for others to express disgust, fear, and insidious concern. To be fat is to be denied humanity and empathy. Studies show that fat survivors of sexual assault are less likely to be believed and less likely than their thin counterparts to report various crimes; 27% of very fat women and 13% of very fat men attempt suicide; over 50% of doctors describe their fat patients as “awkward, unattractive, ugly and noncompliant”; and in 48 states, it’s legal—even routine—to deny employment because of an applicant’s size. Advancing fat justice and changing prejudicial structures and attitudes will require work from all people. What We Don’t Talk About When We Talk About Fat is a crucial tool to create a tectonic shift in the way we see, talk about, and treat our bodies, fat and thin alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422869 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing the Black Body: Race, Reproduction, and the Meaning of Liberty Author: Dorothy Roberts Narrator: Shayna Small Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is a no-holds-barred response to the liberal and conservative retreat from an assertive, activist, and socially transformative civil rights agenda of recent years--using a black feminist lens and the issue of  the impact of recent legislation, social policy, and welfare 'reform' on black women's--especially poor black women's--control over their bodies' autonomy and their freedom to bear and raise children with respect and dignity in a society whose white mainstream is determined to demonize, even criminalize their lives.   It gives its readers a cogent  legal and historical argument for a radically new , and socially transformative, definition of  'liberty' and 'equality' for the American polity from a black feminist perspective. Dorothy Roberts Tue, 13 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422869 thebookvoice.com 14:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing the Black Body: Race, Reproduction, and the Meaning of Liberty Author: Dorothy Roberts Narrator: Shayna Small Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is a no-holds-barred response to the liberal and conservative retreat from an assertive, activist, and socially transformative civil rights agenda of recent years--using a black feminist lens and the issue of  the impact of recent legislation, social policy, and welfare 'reform' on black women's--especially poor black women's--control over their bodies' autonomy and their freedom to bear and raise children with respect and dignity in a society whose white mainstream is determined to demonize, even criminalize their lives.   It gives its readers a cogent  legal and historical argument for a radically new , and socially transformative, definition of  'liberty' and 'equality' for the American polity from a black feminist perspective. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killing the Black Body: Race, Reproduction, and the Meaning of Liberty Author: Dorothy Roberts Narrator: Shayna Small Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is a no-holds-barred response to the liberal and conservative retreat from an assertive, activist, and socially transformative civil rights agenda of recent years--using a black feminist lens and the issue of  the impact of recent legislation, social policy, and welfare 'reform' on black women's--especially poor black women's--control over their bodies' autonomy and their freedom to bear and raise children with respect and dignity in a society whose white mainstream is determined to demonize, even criminalize their lives.   It gives its readers a cogent  legal and historical argument for a radically new , and socially transformative, definition of  'liberty' and 'equality' for the American polity from a black feminist perspective. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Dirty Money: The Shocking Injustice and Unseen Cost of White Collar Crime Author: Jennifer Taub Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Taub explicitly and persuasively places the breakdown of enforcement and accountability in the context of money and class.'--The New York Times How ordinary Americans suffer when the rich and powerful use tax dodges or break the law to get richer and more powerful--and how we can stop it. There is an elite crime spree happening in America, and the privileged perps are getting away with it. Selling loose cigarettes on a city sidewalk can lead to a choke-hold arrest, and death, if you are not among the top 1%. But if you're rich and commit mail, wire, or bank fraud, embezzle pension funds, lie in court, obstruct justice, bribe a public official, launder money, or cheat on your taxes, you're likely to get off scot-free (or even win an election). When caught and convicted, such as for bribing their kids' way into college, high-class criminals make brief stops in minimum security 'Club Fed' camps. Operate the scam from the executive suite of a giant corporation, and you can prosper with impunity. Consider Wells Fargo & Co. Pressured by management, employees at the bank opened more than three million bank and credit card accounts without customer consent, and charged late fees and penalties to account holders. When CEO John Stumpf resigned in 'shame,' the board of directors granted him a $134 million golden parachute. This is not victimless crime. Big Dirty Money details the scandalously common and concrete ways that ordinary Americans suffer when the well-heeled use white collar crime to gain and sustain wealth, social status, and political influence. Profiteers caused the mortgage meltdown and the prescription opioid crisis, they've evaded taxes and deprived communities of public funds for education, public health, and infrastructure. Taub goes beyond the headlines (of which there is no shortage) to track how we got here (essentially a post-Enron failure of prosecutorial muscle, the growth of 'too big to jail' syndrome, and a developing implicit immunity of the upper class) and pose solutions that can help catch and convict offenders. Jennifer Taub Tue, 29 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422846 thebookvoice.com 8:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Dirty Money: The Shocking Injustice and Unseen Cost of White Collar Crime Author: Jennifer Taub Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Taub explicitly and persuasively places the breakdown of enforcement and accountability in the context of money and class.'--The New York Times How ordinary Americans suffer when the rich and powerful use tax dodges or break the law to get richer and more powerful--and how we can stop it. There is an elite crime spree happening in America, and the privileged perps are getting away with it. Selling loose cigarettes on a city sidewalk can lead to a choke-hold arrest, and death, if you are not among the top 1%. But if you're rich and commit mail, wire, or bank fraud, embezzle pension funds, lie in court, obstruct justice, bribe a public official, launder money, or cheat on your taxes, you're likely to get off scot-free (or even win an election). When caught and convicted, such as for bribing their kids' way into college, high-class criminals make brief stops in minimum security 'Club Fed' camps. Operate the scam from the executive suite of a giant corporation, and you can prosper with impunity. Consider Wells Fargo & Co. Pressured by management, employees at the bank opened more than three million bank and credit card accounts without customer consent, and charged late fees and penalties to account holders. When CEO John Stumpf resigned in 'shame,' the board of directors granted him a $134 million golden parachute. This is not victimless crime. Big Dirty Money details the scandalously common and concrete ways that ordinary Americans suffer when the well-heeled use white collar crime to gain and sustain wealth, social status, and political influence. Profiteers caused the mortgage meltdown and the prescription opioid crisis, they've evaded taxes and deprived communities of public funds for education, public health, and infrastructure. Taub goes beyond the headlines (of which there is no shortage) to track how we got here (essentially a post-Enron failure of prosecutorial muscle, the growth of 'too big to jail' syndrome, and a developing implicit immunity of the upper class) and pose solutions that can help catch and convict offenders. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Dirty Money: The Shocking Injustice and Unseen Cost of White Collar Crime Author: Jennifer Taub Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Taub explicitly and persuasively places the breakdown of enforcement and accountability in the context of money and class.'--The New York Times How ordinary Americans suffer when the rich and powerful use tax dodges or break the law to get richer and more powerful--and how we can stop it. There is an elite crime spree happening in America, and the privileged perps are getting away with it. Selling loose cigarettes on a city sidewalk can lead to a choke-hold arrest, and death, if you are not among the top 1%. But if you're rich and commit mail, wire, or bank fraud, embezzle pension funds, lie in court, obstruct justice, bribe a public official, launder money, or cheat on your taxes, you're likely to get off scot-free (or even win an election). When caught and convicted, such as for bribing their kids' way into college, high-class criminals make brief stops in minimum security 'Club Fed' camps. Operate the scam from the executive suite of a giant corporation, and you can prosper with impunity. Consider Wells Fargo & Co. Pressured by management, employees at the bank opened more than three million bank and credit card accounts without customer consent, and charged late fees and penalties to account holders. When CEO John Stumpf resigned in 'shame,' the board of directors granted him a $134 million golden parachute. This is not victimless crime. Big Dirty Money details the scandalously common and concrete ways that ordinary Americans suffer when the well-heeled use white collar crime to gain and sustain wealth, social status, and political influence. Profiteers caused the mortgage meltdown and the prescription opioid crisis, they've evaded taxes and deprived communities of public funds for education, public health, and infrastructure. Taub goes beyond the headlines (of which there is no shortage) to track how we got here (essentially a post-Enron failure of prosecutorial muscle, the growth of 'too big to jail' syndrome, and a developing implicit immunity of the upper class) and pose solutions that can help catch and convict offenders. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422845 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Family in Six Tones: A Refugee Mother, an American Daughter Author: Lan Cao, Harlan Margaret Van Cao Narrator: Elyse Dinh, Vyvy Nguyen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A brilliant duet and a moving exploration of the American immigrant experience.'--Ruth Ozeki, author of A Tale for the Time Being A dual first-person memoir by the acclaimed Vietnamese-American novelist and her thoroughly American teenage daughter In 1975, thirteen-year-old Lan Cao boarded an airplane in Saigon and got off in a world where she faced hosts she had not met before, a language she didn't speak, and food she didn't recognize, with the faint hope that she would be able to go home soon. Lan fought her way through confusion, and racism, to become a successful lawyer and novelist. Four decades later, she faced the biggest challenge in her life: raising her daughter Harlan--half Vietnamese by birth and 100 percent American teenager by inclination. In their lyrical joint memoir, told in alternating voices, mother and daughter cross ages and ethnicities to tackle the hardest questions about assimilation, aspiration, and family. Lan wrestles with her identities as not merely an immigrant but a refugee from an unpopular war. She has bigoted teachers who undermine her in the classroom and tormenting inner demons, but she does achieve--either despite or because of the work ethic and tight support of a traditional Vietnamese family struggling to get by in a small American town. Lan has ambitions, for herself, and for her daughter, but even as an adult feels tentative about her place in her adoptive country, and ventures through motherhood as if it is a foreign landscape. Reflecting and refracting her mother's narrative, Harlan fiercely describes the rites of passage of childhood and adolescence, filtered through the aftereffects of her family's history of war, tragedy, and migration. Harlan's struggle to make friends in high school challenges her mother to step back and let her daughter find her own way. Family in Six Tones speaks both to the unique struggles of refugees and to the universal tug-of-war between mothers and daughters. The journey of an immigrant--away from war and loss toward peace and a new life--and the journey of a mother raising a child to be secure and happy are both steep paths filled with detours and stumbling blocks. Through explosive fights and painful setbacks, mother and daughter search for a way to accept the past and face the future together. Lan Cao, Harlan Margaret Van Cao Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422845 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Family in Six Tones: A Refugee Mother, an American Daughter Author: Lan Cao, Harlan Margaret Van Cao Narrator: Elyse Dinh, Vyvy Nguyen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A brilliant duet and a moving exploration of the American immigrant experience.'--Ruth Ozeki, author of A Tale for the Time Being A dual first-person memoir by the acclaimed Vietnamese-American novelist and her thoroughly American teenage daughter In 1975, thirteen-year-old Lan Cao boarded an airplane in Saigon and got off in a world where she faced hosts she had not met before, a language she didn't speak, and food she didn't recognize, with the faint hope that she would be able to go home soon. Lan fought her way through confusion, and racism, to become a successful lawyer and novelist. Four decades later, she faced the biggest challenge in her life: raising her daughter Harlan--half Vietnamese by birth and 100 percent American teenager by inclination. In their lyrical joint memoir, told in alternating voices, mother and daughter cross ages and ethnicities to tackle the hardest questions about assimilation, aspiration, and family. Lan wrestles with her identities as not merely an immigrant but a refugee from an unpopular war. She has bigoted teachers who undermine her in the classroom and tormenting inner demons, but she does achieve--either despite or because of the work ethic and tight support of a traditional Vietnamese family struggling to get by in a small American town. Lan has ambitions, for herself, and for her daughter, but even as an adult feels tentative about her place in her adoptive country, and ventures through motherhood as if it is a foreign landscape. Reflecting and refracting her mother's narrative, Harlan fiercely describes the rites of passage of childhood and adolescence, filtered through the aftereffects of her family's history of war, tragedy, and migration. Harlan's struggle to make friends in high school challenges her mother to step back and let her daughter find her own way. Family in Six Tones speaks both to the unique struggles of refugees and to the universal tug-of-war between mothers and daughters. The journey of an immigrant--away from war and loss toward peace and a new life--and the journey of a mother raising a child to be secure and happy are both steep paths filled with detours and stumbling blocks. Through explosive fights and painful setbacks, mother and daughter search for a way to accept the past and face the future together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422845]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Family in Six Tones: A Refugee Mother, an American Daughter Author: Lan Cao, Harlan Margaret Van Cao Narrator: Elyse Dinh, Vyvy Nguyen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'A brilliant duet and a moving exploration of the American immigrant experience.'--Ruth Ozeki, author of A Tale for the Time Being A dual first-person memoir by the acclaimed Vietnamese-American novelist and her thoroughly American teenage daughter In 1975, thirteen-year-old Lan Cao boarded an airplane in Saigon and got off in a world where she faced hosts she had not met before, a language she didn't speak, and food she didn't recognize, with the faint hope that she would be able to go home soon. Lan fought her way through confusion, and racism, to become a successful lawyer and novelist. Four decades later, she faced the biggest challenge in her life: raising her daughter Harlan--half Vietnamese by birth and 100 percent American teenager by inclination. In their lyrical joint memoir, told in alternating voices, mother and daughter cross ages and ethnicities to tackle the hardest questions about assimilation, aspiration, and family. Lan wrestles with her identities as not merely an immigrant but a refugee from an unpopular war. She has bigoted teachers who undermine her in the classroom and tormenting inner demons, but she does achieve--either despite or because of the work ethic and tight support of a traditional Vietnamese family struggling to get by in a small American town. Lan has ambitions, for herself, and for her daughter, but even as an adult feels tentative about her place in her adoptive country, and ventures through motherhood as if it is a foreign landscape. Reflecting and refracting her mother's narrative, Harlan fiercely describes the rites of passage of childhood and adolescence, filtered through the aftereffects of her family's history of war, tragedy, and migration. Harlan's struggle to make friends in high school challenges her mother to step back and let her daughter find her own way. Family in Six Tones speaks both to the unique struggles of refugees and to the universal tug-of-war between mothers and daughters. The journey of an immigrant--away from war and loss toward peace and a new life--and the journey of a mother raising a child to be secure and happy are both steep paths filled with detours and stumbling blocks. Through explosive fights and painful setbacks, mother and daughter search for a way to accept the past and face the future together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422837 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once a Warrior: How One Veteran Found a New Mission Closer to Home Author: Jake Wood Narrator: Jake Wood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'The book that America needs right now.' --Tom Brokaw, journalist and author of The Greatest Generation 'Jake Wood offers one of the most soaring definitions of service I've ever seen.' --Maria Shriver, award-winning journalist and author of I've Been Thinking From Marine sniper Jake Wood, a riveting memoir of leading over 100,000 veterans to a life of renewed service, volunteering to battle, hurricanes, tornados, wildfires, pandemics, and civil wars, and inspiring onlookers as their unique military training saved lives and rebuilt our country. When Jake Wood arrived in the States after two grueling tours in Iraq and Afghanistan, he watched his unit lose more men to suicide than to enemy hands overseas. Reeling, Jake looked for a way to direct their restlessness towards a new mission--and put their formidable skills to good use. When an earthquake struck Haiti in 2010, Jake had his answer. He convinced several fellow veterans to join him on a ragtag mission to provide desperately needed aid. Despite the high stakes, they were able to untangle complex problems quickly and keep calm under pressure. In this raw, adrenaline-filled narrative, Jake recounts, how, over the past 10 years, he's built the disaster response organization Team Rubicon, and seen the work provide a lifeline back to purpose for the heroes among us. Not only do these intrepid volunteers race against the clock to aid communities after Hurricane Sandy, Hurricane Harvey, COVID-19, and hundreds of other disasters; they also fight for something just as important--each other. Once a Warrior provides a soaring look at what our veterans are capable of--and what might become of America's next greatest generation. Jake Wood Tue, 10 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422837 thebookvoice.com 8:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once a Warrior: How One Veteran Found a New Mission Closer to Home Author: Jake Wood Narrator: Jake Wood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'The book that America needs right now.' --Tom Brokaw, journalist and author of The Greatest Generation 'Jake Wood offers one of the most soaring definitions of service I've ever seen.' --Maria Shriver, award-winning journalist and author of I've Been Thinking From Marine sniper Jake Wood, a riveting memoir of leading over 100,000 veterans to a life of renewed service, volunteering to battle, hurricanes, tornados, wildfires, pandemics, and civil wars, and inspiring onlookers as their unique military training saved lives and rebuilt our country. When Jake Wood arrived in the States after two grueling tours in Iraq and Afghanistan, he watched his unit lose more men to suicide than to enemy hands overseas. Reeling, Jake looked for a way to direct their restlessness towards a new mission--and put their formidable skills to good use. When an earthquake struck Haiti in 2010, Jake had his answer. He convinced several fellow veterans to join him on a ragtag mission to provide desperately needed aid. Despite the high stakes, they were able to untangle complex problems quickly and keep calm under pressure. In this raw, adrenaline-filled narrative, Jake recounts, how, over the past 10 years, he's built the disaster response organization Team Rubicon, and seen the work provide a lifeline back to purpose for the heroes among us. Not only do these intrepid volunteers race against the clock to aid communities after Hurricane Sandy, Hurricane Harvey, COVID-19, and hundreds of other disasters; they also fight for something just as important--each other. Once a Warrior provides a soaring look at what our veterans are capable of--and what might become of America's next greatest generation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Once a Warrior: How One Veteran Found a New Mission Closer to Home Author: Jake Wood Narrator: Jake Wood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'The book that America needs right now.' --Tom Brokaw, journalist and author of The Greatest Generation 'Jake Wood offers one of the most soaring definitions of service I've ever seen.' --Maria Shriver, award-winning journalist and author of I've Been Thinking From Marine sniper Jake Wood, a riveting memoir of leading over 100,000 veterans to a life of renewed service, volunteering to battle, hurricanes, tornados, wildfires, pandemics, and civil wars, and inspiring onlookers as their unique military training saved lives and rebuilt our country. When Jake Wood arrived in the States after two grueling tours in Iraq and Afghanistan, he watched his unit lose more men to suicide than to enemy hands overseas. Reeling, Jake looked for a way to direct their restlessness towards a new mission--and put their formidable skills to good use. When an earthquake struck Haiti in 2010, Jake had his answer. He convinced several fellow veterans to join him on a ragtag mission to provide desperately needed aid. Despite the high stakes, they were able to untangle complex problems quickly and keep calm under pressure. In this raw, adrenaline-filled narrative, Jake recounts, how, over the past 10 years, he's built the disaster response organization Team Rubicon, and seen the work provide a lifeline back to purpose for the heroes among us. Not only do these intrepid volunteers race against the clock to aid communities after Hurricane Sandy, Hurricane Harvey, COVID-19, and hundreds of other disasters; they also fight for something just as important--each other. Once a Warrior provides a soaring look at what our veterans are capable of--and what might become of America's next greatest generation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422832 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because He's Jeff Goldblum: The Movies, Memes, and Meaning of Hollywood's Most Enigmatic Actor Author: Travis M. Andrews Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An irreverent yet deeply researched biography about the always offbeat, suddenly meme-able, and wildly popular actor When did you first encounter Jeff Goldblum? Maybe as a deranged killer in his 1974 screen debut in Death Wish? Maybe as a cynical journalist in 1983s The Big Chill? Or a brilliant if egotistical scientist-turned-fly in 1986s The Fly? Perhaps as the wise-cracking skeptical mathematician in 1993s Jurassic Park? Or maybe you’re not a film buff but noticed his face as part of one of the Internet’s earliest memes. Who knows? Whenever it was, you’ve probably noticed that Goldblum has become one of Hollywood’s most enduring actors, someone who only seems to grow more famous, more heralded, more beloved through the decades, even though he’s always followed his own, strange muse. The guy primarily plays jazz music these days, but is more famous than ever. Actor, pianist, husband, father, style icon, meme. Goldblum contains multitudes, but why? What does he mean? The Washington Post’s Travis M. Andrews decided to find out. And so he set out on a journey through Goldblum's career, talking to directors like Lawrence Kasdan and Philip Kaufman, colleagues like Harry Shearer and Billy Crudup, and pop culture experts like Chuck Klosterman and Sean Fennessey, to get to the bottom of this whole Goldblum thing. And then he took what he learned and he wrote this book, which is titled Because He’s Jeff Goldblum and is the best thing written since The Brothers Karamazov and slightly easier to follow. But you should already know that. In this new semi-biography, semi-rumination, and semi-ridiculous look at the career of Goldblum, Andrews takes you behind the scenes of his iconic movies, explores the shifting nature of fame in the twenty-first century, and spends far too much time converting Goldblum’s name into various forms of speech. Want to hear how Goldblum saved a script supervisor from an amorous baboon? Or what he would write on the mirror after taking showers when he was a teenager? How about his feelings on various brands of throat lozenges? (That one could be an entire book unto itself.) Then this is the book for you! Travis M. Andrews Tue, 04 May 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422832 thebookvoice.com 8:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because He's Jeff Goldblum: The Movies, Memes, and Meaning of Hollywood's Most Enigmatic Actor Author: Travis M. Andrews Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An irreverent yet deeply researched biography about the always offbeat, suddenly meme-able, and wildly popular actor When did you first encounter Jeff Goldblum? Maybe as a deranged killer in his 1974 screen debut in Death Wish? Maybe as a cynical journalist in 1983s The Big Chill? Or a brilliant if egotistical scientist-turned-fly in 1986s The Fly? Perhaps as the wise-cracking skeptical mathematician in 1993s Jurassic Park? Or maybe you’re not a film buff but noticed his face as part of one of the Internet’s earliest memes. Who knows? Whenever it was, you’ve probably noticed that Goldblum has become one of Hollywood’s most enduring actors, someone who only seems to grow more famous, more heralded, more beloved through the decades, even though he’s always followed his own, strange muse. The guy primarily plays jazz music these days, but is more famous than ever. Actor, pianist, husband, father, style icon, meme. Goldblum contains multitudes, but why? What does he mean? The Washington Post’s Travis M. Andrews decided to find out. And so he set out on a journey through Goldblum's career, talking to directors like Lawrence Kasdan and Philip Kaufman, colleagues like Harry Shearer and Billy Crudup, and pop culture experts like Chuck Klosterman and Sean Fennessey, to get to the bottom of this whole Goldblum thing. And then he took what he learned and he wrote this book, which is titled Because He’s Jeff Goldblum and is the best thing written since The Brothers Karamazov and slightly easier to follow. But you should already know that. In this new semi-biography, semi-rumination, and semi-ridiculous look at the career of Goldblum, Andrews takes you behind the scenes of his iconic movies, explores the shifting nature of fame in the twenty-first century, and spends far too much time converting Goldblum’s name into various forms of speech. Want to hear how Goldblum saved a script supervisor from an amorous baboon? Or what he would write on the mirror after taking showers when he was a teenager? How about his feelings on various brands of throat lozenges? (That one could be an entire book unto itself.) Then this is the book for you! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Because He's Jeff Goldblum: The Movies, Memes, and Meaning of Hollywood's Most Enigmatic Actor Author: Travis M. Andrews Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An irreverent yet deeply researched biography about the always offbeat, suddenly meme-able, and wildly popular actor When did you first encounter Jeff Goldblum? Maybe as a deranged killer in his 1974 screen debut in Death Wish? Maybe as a cynical journalist in 1983s The Big Chill? Or a brilliant if egotistical scientist-turned-fly in 1986s The Fly? Perhaps as the wise-cracking skeptical mathematician in 1993s Jurassic Park? Or maybe you’re not a film buff but noticed his face as part of one of the Internet’s earliest memes. Who knows? Whenever it was, you’ve probably noticed that Goldblum has become one of Hollywood’s most enduring actors, someone who only seems to grow more famous, more heralded, more beloved through the decades, even though he’s always followed his own, strange muse. The guy primarily plays jazz music these days, but is more famous than ever. Actor, pianist, husband, father, style icon, meme. Goldblum contains multitudes, but why? What does he mean? The Washington Post’s Travis M. Andrews decided to find out. And so he set out on a journey through Goldblum's career, talking to directors like Lawrence Kasdan and Philip Kaufman, colleagues like Harry Shearer and Billy Crudup, and pop culture experts like Chuck Klosterman and Sean Fennessey, to get to the bottom of this whole Goldblum thing. And then he took what he learned and he wrote this book, which is titled Because He’s Jeff Goldblum and is the best thing written since The Brothers Karamazov and slightly easier to follow. But you should already know that. In this new semi-biography, semi-rumination, and semi-ridiculous look at the career of Goldblum, Andrews takes you behind the scenes of his iconic movies, explores the shifting nature of fame in the twenty-first century, and spends far too much time converting Goldblum’s name into various forms of speech. Want to hear how Goldblum saved a script supervisor from an amorous baboon? Or what he would write on the mirror after taking showers when he was a teenager? How about his feelings on various brands of throat lozenges? (That one could be an entire book unto itself.) Then this is the book for you! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422647 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Concepción Arenal: La caminante y su sombra Author: Anna Caballé Narrator: Elsa Veiga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 19, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La biografía definitiva de la madre del feminismo español. Ganadora del Premio Nacional de Historia de España. De una inteligencia fuera de lo común, Concepción Arenal fue la pensadora española más importante, original y adelantada a su tiempo del siglo XIX, y la de mayor proyección internacional. Dedicó su vida a la defensa de la mujer, la reforma penal y la causa obrera. Esta biografía reconstruye por primera vez su trayectoria vital, sus aspiraciones y sus aciertos. Al igual que ocurre con la vida de Goethe, su biografía se podría dividir en dos épocas muy marcadas: una juventud nerviosa, sensible y arrogante, con dificultades para encontrar el equilibrio entre la razón y el temperamento, y una madurez donde la escritora, pensadora y activista se atrevería a grandes cosas. Su matrimonio la ayudó a canalizar su extraordinario vitalismo, pero la muerte temprana de su marido potenció las sombras que viajaban con ella: un íntimo sentimiento de desdicha que Arenal proyectaría en el mundo que la rodeaba. Sin embargo, eso no menoscabó su defensa de los más necesitados y sus ansias de mejorar la sociedad, lo que la llevó al límite de sus fuerzas. Pocos la escucharon, y menos todavía la leyeron. Sin embargo, su voz, que ella percibía perdida en el desierto, estéril, fue la más poderosa de su siglo. Anna Caballé Thu, 19 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422647 thebookvoice.com 14:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Concepción Arenal: La caminante y su sombra Author: Anna Caballé Narrator: Elsa Veiga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 19, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La biografía definitiva de la madre del feminismo español. Ganadora del Premio Nacional de Historia de España. De una inteligencia fuera de lo común, Concepción Arenal fue la pensadora española más importante, original y adelantada a su tiempo del siglo XIX, y la de mayor proyección internacional. Dedicó su vida a la defensa de la mujer, la reforma penal y la causa obrera. Esta biografía reconstruye por primera vez su trayectoria vital, sus aspiraciones y sus aciertos. Al igual que ocurre con la vida de Goethe, su biografía se podría dividir en dos épocas muy marcadas: una juventud nerviosa, sensible y arrogante, con dificultades para encontrar el equilibrio entre la razón y el temperamento, y una madurez donde la escritora, pensadora y activista se atrevería a grandes cosas. Su matrimonio la ayudó a canalizar su extraordinario vitalismo, pero la muerte temprana de su marido potenció las sombras que viajaban con ella: un íntimo sentimiento de desdicha que Arenal proyectaría en el mundo que la rodeaba. Sin embargo, eso no menoscabó su defensa de los más necesitados y sus ansias de mejorar la sociedad, lo que la llevó al límite de sus fuerzas. Pocos la escucharon, y menos todavía la leyeron. Sin embargo, su voz, que ella percibía perdida en el desierto, estéril, fue la más poderosa de su siglo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Concepción Arenal: La caminante y su sombra Author: Anna Caballé Narrator: Elsa Veiga Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 19, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La biografía definitiva de la madre del feminismo español. Ganadora del Premio Nacional de Historia de España. De una inteligencia fuera de lo común, Concepción Arenal fue la pensadora española más importante, original y adelantada a su tiempo del siglo XIX, y la de mayor proyección internacional. Dedicó su vida a la defensa de la mujer, la reforma penal y la causa obrera. Esta biografía reconstruye por primera vez su trayectoria vital, sus aspiraciones y sus aciertos. Al igual que ocurre con la vida de Goethe, su biografía se podría dividir en dos épocas muy marcadas: una juventud nerviosa, sensible y arrogante, con dificultades para encontrar el equilibrio entre la razón y el temperamento, y una madurez donde la escritora, pensadora y activista se atrevería a grandes cosas. Su matrimonio la ayudó a canalizar su extraordinario vitalismo, pero la muerte temprana de su marido potenció las sombras que viajaban con ella: un íntimo sentimiento de desdicha que Arenal proyectaría en el mundo que la rodeaba. Sin embargo, eso no menoscabó su defensa de los más necesitados y sus ansias de mejorar la sociedad, lo que la llevó al límite de sus fuerzas. Pocos la escucharon, y menos todavía la leyeron. Sin embargo, su voz, que ella percibía perdida en el desierto, estéril, fue la más poderosa de su siglo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422646 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hablarán de nosotras: Diecisiete mujeres poderosas que pecaron para ser libres Author: Sandra Barneda Narrator: Sandra Barneda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Después del éxito de Reír al viento y La Tierra de las Mujeres, Sandra Barneda debuta en la no ficción con un recorrido por los pecados capitales a través de las vidas de diecisiete mujeres que hicieron de la transgresión una forma de vida. Políticas, cantantes, diosas, aristócratas, concubinas, estrategas, caprichosas, reinas, presentadoras, actrices, seductoras... ¿Has oído hablar de nosotras? Desde los albores de la humanidad, las mujeres hemos estado siempre vinculadas al pecado. Mujeres pecadoras, lascivas, fornicadoras, ¿por qué no virtuosas, inteligentes, ambiciosas? ¿Utilizar nuestras virtudes en un mundo dominado culturalmente por hombres es pecado? ¿Puede la historia o la opinión pública condenarnos por buscar las vías para ser libres?, ¿para pensar por nosotras mismas, para dejar de ser objetos de posesión, de belleza, de maternidad y decidir cómo queréis que sea nuestra vida? Por ellas, por nosotras, para nosotras es este libro. Marcadas por la avaricia, la soberbia, la gula, la lujuria, la ira, la pereza o la envidia, las mujeres de las que hablo -Maria Antonieta, Bette Davies, Hillary Clinton, Maria Callas, Janis Joplin, Madonna, entre otras- son mucho más que unos pecados capitales, son poderosas, valientes, visionarias, decididas y las dueñas absolutas de sus destinos. «Quizás sea porque nací bajo el signo de Libra que las injusticias me han sacado de quicio desde que tengo uso de razón. Quizás sea porque nací mujer y hasta hace bien poco la nuestra era una existencia injusta. Quizás sean un conjunto de probabilidades las que me han llevado a hablar de mujeres y de pecados capitales.» Sandra Barneda Sandra Barneda Thu, 27 Feb 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422646 thebookvoice.com 13:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hablarán de nosotras: Diecisiete mujeres poderosas que pecaron para ser libres Author: Sandra Barneda Narrator: Sandra Barneda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Después del éxito de Reír al viento y La Tierra de las Mujeres, Sandra Barneda debuta en la no ficción con un recorrido por los pecados capitales a través de las vidas de diecisiete mujeres que hicieron de la transgresión una forma de vida. Políticas, cantantes, diosas, aristócratas, concubinas, estrategas, caprichosas, reinas, presentadoras, actrices, seductoras... ¿Has oído hablar de nosotras? Desde los albores de la humanidad, las mujeres hemos estado siempre vinculadas al pecado. Mujeres pecadoras, lascivas, fornicadoras, ¿por qué no virtuosas, inteligentes, ambiciosas? ¿Utilizar nuestras virtudes en un mundo dominado culturalmente por hombres es pecado? ¿Puede la historia o la opinión pública condenarnos por buscar las vías para ser libres?, ¿para pensar por nosotras mismas, para dejar de ser objetos de posesión, de belleza, de maternidad y decidir cómo queréis que sea nuestra vida? Por ellas, por nosotras, para nosotras es este libro. Marcadas por la avaricia, la soberbia, la gula, la lujuria, la ira, la pereza o la envidia, las mujeres de las que hablo -Maria Antonieta, Bette Davies, Hillary Clinton, Maria Callas, Janis Joplin, Madonna, entre otras- son mucho más que unos pecados capitales, son poderosas, valientes, visionarias, decididas y las dueñas absolutas de sus destinos. «Quizás sea porque nací bajo el signo de Libra que las injusticias me han sacado de quicio desde que tengo uso de razón. Quizás sea porque nací mujer y hasta hace bien poco la nuestra era una existencia injusta. Quizás sean un conjunto de probabilidades las que me han llevado a hablar de mujeres y de pecados capitales.» Sandra Barneda Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422646]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Hablarán de nosotras: Diecisiete mujeres poderosas que pecaron para ser libres Author: Sandra Barneda Narrator: Sandra Barneda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Después del éxito de Reír al viento y La Tierra de las Mujeres, Sandra Barneda debuta en la no ficción con un recorrido por los pecados capitales a través de las vidas de diecisiete mujeres que hicieron de la transgresión una forma de vida. Políticas, cantantes, diosas, aristócratas, concubinas, estrategas, caprichosas, reinas, presentadoras, actrices, seductoras... ¿Has oído hablar de nosotras? Desde los albores de la humanidad, las mujeres hemos estado siempre vinculadas al pecado. Mujeres pecadoras, lascivas, fornicadoras, ¿por qué no virtuosas, inteligentes, ambiciosas? ¿Utilizar nuestras virtudes en un mundo dominado culturalmente por hombres es pecado? ¿Puede la historia o la opinión pública condenarnos por buscar las vías para ser libres?, ¿para pensar por nosotras mismas, para dejar de ser objetos de posesión, de belleza, de maternidad y decidir cómo queréis que sea nuestra vida? Por ellas, por nosotras, para nosotras es este libro. Marcadas por la avaricia, la soberbia, la gula, la lujuria, la ira, la pereza o la envidia, las mujeres de las que hablo -Maria Antonieta, Bette Davies, Hillary Clinton, Maria Callas, Janis Joplin, Madonna, entre otras- son mucho más que unos pecados capitales, son poderosas, valientes, visionarias, decididas y las dueñas absolutas de sus destinos. «Quizás sea porque nací bajo el signo de Libra que las injusticias me han sacado de quicio desde que tengo uso de razón. Quizás sea porque nací mujer y hasta hace bien poco la nuestra era una existencia injusta. Quizás sean un conjunto de probabilidades las que me han llevado a hablar de mujeres y de pecados capitales.» Sandra Barneda https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422641 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: River Kings: A New History of Vikings from Scandinavia to the Silk Roads Author: Cat Jarman Narrator: Cat Jarman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER & THE TIMES HISTORY BOOK OF 2021 'Astonishing and compelling' Bernard Cornwell ‘This superb book is like a classical symphony, perfectly composed and exquisitely performed’ THE TIMES Books of the Year Follow bioarchaeologist Cat Jarman – and the cutting-edge forensic techniques central to her research – as she uncovers epic stories of the Viking age and follows a small ‘Carnelian’ bead found in a Viking grave in Derbyshire to its origins thousands of miles to the east in Gujarat. ‘This superb book is like a classical symphony, perfectly composed and exquisitely performed’ THE TIMES Books of the Year Dr Cat Jarman is a bioarchaeologist, specialising in forensic techniques to research the paths of Vikings who came to rest in British soil. By examining teeth that are now over one thousand years old, she can determine childhood diet, and thereby where a person was likely born. With radiocarbon dating, she can ascertain a death date down to the range of a few years. And her research offers new visions of the likely roles of women and children in Viking culture. In 2017, a carnelian bead came into her temporary possession. River Kings sees her trace its path back to eighth-century Baghdad and India, discovering along the way that the Vikings’ route was far more varied than we might think, that with them came people from the Middle East, not just Scandinavia, and that the reason for this unexpected integration between the Eastern and Western worlds may well have been a slave trade running through the Silk Road, and all the way to Britain. Told as a riveting story of the Vikings and the methods we use to understand them, this is a major reassessment of the fierce, often-mythologised voyagers of the north, and of the global medieval world as we know it. Cat Jarman Thu, 18 Feb 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422641 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: River Kings: A New History of Vikings from Scandinavia to the Silk Roads Author: Cat Jarman Narrator: Cat Jarman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER & THE TIMES HISTORY BOOK OF 2021 'Astonishing and compelling' Bernard Cornwell ‘This superb book is like a classical symphony, perfectly composed and exquisitely performed’ THE TIMES Books of the Year Follow bioarchaeologist Cat Jarman – and the cutting-edge forensic techniques central to her research – as she uncovers epic stories of the Viking age and follows a small ‘Carnelian’ bead found in a Viking grave in Derbyshire to its origins thousands of miles to the east in Gujarat. ‘This superb book is like a classical symphony, perfectly composed and exquisitely performed’ THE TIMES Books of the Year Dr Cat Jarman is a bioarchaeologist, specialising in forensic techniques to research the paths of Vikings who came to rest in British soil. By examining teeth that are now over one thousand years old, she can determine childhood diet, and thereby where a person was likely born. With radiocarbon dating, she can ascertain a death date down to the range of a few years. And her research offers new visions of the likely roles of women and children in Viking culture. In 2017, a carnelian bead came into her temporary possession. River Kings sees her trace its path back to eighth-century Baghdad and India, discovering along the way that the Vikings’ route was far more varied than we might think, that with them came people from the Middle East, not just Scandinavia, and that the reason for this unexpected integration between the Eastern and Western worlds may well have been a slave trade running through the Silk Road, and all the way to Britain. Told as a riveting story of the Vikings and the methods we use to understand them, this is a major reassessment of the fierce, often-mythologised voyagers of the north, and of the global medieval world as we know it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422641]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: River Kings: A New History of Vikings from Scandinavia to the Silk Roads Author: Cat Jarman Narrator: Cat Jarman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 18, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER & THE TIMES HISTORY BOOK OF 2021 'Astonishing and compelling' Bernard Cornwell ‘This superb book is like a classical symphony, perfectly composed and exquisitely performed’ THE TIMES Books of the Year Follow bioarchaeologist Cat Jarman – and the cutting-edge forensic techniques central to her research – as she uncovers epic stories of the Viking age and follows a small ‘Carnelian’ bead found in a Viking grave in Derbyshire to its origins thousands of miles to the east in Gujarat. ‘This superb book is like a classical symphony, perfectly composed and exquisitely performed’ THE TIMES Books of the Year Dr Cat Jarman is a bioarchaeologist, specialising in forensic techniques to research the paths of Vikings who came to rest in British soil. By examining teeth that are now over one thousand years old, she can determine childhood diet, and thereby where a person was likely born. With radiocarbon dating, she can ascertain a death date down to the range of a few years. And her research offers new visions of the likely roles of women and children in Viking culture. In 2017, a carnelian bead came into her temporary possession. River Kings sees her trace its path back to eighth-century Baghdad and India, discovering along the way that the Vikings’ route was far more varied than we might think, that with them came people from the Middle East, not just Scandinavia, and that the reason for this unexpected integration between the Eastern and Western worlds may well have been a slave trade running through the Silk Road, and all the way to Britain. Told as a riveting story of the Vikings and the methods we use to understand them, this is a major reassessment of the fierce, often-mythologised voyagers of the north, and of the global medieval world as we know it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422120 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Silence Habit: A Practical Guide to Uncomfortable Conversations in the #MeToo Workplace Author: Sarah Beaulieu Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Top consultant Sarah Beaulieu offers a five-part framework that enables employees to have difficult but necessary conversations about sexual harassment and violence and develop new, better ways of working together. In the wake of the #MeToo movement, employees and leaders are struggling with how to respond to the pervasiveness of sexual harassment. Most approaches simply emphasize knowing and complying with existing laws. But people need more than lists of dos and don'ts-they need to learn how to navigate this uncertain, emotionally charged terrain. Sarah Beaulieu provides a new skills-based approach to addressing sexual harassment prevention and response in the workplace, including using underdeveloped skills like empathy, situational awareness, boundary setting, and intervention. Beaulieu outlines a five-part framework for having conversations about sexual harassment: Know the Facts; Feel Uncomfortable; Get Curious, Not Furious; See the Whole Picture; and Embrace Practical Questions. By embracing these conversations, we can break the cycle of avoidance and silence that makes our lives and workplaces feel volatile and unsafe. Grounded in storytelling, humor, and dozens of real-life scenarios, this book introduces the idea of uncomfortable conversation as the core skill required to enable everyone to bring their full talent and contributions to safe and respectful workplaces. Sarah Beaulieu Tue, 25 Feb 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422120 thebookvoice.com 5:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Silence Habit: A Practical Guide to Uncomfortable Conversations in the #MeToo Workplace Author: Sarah Beaulieu Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Top consultant Sarah Beaulieu offers a five-part framework that enables employees to have difficult but necessary conversations about sexual harassment and violence and develop new, better ways of working together. In the wake of the #MeToo movement, employees and leaders are struggling with how to respond to the pervasiveness of sexual harassment. Most approaches simply emphasize knowing and complying with existing laws. But people need more than lists of dos and don'ts-they need to learn how to navigate this uncertain, emotionally charged terrain. Sarah Beaulieu provides a new skills-based approach to addressing sexual harassment prevention and response in the workplace, including using underdeveloped skills like empathy, situational awareness, boundary setting, and intervention. Beaulieu outlines a five-part framework for having conversations about sexual harassment: Know the Facts; Feel Uncomfortable; Get Curious, Not Furious; See the Whole Picture; and Embrace Practical Questions. By embracing these conversations, we can break the cycle of avoidance and silence that makes our lives and workplaces feel volatile and unsafe. Grounded in storytelling, humor, and dozens of real-life scenarios, this book introduces the idea of uncomfortable conversation as the core skill required to enable everyone to bring their full talent and contributions to safe and respectful workplaces. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422120]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Silence Habit: A Practical Guide to Uncomfortable Conversations in the #MeToo Workplace Author: Sarah Beaulieu Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Top consultant Sarah Beaulieu offers a five-part framework that enables employees to have difficult but necessary conversations about sexual harassment and violence and develop new, better ways of working together. In the wake of the #MeToo movement, employees and leaders are struggling with how to respond to the pervasiveness of sexual harassment. Most approaches simply emphasize knowing and complying with existing laws. But people need more than lists of dos and don'ts-they need to learn how to navigate this uncertain, emotionally charged terrain. Sarah Beaulieu provides a new skills-based approach to addressing sexual harassment prevention and response in the workplace, including using underdeveloped skills like empathy, situational awareness, boundary setting, and intervention. Beaulieu outlines a five-part framework for having conversations about sexual harassment: Know the Facts; Feel Uncomfortable; Get Curious, Not Furious; See the Whole Picture; and Embrace Practical Questions. By embracing these conversations, we can break the cycle of avoidance and silence that makes our lives and workplaces feel volatile and unsafe. Grounded in storytelling, humor, and dozens of real-life scenarios, this book introduces the idea of uncomfortable conversation as the core skill required to enable everyone to bring their full talent and contributions to safe and respectful workplaces. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421953 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lucy: The Beginnings of Humankind Author: Donald C. Johanson, Maitland Edey Narrator: Donald C. Johanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of the discovery of “Lucy”—the oldest, best-preserved skeleton of any erect-walking human ancestor ever found. When Donald Johanson found a partial skeleton, approximately 3.5 million years old, in a remote region of Ethiopia in 1974, a headline-making controversy was launched that continues today. Bursting with all the suspense and intrigue of a fast-paced adventure novel, here is Johanson’s lively account of the extraordinary discovery of “Lucy.” By expounding the controversial change Lucy makes in our view of human origins, Johanson provides a vivid, behind-the-scenes account of the history of paleoanthropology and the colorful, eccentric characters who were and are a part of it. Never before have the mystery and intricacy of our origins been so clearly and compellingly explained as in this astonishing and dramatic book. Donald C. Johanson, Maitland Edey Tue, 19 Nov 2019 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421953 thebookvoice.com 14:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lucy: The Beginnings of Humankind Author: Donald C. Johanson, Maitland Edey Narrator: Donald C. Johanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of the discovery of “Lucy”—the oldest, best-preserved skeleton of any erect-walking human ancestor ever found. When Donald Johanson found a partial skeleton, approximately 3.5 million years old, in a remote region of Ethiopia in 1974, a headline-making controversy was launched that continues today. Bursting with all the suspense and intrigue of a fast-paced adventure novel, here is Johanson’s lively account of the extraordinary discovery of “Lucy.” By expounding the controversial change Lucy makes in our view of human origins, Johanson provides a vivid, behind-the-scenes account of the history of paleoanthropology and the colorful, eccentric characters who were and are a part of it. Never before have the mystery and intricacy of our origins been so clearly and compellingly explained as in this astonishing and dramatic book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421953]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lucy: The Beginnings of Humankind Author: Donald C. Johanson, Maitland Edey Narrator: Donald C. Johanson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The story of the discovery of “Lucy”—the oldest, best-preserved skeleton of any erect-walking human ancestor ever found. When Donald Johanson found a partial skeleton, approximately 3.5 million years old, in a remote region of Ethiopia in 1974, a headline-making controversy was launched that continues today. Bursting with all the suspense and intrigue of a fast-paced adventure novel, here is Johanson’s lively account of the extraordinary discovery of “Lucy.” By expounding the controversial change Lucy makes in our view of human origins, Johanson provides a vivid, behind-the-scenes account of the history of paleoanthropology and the colorful, eccentric characters who were and are a part of it. Never before have the mystery and intricacy of our origins been so clearly and compellingly explained as in this astonishing and dramatic book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Metropolis: A History of the City, Humankind's Greatest Invention Author: Ben Wilson Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a captivating tour of cities famous and forgotten, acclaimed historian Ben Wilson tells the glorious, millennia-spanning story how urban living sparked humankind's greatest innovations.   “A towering achievement.... Reading this book is like visiting an exhilarating city for the first time—dazzling.” —The Wall Street Journal During the two hundred millennia of humanity’s existence, nothing has shaped us more profoundly than the city. From their very beginnings, cities created such a flourishing of human endeavor—new professions, new forms of art, worship and trade—that they kick-started civilization. Guiding us through the centuries, Wilson reveals the innovations nurtured by the inimitable energy of human beings together: civics in the agora of Athens, global trade in ninth-century Baghdad, finance in the coffeehouses of London, domestic comforts in the heart of Amsterdam, peacocking in Belle Époque Paris. In the modern age, the skyscrapers of New York City inspired utopian visions of community design, while the trees of twenty-first-century Seattle and Shanghai point to a sustainable future in the age of climate change. Page-turning, irresistible, and rich with engrossing detail, Metropolis is a brilliant demonstration that the story of human civilization is the story of cities. Ben Wilson Tue, 10 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821 thebookvoice.com 17:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Metropolis: A History of the City, Humankind's Greatest Invention Author: Ben Wilson Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a captivating tour of cities famous and forgotten, acclaimed historian Ben Wilson tells the glorious, millennia-spanning story how urban living sparked humankind's greatest innovations.   “A towering achievement.... Reading this book is like visiting an exhilarating city for the first time—dazzling.” —The Wall Street Journal During the two hundred millennia of humanity’s existence, nothing has shaped us more profoundly than the city. From their very beginnings, cities created such a flourishing of human endeavor—new professions, new forms of art, worship and trade—that they kick-started civilization. Guiding us through the centuries, Wilson reveals the innovations nurtured by the inimitable energy of human beings together: civics in the agora of Athens, global trade in ninth-century Baghdad, finance in the coffeehouses of London, domestic comforts in the heart of Amsterdam, peacocking in Belle Époque Paris. In the modern age, the skyscrapers of New York City inspired utopian visions of community design, while the trees of twenty-first-century Seattle and Shanghai point to a sustainable future in the age of climate change. Page-turning, irresistible, and rich with engrossing detail, Metropolis is a brilliant demonstration that the story of human civilization is the story of cities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Metropolis: A History of the City, Humankind's Greatest Invention Author: Ben Wilson Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In a captivating tour of cities famous and forgotten, acclaimed historian Ben Wilson tells the glorious, millennia-spanning story how urban living sparked humankind's greatest innovations.   “A towering achievement.... Reading this book is like visiting an exhilarating city for the first time—dazzling.” —The Wall Street Journal During the two hundred millennia of humanity’s existence, nothing has shaped us more profoundly than the city. From their very beginnings, cities created such a flourishing of human endeavor—new professions, new forms of art, worship and trade—that they kick-started civilization. Guiding us through the centuries, Wilson reveals the innovations nurtured by the inimitable energy of human beings together: civics in the agora of Athens, global trade in ninth-century Baghdad, finance in the coffeehouses of London, domestic comforts in the heart of Amsterdam, peacocking in Belle Époque Paris. In the modern age, the skyscrapers of New York City inspired utopian visions of community design, while the trees of twenty-first-century Seattle and Shanghai point to a sustainable future in the age of climate change. Page-turning, irresistible, and rich with engrossing detail, Metropolis is a brilliant demonstration that the story of human civilization is the story of cities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raceless: In Search of Family, Identity, and the Truth About Where I Belong Author: Georgina Lawton Narrator: Georgina Lawton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Bustle Most Anticipated Debut of the Year From The Guardian’s Georgina Lawton, a moving examination of how racial identity is constructed—through the author’s own journey grappling with secrets and stereotypes, having been raised by white parents with no explanation as to why she looked black. Raised in sleepy English suburbia, Georgina Lawton was no stranger to homogeneity. Her parents were white; her friends were white; there was no reason for her to think she was any different. But over time her brown skin and dark, kinky hair frequently made her a target of prejudice. In Georgina’s insistently color-blind household, with no acknowledgement of her difference or access to black culture, she lacked the coordinates to make sense of who she was. It was only after her father’s death that Georgina began to unravel the truth about her parentage—and the racial identity that she had been denied. She fled from England and the turmoil of her home-life to live in black communities around the globe—the US, the UK, Nicaragua, Cuba, the Dominican Republic, Vietnam, and Morocco—and to explore her identity and what it meant to live in and navigate the world as a black woman. She spoke with psychologists, sociologists, experts in genetic testing, and other individuals whose experiences of racial identity have been fraught or questioned in the hopes of understanding how, exactly, we identify ourselves. Raceless is an exploration of a fundamental question: what constitutes our sense of self? Drawing on her personal experiences and the stories of others, Lawton grapples with difficult questions about love, shame, grief, and prejudice, and reveals the nuanced and emotional journey of forming one’s identity. Georgina Lawton Tue, 23 Feb 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421786 thebookvoice.com 8:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raceless: In Search of Family, Identity, and the Truth About Where I Belong Author: Georgina Lawton Narrator: Georgina Lawton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Bustle Most Anticipated Debut of the Year From The Guardian’s Georgina Lawton, a moving examination of how racial identity is constructed—through the author’s own journey grappling with secrets and stereotypes, having been raised by white parents with no explanation as to why she looked black. Raised in sleepy English suburbia, Georgina Lawton was no stranger to homogeneity. Her parents were white; her friends were white; there was no reason for her to think she was any different. But over time her brown skin and dark, kinky hair frequently made her a target of prejudice. In Georgina’s insistently color-blind household, with no acknowledgement of her difference or access to black culture, she lacked the coordinates to make sense of who she was. It was only after her father’s death that Georgina began to unravel the truth about her parentage—and the racial identity that she had been denied. She fled from England and the turmoil of her home-life to live in black communities around the globe—the US, the UK, Nicaragua, Cuba, the Dominican Republic, Vietnam, and Morocco—and to explore her identity and what it meant to live in and navigate the world as a black woman. She spoke with psychologists, sociologists, experts in genetic testing, and other individuals whose experiences of racial identity have been fraught or questioned in the hopes of understanding how, exactly, we identify ourselves. Raceless is an exploration of a fundamental question: what constitutes our sense of self? Drawing on her personal experiences and the stories of others, Lawton grapples with difficult questions about love, shame, grief, and prejudice, and reveals the nuanced and emotional journey of forming one’s identity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raceless: In Search of Family, Identity, and the Truth About Where I Belong Author: Georgina Lawton Narrator: Georgina Lawton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Bustle Most Anticipated Debut of the Year From The Guardian’s Georgina Lawton, a moving examination of how racial identity is constructed—through the author’s own journey grappling with secrets and stereotypes, having been raised by white parents with no explanation as to why she looked black. Raised in sleepy English suburbia, Georgina Lawton was no stranger to homogeneity. Her parents were white; her friends were white; there was no reason for her to think she was any different. But over time her brown skin and dark, kinky hair frequently made her a target of prejudice. In Georgina’s insistently color-blind household, with no acknowledgement of her difference or access to black culture, she lacked the coordinates to make sense of who she was. It was only after her father’s death that Georgina began to unravel the truth about her parentage—and the racial identity that she had been denied. She fled from England and the turmoil of her home-life to live in black communities around the globe—the US, the UK, Nicaragua, Cuba, the Dominican Republic, Vietnam, and Morocco—and to explore her identity and what it meant to live in and navigate the world as a black woman. She spoke with psychologists, sociologists, experts in genetic testing, and other individuals whose experiences of racial identity have been fraught or questioned in the hopes of understanding how, exactly, we identify ourselves. Raceless is an exploration of a fundamental question: what constitutes our sense of self? Drawing on her personal experiences and the stories of others, Lawton grapples with difficult questions about love, shame, grief, and prejudice, and reveals the nuanced and emotional journey of forming one’s identity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Each Other's Harvest: Celebrating African American Farmers, Land, and Legacy Author: Natalie Baszile Narrator: Tina Lifford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Queen Sugar—now a critically acclaimed series on OWN directed by Ava Duvernay—comes a beautiful exploration and celebration of black farming in America.  In this impressive anthology, Natalie Baszile brings together essays, poems, quotes, conversations, and first-person stories to examine black people’s connection to the American land from Emancipation to today. In the 1920s, there were over one million black farmers; today there are just 45,000. Baszile explores this crisis, through the farmers’ personal experiences. In their own words, middle aged and elderly black farmers explain why they continue to farm despite systemic discrimination and land loss. The ''Returning Generation''—young farmers, who are building upon the legacy of their ancestors, talk about the challenges they face as they seek to redress issues of food justice, food sovereignty, and reparations.  These farmers are joined by other influential voices, including noted historians Analena Hope Hassberg and Pete Daniel, and award-winning author Clyde W. Ford, who considers the arrival of Africans to American shores; and James Beard Award-winning writers and Michael Twitty, reflects on black culinary tradition and its African roots. Poetry and inspirational quotes are woven into these diverse narratives, adding richness and texture.  As Baszile reveals, black farming informs crucial aspects of American culture—the family, the way our national identity is bound up with the land, the pull of memory, the healing power of food, and race relations. She reminds us that the land, well-earned and fiercely protected, transcends history and signifies a home that can be tended, tilled, and passed to succeeding generations with pride. We Are Each Other’s Harvest elevates the voices and stories of black farmers and people of color, celebrating their perseverance and resilience, while spotlighting the challenges they continue to face. Luminous and eye-opening, this eclectic collection helps people and communities of color today reimagine what it means to be dedicated to the soil. Natalie Baszile Tue, 06 Apr 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779 thebookvoice.com 13:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Each Other's Harvest: Celebrating African American Farmers, Land, and Legacy Author: Natalie Baszile Narrator: Tina Lifford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Queen Sugar—now a critically acclaimed series on OWN directed by Ava Duvernay—comes a beautiful exploration and celebration of black farming in America.  In this impressive anthology, Natalie Baszile brings together essays, poems, quotes, conversations, and first-person stories to examine black people’s connection to the American land from Emancipation to today. In the 1920s, there were over one million black farmers; today there are just 45,000. Baszile explores this crisis, through the farmers’ personal experiences. In their own words, middle aged and elderly black farmers explain why they continue to farm despite systemic discrimination and land loss. The ''Returning Generation''—young farmers, who are building upon the legacy of their ancestors, talk about the challenges they face as they seek to redress issues of food justice, food sovereignty, and reparations.  These farmers are joined by other influential voices, including noted historians Analena Hope Hassberg and Pete Daniel, and award-winning author Clyde W. Ford, who considers the arrival of Africans to American shores; and James Beard Award-winning writers and Michael Twitty, reflects on black culinary tradition and its African roots. Poetry and inspirational quotes are woven into these diverse narratives, adding richness and texture.  As Baszile reveals, black farming informs crucial aspects of American culture—the family, the way our national identity is bound up with the land, the pull of memory, the healing power of food, and race relations. She reminds us that the land, well-earned and fiercely protected, transcends history and signifies a home that can be tended, tilled, and passed to succeeding generations with pride. We Are Each Other’s Harvest elevates the voices and stories of black farmers and people of color, celebrating their perseverance and resilience, while spotlighting the challenges they continue to face. Luminous and eye-opening, this eclectic collection helps people and communities of color today reimagine what it means to be dedicated to the soil. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Each Other's Harvest: Celebrating African American Farmers, Land, and Legacy Author: Natalie Baszile Narrator: Tina Lifford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the author of Queen Sugar—now a critically acclaimed series on OWN directed by Ava Duvernay—comes a beautiful exploration and celebration of black farming in America.  In this impressive anthology, Natalie Baszile brings together essays, poems, quotes, conversations, and first-person stories to examine black people’s connection to the American land from Emancipation to today. In the 1920s, there were over one million black farmers; today there are just 45,000. Baszile explores this crisis, through the farmers’ personal experiences. In their own words, middle aged and elderly black farmers explain why they continue to farm despite systemic discrimination and land loss. The ''Returning Generation''—young farmers, who are building upon the legacy of their ancestors, talk about the challenges they face as they seek to redress issues of food justice, food sovereignty, and reparations.  These farmers are joined by other influential voices, including noted historians Analena Hope Hassberg and Pete Daniel, and award-winning author Clyde W. Ford, who considers the arrival of Africans to American shores; and James Beard Award-winning writers and Michael Twitty, reflects on black culinary tradition and its African roots. Poetry and inspirational quotes are woven into these diverse narratives, adding richness and texture.  As Baszile reveals, black farming informs crucial aspects of American culture—the family, the way our national identity is bound up with the land, the pull of memory, the healing power of food, and race relations. She reminds us that the land, well-earned and fiercely protected, transcends history and signifies a home that can be tended, tilled, and passed to succeeding generations with pride. We Are Each Other’s Harvest elevates the voices and stories of black farmers and people of color, celebrating their perseverance and resilience, while spotlighting the challenges they continue to face. Luminous and eye-opening, this eclectic collection helps people and communities of color today reimagine what it means to be dedicated to the soil. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421710 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Forgotten Citizens: No, Food, No Shelter and No Help Author: Yu'wrian Rise Narrator: Amanda Broderick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 13, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: President Donald Trump and the republican party misunderstands and miscalculates the conditions of the poor, and since poverty destroys everything that psychologically and physically makes a person whole, it induces impoverished individuals to commit a crime. President Donald Trump and the republican party, have reduced food benefits for poor Americans, want to cut social security benefits and health care for poor people while ignoring safe restrictions for our water and environment. The poor condition of AMERICA CITIZENS will arouse the conscience of America to pay more attention to the poor and homeless people of this great nation. This book is not to criticize or point fingers; however, it mainly corroborates the lives of people that are sadly ignored as many of us go out waste money on vices that poor Americans can use. Yu'wrian Rise Thu, 13 Feb 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421710 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Forgotten Citizens: No, Food, No Shelter and No Help Author: Yu'wrian Rise Narrator: Amanda Broderick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 13, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: President Donald Trump and the republican party misunderstands and miscalculates the conditions of the poor, and since poverty destroys everything that psychologically and physically makes a person whole, it induces impoverished individuals to commit a crime. President Donald Trump and the republican party, have reduced food benefits for poor Americans, want to cut social security benefits and health care for poor people while ignoring safe restrictions for our water and environment. The poor condition of AMERICA CITIZENS will arouse the conscience of America to pay more attention to the poor and homeless people of this great nation. This book is not to criticize or point fingers; however, it mainly corroborates the lives of people that are sadly ignored as many of us go out waste money on vices that poor Americans can use. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421710]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Forgotten Citizens: No, Food, No Shelter and No Help Author: Yu'wrian Rise Narrator: Amanda Broderick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 13, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: President Donald Trump and the republican party misunderstands and miscalculates the conditions of the poor, and since poverty destroys everything that psychologically and physically makes a person whole, it induces impoverished individuals to commit a crime. President Donald Trump and the republican party, have reduced food benefits for poor Americans, want to cut social security benefits and health care for poor people while ignoring safe restrictions for our water and environment. The poor condition of AMERICA CITIZENS will arouse the conscience of America to pay more attention to the poor and homeless people of this great nation. This book is not to criticize or point fingers; however, it mainly corroborates the lives of people that are sadly ignored as many of us go out waste money on vices that poor Americans can use. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421623 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disney and Philosophy: Truth, Trust, and a Little Bit of Pixie Dust Series: #44 of The Blackwell Philosophy and Pop Culture Series Author: unknown Narrator: Emily Ellet, Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Take a magic carpet ride through Disney's wonderful world of films and entertainment experiences, and discover the wisdom within its most popular and enduring stories. Philosophy begins in wonder, and there's no question that Disney's immersive worlds and iconic characters have enchanted generations of children and adults alike, inviting us to escape the mundane into a world of fantasy, imagination, and infinite possibility. In Disney and Philosophy, essays from thirty-two deep-thinking Disneyphiles chart a course through the philosophical world of Disney, tapping into the minds of the great sages of the ages-Plato, Aristotle, Confucius, Descartes, and Goofy-to explore universal questions of freedom, personal identity, morality, family, and friendship: Can Sleeping Beauty know that she's not dreaming? Does turning our emotions and memories 'inside out' tell us who we are? What can Toy Story and Wall-E teach us about being human? Is hakuna matata really such a problem-free philosophy? If you've ever asked who you are, what is right, or what your purpose is, Disney and Philosophy will spark your curiosity and imagination with a whole new world of unexpected insight into the Magic Kingdom. unknown Tue, 28 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421623 thebookvoice.com 11:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disney and Philosophy: Truth, Trust, and a Little Bit of Pixie Dust Series: #44 of The Blackwell Philosophy and Pop Culture Series Author: unknown Narrator: Emily Ellet, Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Take a magic carpet ride through Disney's wonderful world of films and entertainment experiences, and discover the wisdom within its most popular and enduring stories. Philosophy begins in wonder, and there's no question that Disney's immersive worlds and iconic characters have enchanted generations of children and adults alike, inviting us to escape the mundane into a world of fantasy, imagination, and infinite possibility. In Disney and Philosophy, essays from thirty-two deep-thinking Disneyphiles chart a course through the philosophical world of Disney, tapping into the minds of the great sages of the ages-Plato, Aristotle, Confucius, Descartes, and Goofy-to explore universal questions of freedom, personal identity, morality, family, and friendship: Can Sleeping Beauty know that she's not dreaming? Does turning our emotions and memories 'inside out' tell us who we are? What can Toy Story and Wall-E teach us about being human? Is hakuna matata really such a problem-free philosophy? If you've ever asked who you are, what is right, or what your purpose is, Disney and Philosophy will spark your curiosity and imagination with a whole new world of unexpected insight into the Magic Kingdom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disney and Philosophy: Truth, Trust, and a Little Bit of Pixie Dust Series: #44 of The Blackwell Philosophy and Pop Culture Series Author: unknown Narrator: Emily Ellet, Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Take a magic carpet ride through Disney's wonderful world of films and entertainment experiences, and discover the wisdom within its most popular and enduring stories. Philosophy begins in wonder, and there's no question that Disney's immersive worlds and iconic characters have enchanted generations of children and adults alike, inviting us to escape the mundane into a world of fantasy, imagination, and infinite possibility. In Disney and Philosophy, essays from thirty-two deep-thinking Disneyphiles chart a course through the philosophical world of Disney, tapping into the minds of the great sages of the ages-Plato, Aristotle, Confucius, Descartes, and Goofy-to explore universal questions of freedom, personal identity, morality, family, and friendship: Can Sleeping Beauty know that she's not dreaming? Does turning our emotions and memories 'inside out' tell us who we are? What can Toy Story and Wall-E teach us about being human? Is hakuna matata really such a problem-free philosophy? If you've ever asked who you are, what is right, or what your purpose is, Disney and Philosophy will spark your curiosity and imagination with a whole new world of unexpected insight into the Magic Kingdom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #DELETED: Big Tech's Battle to Erase the Trump Movement and Steal the Election Author: Allum Bokhari Narrator: Allum Bokhari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Uncover the hidden systems created by the most powerful tech companies in the world that are determined to stop Donald Trump. Journalist Allum Bokhari has spent four years investigating the tech giants that dominate the Internet: Google, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter. He has discovered a dark plot to seize control of the flow of information, and utilize that power to its full extent—to censor, manipulate, and ultimately sway the outcome of democratic elections. His network of whistleblowers inside Google, Facebook and other companies explain how the tech giants now see themselves as "good censors," benevolent commissars controlling the information we receive to "protect" us from "dangerous" speech. They reveal secret methods to covertly manipulate online information without us ever being aware of it, explaining how tech companies can use big data to target undecided voters. They lift the lid on a plot four years in the making—a plot to use the power of technology to stop Donald Trump's re-election. Allum Bokhari Tue, 22 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571 thebookvoice.com 8:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #DELETED: Big Tech's Battle to Erase the Trump Movement and Steal the Election Author: Allum Bokhari Narrator: Allum Bokhari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Uncover the hidden systems created by the most powerful tech companies in the world that are determined to stop Donald Trump. Journalist Allum Bokhari has spent four years investigating the tech giants that dominate the Internet: Google, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter. He has discovered a dark plot to seize control of the flow of information, and utilize that power to its full extent—to censor, manipulate, and ultimately sway the outcome of democratic elections. His network of whistleblowers inside Google, Facebook and other companies explain how the tech giants now see themselves as "good censors," benevolent commissars controlling the information we receive to "protect" us from "dangerous" speech. They reveal secret methods to covertly manipulate online information without us ever being aware of it, explaining how tech companies can use big data to target undecided voters. They lift the lid on a plot four years in the making—a plot to use the power of technology to stop Donald Trump's re-election. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: #DELETED: Big Tech's Battle to Erase the Trump Movement and Steal the Election Author: Allum Bokhari Narrator: Allum Bokhari Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Uncover the hidden systems created by the most powerful tech companies in the world that are determined to stop Donald Trump. Journalist Allum Bokhari has spent four years investigating the tech giants that dominate the Internet: Google, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter. He has discovered a dark plot to seize control of the flow of information, and utilize that power to its full extent—to censor, manipulate, and ultimately sway the outcome of democratic elections. His network of whistleblowers inside Google, Facebook and other companies explain how the tech giants now see themselves as "good censors," benevolent commissars controlling the information we receive to "protect" us from "dangerous" speech. They reveal secret methods to covertly manipulate online information without us ever being aware of it, explaining how tech companies can use big data to target undecided voters. They lift the lid on a plot four years in the making—a plot to use the power of technology to stop Donald Trump's re-election. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Peculiar Indifference: The Neglected Toll of Violence on Black America Author: Elliott Currie Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a Pulitzer Prize finalist, a devastating exploration of the racial disparities in violent death and injury in America and a blueprint for ending this fundamental social injustice About 170,000 black Americans have died in homicides just since the year 2000. Violence takes more years of life from black men than cancer, stroke, and diabetes combined; a young black man in the United States has a fifteen times greater chance of dying from violence than his white counterpart. Even black women suffer violent death at a higher rate than white men, despite homicide’s usual gender patterns. Yet while the country has been rightly outraged by the recent spate of police killings of black Americans, the shocking amount of “everyday” violence that plagues African American communities receives far less attention, and has nearly disappeared as a target of public policy. As acclaimed criminologist Elliott Currie makes clear, this pervasive violence is a direct result of the continuing social and economic marginalization of many black communities in America. Those conditions help perpetuate a level of preventable trauma and needless suffering that has no counterpart anywhere in the developed world. Compelling and accessible, drawing on a rich array of both classic and contemporary research, A Peculiar Indifference describes the dimensions and consequences of this enduring emergency, explains its causes, and offers an urgent plea for long-overdue social action to end it. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books Elliott Currie Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Peculiar Indifference: The Neglected Toll of Violence on Black America Author: Elliott Currie Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a Pulitzer Prize finalist, a devastating exploration of the racial disparities in violent death and injury in America and a blueprint for ending this fundamental social injustice About 170,000 black Americans have died in homicides just since the year 2000. Violence takes more years of life from black men than cancer, stroke, and diabetes combined; a young black man in the United States has a fifteen times greater chance of dying from violence than his white counterpart. Even black women suffer violent death at a higher rate than white men, despite homicide’s usual gender patterns. Yet while the country has been rightly outraged by the recent spate of police killings of black Americans, the shocking amount of “everyday” violence that plagues African American communities receives far less attention, and has nearly disappeared as a target of public policy. As acclaimed criminologist Elliott Currie makes clear, this pervasive violence is a direct result of the continuing social and economic marginalization of many black communities in America. Those conditions help perpetuate a level of preventable trauma and needless suffering that has no counterpart anywhere in the developed world. Compelling and accessible, drawing on a rich array of both classic and contemporary research, A Peculiar Indifference describes the dimensions and consequences of this enduring emergency, explains its causes, and offers an urgent plea for long-overdue social action to end it. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421568]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Peculiar Indifference: The Neglected Toll of Violence on Black America Author: Elliott Currie Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a Pulitzer Prize finalist, a devastating exploration of the racial disparities in violent death and injury in America and a blueprint for ending this fundamental social injustice About 170,000 black Americans have died in homicides just since the year 2000. Violence takes more years of life from black men than cancer, stroke, and diabetes combined; a young black man in the United States has a fifteen times greater chance of dying from violence than his white counterpart. Even black women suffer violent death at a higher rate than white men, despite homicide’s usual gender patterns. Yet while the country has been rightly outraged by the recent spate of police killings of black Americans, the shocking amount of “everyday” violence that plagues African American communities receives far less attention, and has nearly disappeared as a target of public policy. As acclaimed criminologist Elliott Currie makes clear, this pervasive violence is a direct result of the continuing social and economic marginalization of many black communities in America. Those conditions help perpetuate a level of preventable trauma and needless suffering that has no counterpart anywhere in the developed world. Compelling and accessible, drawing on a rich array of both classic and contemporary research, A Peculiar Indifference describes the dimensions and consequences of this enduring emergency, explains its causes, and offers an urgent plea for long-overdue social action to end it. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ok Boomer, Let's Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind Author: Jill Filipovic Narrator: Emily Tremaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Particularly relevant in an election year...This book is full of data—on the economy, technology, and more—that will help millennials articulate their generational rage and help boomers understand where they’re coming from.” —The Washington Post “Jill Filipovic cuts through the noise with characteristic clarity and nuance. Behind the meme is a thoughtfully reported book that greatly contributes to our understanding of generational change.” —Irin Carmon, coauthor of the New York Times bestseller Notorious RBG Baby Boomers are the most prosperous generation in American history, but their kids are screwed. In this eye-opening book, journalist Jill Filipovic breaks down the massive problems facing Millennials including climate, money, housing, and healthcare. In Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk, journalist (and Millenial) Jill Filipovic tells the definitive story of her generation. Talking to gig workers, economists, policy makers, and dozens of struggling Millennials drowning in debt on a planet quite literally in flames, Filipovic paints a shocking and nuanced portrait of a generation being left behind: -Millennials are the most educated generation in American history—and also the most broke. -Millennials hold just 3 percent of American wealth. When they were the same age, Boomers held 21 percent. -The average older Millennial has $15,000 in student loan debt. The average Boomer at the same age? Just $2,300 in today’s dollars. -Millennials are paying almost 40 percent more for their first homes than Boomers did. -American families spend twice as much on healthcare now than they did when Boomers were young parents. Filipovic shows that Millennials are not the avocado-toast-eating snowflakes of Boomer outrage fantasies. But they are the first American generation that will do worse than their parents. “OK, Boomer” isn’t just a sarcastic dismissal—it’s a recognition that Millennials are in crisis, and that Boomer voters, bankers, and policy makers are responsible. Filipovic goes beyond the meme, upending dated assumptions with revelatory data and revealing portraits of young people delaying adulthood to pay down debt, obsessed with “wellness” because they can’t afford real healthcare, and struggling to #hustle in the precarious gig economy. Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk is at once an explainer and an extended olive branch that will finally allow these two generations to truly understand each other. Jill Filipovic Tue, 11 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548 thebookvoice.com 9:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ok Boomer, Let's Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind Author: Jill Filipovic Narrator: Emily Tremaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Particularly relevant in an election year...This book is full of data—on the economy, technology, and more—that will help millennials articulate their generational rage and help boomers understand where they’re coming from.” —The Washington Post “Jill Filipovic cuts through the noise with characteristic clarity and nuance. Behind the meme is a thoughtfully reported book that greatly contributes to our understanding of generational change.” —Irin Carmon, coauthor of the New York Times bestseller Notorious RBG Baby Boomers are the most prosperous generation in American history, but their kids are screwed. In this eye-opening book, journalist Jill Filipovic breaks down the massive problems facing Millennials including climate, money, housing, and healthcare. In Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk, journalist (and Millenial) Jill Filipovic tells the definitive story of her generation. Talking to gig workers, economists, policy makers, and dozens of struggling Millennials drowning in debt on a planet quite literally in flames, Filipovic paints a shocking and nuanced portrait of a generation being left behind: -Millennials are the most educated generation in American history—and also the most broke. -Millennials hold just 3 percent of American wealth. When they were the same age, Boomers held 21 percent. -The average older Millennial has $15,000 in student loan debt. The average Boomer at the same age? Just $2,300 in today’s dollars. -Millennials are paying almost 40 percent more for their first homes than Boomers did. -American families spend twice as much on healthcare now than they did when Boomers were young parents. Filipovic shows that Millennials are not the avocado-toast-eating snowflakes of Boomer outrage fantasies. But they are the first American generation that will do worse than their parents. “OK, Boomer” isn’t just a sarcastic dismissal—it’s a recognition that Millennials are in crisis, and that Boomer voters, bankers, and policy makers are responsible. Filipovic goes beyond the meme, upending dated assumptions with revelatory data and revealing portraits of young people delaying adulthood to pay down debt, obsessed with “wellness” because they can’t afford real healthcare, and struggling to #hustle in the precarious gig economy. Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk is at once an explainer and an extended olive branch that will finally allow these two generations to truly understand each other. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421548]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ok Boomer, Let's Talk: How My Generation Got Left Behind Author: Jill Filipovic Narrator: Emily Tremaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Particularly relevant in an election year...This book is full of data—on the economy, technology, and more—that will help millennials articulate their generational rage and help boomers understand where they’re coming from.” —The Washington Post “Jill Filipovic cuts through the noise with characteristic clarity and nuance. Behind the meme is a thoughtfully reported book that greatly contributes to our understanding of generational change.” —Irin Carmon, coauthor of the New York Times bestseller Notorious RBG Baby Boomers are the most prosperous generation in American history, but their kids are screwed. In this eye-opening book, journalist Jill Filipovic breaks down the massive problems facing Millennials including climate, money, housing, and healthcare. In Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk, journalist (and Millenial) Jill Filipovic tells the definitive story of her generation. Talking to gig workers, economists, policy makers, and dozens of struggling Millennials drowning in debt on a planet quite literally in flames, Filipovic paints a shocking and nuanced portrait of a generation being left behind: -Millennials are the most educated generation in American history—and also the most broke. -Millennials hold just 3 percent of American wealth. When they were the same age, Boomers held 21 percent. -The average older Millennial has $15,000 in student loan debt. The average Boomer at the same age? Just $2,300 in today’s dollars. -Millennials are paying almost 40 percent more for their first homes than Boomers did. -American families spend twice as much on healthcare now than they did when Boomers were young parents. Filipovic shows that Millennials are not the avocado-toast-eating snowflakes of Boomer outrage fantasies. But they are the first American generation that will do worse than their parents. “OK, Boomer” isn’t just a sarcastic dismissal—it’s a recognition that Millennials are in crisis, and that Boomer voters, bankers, and policy makers are responsible. Filipovic goes beyond the meme, upending dated assumptions with revelatory data and revealing portraits of young people delaying adulthood to pay down debt, obsessed with “wellness” because they can’t afford real healthcare, and struggling to #hustle in the precarious gig economy. Ok Boomer, Let’s Talk is at once an explainer and an extended olive branch that will finally allow these two generations to truly understand each other. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421542 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421542]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anunnaki Chronicles: A Zecharia Sitchin Reader Author: Zecharia Sitchin Narrator: Luke Bob Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An insider’s look into the decades of research behind Zecharia Sitchin’s books as well as an in-depth overview of his theories and discoveries • Includes carefully selected chapters from the Earth Chronicles series as well as never-before-published letters, articles, and lectures • Each piece includes an introduction, offering context and insight into Sitchin’s passionate work and revealing the man behind the theories • Explains the genesis of The 12th Planet, the Anunnaki influences on the Sumerian civilization, the orbit of Nibiru, the prehistory of the Americas, the extraterrestrial origins of modern man, and much more What if the tales from the Old Testament and other ancient writings, such as those from Sumer, Babylon, Egypt, and Greece, were not myths or allegory but accounts of actual historical events? Known for his ability to read and interpret ancient Sumerian and Akkadian clay tablets, Zecharia Sitchin (1920-2010) took the words of our most ancient ancestors as fact and, through decades of meticulous research, showed that they revealed a coherent narrative about the true origins of humanity and civilization. Drawing both widespread interest and criticism, his Earth Chronicles series of books, beginning with The 12th Planet, detailed how humanity arose after the arrival of the Anunnaki (“those who from Heaven to Earth came”), alien “gods” who created modern man in their own image and imparted gifts of civilizing knowledge. Providing an insider’s look into the decades of research behind Zecharia Sitchin’s complete works as well as an in-depth overview of his theories, this collection includes carefully selected chapters from the Earth Chronicles series as well as never-before-published letters, articles, and lectures. We learn about the genesis of The 12th Planet in “The Book as a Story,” the Sumerians and their Anunnaki influences in “The Sudden Civilization,” the orbit of Nibiru in “UFOs, Pyramids, and the 12th Planet,” the prehistory of the Americas in “Cities Lost and Found,” the extraterrestrial origins of modern man in “The Cosmic Connection--DNA,” and much more. We get to read never-before-published lectures, culled from Sitchin’s decades of presentations, as well as the article that spurred the writing of There Were Giants Upon the Earth. Each piece includes an introduction by Sitchin’s niece, offering context and insight into Sitchin’s passionate work. These introductions reveal the man behind the theories, a world traveler known for his scholarship, dry humor, and precisely chosen words. If his theories are true, as Sitchin wholeheartedly believed, then this collection presents some of the most important knowledge we have of our origins and future. Zecharia Sitchin Tue, 10 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421542 thebookvoice.com 14:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421542]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anunnaki Chronicles: A Zecharia Sitchin Reader Author: Zecharia Sitchin Narrator: Luke Bob Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An insider’s look into the decades of research behind Zecharia Sitchin’s books as well as an in-depth overview of his theories and discoveries • Includes carefully selected chapters from the Earth Chronicles series as well as never-before-published letters, articles, and lectures • Each piece includes an introduction, offering context and insight into Sitchin’s passionate work and revealing the man behind the theories • Explains the genesis of The 12th Planet, the Anunnaki influences on the Sumerian civilization, the orbit of Nibiru, the prehistory of the Americas, the extraterrestrial origins of modern man, and much more What if the tales from the Old Testament and other ancient writings, such as those from Sumer, Babylon, Egypt, and Greece, were not myths or allegory but accounts of actual historical events? Known for his ability to read and interpret ancient Sumerian and Akkadian clay tablets, Zecharia Sitchin (1920-2010) took the words of our most ancient ancestors as fact and, through decades of meticulous research, showed that they revealed a coherent narrative about the true origins of humanity and civilization. Drawing both widespread interest and criticism, his Earth Chronicles series of books, beginning with The 12th Planet, detailed how humanity arose after the arrival of the Anunnaki (“those who from Heaven to Earth came”), alien “gods” who created modern man in their own image and imparted gifts of civilizing knowledge. Providing an insider’s look into the decades of research behind Zecharia Sitchin’s complete works as well as an in-depth overview of his theories, this collection includes carefully selected chapters from the Earth Chronicles series as well as never-before-published letters, articles, and lectures. We learn about the genesis of The 12th Planet in “The Book as a Story,” the Sumerians and their Anunnaki influences in “The Sudden Civilization,” the orbit of Nibiru in “UFOs, Pyramids, and the 12th Planet,” the prehistory of the Americas in “Cities Lost and Found,” the extraterrestrial origins of modern man in “The Cosmic Connection--DNA,” and much more. We get to read never-before-published lectures, culled from Sitchin’s decades of presentations, as well as the article that spurred the writing of There Were Giants Upon the Earth. Each piece includes an introduction by Sitchin’s niece, offering context and insight into Sitchin’s passionate work. These introductions reveal the man behind the theories, a world traveler known for his scholarship, dry humor, and precisely chosen words. If his theories are true, as Sitchin wholeheartedly believed, then this collection presents some of the most important knowledge we have of our origins and future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421542]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anunnaki Chronicles: A Zecharia Sitchin Reader Author: Zecharia Sitchin Narrator: Luke Bob Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An insider’s look into the decades of research behind Zecharia Sitchin’s books as well as an in-depth overview of his theories and discoveries • Includes carefully selected chapters from the Earth Chronicles series as well as never-before-published letters, articles, and lectures • Each piece includes an introduction, offering context and insight into Sitchin’s passionate work and revealing the man behind the theories • Explains the genesis of The 12th Planet, the Anunnaki influences on the Sumerian civilization, the orbit of Nibiru, the prehistory of the Americas, the extraterrestrial origins of modern man, and much more What if the tales from the Old Testament and other ancient writings, such as those from Sumer, Babylon, Egypt, and Greece, were not myths or allegory but accounts of actual historical events? Known for his ability to read and interpret ancient Sumerian and Akkadian clay tablets, Zecharia Sitchin (1920-2010) took the words of our most ancient ancestors as fact and, through decades of meticulous research, showed that they revealed a coherent narrative about the true origins of humanity and civilization. Drawing both widespread interest and criticism, his Earth Chronicles series of books, beginning with The 12th Planet, detailed how humanity arose after the arrival of the Anunnaki (“those who from Heaven to Earth came”), alien “gods” who created modern man in their own image and imparted gifts of civilizing knowledge. Providing an insider’s look into the decades of research behind Zecharia Sitchin’s complete works as well as an in-depth overview of his theories, this collection includes carefully selected chapters from the Earth Chronicles series as well as never-before-published letters, articles, and lectures. We learn about the genesis of The 12th Planet in “The Book as a Story,” the Sumerians and their Anunnaki influences in “The Sudden Civilization,” the orbit of Nibiru in “UFOs, Pyramids, and the 12th Planet,” the prehistory of the Americas in “Cities Lost and Found,” the extraterrestrial origins of modern man in “The Cosmic Connection--DNA,” and much more. We get to read never-before-published lectures, culled from Sitchin’s decades of presentations, as well as the article that spurred the writing of There Were Giants Upon the Earth. Each piece includes an introduction by Sitchin’s niece, offering context and insight into Sitchin’s passionate work. These introductions reveal the man behind the theories, a world traveler known for his scholarship, dry humor, and precisely chosen words. If his theories are true, as Sitchin wholeheartedly believed, then this collection presents some of the most important knowledge we have of our origins and future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spoon-Fed: Why almost everything we’ve been told about food is wrong Author: Tim Spector Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. We are all bombarded with advice about what we should and shouldn’t eat, and new scientific discoveries are announced every day. Yet the more we are told about nutrition, the less we seem to understand. Through his pioneering scientific research, Tim Spector has been shocked to discover how little good evidence there is for many of our most deep-rooted ideas about food. In a series of short, myth-busting chapters, Spoon-Fed reveals why almost everything we’ve been told about food is wrong. Spector explores the scandalous lack of good science behind many medical and government food recommendations, and how the food industry holds sway over these policies and our choices. Spoon-Fed is a groundbreaking book that forces us to question every diet plan, official recommendation, miracle cure or food label we encounter, and encourages us to rethink our whole relationship with food. Diet may be the most important medicine we all possess. We urgently need to learn how best to use it, not just for our health as individuals but for the future of the planet. ©Tim Spector 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Tim Spector Thu, 27 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421317 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spoon-Fed: Why almost everything we’ve been told about food is wrong Author: Tim Spector Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. We are all bombarded with advice about what we should and shouldn’t eat, and new scientific discoveries are announced every day. Yet the more we are told about nutrition, the less we seem to understand. Through his pioneering scientific research, Tim Spector has been shocked to discover how little good evidence there is for many of our most deep-rooted ideas about food. In a series of short, myth-busting chapters, Spoon-Fed reveals why almost everything we’ve been told about food is wrong. Spector explores the scandalous lack of good science behind many medical and government food recommendations, and how the food industry holds sway over these policies and our choices. Spoon-Fed is a groundbreaking book that forces us to question every diet plan, official recommendation, miracle cure or food label we encounter, and encourages us to rethink our whole relationship with food. Diet may be the most important medicine we all possess. We urgently need to learn how best to use it, not just for our health as individuals but for the future of the planet. ©Tim Spector 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spoon-Fed: Why almost everything we’ve been told about food is wrong Author: Tim Spector Narrator: Leighton Pugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. We are all bombarded with advice about what we should and shouldn’t eat, and new scientific discoveries are announced every day. Yet the more we are told about nutrition, the less we seem to understand. Through his pioneering scientific research, Tim Spector has been shocked to discover how little good evidence there is for many of our most deep-rooted ideas about food. In a series of short, myth-busting chapters, Spoon-Fed reveals why almost everything we’ve been told about food is wrong. Spector explores the scandalous lack of good science behind many medical and government food recommendations, and how the food industry holds sway over these policies and our choices. Spoon-Fed is a groundbreaking book that forces us to question every diet plan, official recommendation, miracle cure or food label we encounter, and encourages us to rethink our whole relationship with food. Diet may be the most important medicine we all possess. We urgently need to learn how best to use it, not just for our health as individuals but for the future of the planet. ©Tim Spector 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420917 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Caste (Oprah's Book Club): The Origins of Our Discontents Author: Isabel Wilkerson Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 582 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 96 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NEW YORK TIMES READERS PICK: 100 BEST BOOKS OF THE 21st CENTURY • OPRAH’S BOOK CLUB PICK • “An instant American classic and almost certainly the keynote nonfiction book of the American century thus far.”—Dwight Garner, The New York Times The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Warmth of Other Suns examines the unspoken caste system that has shaped America and shows how our lives today are still defined by a hierarchy of human divisions—now with a new Afterword by the author. #1 NONFICTION BOOK OF THE YEAR: Time ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post, The New York Times, Los Angeles Times, Boston Globe, O: The Oprah Magazine, NPR, Bloomberg, The Christian Science Monitor, New York Post, The New York Public Library, Fortune, Smithsonian Magazine, Marie Claire, Slate, Library Journal, Kirkus Reviews Winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize • National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist • Winner of the Carl Sandburg Literary Award • Dayton Literary Prize Finalist • PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction Finalist • PEN/Jean Stein Book Award Finalist • Kirkus Prize Finalist “As we go about our daily lives, caste is the wordless usher in a darkened theater, flashlight cast down in the aisles, guiding us to our assigned seats for a performance. The hierarchy of caste is not about feelings or morality. It is about power—which groups have it and which do not.” Beyond race, class, or other factors, there is a powerful caste system that influences people’s lives and behavior and the nation’s fate. Linking the caste systems of America, India, and Nazi Germany, Isabel Wilkerson explores eight pillars that underlie caste systems across civilizations, including divine will, bloodlines, stigma, and more. Using riveting stories about people—including Martin Luther King, Jr., baseball’s Satchel Paige, a single father and his toddler son, Wilkerson herself, and many others—she shows the ways that the insidious undertow of caste is experienced every day. Finally, she points forward to ways America can move beyond the artificial and destructive separations of human divisions, toward hope in our common humanity. Isabel Wilkerson Tue, 04 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420917 thebookvoice.com 15:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Caste (Oprah's Book Club): The Origins of Our Discontents Author: Isabel Wilkerson Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 582 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 96 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NEW YORK TIMES READERS PICK: 100 BEST BOOKS OF THE 21st CENTURY • OPRAH’S BOOK CLUB PICK • “An instant American classic and almost certainly the keynote nonfiction book of the American century thus far.”—Dwight Garner, The New York Times The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Warmth of Other Suns examines the unspoken caste system that has shaped America and shows how our lives today are still defined by a hierarchy of human divisions—now with a new Afterword by the author. #1 NONFICTION BOOK OF THE YEAR: Time ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post, The New York Times, Los Angeles Times, Boston Globe, O: The Oprah Magazine, NPR, Bloomberg, The Christian Science Monitor, New York Post, The New York Public Library, Fortune, Smithsonian Magazine, Marie Claire, Slate, Library Journal, Kirkus Reviews Winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize • National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist • Winner of the Carl Sandburg Literary Award • Dayton Literary Prize Finalist • PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction Finalist • PEN/Jean Stein Book Award Finalist • Kirkus Prize Finalist “As we go about our daily lives, caste is the wordless usher in a darkened theater, flashlight cast down in the aisles, guiding us to our assigned seats for a performance. The hierarchy of caste is not about feelings or morality. It is about power—which groups have it and which do not.” Beyond race, class, or other factors, there is a powerful caste system that influences people’s lives and behavior and the nation’s fate. Linking the caste systems of America, India, and Nazi Germany, Isabel Wilkerson explores eight pillars that underlie caste systems across civilizations, including divine will, bloodlines, stigma, and more. Using riveting stories about people—including Martin Luther King, Jr., baseball’s Satchel Paige, a single father and his toddler son, Wilkerson herself, and many others—she shows the ways that the insidious undertow of caste is experienced every day. Finally, she points forward to ways America can move beyond the artificial and destructive separations of human divisions, toward hope in our common humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Caste (Oprah's Book Club): The Origins of Our Discontents Author: Isabel Wilkerson Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 582 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 96 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NEW YORK TIMES READERS PICK: 100 BEST BOOKS OF THE 21st CENTURY • OPRAH’S BOOK CLUB PICK • “An instant American classic and almost certainly the keynote nonfiction book of the American century thus far.”—Dwight Garner, The New York Times The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Warmth of Other Suns examines the unspoken caste system that has shaped America and shows how our lives today are still defined by a hierarchy of human divisions—now with a new Afterword by the author. #1 NONFICTION BOOK OF THE YEAR: Time ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post, The New York Times, Los Angeles Times, Boston Globe, O: The Oprah Magazine, NPR, Bloomberg, The Christian Science Monitor, New York Post, The New York Public Library, Fortune, Smithsonian Magazine, Marie Claire, Slate, Library Journal, Kirkus Reviews Winner of the Los Angeles Times Book Prize • National Book Critics Circle Award Finalist • Winner of the Carl Sandburg Literary Award • Dayton Literary Prize Finalist • PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction Finalist • PEN/Jean Stein Book Award Finalist • Kirkus Prize Finalist “As we go about our daily lives, caste is the wordless usher in a darkened theater, flashlight cast down in the aisles, guiding us to our assigned seats for a performance. The hierarchy of caste is not about feelings or morality. It is about power—which groups have it and which do not.” Beyond race, class, or other factors, there is a powerful caste system that influences people’s lives and behavior and the nation’s fate. Linking the caste systems of America, India, and Nazi Germany, Isabel Wilkerson explores eight pillars that underlie caste systems across civilizations, including divine will, bloodlines, stigma, and more. Using riveting stories about people—including Martin Luther King, Jr., baseball’s Satchel Paige, a single father and his toddler son, Wilkerson herself, and many others—she shows the ways that the insidious undertow of caste is experienced every day. Finally, she points forward to ways America can move beyond the artificial and destructive separations of human divisions, toward hope in our common humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hype Machine: How Social Media Disrupts Our Elections, Our Economy, and Our Health--and How We Must Adapt Author: Sinan Aral Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A landmark insider’s tour of how social media affects our decision-making and shapes our world in ways both useful and dangerous, with critical ideas on how to protect ourselves in the 2020 election and beyond   MIT professor Sinan Aral isn’t only one of the world’s leading experts on social media—he’s also an entrepreneur and investor, giving him an unparalleled 360-degree view of the technology’s great promise as well as its outsize capacity to damage our politics, our economy, and even our personal health.  Drawing on two decades of his own research and business experience, Aral goes under the hood of the biggest, most powerful social networks to tackle the critical question of just how much social media actually shapes our choices, for better or worse. Aral shows how the tech behind social media offers the same set of behavior-influencing levers to both Russian hackers and brand marketers—to everyone who hopes to change the way we think and act—which is why its consequences affect everything from elections to business, dating to health. Along the way, he covers a wide array of topics, including how network effects fuel Twitter’s and Facebook’s massive growth to the neuroscience of how social media affects our brains, the real consequences of fake news, the power of social ratings, and the impact of social media on our kids. In mapping out strategies for being more thoughtful consumers of social media, The Hype Machine offers the definitive guide to understanding and harnessing for good the technology that has redefined our world overnight. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF of figures and graphs. Sinan Aral Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905 thebookvoice.com 14:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hype Machine: How Social Media Disrupts Our Elections, Our Economy, and Our Health--and How We Must Adapt Author: Sinan Aral Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A landmark insider’s tour of how social media affects our decision-making and shapes our world in ways both useful and dangerous, with critical ideas on how to protect ourselves in the 2020 election and beyond   MIT professor Sinan Aral isn’t only one of the world’s leading experts on social media—he’s also an entrepreneur and investor, giving him an unparalleled 360-degree view of the technology’s great promise as well as its outsize capacity to damage our politics, our economy, and even our personal health.  Drawing on two decades of his own research and business experience, Aral goes under the hood of the biggest, most powerful social networks to tackle the critical question of just how much social media actually shapes our choices, for better or worse. Aral shows how the tech behind social media offers the same set of behavior-influencing levers to both Russian hackers and brand marketers—to everyone who hopes to change the way we think and act—which is why its consequences affect everything from elections to business, dating to health. Along the way, he covers a wide array of topics, including how network effects fuel Twitter’s and Facebook’s massive growth to the neuroscience of how social media affects our brains, the real consequences of fake news, the power of social ratings, and the impact of social media on our kids. In mapping out strategies for being more thoughtful consumers of social media, The Hype Machine offers the definitive guide to understanding and harnessing for good the technology that has redefined our world overnight. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF of figures and graphs. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hype Machine: How Social Media Disrupts Our Elections, Our Economy, and Our Health--and How We Must Adapt Author: Sinan Aral Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A landmark insider’s tour of how social media affects our decision-making and shapes our world in ways both useful and dangerous, with critical ideas on how to protect ourselves in the 2020 election and beyond   MIT professor Sinan Aral isn’t only one of the world’s leading experts on social media—he’s also an entrepreneur and investor, giving him an unparalleled 360-degree view of the technology’s great promise as well as its outsize capacity to damage our politics, our economy, and even our personal health.  Drawing on two decades of his own research and business experience, Aral goes under the hood of the biggest, most powerful social networks to tackle the critical question of just how much social media actually shapes our choices, for better or worse. Aral shows how the tech behind social media offers the same set of behavior-influencing levers to both Russian hackers and brand marketers—to everyone who hopes to change the way we think and act—which is why its consequences affect everything from elections to business, dating to health. Along the way, he covers a wide array of topics, including how network effects fuel Twitter’s and Facebook’s massive growth to the neuroscience of how social media affects our brains, the real consequences of fake news, the power of social ratings, and the impact of social media on our kids. In mapping out strategies for being more thoughtful consumers of social media, The Hype Machine offers the definitive guide to understanding and harnessing for good the technology that has redefined our world overnight. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF of figures and graphs. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Fascist: A Manual Author: Michela Murgia Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How fascist are you? A sharp, provocative conversation-starter about the authoritarian in us all The first and only guide to turning your 21st century democracy into a fascist paradise Democracy is difficult, flawed and unstable. It involves barely distinguishable political parties taking part in lengthy, overcomplicated and expensive decision-making processes. Trying to engage so many people with political issues seems to lead only to complexity and disagreement. So why bother? Doesn't fascism guarantee a more effective and efficient management of the state? In this short, bitingly ironic mixture of On Tyranny and The Psychopath Test, Italian political activist Michela Murgia explores the logic that is attracting increasing numbers of voters to right-wing populism. Far from its origins in the 20th century, fascism is once again on the rise in an age of increased connectivity and globalism. Murgia shows how many of the elements of our society that we might think would combat closed-mindedness and xenophobia actually fan the flames. Closing with a 'fascistometer' to measure the reader's own authoritarian inclinations, How to be a Fascist is a refreshingly direct, polemical book that asks us to confront the fascisim in our governments, in our societies, and in our own political leanings. Michela Murgia Tue, 04 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902 thebookvoice.com 2:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Fascist: A Manual Author: Michela Murgia Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How fascist are you? A sharp, provocative conversation-starter about the authoritarian in us all The first and only guide to turning your 21st century democracy into a fascist paradise Democracy is difficult, flawed and unstable. It involves barely distinguishable political parties taking part in lengthy, overcomplicated and expensive decision-making processes. Trying to engage so many people with political issues seems to lead only to complexity and disagreement. So why bother? Doesn't fascism guarantee a more effective and efficient management of the state? In this short, bitingly ironic mixture of On Tyranny and The Psychopath Test, Italian political activist Michela Murgia explores the logic that is attracting increasing numbers of voters to right-wing populism. Far from its origins in the 20th century, fascism is once again on the rise in an age of increased connectivity and globalism. Murgia shows how many of the elements of our society that we might think would combat closed-mindedness and xenophobia actually fan the flames. Closing with a 'fascistometer' to measure the reader's own authoritarian inclinations, How to be a Fascist is a refreshingly direct, polemical book that asks us to confront the fascisim in our governments, in our societies, and in our own political leanings. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Fascist: A Manual Author: Michela Murgia Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: How fascist are you? A sharp, provocative conversation-starter about the authoritarian in us all The first and only guide to turning your 21st century democracy into a fascist paradise Democracy is difficult, flawed and unstable. It involves barely distinguishable political parties taking part in lengthy, overcomplicated and expensive decision-making processes. Trying to engage so many people with political issues seems to lead only to complexity and disagreement. So why bother? Doesn't fascism guarantee a more effective and efficient management of the state? In this short, bitingly ironic mixture of On Tyranny and The Psychopath Test, Italian political activist Michela Murgia explores the logic that is attracting increasing numbers of voters to right-wing populism. Far from its origins in the 20th century, fascism is once again on the rise in an age of increased connectivity and globalism. Murgia shows how many of the elements of our society that we might think would combat closed-mindedness and xenophobia actually fan the flames. Closing with a 'fascistometer' to measure the reader's own authoritarian inclinations, How to be a Fascist is a refreshingly direct, polemical book that asks us to confront the fascisim in our governments, in our societies, and in our own political leanings. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam Author: Rachel S. Mikva Narrator: Sybil Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Reveals how faith traditions have always passed down tools for self-examination and debate, because all religious ideas—not just extremist ones—can cause harm, even as they also embody important moral teachings. Scripture’s abiding relevance can inspire great goodness, such as welcoming the stranger and extending compassion for the poor. But its authority has also been wielded to defend slavery, marginalize LGBTQ individuals, ignore science, and justify violence. Grounded in close readings of scripture and tradition in Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, religious scholar Rachel Mikva shows us that the Abrahamic religions have always been aware of their tremendous power both to harm and to heal. And so they have transmitted their sacred stories along with built-in tools—interpretive traditions—to do the necessary work of taking on dangerous religious ideas and fostering self-critical faith. By exploring the themes of Scripture, Election, Reward and Punishment, Mikva examines how the interpretive methodologies of these religions have identified and grappled with their perilous power and positive potential. Many readers presume that their understanding of scripture’s meaning is absolute, forgetting how these sacred texts and the history of interpretation have valued multiple perspectives and recognized ongoing rhythms of change. It’s not a modern phenomenon to debate the nature of truth, hold space open for doubt, value humility, and question our capacity to know things—especially about God and God’s will—with certainty. In fact, none of the traditions could remain vital or thrive together without a sustained practice of self-critique. Dangerous Religious Ideas reframes the way we talk about faith to create a space where public discussion of religion is more constructive, nuanced, and socially engaged. Rachel S. Mikva Tue, 03 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894 thebookvoice.com 8:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam Author: Rachel S. Mikva Narrator: Sybil Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Reveals how faith traditions have always passed down tools for self-examination and debate, because all religious ideas—not just extremist ones—can cause harm, even as they also embody important moral teachings. Scripture’s abiding relevance can inspire great goodness, such as welcoming the stranger and extending compassion for the poor. But its authority has also been wielded to defend slavery, marginalize LGBTQ individuals, ignore science, and justify violence. Grounded in close readings of scripture and tradition in Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, religious scholar Rachel Mikva shows us that the Abrahamic religions have always been aware of their tremendous power both to harm and to heal. And so they have transmitted their sacred stories along with built-in tools—interpretive traditions—to do the necessary work of taking on dangerous religious ideas and fostering self-critical faith. By exploring the themes of Scripture, Election, Reward and Punishment, Mikva examines how the interpretive methodologies of these religions have identified and grappled with their perilous power and positive potential. Many readers presume that their understanding of scripture’s meaning is absolute, forgetting how these sacred texts and the history of interpretation have valued multiple perspectives and recognized ongoing rhythms of change. It’s not a modern phenomenon to debate the nature of truth, hold space open for doubt, value humility, and question our capacity to know things—especially about God and God’s will—with certainty. In fact, none of the traditions could remain vital or thrive together without a sustained practice of self-critique. Dangerous Religious Ideas reframes the way we talk about faith to create a space where public discussion of religion is more constructive, nuanced, and socially engaged. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dangerous Religious Ideas: The Deep Roots of Self-Critical Faith in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam Author: Rachel S. Mikva Narrator: Sybil Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Reveals how faith traditions have always passed down tools for self-examination and debate, because all religious ideas—not just extremist ones—can cause harm, even as they also embody important moral teachings. Scripture’s abiding relevance can inspire great goodness, such as welcoming the stranger and extending compassion for the poor. But its authority has also been wielded to defend slavery, marginalize LGBTQ individuals, ignore science, and justify violence. Grounded in close readings of scripture and tradition in Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, religious scholar Rachel Mikva shows us that the Abrahamic religions have always been aware of their tremendous power both to harm and to heal. And so they have transmitted their sacred stories along with built-in tools—interpretive traditions—to do the necessary work of taking on dangerous religious ideas and fostering self-critical faith. By exploring the themes of Scripture, Election, Reward and Punishment, Mikva examines how the interpretive methodologies of these religions have identified and grappled with their perilous power and positive potential. Many readers presume that their understanding of scripture’s meaning is absolute, forgetting how these sacred texts and the history of interpretation have valued multiple perspectives and recognized ongoing rhythms of change. It’s not a modern phenomenon to debate the nature of truth, hold space open for doubt, value humility, and question our capacity to know things—especially about God and God’s will—with certainty. In fact, none of the traditions could remain vital or thrive together without a sustained practice of self-critique. Dangerous Religious Ideas reframes the way we talk about faith to create a space where public discussion of religion is more constructive, nuanced, and socially engaged. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420859 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Conversation: Seven Essential Elements of Meaningful Communication Author: Fred Dust Narrator: Fred Dust Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A former Senior Partner and Global Managing Director at the legendary design firm IDEO shows how to design conversations and meetings that are creative and impactful.   Conversations are one of the most fundamental means of communicating we have as humans. At their best, conversations are unconstrained, authentic and open—two or more people sharing thoughts and ideas in a way that bridges our individual experiences, achieves a common goal. At their worst, they foster misunderstanding, frustration and obscure our real intentions. How often do you walk away from a conversation feeling really heard? That it moved the people in it forward in some important way? You’re not alone. In his practice as a designer, Fred Dust began to approach conversations differently. After years of trying to broker communication between colleagues and clients, he came to believe there had to a way to design the art of conversation itself with intention and purpose, but still artful and playful. Making Conversation codifies what he learned and outlines the four elements essential to successful exchanges: Commitment, Creative Listening, Clarity, and Context. Taken together, these four elements form a set of resources anyone can use to be more deliberate and purposeful in making conversations work. Fred Dust Tue, 01 Dec 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420859 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Conversation: Seven Essential Elements of Meaningful Communication Author: Fred Dust Narrator: Fred Dust Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A former Senior Partner and Global Managing Director at the legendary design firm IDEO shows how to design conversations and meetings that are creative and impactful.   Conversations are one of the most fundamental means of communicating we have as humans. At their best, conversations are unconstrained, authentic and open—two or more people sharing thoughts and ideas in a way that bridges our individual experiences, achieves a common goal. At their worst, they foster misunderstanding, frustration and obscure our real intentions. How often do you walk away from a conversation feeling really heard? That it moved the people in it forward in some important way? You’re not alone. In his practice as a designer, Fred Dust began to approach conversations differently. After years of trying to broker communication between colleagues and clients, he came to believe there had to a way to design the art of conversation itself with intention and purpose, but still artful and playful. Making Conversation codifies what he learned and outlines the four elements essential to successful exchanges: Commitment, Creative Listening, Clarity, and Context. Taken together, these four elements form a set of resources anyone can use to be more deliberate and purposeful in making conversations work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Conversation: Seven Essential Elements of Meaningful Communication Author: Fred Dust Narrator: Fred Dust Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A former Senior Partner and Global Managing Director at the legendary design firm IDEO shows how to design conversations and meetings that are creative and impactful.   Conversations are one of the most fundamental means of communicating we have as humans. At their best, conversations are unconstrained, authentic and open—two or more people sharing thoughts and ideas in a way that bridges our individual experiences, achieves a common goal. At their worst, they foster misunderstanding, frustration and obscure our real intentions. How often do you walk away from a conversation feeling really heard? That it moved the people in it forward in some important way? You’re not alone. In his practice as a designer, Fred Dust began to approach conversations differently. After years of trying to broker communication between colleagues and clients, he came to believe there had to a way to design the art of conversation itself with intention and purpose, but still artful and playful. Making Conversation codifies what he learned and outlines the four elements essential to successful exchanges: Commitment, Creative Listening, Clarity, and Context. Taken together, these four elements form a set of resources anyone can use to be more deliberate and purposeful in making conversations work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make it Happen: How to be an Activist Author: Amika George Narrator: Amika George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘Make It Happen reminds us that people of any age can create change in their communities. From finding allies to setting goals, everyone who wants to contribute to a better future can learn from Amika's book.’ Malala Yousafzai Now, more than ever, we know that the world needs to change. And you can be the one to make it happen. As a teenager, Amika George successfully launched a campaign that pushed the UK government to fund free period products in every school across England. Featuring interviews with world-renowned activists, Make It Happen is her essential and inspirational guide to being an effective activist. From finding your crowd and creating allies to getting those in positions of power to listen, using social media to build a community and protecting your mental health while campaigning, Amika shows you how to create real and lasting change in your world. Amika George Thu, 21 Jan 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439 thebookvoice.com 6:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make it Happen: How to be an Activist Author: Amika George Narrator: Amika George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘Make It Happen reminds us that people of any age can create change in their communities. From finding allies to setting goals, everyone who wants to contribute to a better future can learn from Amika's book.’ Malala Yousafzai Now, more than ever, we know that the world needs to change. And you can be the one to make it happen. As a teenager, Amika George successfully launched a campaign that pushed the UK government to fund free period products in every school across England. Featuring interviews with world-renowned activists, Make It Happen is her essential and inspirational guide to being an effective activist. From finding your crowd and creating allies to getting those in positions of power to listen, using social media to build a community and protecting your mental health while campaigning, Amika shows you how to create real and lasting change in your world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420439]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make it Happen: How to be an Activist Author: Amika George Narrator: Amika George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 21, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘Make It Happen reminds us that people of any age can create change in their communities. From finding allies to setting goals, everyone who wants to contribute to a better future can learn from Amika's book.’ Malala Yousafzai Now, more than ever, we know that the world needs to change. And you can be the one to make it happen. As a teenager, Amika George successfully launched a campaign that pushed the UK government to fund free period products in every school across England. Featuring interviews with world-renowned activists, Make It Happen is her essential and inspirational guide to being an effective activist. From finding your crowd and creating allies to getting those in positions of power to listen, using social media to build a community and protecting your mental health while campaigning, Amika shows you how to create real and lasting change in your world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420067 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Endspurt - Wie Politik tatsächlich ist - und wie sie sein sollte. Begegnungen, Erlebnisse, Erfahrungen. Ein Gespräch mit Hugo Müller-Vogg Author: Hugo Müller-Vogg, Wolfgang Bosbach Narrator: Wolfgang Bosbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 14, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wolfgang Bosbach hat etwas zu sagen - notfalls auch gegen die Linie der eigenen Partei. Seine Geradlinigkeit kommt bei den Bürgern an, die im unübersichtlichen und manchmal auch als unehrlich wahrgenommenen Politikbetrieb nach Orientierung suchen. Ein Interview von Hugo Müller-Vogg mit Wolfgang Bosbach über die Herausforderungen in Zeiten der Anti-Terror-Politik und der großen Flüchtlingsströme, über Werte in der heutigen Gesellschaft und über Deutschlands Rolle in Europa und der Welt. Hugo Müller-Vogg, Wolfgang Bosbach Fri, 14 Oct 2016 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420067 thebookvoice.com 2:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Endspurt - Wie Politik tatsächlich ist - und wie sie sein sollte. Begegnungen, Erlebnisse, Erfahrungen. Ein Gespräch mit Hugo Müller-Vogg Author: Hugo Müller-Vogg, Wolfgang Bosbach Narrator: Wolfgang Bosbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 14, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wolfgang Bosbach hat etwas zu sagen - notfalls auch gegen die Linie der eigenen Partei. Seine Geradlinigkeit kommt bei den Bürgern an, die im unübersichtlichen und manchmal auch als unehrlich wahrgenommenen Politikbetrieb nach Orientierung suchen. Ein Interview von Hugo Müller-Vogg mit Wolfgang Bosbach über die Herausforderungen in Zeiten der Anti-Terror-Politik und der großen Flüchtlingsströme, über Werte in der heutigen Gesellschaft und über Deutschlands Rolle in Europa und der Welt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Endspurt - Wie Politik tatsächlich ist - und wie sie sein sollte. Begegnungen, Erlebnisse, Erfahrungen. Ein Gespräch mit Hugo Müller-Vogg Author: Hugo Müller-Vogg, Wolfgang Bosbach Narrator: Wolfgang Bosbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 14, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wolfgang Bosbach hat etwas zu sagen - notfalls auch gegen die Linie der eigenen Partei. Seine Geradlinigkeit kommt bei den Bürgern an, die im unübersichtlichen und manchmal auch als unehrlich wahrgenommenen Politikbetrieb nach Orientierung suchen. Ein Interview von Hugo Müller-Vogg mit Wolfgang Bosbach über die Herausforderungen in Zeiten der Anti-Terror-Politik und der großen Flüchtlingsströme, über Werte in der heutigen Gesellschaft und über Deutschlands Rolle in Europa und der Welt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419948 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Richter Gottes - Die geheimen Prozesse der Kirche (ungekürzt) Author: Eva Müller Narrator: Eva Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 27, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wenn Priester zur Vernehmung bitten 'Er sieht nicht glücklich aus, dachte sie und verliebte sich. Dabei war das kein Ort zum Verlieben. Der Wirt hatte die Musik gerade wieder aufgedreht. Karnevalsmusik. Die Schminke war bei den meisten nicht mehr frisch. Sie schaute zur Tanzfläche.' Ellen Rogosky weiß schnell, dass Peter Otten der Richtige ist. Was sie für ihre Liebe tun wird, weiß sie damals noch nicht. Anhand der Geschichte des Liebespaars erzählt Eva Müller von den geheimen Prozessen der Kirche. 22 Kirchengerichte gibt es in Deutschland, in der Hauptsache führen sie 'Ehenichtigkeitsprozesse'. Denn für hunderttausende Angestellte der katholischen Kirche gilt bis heute: Wer katholisch getraut ist und eine neue Beziehung eingeht, riskiert seinen Job. Eva Müller Thu, 27 Oct 2016 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419948 thebookvoice.com 3:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Richter Gottes - Die geheimen Prozesse der Kirche (ungekürzt) Author: Eva Müller Narrator: Eva Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 27, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wenn Priester zur Vernehmung bitten 'Er sieht nicht glücklich aus, dachte sie und verliebte sich. Dabei war das kein Ort zum Verlieben. Der Wirt hatte die Musik gerade wieder aufgedreht. Karnevalsmusik. Die Schminke war bei den meisten nicht mehr frisch. Sie schaute zur Tanzfläche.' Ellen Rogosky weiß schnell, dass Peter Otten der Richtige ist. Was sie für ihre Liebe tun wird, weiß sie damals noch nicht. Anhand der Geschichte des Liebespaars erzählt Eva Müller von den geheimen Prozessen der Kirche. 22 Kirchengerichte gibt es in Deutschland, in der Hauptsache führen sie 'Ehenichtigkeitsprozesse'. Denn für hunderttausende Angestellte der katholischen Kirche gilt bis heute: Wer katholisch getraut ist und eine neue Beziehung eingeht, riskiert seinen Job. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Richter Gottes - Die geheimen Prozesse der Kirche (ungekürzt) Author: Eva Müller Narrator: Eva Müller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 27, 2016 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Wenn Priester zur Vernehmung bitten 'Er sieht nicht glücklich aus, dachte sie und verliebte sich. Dabei war das kein Ort zum Verlieben. Der Wirt hatte die Musik gerade wieder aufgedreht. Karnevalsmusik. Die Schminke war bei den meisten nicht mehr frisch. Sie schaute zur Tanzfläche.' Ellen Rogosky weiß schnell, dass Peter Otten der Richtige ist. Was sie für ihre Liebe tun wird, weiß sie damals noch nicht. Anhand der Geschichte des Liebespaars erzählt Eva Müller von den geheimen Prozessen der Kirche. 22 Kirchengerichte gibt es in Deutschland, in der Hauptsache führen sie 'Ehenichtigkeitsprozesse'. Denn für hunderttausende Angestellte der katholischen Kirche gilt bis heute: Wer katholisch getraut ist und eine neue Beziehung eingeht, riskiert seinen Job. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419644 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, They Erased Our Name: A Rohingya Speaks Author: Habiburahman Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “I am three years old and will have to grow up with the hostility of others. I am already an outlaw in my own country, an outlaw in the world. I am three years old, and I don’t yet know that I am stateless.” Habiburahman was born in 1979 and raised in a small village in western Burma. When he was three years old, the country’s military leader declared that his people, the Rohingya, were not one of the 135 recognized ethnic groups that formed the eight “national races.” He was left stateless in his own country. Since 1982, millions of Rohingya have had to flee their homes as a result of extreme prejudice and persecution. In 2016 and 2017, the government intensified the process of ethnic cleansing, and over 700,000 Rohingya people were forced to cross the border into Bangladesh. Here, for the first time, a Rohingya speaks up to expose the truth behind this global humanitarian crisis. Through the eyes of a child, we learn about the historic persecution of the Rohingya people and witness the violence Habiburahman endured throughout his life until he escaped the country in 2000. First, They Erased Our Name is an urgent, moving memoir about what it feels like to be repressed in one’s own country and a refugee in others. It gives voice to the voiceless. Habiburahman Tue, 05 Nov 2019 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419644 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, They Erased Our Name: A Rohingya Speaks Author: Habiburahman Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “I am three years old and will have to grow up with the hostility of others. I am already an outlaw in my own country, an outlaw in the world. I am three years old, and I don’t yet know that I am stateless.” Habiburahman was born in 1979 and raised in a small village in western Burma. When he was three years old, the country’s military leader declared that his people, the Rohingya, were not one of the 135 recognized ethnic groups that formed the eight “national races.” He was left stateless in his own country. Since 1982, millions of Rohingya have had to flee their homes as a result of extreme prejudice and persecution. In 2016 and 2017, the government intensified the process of ethnic cleansing, and over 700,000 Rohingya people were forced to cross the border into Bangladesh. Here, for the first time, a Rohingya speaks up to expose the truth behind this global humanitarian crisis. Through the eyes of a child, we learn about the historic persecution of the Rohingya people and witness the violence Habiburahman endured throughout his life until he escaped the country in 2000. First, They Erased Our Name is an urgent, moving memoir about what it feels like to be repressed in one’s own country and a refugee in others. It gives voice to the voiceless. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First, They Erased Our Name: A Rohingya Speaks Author: Habiburahman Narrator: Sunil Malhotra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: November 5, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “I am three years old and will have to grow up with the hostility of others. I am already an outlaw in my own country, an outlaw in the world. I am three years old, and I don’t yet know that I am stateless.” Habiburahman was born in 1979 and raised in a small village in western Burma. When he was three years old, the country’s military leader declared that his people, the Rohingya, were not one of the 135 recognized ethnic groups that formed the eight “national races.” He was left stateless in his own country. Since 1982, millions of Rohingya have had to flee their homes as a result of extreme prejudice and persecution. In 2016 and 2017, the government intensified the process of ethnic cleansing, and over 700,000 Rohingya people were forced to cross the border into Bangladesh. Here, for the first time, a Rohingya speaks up to expose the truth behind this global humanitarian crisis. Through the eyes of a child, we learn about the historic persecution of the Rohingya people and witness the violence Habiburahman endured throughout his life until he escaped the country in 2000. First, They Erased Our Name is an urgent, moving memoir about what it feels like to be repressed in one’s own country and a refugee in others. It gives voice to the voiceless. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419608 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Software: The Internet & Racial Justice, from the AfroNet to Black Lives Matter Author: Charlton D. Mcilwain Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Activists, pundits, politicians, and the press frequently proclaim today's digitally mediated racial justice activism the new civil rights movement. As Charlton D. McIlwain shows in this book, the story of racial justice movement organizing online is much longer and varied than most people know. Beginning with the simultaneous rise of civil rights and computer revolutions in the 1960s, McIlwain, for the first time, chronicles the long relationship between African Americans, computing technology, and the Internet. In turn, he argues that the forgotten figures who worked to make black politics central to the Internet's birth and evolution paved the way for today's explosion of racial justice activism. From the 1960s to present, the book examines how computing technology has been used to neutralize the threat that black people pose to the existing racial order, but also how black people seized these new computing tools to build community, wealth, and wage a war for racial justice. Through archival sources and the voices of many of those who lived and made this history, Black Software centralizes African Americans' role in the Internet's creation and evolution, illuminating both the limits and possibilities for using digital technology to push for racial justice in the United States and across the globe. Charlton D. Mcilwain Tue, 14 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419608 thebookvoice.com 10:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Software: The Internet & Racial Justice, from the AfroNet to Black Lives Matter Author: Charlton D. Mcilwain Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Activists, pundits, politicians, and the press frequently proclaim today's digitally mediated racial justice activism the new civil rights movement. As Charlton D. McIlwain shows in this book, the story of racial justice movement organizing online is much longer and varied than most people know. Beginning with the simultaneous rise of civil rights and computer revolutions in the 1960s, McIlwain, for the first time, chronicles the long relationship between African Americans, computing technology, and the Internet. In turn, he argues that the forgotten figures who worked to make black politics central to the Internet's birth and evolution paved the way for today's explosion of racial justice activism. From the 1960s to present, the book examines how computing technology has been used to neutralize the threat that black people pose to the existing racial order, but also how black people seized these new computing tools to build community, wealth, and wage a war for racial justice. Through archival sources and the voices of many of those who lived and made this history, Black Software centralizes African Americans' role in the Internet's creation and evolution, illuminating both the limits and possibilities for using digital technology to push for racial justice in the United States and across the globe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419608]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Software: The Internet & Racial Justice, from the AfroNet to Black Lives Matter Author: Charlton D. Mcilwain Narrator: Leon Nixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Activists, pundits, politicians, and the press frequently proclaim today's digitally mediated racial justice activism the new civil rights movement. As Charlton D. McIlwain shows in this book, the story of racial justice movement organizing online is much longer and varied than most people know. Beginning with the simultaneous rise of civil rights and computer revolutions in the 1960s, McIlwain, for the first time, chronicles the long relationship between African Americans, computing technology, and the Internet. In turn, he argues that the forgotten figures who worked to make black politics central to the Internet's birth and evolution paved the way for today's explosion of racial justice activism. From the 1960s to present, the book examines how computing technology has been used to neutralize the threat that black people pose to the existing racial order, but also how black people seized these new computing tools to build community, wealth, and wage a war for racial justice. Through archival sources and the voices of many of those who lived and made this history, Black Software centralizes African Americans' role in the Internet's creation and evolution, illuminating both the limits and possibilities for using digital technology to push for racial justice in the United States and across the globe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419606 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419606]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Campaigning in a Racially Diversifying America: When and How Cross-Racial Electoral Mobilization Works Author: Loren Collingwood Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the voting public continues to diversify across the United States, political candidates, and particularly white candidates, increasingly recognize the importance of making appeals to voters who do not look like themselves. As history has shown, this has been accomplished with varying degrees of success. During the 2016 election, for example, both Hillary Clinton and Bernie Sanders campaigned vociferously among Latino voters in Nevada's early primary, where nineteen percent of the Democratic caucus consisted of Latinos. Clinton released a campaign message to these voters stating that she was just like their abuela (or grandmother). The message, widely panned, came across as insincere, and Clinton, who otherwise performed well among Latinos nationally, lost by a wide margin to Sanders. On the other hand, in 2013, Bill de Blasio, campaigning for mayor of New York City, appeared with his black son in a commercial aimed against stop and frisk policies. His appeal came across as authentic, and he received a high level of support among black voters. In Campaigning in a Racially Diversifying America, Loren Collingwood develops a theory of Cross-Racial Electoral Mobilization (CRM) to explain why, when, and how candidates of one race or ethnicity act to mobilize voters of another race or ethnicity. Loren Collingwood Tue, 07 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419606 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419606]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Campaigning in a Racially Diversifying America: When and How Cross-Racial Electoral Mobilization Works Author: Loren Collingwood Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the voting public continues to diversify across the United States, political candidates, and particularly white candidates, increasingly recognize the importance of making appeals to voters who do not look like themselves. As history has shown, this has been accomplished with varying degrees of success. During the 2016 election, for example, both Hillary Clinton and Bernie Sanders campaigned vociferously among Latino voters in Nevada's early primary, where nineteen percent of the Democratic caucus consisted of Latinos. Clinton released a campaign message to these voters stating that she was just like their abuela (or grandmother). The message, widely panned, came across as insincere, and Clinton, who otherwise performed well among Latinos nationally, lost by a wide margin to Sanders. On the other hand, in 2013, Bill de Blasio, campaigning for mayor of New York City, appeared with his black son in a commercial aimed against stop and frisk policies. His appeal came across as authentic, and he received a high level of support among black voters. In Campaigning in a Racially Diversifying America, Loren Collingwood develops a theory of Cross-Racial Electoral Mobilization (CRM) to explain why, when, and how candidates of one race or ethnicity act to mobilize voters of another race or ethnicity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419606]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Campaigning in a Racially Diversifying America: When and How Cross-Racial Electoral Mobilization Works Author: Loren Collingwood Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the voting public continues to diversify across the United States, political candidates, and particularly white candidates, increasingly recognize the importance of making appeals to voters who do not look like themselves. As history has shown, this has been accomplished with varying degrees of success. During the 2016 election, for example, both Hillary Clinton and Bernie Sanders campaigned vociferously among Latino voters in Nevada's early primary, where nineteen percent of the Democratic caucus consisted of Latinos. Clinton released a campaign message to these voters stating that she was just like their abuela (or grandmother). The message, widely panned, came across as insincere, and Clinton, who otherwise performed well among Latinos nationally, lost by a wide margin to Sanders. On the other hand, in 2013, Bill de Blasio, campaigning for mayor of New York City, appeared with his black son in a commercial aimed against stop and frisk policies. His appeal came across as authentic, and he received a high level of support among black voters. In Campaigning in a Racially Diversifying America, Loren Collingwood develops a theory of Cross-Racial Electoral Mobilization (CRM) to explain why, when, and how candidates of one race or ethnicity act to mobilize voters of another race or ethnicity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419587 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slowdown: The End of the Great Acceleration-and Why It’s Good for the Planet, the Economy, and Our Lives Author: Danny Dorling Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A powerful and counterintuitive argument that we should welcome the current slowdown—of population growth, economies, and technological innovation Drawing from an incredibly rich trove of global data, this groundbreaking book reveals that human progress has been slowing down since the early 1970s. Danny Dorling uses compelling visualizations to illustrate how fertility rates, growth in GDP per person, increases in life expectancy, and even the frequency of new social movements have all steadily declined over the last few generations. Perhaps most surprising of all is the fact that even as new technologies frequently reshape our everyday lives and are widely believed to be propelling our civilization into new and uncharted waters, the rate of technological progress is also rapidly dropping. Rather than lament this turn of events, Dorling embraces it as a moment of promise and a move toward stability, and he notes that many of the older great strides in progress that have defined recent history also brought with them widespread warfare, divided societies, and massive inequality. Danny Dorling Tue, 19 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419587 thebookvoice.com 12:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slowdown: The End of the Great Acceleration-and Why It’s Good for the Planet, the Economy, and Our Lives Author: Danny Dorling Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A powerful and counterintuitive argument that we should welcome the current slowdown—of population growth, economies, and technological innovation Drawing from an incredibly rich trove of global data, this groundbreaking book reveals that human progress has been slowing down since the early 1970s. Danny Dorling uses compelling visualizations to illustrate how fertility rates, growth in GDP per person, increases in life expectancy, and even the frequency of new social movements have all steadily declined over the last few generations. Perhaps most surprising of all is the fact that even as new technologies frequently reshape our everyday lives and are widely believed to be propelling our civilization into new and uncharted waters, the rate of technological progress is also rapidly dropping. Rather than lament this turn of events, Dorling embraces it as a moment of promise and a move toward stability, and he notes that many of the older great strides in progress that have defined recent history also brought with them widespread warfare, divided societies, and massive inequality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419587]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slowdown: The End of the Great Acceleration-and Why It’s Good for the Planet, the Economy, and Our Lives Author: Danny Dorling Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A powerful and counterintuitive argument that we should welcome the current slowdown—of population growth, economies, and technological innovation Drawing from an incredibly rich trove of global data, this groundbreaking book reveals that human progress has been slowing down since the early 1970s. Danny Dorling uses compelling visualizations to illustrate how fertility rates, growth in GDP per person, increases in life expectancy, and even the frequency of new social movements have all steadily declined over the last few generations. Perhaps most surprising of all is the fact that even as new technologies frequently reshape our everyday lives and are widely believed to be propelling our civilization into new and uncharted waters, the rate of technological progress is also rapidly dropping. Rather than lament this turn of events, Dorling embraces it as a moment of promise and a move toward stability, and he notes that many of the older great strides in progress that have defined recent history also brought with them widespread warfare, divided societies, and massive inequality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fifth Sun: A New History of the Aztecs Author: Camilla Townsend Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In November 1519, Hernando Cortés walked along a causeway leading to the capital of the Aztec kingdom and came face to face with Moctezuma. That story—and the story of what happened afterwards—has been told many times, but always following the narrative offered by the Spaniards. After all, we have been taught, it was the Europeans who held the pens. But the Native Americans were intrigued by the Roman alphabet and, unbeknownst to the newcomers, they used it to write detailed histories in their own language of Nahuatl. Until recently, these sources remained obscure, only partially translated, and rarely consulted by scholars. For the first time, in Fifth Sun, the history of the Aztecs is offered in all its complexity based solely on the texts written by the indigenous people themselves. Camilla Townsend presents an accessible and humanized depiction of these native Mexicans, rather than seeing them as the exotic, bloody figures of European stereotypes. The conquest, in this work, is neither an apocalyptic moment, nor an origin story launching Mexicans into existence. The Mexica people had a history of their own long before the Europeans arrived and did not simply capitulate to Spanish culture and colonization. Instead, they realigned their political allegiances, accommodated new obligations, adopted new technologies, and endured. Camilla Townsend Tue, 14 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569 thebookvoice.com 12:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fifth Sun: A New History of the Aztecs Author: Camilla Townsend Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In November 1519, Hernando Cortés walked along a causeway leading to the capital of the Aztec kingdom and came face to face with Moctezuma. That story—and the story of what happened afterwards—has been told many times, but always following the narrative offered by the Spaniards. After all, we have been taught, it was the Europeans who held the pens. But the Native Americans were intrigued by the Roman alphabet and, unbeknownst to the newcomers, they used it to write detailed histories in their own language of Nahuatl. Until recently, these sources remained obscure, only partially translated, and rarely consulted by scholars. For the first time, in Fifth Sun, the history of the Aztecs is offered in all its complexity based solely on the texts written by the indigenous people themselves. Camilla Townsend presents an accessible and humanized depiction of these native Mexicans, rather than seeing them as the exotic, bloody figures of European stereotypes. The conquest, in this work, is neither an apocalyptic moment, nor an origin story launching Mexicans into existence. The Mexica people had a history of their own long before the Europeans arrived and did not simply capitulate to Spanish culture and colonization. Instead, they realigned their political allegiances, accommodated new obligations, adopted new technologies, and endured. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fifth Sun: A New History of the Aztecs Author: Camilla Townsend Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In November 1519, Hernando Cortés walked along a causeway leading to the capital of the Aztec kingdom and came face to face with Moctezuma. That story—and the story of what happened afterwards—has been told many times, but always following the narrative offered by the Spaniards. After all, we have been taught, it was the Europeans who held the pens. But the Native Americans were intrigued by the Roman alphabet and, unbeknownst to the newcomers, they used it to write detailed histories in their own language of Nahuatl. Until recently, these sources remained obscure, only partially translated, and rarely consulted by scholars. For the first time, in Fifth Sun, the history of the Aztecs is offered in all its complexity based solely on the texts written by the indigenous people themselves. Camilla Townsend presents an accessible and humanized depiction of these native Mexicans, rather than seeing them as the exotic, bloody figures of European stereotypes. The conquest, in this work, is neither an apocalyptic moment, nor an origin story launching Mexicans into existence. The Mexica people had a history of their own long before the Europeans arrived and did not simply capitulate to Spanish culture and colonization. Instead, they realigned their political allegiances, accommodated new obligations, adopted new technologies, and endured. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419525 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superstition: A Very Short Introduction Author: Stuart Vyse Narrator: Mike Carnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Despite the dominance of science in today's world, superstitious beliefs—both traditional and new—remain surprisingly popular. A recent survey of adults in the United States found that thirty-three percent believed that finding a penny was good luck, and twenty-three percent believed that the number seven was lucky. Where did these superstitions come from, and why do they persist today? Superstition: A Very Short Introduction explores the nature and surprising history of superstition from antiquity to the present. For two millennia, superstition was a label derisively applied to foreign religions and unacceptable religious practices, and its primary purpose was used to separate groups and assert religious and social authority. After the Enlightenment, the superstition label was still used to define groups, but the new dividing line was between reason and unreason. Today, despite our apparent sophistication and technological advances, superstitious belief and behavior remain widespread, and highly educated people are not immune. Stuart Vyse takes an exciting look at the varieties of popular superstitious beliefs today and the psychological reasons behind their continued existence, as well as the likely future course of superstition in our increasingly connected world. Stuart Vyse Tue, 28 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419525 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superstition: A Very Short Introduction Author: Stuart Vyse Narrator: Mike Carnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Despite the dominance of science in today's world, superstitious beliefs—both traditional and new—remain surprisingly popular. A recent survey of adults in the United States found that thirty-three percent believed that finding a penny was good luck, and twenty-three percent believed that the number seven was lucky. Where did these superstitions come from, and why do they persist today? Superstition: A Very Short Introduction explores the nature and surprising history of superstition from antiquity to the present. For two millennia, superstition was a label derisively applied to foreign religions and unacceptable religious practices, and its primary purpose was used to separate groups and assert religious and social authority. After the Enlightenment, the superstition label was still used to define groups, but the new dividing line was between reason and unreason. Today, despite our apparent sophistication and technological advances, superstitious belief and behavior remain widespread, and highly educated people are not immune. Stuart Vyse takes an exciting look at the varieties of popular superstitious beliefs today and the psychological reasons behind their continued existence, as well as the likely future course of superstition in our increasingly connected world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superstition: A Very Short Introduction Author: Stuart Vyse Narrator: Mike Carnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Despite the dominance of science in today's world, superstitious beliefs—both traditional and new—remain surprisingly popular. A recent survey of adults in the United States found that thirty-three percent believed that finding a penny was good luck, and twenty-three percent believed that the number seven was lucky. Where did these superstitions come from, and why do they persist today? Superstition: A Very Short Introduction explores the nature and surprising history of superstition from antiquity to the present. For two millennia, superstition was a label derisively applied to foreign religions and unacceptable religious practices, and its primary purpose was used to separate groups and assert religious and social authority. After the Enlightenment, the superstition label was still used to define groups, but the new dividing line was between reason and unreason. Today, despite our apparent sophistication and technological advances, superstitious belief and behavior remain widespread, and highly educated people are not immune. Stuart Vyse takes an exciting look at the varieties of popular superstitious beliefs today and the psychological reasons behind their continued existence, as well as the likely future course of superstition in our increasingly connected world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419505 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American While Black: African Americans, Immigration, and the Limits of Citizenship Author: Niambi Michele Carter Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the same time that the Civil Rights Movement brought increasing opportunities for blacks, the United States liberalized its immigration policy. While the broadening of the United States's borders to non-European immigrants fits with a black political agenda of social justice, recent waves of immigration have presented a dilemma for blacks, prompting ambivalent or even negative attitudes toward migrants. What has an expanded immigration regime meant for how blacks express national attachment? In this book, Niambi Michele Carter argues that immigration, both historically and in the contemporary moment, has served as a reminder of the limited inclusion of African Americans in the body politic. As Carter contends, blacks use the issue of immigration as a way to understand the nature and meaning of their American citizenship—specifically the way that white supremacy structures and constrains not just their place in the American political landscape, but their political opinions as well. Carter draws on original interview material and empirical data on African American political opinion to offer the first theory of black public opinion toward immigration. Niambi Michele Carter Tue, 21 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419505 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American While Black: African Americans, Immigration, and the Limits of Citizenship Author: Niambi Michele Carter Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the same time that the Civil Rights Movement brought increasing opportunities for blacks, the United States liberalized its immigration policy. While the broadening of the United States's borders to non-European immigrants fits with a black political agenda of social justice, recent waves of immigration have presented a dilemma for blacks, prompting ambivalent or even negative attitudes toward migrants. What has an expanded immigration regime meant for how blacks express national attachment? In this book, Niambi Michele Carter argues that immigration, both historically and in the contemporary moment, has served as a reminder of the limited inclusion of African Americans in the body politic. As Carter contends, blacks use the issue of immigration as a way to understand the nature and meaning of their American citizenship—specifically the way that white supremacy structures and constrains not just their place in the American political landscape, but their political opinions as well. Carter draws on original interview material and empirical data on African American political opinion to offer the first theory of black public opinion toward immigration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American While Black: African Americans, Immigration, and the Limits of Citizenship Author: Niambi Michele Carter Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the same time that the Civil Rights Movement brought increasing opportunities for blacks, the United States liberalized its immigration policy. While the broadening of the United States's borders to non-European immigrants fits with a black political agenda of social justice, recent waves of immigration have presented a dilemma for blacks, prompting ambivalent or even negative attitudes toward migrants. What has an expanded immigration regime meant for how blacks express national attachment? In this book, Niambi Michele Carter argues that immigration, both historically and in the contemporary moment, has served as a reminder of the limited inclusion of African Americans in the body politic. As Carter contends, blacks use the issue of immigration as a way to understand the nature and meaning of their American citizenship—specifically the way that white supremacy structures and constrains not just their place in the American political landscape, but their political opinions as well. Carter draws on original interview material and empirical data on African American political opinion to offer the first theory of black public opinion toward immigration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419470 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nicotine Chronicles Author: Lee Child Narrator: Matt Godfrey, Macleod Andrews, Frankie Corzo, Lisa Flanagan, Amy Landon, Prentice Onayemi, Rebecca Lowman, Henry Levya, Robert Fass, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In recent years, nicotine has become as verboten as many hard drugs. The literary styles in this volume are as varied as the moral quandaries herein, and the authors have successfully unleashed their incandescent imaginations on the subject matter, fashioning an immensely addictive collection. Featuring brand-new stories by: Lee Child, Joyce Carol Oates, Jonathan Ames, Eric Bogosian, Achy Obejas, Michael Imperioli, Hannah Tinti, Ariel Gore, Bernice L. McFadden, Cara Black, Christopher Sorrentino, David L. Ulin, Jerry Stahl, Lauren Sanders, Peter Kimani, and Robert Arellano. Inspired by the ongoing international success of the city-based Akashic Noir Series (Brooklyn Noir, Boston Noir, Paris Noir, etc.), Akashic created the Drug Chronicles Series in 2011. Following The Speed Chronicles (William T. Vollmann, Megan Abbott), The Cocaine Chronicles (Lee Child, Laura Lippman), The Heroin Chronicles (Jerry Stahl, Eric Bogosian, Lydia Lunch), and The Marijuana Chronicles (Lee Child, Joyce Carol Oates) comes The Nicotine Chronicles, masterfully curated by blockbuster hit maker Lee Child. Lee Child Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419470 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nicotine Chronicles Author: Lee Child Narrator: Matt Godfrey, Macleod Andrews, Frankie Corzo, Lisa Flanagan, Amy Landon, Prentice Onayemi, Rebecca Lowman, Henry Levya, Robert Fass, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In recent years, nicotine has become as verboten as many hard drugs. The literary styles in this volume are as varied as the moral quandaries herein, and the authors have successfully unleashed their incandescent imaginations on the subject matter, fashioning an immensely addictive collection. Featuring brand-new stories by: Lee Child, Joyce Carol Oates, Jonathan Ames, Eric Bogosian, Achy Obejas, Michael Imperioli, Hannah Tinti, Ariel Gore, Bernice L. McFadden, Cara Black, Christopher Sorrentino, David L. Ulin, Jerry Stahl, Lauren Sanders, Peter Kimani, and Robert Arellano. Inspired by the ongoing international success of the city-based Akashic Noir Series (Brooklyn Noir, Boston Noir, Paris Noir, etc.), Akashic created the Drug Chronicles Series in 2011. Following The Speed Chronicles (William T. Vollmann, Megan Abbott), The Cocaine Chronicles (Lee Child, Laura Lippman), The Heroin Chronicles (Jerry Stahl, Eric Bogosian, Lydia Lunch), and The Marijuana Chronicles (Lee Child, Joyce Carol Oates) comes The Nicotine Chronicles, masterfully curated by blockbuster hit maker Lee Child. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nicotine Chronicles Author: Lee Child Narrator: Matt Godfrey, Macleod Andrews, Frankie Corzo, Lisa Flanagan, Amy Landon, Prentice Onayemi, Rebecca Lowman, Henry Levya, Robert Fass, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In recent years, nicotine has become as verboten as many hard drugs. The literary styles in this volume are as varied as the moral quandaries herein, and the authors have successfully unleashed their incandescent imaginations on the subject matter, fashioning an immensely addictive collection. Featuring brand-new stories by: Lee Child, Joyce Carol Oates, Jonathan Ames, Eric Bogosian, Achy Obejas, Michael Imperioli, Hannah Tinti, Ariel Gore, Bernice L. McFadden, Cara Black, Christopher Sorrentino, David L. Ulin, Jerry Stahl, Lauren Sanders, Peter Kimani, and Robert Arellano. Inspired by the ongoing international success of the city-based Akashic Noir Series (Brooklyn Noir, Boston Noir, Paris Noir, etc.), Akashic created the Drug Chronicles Series in 2011. Following The Speed Chronicles (William T. Vollmann, Megan Abbott), The Cocaine Chronicles (Lee Child, Laura Lippman), The Heroin Chronicles (Jerry Stahl, Eric Bogosian, Lydia Lunch), and The Marijuana Chronicles (Lee Child, Joyce Carol Oates) comes The Nicotine Chronicles, masterfully curated by blockbuster hit maker Lee Child. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419460 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shame on Me: An Anatomy of Race and Belonging Author: Tessa Mcwatt Narrator: Tessa Mcwatt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE GOVERNOR GENERAL'S AWARD FOR NON-FICTION   Interrogating our ideas of race through the lens of her own multi-racial identity, critically acclaimed novelist Tessa McWatt turns her eye on herself, her body and this world in a powerful new work of non-fiction. Tessa McWatt has been called Susie Wong, Pocahontas and 'black bitch,' and has been judged not black enough by people who assume she straightens her hair. Now, through a close examination of her own body--nose, lips, hair, skin, eyes, ass, bones and blood--which holds up a mirror to the way culture reads all bodies, she asks why we persist in thinking in terms of race today when racism is killing us.      Her grandmother's family fled southern China for British Guiana after her great uncle was shot in his own dentist's chair during the First Sino-Japanese War. McWatt is made of this woman and more: those who arrived in British Guiana from India as indentured labour and those who were brought from Africa as cargo to work on the sugar plantations; colonists and those whom colonialism displaced. How do you tick a box on a census form or job application when your ancestry is Scottish, English, French, Portuguese, Indian, Amerindian, African and Chinese? How do you finally answer a question first posed to you in grade school: 'What are you?' And where do you find a sense of belonging in a supposedly 'post-racial' world where shadism, fear of blackness, identity politics and call-out culture vie with each other noisily, relentlessly and still lethally?      Shame on Me is a personal and powerful exploration of history and identity, colour and desire from a writer who, having been plagued with confusion about her race all her life, has at last found kinship and solidarity in story. Tessa Mcwatt Tue, 24 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419460 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shame on Me: An Anatomy of Race and Belonging Author: Tessa Mcwatt Narrator: Tessa Mcwatt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE GOVERNOR GENERAL'S AWARD FOR NON-FICTION   Interrogating our ideas of race through the lens of her own multi-racial identity, critically acclaimed novelist Tessa McWatt turns her eye on herself, her body and this world in a powerful new work of non-fiction. Tessa McWatt has been called Susie Wong, Pocahontas and 'black bitch,' and has been judged not black enough by people who assume she straightens her hair. Now, through a close examination of her own body--nose, lips, hair, skin, eyes, ass, bones and blood--which holds up a mirror to the way culture reads all bodies, she asks why we persist in thinking in terms of race today when racism is killing us.      Her grandmother's family fled southern China for British Guiana after her great uncle was shot in his own dentist's chair during the First Sino-Japanese War. McWatt is made of this woman and more: those who arrived in British Guiana from India as indentured labour and those who were brought from Africa as cargo to work on the sugar plantations; colonists and those whom colonialism displaced. How do you tick a box on a census form or job application when your ancestry is Scottish, English, French, Portuguese, Indian, Amerindian, African and Chinese? How do you finally answer a question first posed to you in grade school: 'What are you?' And where do you find a sense of belonging in a supposedly 'post-racial' world where shadism, fear of blackness, identity politics and call-out culture vie with each other noisily, relentlessly and still lethally?      Shame on Me is a personal and powerful exploration of history and identity, colour and desire from a writer who, having been plagued with confusion about her race all her life, has at last found kinship and solidarity in story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shame on Me: An Anatomy of Race and Belonging Author: Tessa Mcwatt Narrator: Tessa Mcwatt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE GOVERNOR GENERAL'S AWARD FOR NON-FICTION   Interrogating our ideas of race through the lens of her own multi-racial identity, critically acclaimed novelist Tessa McWatt turns her eye on herself, her body and this world in a powerful new work of non-fiction. Tessa McWatt has been called Susie Wong, Pocahontas and 'black bitch,' and has been judged not black enough by people who assume she straightens her hair. Now, through a close examination of her own body--nose, lips, hair, skin, eyes, ass, bones and blood--which holds up a mirror to the way culture reads all bodies, she asks why we persist in thinking in terms of race today when racism is killing us.      Her grandmother's family fled southern China for British Guiana after her great uncle was shot in his own dentist's chair during the First Sino-Japanese War. McWatt is made of this woman and more: those who arrived in British Guiana from India as indentured labour and those who were brought from Africa as cargo to work on the sugar plantations; colonists and those whom colonialism displaced. How do you tick a box on a census form or job application when your ancestry is Scottish, English, French, Portuguese, Indian, Amerindian, African and Chinese? How do you finally answer a question first posed to you in grade school: 'What are you?' And where do you find a sense of belonging in a supposedly 'post-racial' world where shadism, fear of blackness, identity politics and call-out culture vie with each other noisily, relentlessly and still lethally?      Shame on Me is a personal and powerful exploration of history and identity, colour and desire from a writer who, having been plagued with confusion about her race all her life, has at last found kinship and solidarity in story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planet Canada: How Our Expats Are Shaping the Future Author: John Stackhouse Narrator: Jonathan Watton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A leading thinker on Canada's place in the world contends that our country's greatest untapped resource may be the three million Canadians who don't live here. Entrepreneurs, educators, humanitarians: an entire province's worth of Canadian citizens live outside Canada. Some will return, others won't. But what they all share is the ability, and often the desire, to export Canadian values to a world sorely in need of them. And to act as ambassadors for Canada in industries and societies where diplomatic efforts find little traction. Surely a country with people as diverse as Canada's ought to plug itself into every corner of the globe. We don't, and sometimes not even when our expats are eager to help. Failing to put this desire to work, contends bestselling author and longtime foreign correspondent John Stackhouse, is a grave error for a small country whose voice is getting lost behind developing nations of rapidly increasing influence. The soft power we once boasted is getting softer, but we have an unparalleled resource, if we choose to use it. To ensure Canada's place in the world, Stackhouse argues in Planet Canada, we need this exceptional province of expats and their special claim on the twenty-first century. John Stackhouse Tue, 06 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461 thebookvoice.com 10:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planet Canada: How Our Expats Are Shaping the Future Author: John Stackhouse Narrator: Jonathan Watton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A leading thinker on Canada's place in the world contends that our country's greatest untapped resource may be the three million Canadians who don't live here. Entrepreneurs, educators, humanitarians: an entire province's worth of Canadian citizens live outside Canada. Some will return, others won't. But what they all share is the ability, and often the desire, to export Canadian values to a world sorely in need of them. And to act as ambassadors for Canada in industries and societies where diplomatic efforts find little traction. Surely a country with people as diverse as Canada's ought to plug itself into every corner of the globe. We don't, and sometimes not even when our expats are eager to help. Failing to put this desire to work, contends bestselling author and longtime foreign correspondent John Stackhouse, is a grave error for a small country whose voice is getting lost behind developing nations of rapidly increasing influence. The soft power we once boasted is getting softer, but we have an unparalleled resource, if we choose to use it. To ensure Canada's place in the world, Stackhouse argues in Planet Canada, we need this exceptional province of expats and their special claim on the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Planet Canada: How Our Expats Are Shaping the Future Author: John Stackhouse Narrator: Jonathan Watton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A leading thinker on Canada's place in the world contends that our country's greatest untapped resource may be the three million Canadians who don't live here. Entrepreneurs, educators, humanitarians: an entire province's worth of Canadian citizens live outside Canada. Some will return, others won't. But what they all share is the ability, and often the desire, to export Canadian values to a world sorely in need of them. And to act as ambassadors for Canada in industries and societies where diplomatic efforts find little traction. Surely a country with people as diverse as Canada's ought to plug itself into every corner of the globe. We don't, and sometimes not even when our expats are eager to help. Failing to put this desire to work, contends bestselling author and longtime foreign correspondent John Stackhouse, is a grave error for a small country whose voice is getting lost behind developing nations of rapidly increasing influence. The soft power we once boasted is getting softer, but we have an unparalleled resource, if we choose to use it. To ensure Canada's place in the world, Stackhouse argues in Planet Canada, we need this exceptional province of expats and their special claim on the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419433 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alright, Alright, Alright: The Oral History of Richard Linklater’s Dazed and Confused Author: Melissa Maerz Narrator: Brittany Pressley, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The definitive oral history of the cult classic Dazed and Confused, featuring behind-the-scenes stories from the cast, crew, and Oscar-nominated director Richard Linklater. The production includes an exclusive conversation between Melissa Maerz and Richard Linklater at the end of the audiobook. Dazed and Confused not only heralded the arrival of filmmaker Richard Linklater, it introduced a cast of unknowns who would become the next generation of movie stars. Embraced as a cultural touchstone, the 1993 film would also make Matthew McConaughey’s famous phrase—alright, alright, alright—ubiquitous. But it started with a simple idea: Linklater thought people might like to watch a movie about high school kids just hanging out and listening to music on the last day of school in 1976.     To some, that might not even sound like a movie. But to a few studio executives, it sounded enough like the next American Graffiti to justify the risk. Dazed and Confused underperformed at the box office and seemed destined to disappear. Then something weird happened: Linklater turned out to be right. This wasn’t the kind of movie everybody liked, but it was the kind of movie certain people loved, with an intensity that felt personal. No matter what their high school experience was like, they thought Dazed and Confused was about them. Alright, Alright, Alright is the story of how this iconic film came together and why it worked. Combining behind-the-scenes photos and insights from nearly the entire cast, including Matthew McConaughey, Parker Posey, Ben Affleck, Joey Lauren Adams, and many others, and with full access to Linklater’s Dazed archives, it offers an inside look at how a budding filmmaker and a cast of newcomers made a period piece that would feel timeless for decades to come. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Melissa Maerz Tue, 17 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419433 thebookvoice.com 12:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alright, Alright, Alright: The Oral History of Richard Linklater’s Dazed and Confused Author: Melissa Maerz Narrator: Brittany Pressley, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The definitive oral history of the cult classic Dazed and Confused, featuring behind-the-scenes stories from the cast, crew, and Oscar-nominated director Richard Linklater. The production includes an exclusive conversation between Melissa Maerz and Richard Linklater at the end of the audiobook. Dazed and Confused not only heralded the arrival of filmmaker Richard Linklater, it introduced a cast of unknowns who would become the next generation of movie stars. Embraced as a cultural touchstone, the 1993 film would also make Matthew McConaughey’s famous phrase—alright, alright, alright—ubiquitous. But it started with a simple idea: Linklater thought people might like to watch a movie about high school kids just hanging out and listening to music on the last day of school in 1976.     To some, that might not even sound like a movie. But to a few studio executives, it sounded enough like the next American Graffiti to justify the risk. Dazed and Confused underperformed at the box office and seemed destined to disappear. Then something weird happened: Linklater turned out to be right. This wasn’t the kind of movie everybody liked, but it was the kind of movie certain people loved, with an intensity that felt personal. No matter what their high school experience was like, they thought Dazed and Confused was about them. Alright, Alright, Alright is the story of how this iconic film came together and why it worked. Combining behind-the-scenes photos and insights from nearly the entire cast, including Matthew McConaughey, Parker Posey, Ben Affleck, Joey Lauren Adams, and many others, and with full access to Linklater’s Dazed archives, it offers an inside look at how a budding filmmaker and a cast of newcomers made a period piece that would feel timeless for decades to come. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alright, Alright, Alright: The Oral History of Richard Linklater’s Dazed and Confused Author: Melissa Maerz Narrator: Brittany Pressley, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The definitive oral history of the cult classic Dazed and Confused, featuring behind-the-scenes stories from the cast, crew, and Oscar-nominated director Richard Linklater. The production includes an exclusive conversation between Melissa Maerz and Richard Linklater at the end of the audiobook. Dazed and Confused not only heralded the arrival of filmmaker Richard Linklater, it introduced a cast of unknowns who would become the next generation of movie stars. Embraced as a cultural touchstone, the 1993 film would also make Matthew McConaughey’s famous phrase—alright, alright, alright—ubiquitous. But it started with a simple idea: Linklater thought people might like to watch a movie about high school kids just hanging out and listening to music on the last day of school in 1976.     To some, that might not even sound like a movie. But to a few studio executives, it sounded enough like the next American Graffiti to justify the risk. Dazed and Confused underperformed at the box office and seemed destined to disappear. Then something weird happened: Linklater turned out to be right. This wasn’t the kind of movie everybody liked, but it was the kind of movie certain people loved, with an intensity that felt personal. No matter what their high school experience was like, they thought Dazed and Confused was about them. Alright, Alright, Alright is the story of how this iconic film came together and why it worked. Combining behind-the-scenes photos and insights from nearly the entire cast, including Matthew McConaughey, Parker Posey, Ben Affleck, Joey Lauren Adams, and many others, and with full access to Linklater’s Dazed archives, it offers an inside look at how a budding filmmaker and a cast of newcomers made a period piece that would feel timeless for decades to come. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419430 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Having and Being Had Author: Eula Biss Narrator: Alex Mckenna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE NAMED A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY TIME , NPR, INSTYLE, AND GOOD HOUSEKEEPING “A sensational new book [that] tries to figure out whether it’s possible to live an ethical life in a capitalist society. . . . The results are enthralling.” —Associated Press  A timely and arresting new look at affluence by the New York Times bestselling author, “one of the leading lights of the modern American essay.” —Financial Times “My adult life can be divided into two distinct parts,” Eula Biss writes, “the time before I owned a washing machine and the time after.” Having just purchased her first home, the poet and essayist now embarks on a provocative exploration of the value system she has bought into. Through a series of engaging exchanges—in libraries and laundromats, over barstools and backyard fences—she examines our assumptions about class and property and the ways we internalize the demands of capitalism. Described by the New York Times as a writer who “advances from all sides, like a chess player,” Biss offers an uncommonly immersive and deeply revealing new portrait of work and luxury, of accumulation and consumption, of the value of time and how we spend it. Ranging from IKEA to Beyoncé to Pokemon, Biss asks, of both herself and her class, “In what have we invested?” Eula Biss Tue, 01 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419430 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Having and Being Had Author: Eula Biss Narrator: Alex Mckenna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE NAMED A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY TIME , NPR, INSTYLE, AND GOOD HOUSEKEEPING “A sensational new book [that] tries to figure out whether it’s possible to live an ethical life in a capitalist society. . . . The results are enthralling.” —Associated Press  A timely and arresting new look at affluence by the New York Times bestselling author, “one of the leading lights of the modern American essay.” —Financial Times “My adult life can be divided into two distinct parts,” Eula Biss writes, “the time before I owned a washing machine and the time after.” Having just purchased her first home, the poet and essayist now embarks on a provocative exploration of the value system she has bought into. Through a series of engaging exchanges—in libraries and laundromats, over barstools and backyard fences—she examines our assumptions about class and property and the ways we internalize the demands of capitalism. Described by the New York Times as a writer who “advances from all sides, like a chess player,” Biss offers an uncommonly immersive and deeply revealing new portrait of work and luxury, of accumulation and consumption, of the value of time and how we spend it. Ranging from IKEA to Beyoncé to Pokemon, Biss asks, of both herself and her class, “In what have we invested?” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Having and Being Had Author: Eula Biss Narrator: Alex Mckenna Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE NAMED A BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR BY TIME , NPR, INSTYLE, AND GOOD HOUSEKEEPING “A sensational new book [that] tries to figure out whether it’s possible to live an ethical life in a capitalist society. . . . The results are enthralling.” —Associated Press  A timely and arresting new look at affluence by the New York Times bestselling author, “one of the leading lights of the modern American essay.” —Financial Times “My adult life can be divided into two distinct parts,” Eula Biss writes, “the time before I owned a washing machine and the time after.” Having just purchased her first home, the poet and essayist now embarks on a provocative exploration of the value system she has bought into. Through a series of engaging exchanges—in libraries and laundromats, over barstools and backyard fences—she examines our assumptions about class and property and the ways we internalize the demands of capitalism. Described by the New York Times as a writer who “advances from all sides, like a chess player,” Biss offers an uncommonly immersive and deeply revealing new portrait of work and luxury, of accumulation and consumption, of the value of time and how we spend it. Ranging from IKEA to Beyoncé to Pokemon, Biss asks, of both herself and her class, “In what have we invested?” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Launching While Female: Smashing the System That Holds Women Entrepreneurs Back Author: Susanne Althoff Narrator: Ann M. Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An exposé of the gender gap in entrepreneurship and a road map for a more inclusive and economically successful future for us all Journalist and professor Susanne Althoff investigates the obstacles women and nonbinary entrepreneurs—especially those of color—face when launching, funding, and growing their companies, obstacles that persist because the current start-up world was engineered by and for white men. Through interviews with over a hundred founders across the country and in all industries, Althoff paints a picture of an entrepreneurial system rife with bias and discrimination, where women receive less than 3 percent of this country’s venture capital, struggle to find mentors in the wake of #MeToo, and are dismissed as “mompreneurs.” The effects of this unequal system—a weaker economy, fewer jobs, less innovation—are felt by all of us, and Althoff explains how more equitable structures in business and entrepreneurship will benefit all people, not just those hoping to fund a startup. By exploring some of the practical ways we can open the entrepreneurial system to everyone, Althoff provides a rallying cry and a way forward for women entrepreneurs and their allies, showing that change is urgent and within our reach. Susanne Althoff Tue, 27 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419373 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Launching While Female: Smashing the System That Holds Women Entrepreneurs Back Author: Susanne Althoff Narrator: Ann M. Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An exposé of the gender gap in entrepreneurship and a road map for a more inclusive and economically successful future for us all Journalist and professor Susanne Althoff investigates the obstacles women and nonbinary entrepreneurs—especially those of color—face when launching, funding, and growing their companies, obstacles that persist because the current start-up world was engineered by and for white men. Through interviews with over a hundred founders across the country and in all industries, Althoff paints a picture of an entrepreneurial system rife with bias and discrimination, where women receive less than 3 percent of this country’s venture capital, struggle to find mentors in the wake of #MeToo, and are dismissed as “mompreneurs.” The effects of this unequal system—a weaker economy, fewer jobs, less innovation—are felt by all of us, and Althoff explains how more equitable structures in business and entrepreneurship will benefit all people, not just those hoping to fund a startup. By exploring some of the practical ways we can open the entrepreneurial system to everyone, Althoff provides a rallying cry and a way forward for women entrepreneurs and their allies, showing that change is urgent and within our reach. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Launching While Female: Smashing the System That Holds Women Entrepreneurs Back Author: Susanne Althoff Narrator: Ann M. Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An exposé of the gender gap in entrepreneurship and a road map for a more inclusive and economically successful future for us all Journalist and professor Susanne Althoff investigates the obstacles women and nonbinary entrepreneurs—especially those of color—face when launching, funding, and growing their companies, obstacles that persist because the current start-up world was engineered by and for white men. Through interviews with over a hundred founders across the country and in all industries, Althoff paints a picture of an entrepreneurial system rife with bias and discrimination, where women receive less than 3 percent of this country’s venture capital, struggle to find mentors in the wake of #MeToo, and are dismissed as “mompreneurs.” The effects of this unequal system—a weaker economy, fewer jobs, less innovation—are felt by all of us, and Althoff explains how more equitable structures in business and entrepreneurship will benefit all people, not just those hoping to fund a startup. By exploring some of the practical ways we can open the entrepreneurial system to everyone, Althoff provides a rallying cry and a way forward for women entrepreneurs and their allies, showing that change is urgent and within our reach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coffeeland: A History Author: Augustine Sedgewick Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Coffee is one of the most valuable commodities in the history of the global economy and the world's most popular drug. The very word 'coffee' is one of the most widespread on the planet. Augustine Sedgewick's brilliant new history tells the hidden and surprising story of how this came to be, tracing coffee's 400-year transformation into an everyday necessity. The story is one that few coffee drinkers know. Coffeeland centres on the volcanic highlands of El Salvador, where James Hill, born in the slums of nineteenth-century Manchester, founded one of the world's great coffee dynasties. Adapting the innovations of the industrial revolution to plantation agriculture, Hill helped to turn El Salvador into perhaps the most intensive monoculture in modern history, a place of extraordinary productivity, inequality and violence. The book follows coffee from the Hill family plantations into the United States, through the San Francisco roasting plants into supermarkets, kitchens and work places, and finally into today's omnipresent cafés. Sedgewick reveals the unexpected consequences of the rise of coffee, which reshaped large areas of the tropics, transformed understandings of energy, and ultimately made us dependent on a drug served in a cup. © Augustine Sedgewick 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Augustine Sedgewick Tue, 07 Apr 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350 thebookvoice.com 14:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coffeeland: A History Author: Augustine Sedgewick Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Coffee is one of the most valuable commodities in the history of the global economy and the world's most popular drug. The very word 'coffee' is one of the most widespread on the planet. Augustine Sedgewick's brilliant new history tells the hidden and surprising story of how this came to be, tracing coffee's 400-year transformation into an everyday necessity. The story is one that few coffee drinkers know. Coffeeland centres on the volcanic highlands of El Salvador, where James Hill, born in the slums of nineteenth-century Manchester, founded one of the world's great coffee dynasties. Adapting the innovations of the industrial revolution to plantation agriculture, Hill helped to turn El Salvador into perhaps the most intensive monoculture in modern history, a place of extraordinary productivity, inequality and violence. The book follows coffee from the Hill family plantations into the United States, through the San Francisco roasting plants into supermarkets, kitchens and work places, and finally into today's omnipresent cafés. Sedgewick reveals the unexpected consequences of the rise of coffee, which reshaped large areas of the tropics, transformed understandings of energy, and ultimately made us dependent on a drug served in a cup. © Augustine Sedgewick 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419350]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coffeeland: A History Author: Augustine Sedgewick Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Coffee is one of the most valuable commodities in the history of the global economy and the world's most popular drug. The very word 'coffee' is one of the most widespread on the planet. Augustine Sedgewick's brilliant new history tells the hidden and surprising story of how this came to be, tracing coffee's 400-year transformation into an everyday necessity. The story is one that few coffee drinkers know. Coffeeland centres on the volcanic highlands of El Salvador, where James Hill, born in the slums of nineteenth-century Manchester, founded one of the world's great coffee dynasties. Adapting the innovations of the industrial revolution to plantation agriculture, Hill helped to turn El Salvador into perhaps the most intensive monoculture in modern history, a place of extraordinary productivity, inequality and violence. The book follows coffee from the Hill family plantations into the United States, through the San Francisco roasting plants into supermarkets, kitchens and work places, and finally into today's omnipresent cafés. Sedgewick reveals the unexpected consequences of the rise of coffee, which reshaped large areas of the tropics, transformed understandings of energy, and ultimately made us dependent on a drug served in a cup. © Augustine Sedgewick 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Spartacus: The Epic Life of Toussaint Louverture Author: Sudhir Hazareesingh Narrator: Ben Arogundade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION, 2020 The Haitian Revolution began in the French Caribbean colony of Saint-Domingue with a slave revolt in August 1791, and culminated a dozen years later in the proclamation of the world's first independent black state. After the abolition of slavery in 1793, Toussaint Louverture, himself a former slave, became the leader of the colony's black population, the commander of its republican army and eventually its governor. During the course of his extraordinary life he confronted some of the dominant forces of his age - slavery, settler colonialism, imperialism and racial hierarchy. Treacherously seized by Napoleon's invading army in 1802, this charismatic figure ended his days, in Wordsworth's phrase, 'the most unhappy man of men', imprisoned in a fortress in France. Black Spartacus draws on a wealth of archival material, much of it overlooked by previous biographers, to follow every step of Louverture's singular journey, from his triumphs against French, Spanish and British troops to his skilful regional diplomacy, his Machiavellian dealings with successive French colonial administrators and his bold promulgation of an autonomous Constitution. Sudhir Hazareesingh shows that Louverture developed his unique vision and leadership not solely in response to imported Enlightenment ideals and revolutionary events in Europe and the Americas, but through a hybrid heritage of fraternal slave organisations, Caribbean mysticism and African political traditions. Above all, Hazareesingh retrieves Louverture's rousing voice and force of personality, making this the most engaging, as well as the most complete, biography to date. After his death in the French fortress, Louverture became a figure of legend, a beacon for slaves across the Atlantic and for generations of European republicans and progressive figures in the Americas. He inspired the anti-slavery campaigner Frederick Douglass, the most eminent nineteenth-century African-American; his emancipatory struggle was hailed by those who defied imperial and colonial rule well into the twentieth. In the modern era, his life informed the French poet Aimé Césaire's seminal idea of négritude and has been celebrated in a remarkable range of plays, songs, novels and statues. Here, in all its drama, is the epic story of the world's first black superhero. ©Sudhir Hazareesingh 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Sudhir Hazareesingh Thu, 03 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419349 thebookvoice.com 17:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Spartacus: The Epic Life of Toussaint Louverture Author: Sudhir Hazareesingh Narrator: Ben Arogundade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION, 2020 The Haitian Revolution began in the French Caribbean colony of Saint-Domingue with a slave revolt in August 1791, and culminated a dozen years later in the proclamation of the world's first independent black state. After the abolition of slavery in 1793, Toussaint Louverture, himself a former slave, became the leader of the colony's black population, the commander of its republican army and eventually its governor. During the course of his extraordinary life he confronted some of the dominant forces of his age - slavery, settler colonialism, imperialism and racial hierarchy. Treacherously seized by Napoleon's invading army in 1802, this charismatic figure ended his days, in Wordsworth's phrase, 'the most unhappy man of men', imprisoned in a fortress in France. Black Spartacus draws on a wealth of archival material, much of it overlooked by previous biographers, to follow every step of Louverture's singular journey, from his triumphs against French, Spanish and British troops to his skilful regional diplomacy, his Machiavellian dealings with successive French colonial administrators and his bold promulgation of an autonomous Constitution. Sudhir Hazareesingh shows that Louverture developed his unique vision and leadership not solely in response to imported Enlightenment ideals and revolutionary events in Europe and the Americas, but through a hybrid heritage of fraternal slave organisations, Caribbean mysticism and African political traditions. Above all, Hazareesingh retrieves Louverture's rousing voice and force of personality, making this the most engaging, as well as the most complete, biography to date. After his death in the French fortress, Louverture became a figure of legend, a beacon for slaves across the Atlantic and for generations of European republicans and progressive figures in the Americas. He inspired the anti-slavery campaigner Frederick Douglass, the most eminent nineteenth-century African-American; his emancipatory struggle was hailed by those who defied imperial and colonial rule well into the twentieth. In the modern era, his life informed the French poet Aimé Césaire's seminal idea of négritude and has been celebrated in a remarkable range of plays, songs, novels and statues. Here, in all its drama, is the epic story of the world's first black superhero. ©Sudhir Hazareesingh 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Spartacus: The Epic Life of Toussaint Louverture Author: Sudhir Hazareesingh Narrator: Ben Arogundade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE FOR NON-FICTION, 2020 The Haitian Revolution began in the French Caribbean colony of Saint-Domingue with a slave revolt in August 1791, and culminated a dozen years later in the proclamation of the world's first independent black state. After the abolition of slavery in 1793, Toussaint Louverture, himself a former slave, became the leader of the colony's black population, the commander of its republican army and eventually its governor. During the course of his extraordinary life he confronted some of the dominant forces of his age - slavery, settler colonialism, imperialism and racial hierarchy. Treacherously seized by Napoleon's invading army in 1802, this charismatic figure ended his days, in Wordsworth's phrase, 'the most unhappy man of men', imprisoned in a fortress in France. Black Spartacus draws on a wealth of archival material, much of it overlooked by previous biographers, to follow every step of Louverture's singular journey, from his triumphs against French, Spanish and British troops to his skilful regional diplomacy, his Machiavellian dealings with successive French colonial administrators and his bold promulgation of an autonomous Constitution. Sudhir Hazareesingh shows that Louverture developed his unique vision and leadership not solely in response to imported Enlightenment ideals and revolutionary events in Europe and the Americas, but through a hybrid heritage of fraternal slave organisations, Caribbean mysticism and African political traditions. Above all, Hazareesingh retrieves Louverture's rousing voice and force of personality, making this the most engaging, as well as the most complete, biography to date. After his death in the French fortress, Louverture became a figure of legend, a beacon for slaves across the Atlantic and for generations of European republicans and progressive figures in the Americas. He inspired the anti-slavery campaigner Frederick Douglass, the most eminent nineteenth-century African-American; his emancipatory struggle was hailed by those who defied imperial and colonial rule well into the twentieth. In the modern era, his life informed the French poet Aimé Césaire's seminal idea of négritude and has been celebrated in a remarkable range of plays, songs, novels and statues. Here, in all its drama, is the epic story of the world's first black superhero. ©Sudhir Hazareesingh 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear Itself: The Causes and Consequences of Fear in America Author: L. Edward Day, Christopher D. Bader, Joseph O. Baker, Ann Gordon Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From moral panics about immigration and gun control to anxiety about terrorism and natural disasters, Americans live in a culture of fear. While fear is typically discussed in emotional or poetic terms—as the opposite of courage or an obstacle to be overcome—it nevertheless has very real consequences in everyday life. Persistent fear negatively affects individuals’ decision-making abilities and causes anxiety, depression, and poor physical health. Furthermore, fear harms communities and society by corroding social trust and civic engagement. Yet politicians often effectively leverage fears to garner votes, and companies routinely market unnecessary products that promise protection from imagined or exaggerated harms. Drawing on five years of data from the Chapman Survey of American Fears—which canvasses a random national sample of adults about a broad range of fears—Fear Itself offers new insights into what people are afraid of and how fear affects their lives. The authors also draw on participant observation with Doomsday preppers and conspiracy theorists to provide fascinating narratives about subcultures of fear. Fear Itself is a novel, wide-ranging study of the social consequences of fear, ultimately suggesting that there is good reason to be afraid of fear itself. L. Edward Day, Christopher D. Bader, Joseph O. Baker, Ann Gordon Tue, 03 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419304 thebookvoice.com 5:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear Itself: The Causes and Consequences of Fear in America Author: L. Edward Day, Christopher D. Bader, Joseph O. Baker, Ann Gordon Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From moral panics about immigration and gun control to anxiety about terrorism and natural disasters, Americans live in a culture of fear. While fear is typically discussed in emotional or poetic terms—as the opposite of courage or an obstacle to be overcome—it nevertheless has very real consequences in everyday life. Persistent fear negatively affects individuals’ decision-making abilities and causes anxiety, depression, and poor physical health. Furthermore, fear harms communities and society by corroding social trust and civic engagement. Yet politicians often effectively leverage fears to garner votes, and companies routinely market unnecessary products that promise protection from imagined or exaggerated harms. Drawing on five years of data from the Chapman Survey of American Fears—which canvasses a random national sample of adults about a broad range of fears—Fear Itself offers new insights into what people are afraid of and how fear affects their lives. The authors also draw on participant observation with Doomsday preppers and conspiracy theorists to provide fascinating narratives about subcultures of fear. Fear Itself is a novel, wide-ranging study of the social consequences of fear, ultimately suggesting that there is good reason to be afraid of fear itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fear Itself: The Causes and Consequences of Fear in America Author: L. Edward Day, Christopher D. Bader, Joseph O. Baker, Ann Gordon Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From moral panics about immigration and gun control to anxiety about terrorism and natural disasters, Americans live in a culture of fear. While fear is typically discussed in emotional or poetic terms—as the opposite of courage or an obstacle to be overcome—it nevertheless has very real consequences in everyday life. Persistent fear negatively affects individuals’ decision-making abilities and causes anxiety, depression, and poor physical health. Furthermore, fear harms communities and society by corroding social trust and civic engagement. Yet politicians often effectively leverage fears to garner votes, and companies routinely market unnecessary products that promise protection from imagined or exaggerated harms. Drawing on five years of data from the Chapman Survey of American Fears—which canvasses a random national sample of adults about a broad range of fears—Fear Itself offers new insights into what people are afraid of and how fear affects their lives. The authors also draw on participant observation with Doomsday preppers and conspiracy theorists to provide fascinating narratives about subcultures of fear. Fear Itself is a novel, wide-ranging study of the social consequences of fear, ultimately suggesting that there is good reason to be afraid of fear itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Morocco - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Jillian York Narrator: Charles Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Morocco is a land of spectacular scenery with a rich history and heady with tantalizing scents and colorful sights. The call of the muezzin seems to draw people from every corner of the globe. In 1956, Morocco gained independence from French colonial rule and was jolted into the twentieth century. Today, it is a country in transition—a unique blend of Arab, African, and European ways of life. The teeming cities have an air of sophistication and joie de vivre, but life in rural areas has stayed much the same. And while the cities are highly westernized, tradition and religion still play a vital role in the everyday life of most people. With rapid change came problems. Lack of opportunity and high unemployment resulted in a “brain drain” as educated Moroccans made their way abroad, and a fundamentalist interpretation of Islam started gaining ground among the urban poor. Even so, as technology becomes widespread and the world shrinks further, Morocco today is coming into its own. Culture Smart! Morocco describes the way the country’s past has shaped its present, advising tourists and business travelers on what to expect and how to behave in different situations. Jillian York Tue, 03 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419298 thebookvoice.com 2:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Morocco - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Jillian York Narrator: Charles Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Morocco is a land of spectacular scenery with a rich history and heady with tantalizing scents and colorful sights. The call of the muezzin seems to draw people from every corner of the globe. In 1956, Morocco gained independence from French colonial rule and was jolted into the twentieth century. Today, it is a country in transition—a unique blend of Arab, African, and European ways of life. The teeming cities have an air of sophistication and joie de vivre, but life in rural areas has stayed much the same. And while the cities are highly westernized, tradition and religion still play a vital role in the everyday life of most people. With rapid change came problems. Lack of opportunity and high unemployment resulted in a “brain drain” as educated Moroccans made their way abroad, and a fundamentalist interpretation of Islam started gaining ground among the urban poor. Even so, as technology becomes widespread and the world shrinks further, Morocco today is coming into its own. Culture Smart! Morocco describes the way the country’s past has shaped its present, advising tourists and business travelers on what to expect and how to behave in different situations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Morocco - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Jillian York Narrator: Charles Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Morocco is a land of spectacular scenery with a rich history and heady with tantalizing scents and colorful sights. The call of the muezzin seems to draw people from every corner of the globe. In 1956, Morocco gained independence from French colonial rule and was jolted into the twentieth century. Today, it is a country in transition—a unique blend of Arab, African, and European ways of life. The teeming cities have an air of sophistication and joie de vivre, but life in rural areas has stayed much the same. And while the cities are highly westernized, tradition and religion still play a vital role in the everyday life of most people. With rapid change came problems. Lack of opportunity and high unemployment resulted in a “brain drain” as educated Moroccans made their way abroad, and a fundamentalist interpretation of Islam started gaining ground among the urban poor. Even so, as technology becomes widespread and the world shrinks further, Morocco today is coming into its own. Culture Smart! Morocco describes the way the country’s past has shaped its present, advising tourists and business travelers on what to expect and how to behave in different situations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419243 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Classical Mythology A to Z: An Encyclopedia of Gods & Goddesses, Heroes & Heroines, Nymphs, Spirits, Monsters, and Places Author: Annette Giesecke Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies, Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An encyclopedic A-to-Z guide, this beautifully illustrated volume offers hundreds of rich, fascinating definitions of 700 major and minor characters, creatures, and places of classical mythology. Classical Mythology A-to-Z is a comprehensive and engrossing guide to Greek and Roman mythology. Written by Annette Giesecke, PhD, Professor of Classics and Chair of Ancient Greek and Roman Studies at the University of Delaware, this brilliant reference offers clear explanations of every character and locale, and captures the essence of these timeless tales. From the gods and goddesses of Mount Olympus and the heroes of the Trojan War to the nymphs, monsters, and other mythical creatures that populate these ancient stories, Giesecke recounts, with clarity and energy, the details of more than 700 characters and places. Each definition includes cross-references to related characters, locations, and myths, as well their equivalent in Roman mythology and cult. In addition to being an important standalone work, Classical Mythology A-to-Z is also written, designed, and illustrated to serve as an essential companion to the bestselling illustrated 75th-anniversary edition of Mythology by Edith Hamilton, including 10 full-color plates and 2-color illustrations throughout by artist Jim Tierney. Annette Giesecke Tue, 10 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419243 thebookvoice.com 14:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Classical Mythology A to Z: An Encyclopedia of Gods & Goddesses, Heroes & Heroines, Nymphs, Spirits, Monsters, and Places Author: Annette Giesecke Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies, Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An encyclopedic A-to-Z guide, this beautifully illustrated volume offers hundreds of rich, fascinating definitions of 700 major and minor characters, creatures, and places of classical mythology. Classical Mythology A-to-Z is a comprehensive and engrossing guide to Greek and Roman mythology. Written by Annette Giesecke, PhD, Professor of Classics and Chair of Ancient Greek and Roman Studies at the University of Delaware, this brilliant reference offers clear explanations of every character and locale, and captures the essence of these timeless tales. From the gods and goddesses of Mount Olympus and the heroes of the Trojan War to the nymphs, monsters, and other mythical creatures that populate these ancient stories, Giesecke recounts, with clarity and energy, the details of more than 700 characters and places. Each definition includes cross-references to related characters, locations, and myths, as well their equivalent in Roman mythology and cult. In addition to being an important standalone work, Classical Mythology A-to-Z is also written, designed, and illustrated to serve as an essential companion to the bestselling illustrated 75th-anniversary edition of Mythology by Edith Hamilton, including 10 full-color plates and 2-color illustrations throughout by artist Jim Tierney. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Classical Mythology A to Z: An Encyclopedia of Gods & Goddesses, Heroes & Heroines, Nymphs, Spirits, Monsters, and Places Author: Annette Giesecke Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies, Corrie James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An encyclopedic A-to-Z guide, this beautifully illustrated volume offers hundreds of rich, fascinating definitions of 700 major and minor characters, creatures, and places of classical mythology. Classical Mythology A-to-Z is a comprehensive and engrossing guide to Greek and Roman mythology. Written by Annette Giesecke, PhD, Professor of Classics and Chair of Ancient Greek and Roman Studies at the University of Delaware, this brilliant reference offers clear explanations of every character and locale, and captures the essence of these timeless tales. From the gods and goddesses of Mount Olympus and the heroes of the Trojan War to the nymphs, monsters, and other mythical creatures that populate these ancient stories, Giesecke recounts, with clarity and energy, the details of more than 700 characters and places. Each definition includes cross-references to related characters, locations, and myths, as well their equivalent in Roman mythology and cult. In addition to being an important standalone work, Classical Mythology A-to-Z is also written, designed, and illustrated to serve as an essential companion to the bestselling illustrated 75th-anniversary edition of Mythology by Edith Hamilton, including 10 full-color plates and 2-color illustrations throughout by artist Jim Tierney. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419229 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419229]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illness Narratives: Suffering, Healing, And The Human Condition Author: Arthur Kleinman Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of America's most celebrated psychiatrists, the book that has taught generations of healers why healing the sick is about more than just diagnosing their illness. Modern medicine treats sick patients like broken machines -- figure out what is physically wrong, fix it, and send the patient on their way. But humans are not machines. When we are ill, we experience our illness: we become scared, distressed, tired, weary. Our illnesses are not just biological conditions, but human ones. It was Arthur Kleinman, a Harvard psychiatrist and anthropologist, who saw this truth when most of his fellow doctors did not. Based on decades of clinical experience studying and treating chronic illness, The Illness Narratives makes a case for interpreting the illness experience of patients as a core feature of doctoring. Before Being Mortal, there was The Illness Narratives. It remains today a prescient and passionate case for bridging the gap between patient and practitioner. Arthur Kleinman Tue, 13 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419229 thebookvoice.com 13:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419229]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illness Narratives: Suffering, Healing, And The Human Condition Author: Arthur Kleinman Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of America's most celebrated psychiatrists, the book that has taught generations of healers why healing the sick is about more than just diagnosing their illness. Modern medicine treats sick patients like broken machines -- figure out what is physically wrong, fix it, and send the patient on their way. But humans are not machines. When we are ill, we experience our illness: we become scared, distressed, tired, weary. Our illnesses are not just biological conditions, but human ones. It was Arthur Kleinman, a Harvard psychiatrist and anthropologist, who saw this truth when most of his fellow doctors did not. Based on decades of clinical experience studying and treating chronic illness, The Illness Narratives makes a case for interpreting the illness experience of patients as a core feature of doctoring. Before Being Mortal, there was The Illness Narratives. It remains today a prescient and passionate case for bridging the gap between patient and practitioner. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419229]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illness Narratives: Suffering, Healing, And The Human Condition Author: Arthur Kleinman Narrator: David Stifel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of America's most celebrated psychiatrists, the book that has taught generations of healers why healing the sick is about more than just diagnosing their illness. Modern medicine treats sick patients like broken machines -- figure out what is physically wrong, fix it, and send the patient on their way. But humans are not machines. When we are ill, we experience our illness: we become scared, distressed, tired, weary. Our illnesses are not just biological conditions, but human ones. It was Arthur Kleinman, a Harvard psychiatrist and anthropologist, who saw this truth when most of his fellow doctors did not. Based on decades of clinical experience studying and treating chronic illness, The Illness Narratives makes a case for interpreting the illness experience of patients as a core feature of doctoring. Before Being Mortal, there was The Illness Narratives. It remains today a prescient and passionate case for bridging the gap between patient and practitioner. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419225 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419225]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shit, Actually: The Definitive, 100% Objective Guide to Modern Cinema Author: Lindy West Narrator: Lindy West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **Your Favorite Movies, Re-Watched** New York Times opinion writer and bestselling author Lindy West was once the in-house movie critic for Seattle's alternative newsweekly The Stranger, where she covered film with brutal honesty and giddy irreverence. In Shit, Actually, Lindy returns to those roots, re-examining beloved and iconic movies from the past 40 years with an eye toward the big questions of our time: Is Twilight the horniest movie in history? Why do the zebras in The Lion King trust Mufasa-WHO IS A LION-to look out for their best interests? Why did anyone bother making any more movies after The Fugitive achieved perfection? And, my god, why don't any of the women in Love, Actually ever fucking talk?!?! From Forrest Gump, Honey I Shrunk the Kids, and Bad Boys II, to Face/Off, Top Gun, and The Notebook, Lindy combines her razor-sharp wit and trademark humor with a genuine adoration for nostalgic trash to shed new critical light on some of our defining cultural touchstones-the stories we've long been telling ourselves about who we are. At once outrageously funny and piercingly incisive, Shit, Actually reminds us to pause and ask, 'How does this movie hold up?', all while teaching us how to laugh at the things we love without ever letting them or ourselves off the hook.Shit, Actually is a love letter and a break-up note all in one: to the films that shaped us and the ones that ruined us. More often than not, Lindy finds, they're one and the same. Lindy West Tue, 20 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419225 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419225]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shit, Actually: The Definitive, 100% Objective Guide to Modern Cinema Author: Lindy West Narrator: Lindy West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **Your Favorite Movies, Re-Watched** New York Times opinion writer and bestselling author Lindy West was once the in-house movie critic for Seattle's alternative newsweekly The Stranger, where she covered film with brutal honesty and giddy irreverence. In Shit, Actually, Lindy returns to those roots, re-examining beloved and iconic movies from the past 40 years with an eye toward the big questions of our time: Is Twilight the horniest movie in history? Why do the zebras in The Lion King trust Mufasa-WHO IS A LION-to look out for their best interests? Why did anyone bother making any more movies after The Fugitive achieved perfection? And, my god, why don't any of the women in Love, Actually ever fucking talk?!?! From Forrest Gump, Honey I Shrunk the Kids, and Bad Boys II, to Face/Off, Top Gun, and The Notebook, Lindy combines her razor-sharp wit and trademark humor with a genuine adoration for nostalgic trash to shed new critical light on some of our defining cultural touchstones-the stories we've long been telling ourselves about who we are. At once outrageously funny and piercingly incisive, Shit, Actually reminds us to pause and ask, 'How does this movie hold up?', all while teaching us how to laugh at the things we love without ever letting them or ourselves off the hook.Shit, Actually is a love letter and a break-up note all in one: to the films that shaped us and the ones that ruined us. More often than not, Lindy finds, they're one and the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419225]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shit, Actually: The Definitive, 100% Objective Guide to Modern Cinema Author: Lindy West Narrator: Lindy West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 20, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: **Your Favorite Movies, Re-Watched** New York Times opinion writer and bestselling author Lindy West was once the in-house movie critic for Seattle's alternative newsweekly The Stranger, where she covered film with brutal honesty and giddy irreverence. In Shit, Actually, Lindy returns to those roots, re-examining beloved and iconic movies from the past 40 years with an eye toward the big questions of our time: Is Twilight the horniest movie in history? Why do the zebras in The Lion King trust Mufasa-WHO IS A LION-to look out for their best interests? Why did anyone bother making any more movies after The Fugitive achieved perfection? And, my god, why don't any of the women in Love, Actually ever fucking talk?!?! From Forrest Gump, Honey I Shrunk the Kids, and Bad Boys II, to Face/Off, Top Gun, and The Notebook, Lindy combines her razor-sharp wit and trademark humor with a genuine adoration for nostalgic trash to shed new critical light on some of our defining cultural touchstones-the stories we've long been telling ourselves about who we are. At once outrageously funny and piercingly incisive, Shit, Actually reminds us to pause and ask, 'How does this movie hold up?', all while teaching us how to laugh at the things we love without ever letting them or ourselves off the hook.Shit, Actually is a love letter and a break-up note all in one: to the films that shaped us and the ones that ruined us. More often than not, Lindy finds, they're one and the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Warlords: My Journey Into the Dark Web of White Supremacy Author: Talia Lavin Narrator: Talia Lavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One reporter takes an immersive dive into white supremacy's explosive online presence, exploring the undercurrents of propaganda, racism, misogyny, and history that led us to where we are now. Talia Lavin is every skinhead's worst nightmare: a loud and unapologetic Jewish woman, acerbic, smart, and profoundly antiracist, with the investigative chops to expose the tactics and ideologies of online hatemongers. Culture Warlords is the story of how Lavin, a frequent target of extremist trolls (including those at Fox News), dove into a byzantine online culture of hate and learned the intricacies of how white supremacy proliferates online. Within these pages, she reveals the extremists hiding in plain sight online: Incels. White nationalists. White supremacists. National Socialists. Proud Boys. Christian extremists. In order to showcase them in their natural habitat, Talia assumes a range of identities, going undercover as a blonde Nazi babe, a forlorn incel, and a violent Aryan femme fatale. Along the way, she discovers a whites-only dating site geared toward racists looking for love, a disturbing extremist YouTube channel run by a fourteen-year-old girl with over 800,000 followers, the everyday heroes of the antifascist movement, and much more. By combining compelling stories chock-full of catfishing and gate-crashing with her own in-depth, gut-wrenching research, she also turns the lens of anti-Semitism, racism, and white power back on itself in an attempt to dismantle and decimate the online hate movement from within. Shocking, humorous, and merciless in equal measure, Culture Warlords explores some of the vilest subcultures on the Web-and shows us how we can fight back. Talia Lavin Tue, 13 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220 thebookvoice.com 8:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Warlords: My Journey Into the Dark Web of White Supremacy Author: Talia Lavin Narrator: Talia Lavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One reporter takes an immersive dive into white supremacy's explosive online presence, exploring the undercurrents of propaganda, racism, misogyny, and history that led us to where we are now. Talia Lavin is every skinhead's worst nightmare: a loud and unapologetic Jewish woman, acerbic, smart, and profoundly antiracist, with the investigative chops to expose the tactics and ideologies of online hatemongers. Culture Warlords is the story of how Lavin, a frequent target of extremist trolls (including those at Fox News), dove into a byzantine online culture of hate and learned the intricacies of how white supremacy proliferates online. Within these pages, she reveals the extremists hiding in plain sight online: Incels. White nationalists. White supremacists. National Socialists. Proud Boys. Christian extremists. In order to showcase them in their natural habitat, Talia assumes a range of identities, going undercover as a blonde Nazi babe, a forlorn incel, and a violent Aryan femme fatale. Along the way, she discovers a whites-only dating site geared toward racists looking for love, a disturbing extremist YouTube channel run by a fourteen-year-old girl with over 800,000 followers, the everyday heroes of the antifascist movement, and much more. By combining compelling stories chock-full of catfishing and gate-crashing with her own in-depth, gut-wrenching research, she also turns the lens of anti-Semitism, racism, and white power back on itself in an attempt to dismantle and decimate the online hate movement from within. Shocking, humorous, and merciless in equal measure, Culture Warlords explores some of the vilest subcultures on the Web-and shows us how we can fight back. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Warlords: My Journey Into the Dark Web of White Supremacy Author: Talia Lavin Narrator: Talia Lavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One reporter takes an immersive dive into white supremacy's explosive online presence, exploring the undercurrents of propaganda, racism, misogyny, and history that led us to where we are now. Talia Lavin is every skinhead's worst nightmare: a loud and unapologetic Jewish woman, acerbic, smart, and profoundly antiracist, with the investigative chops to expose the tactics and ideologies of online hatemongers. Culture Warlords is the story of how Lavin, a frequent target of extremist trolls (including those at Fox News), dove into a byzantine online culture of hate and learned the intricacies of how white supremacy proliferates online. Within these pages, she reveals the extremists hiding in plain sight online: Incels. White nationalists. White supremacists. National Socialists. Proud Boys. Christian extremists. In order to showcase them in their natural habitat, Talia assumes a range of identities, going undercover as a blonde Nazi babe, a forlorn incel, and a violent Aryan femme fatale. Along the way, she discovers a whites-only dating site geared toward racists looking for love, a disturbing extremist YouTube channel run by a fourteen-year-old girl with over 800,000 followers, the everyday heroes of the antifascist movement, and much more. By combining compelling stories chock-full of catfishing and gate-crashing with her own in-depth, gut-wrenching research, she also turns the lens of anti-Semitism, racism, and white power back on itself in an attempt to dismantle and decimate the online hate movement from within. Shocking, humorous, and merciless in equal measure, Culture Warlords explores some of the vilest subcultures on the Web-and shows us how we can fight back. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419217 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Women, Black Love: America's War on African American Marriage Author: Dianne M Stewart Narrator: Tracey Leigh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this analysis of social history, examine the complex lineage of America's oppression of Black companionship. According to the 2010 US census, more than seventy percent of Black women in America are unmarried. Black Women, Black Love reveals how four centuries of laws, policies, and customs have created that crisis. Dianne Stewart begins in the colonial era, when slave owners denied Blacks the right to marry, divided families, and, in many cases, raped enslaved women and girls. Later, during Reconstruction and the ensuing decades, violence split up couples again as millions embarked on the Great Migration north, where the welfare system mandated that women remain single in order to receive government support. And no institution has forbidden Black love as effectively as the prison-industrial complex, which removes Black men en masse from the pool of marriageable partners. Prodigiously researched and deeply felt, Black Women, Black Love reveals how white supremacy has systematically broken the heart of Black America, and it proposes strategies for dismantling the structural forces that have plagued Black love and marriage for centuries. Dianne M Stewart Tue, 06 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419217 thebookvoice.com 9:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Women, Black Love: America's War on African American Marriage Author: Dianne M Stewart Narrator: Tracey Leigh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this analysis of social history, examine the complex lineage of America's oppression of Black companionship. According to the 2010 US census, more than seventy percent of Black women in America are unmarried. Black Women, Black Love reveals how four centuries of laws, policies, and customs have created that crisis. Dianne Stewart begins in the colonial era, when slave owners denied Blacks the right to marry, divided families, and, in many cases, raped enslaved women and girls. Later, during Reconstruction and the ensuing decades, violence split up couples again as millions embarked on the Great Migration north, where the welfare system mandated that women remain single in order to receive government support. And no institution has forbidden Black love as effectively as the prison-industrial complex, which removes Black men en masse from the pool of marriageable partners. Prodigiously researched and deeply felt, Black Women, Black Love reveals how white supremacy has systematically broken the heart of Black America, and it proposes strategies for dismantling the structural forces that have plagued Black love and marriage for centuries. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419217]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Women, Black Love: America's War on African American Marriage Author: Dianne M Stewart Narrator: Tracey Leigh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this analysis of social history, examine the complex lineage of America's oppression of Black companionship. According to the 2010 US census, more than seventy percent of Black women in America are unmarried. Black Women, Black Love reveals how four centuries of laws, policies, and customs have created that crisis. Dianne Stewart begins in the colonial era, when slave owners denied Blacks the right to marry, divided families, and, in many cases, raped enslaved women and girls. Later, during Reconstruction and the ensuing decades, violence split up couples again as millions embarked on the Great Migration north, where the welfare system mandated that women remain single in order to receive government support. And no institution has forbidden Black love as effectively as the prison-industrial complex, which removes Black men en masse from the pool of marriageable partners. Prodigiously researched and deeply felt, Black Women, Black Love reveals how white supremacy has systematically broken the heart of Black America, and it proposes strategies for dismantling the structural forces that have plagued Black love and marriage for centuries. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419154 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth Detector: An Ex-FBI Agent's Guide for Getting People to Reveal the Truth Author: Jack Schafer, Marvin Karlins Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This paradigm shifting how-to guide effortlessly teaches you how to outwit liars and get them to reveal the truth—from former FBI agent and author of the “practical and insightful” (William Ury, coauthor of Getting to Yes) bestseller The Like Switch. Unlike many other books on lie detection and behavioral analysis, this revolutionary guide reveals the FBI-developed practice of elicitation, the field-tested technique for encouraging people to provide information they would otherwise keep secret. Now you can learn this astonishing method directly from the expert who created this technique and pioneered it for the FBI’s Behavioral Analysis Program. Filled with easy-to-follow, accessible lessons reinforced by fascinating stories of how to put these skills into action using natural human behaviors, The Truth Detector shows you all of the tips and techniques you need to gain someone’s trust and get liars to reveal the truth. Jack Schafer, Marvin Karlins Tue, 06 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419154 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth Detector: An Ex-FBI Agent's Guide for Getting People to Reveal the Truth Author: Jack Schafer, Marvin Karlins Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This paradigm shifting how-to guide effortlessly teaches you how to outwit liars and get them to reveal the truth—from former FBI agent and author of the “practical and insightful” (William Ury, coauthor of Getting to Yes) bestseller The Like Switch. Unlike many other books on lie detection and behavioral analysis, this revolutionary guide reveals the FBI-developed practice of elicitation, the field-tested technique for encouraging people to provide information they would otherwise keep secret. Now you can learn this astonishing method directly from the expert who created this technique and pioneered it for the FBI’s Behavioral Analysis Program. Filled with easy-to-follow, accessible lessons reinforced by fascinating stories of how to put these skills into action using natural human behaviors, The Truth Detector shows you all of the tips and techniques you need to gain someone’s trust and get liars to reveal the truth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419154]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth Detector: An Ex-FBI Agent's Guide for Getting People to Reveal the Truth Author: Jack Schafer, Marvin Karlins Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This paradigm shifting how-to guide effortlessly teaches you how to outwit liars and get them to reveal the truth—from former FBI agent and author of the “practical and insightful” (William Ury, coauthor of Getting to Yes) bestseller The Like Switch. Unlike many other books on lie detection and behavioral analysis, this revolutionary guide reveals the FBI-developed practice of elicitation, the field-tested technique for encouraging people to provide information they would otherwise keep secret. Now you can learn this astonishing method directly from the expert who created this technique and pioneered it for the FBI’s Behavioral Analysis Program. Filled with easy-to-follow, accessible lessons reinforced by fascinating stories of how to put these skills into action using natural human behaviors, The Truth Detector shows you all of the tips and techniques you need to gain someone’s trust and get liars to reveal the truth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418876 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Social: the Sunday Times-bestselling diary of an anti-social behaviour officer Author: Nick Pettigrew Narrator: Nick Pettigrew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Perfect for fans of The Secret Barrister and Adam Kay's This is Going to Hurt. 'Superb. This hysterically funny and moving memoir of an anti-social behaviour officer is a real eye-opener that hits all the right notes' FRANKIE BOYLE 'Anti-Social is brutally honest, exceptionally funny and terribly sad - a scything indictment of broken 21st century Britain. I could not put it down.' THE SECRET BARRISTER 'A fascinating insight into a job that stitches together the cracks in compassion in our communities' RENI EDDO-LODGE, bestselling author of Why I Am No Longer Talking To White People About Race Has your life become unbearable because the person living above you has a fondness for crack cocaine, the company of strangers and dance music? Or maybe you're a social worker, mental health nurse, police officer, firefighter, dog warden or vicar and you've been landed with someone who's a pain in the arse. Who are you going to call? That would be me: an anti-social behaviour officer. Anti-Social is the diary of a council worker whose job is to keep his community happy, or at least away from each other's throats. That's hard enough at the best of times but when government cuts mean that hospitals, social services and police are all at breaking point, the possibility of complete chaos is never far away. This is an urgent, timely but, most of all, hysterically funny true story of a life spent working with the people society wants to forget and the problems that nobody else can resolve. This book will make you laugh, cry and boil with rage within a single sentence. AS SEEN ON BBC BREAKFAST AND ITV'S LORRAINE 'Brilliant. This deserves to be a huge success - funny, sad and heartbreaking' LORRAINE KELLY 'I absolutely loved it. It reads like a novel, has that page-turning quality everyone looks for in a good book but it delivers the punch that only true life can - funny obviously but with humanity and warmth for people at the edges of society most in need of our understanding and compassion' KIT DE WAAL, author of My Name Is Leon 'Get this book. ... I'm telling you now, you will absolutely love this guy, what he has to say and the book that he has written. In equal parts devastating and dark and incredibly funny.' NIHAL ARTHANAYAKE 'Laugh-out-loud funny. The delivery is punchy and the humour dark - think Irvine Welsh minus the Scottish vernacular' EXPRESS 'Darkly comic ... think Adam Kay's This is Going to Hurt but with more dead bodies (and not just human ones) and an abundance of cat shit. It's a gloriously cynical read but it's also sympathetic and deeply empathetic.' KATHY BURKE 'Riveting and brilliantly written... a potent cocktail of heartbreak and horror; wickedly funny, wearily endearing and absolutely enraging' CAROLINE SANDERSON, Bookseller 'Extraordinary, fascinating, very moving and very funny' CHRISTINE LAMPARD 'A funny, thoughtful look into one of the toughest jobs I can imagine' SHAPPI KORSANDI Reader reviews for Anti-Social: 'The timing of this book could not be better' 'It had me in stitches, it had me in tears' 'This is a must-read book' 'Politicians of all hues should be made to read this book' 'Readable and compulsive' 'Well written and stunningly well observed' 'The author and all his long-suffering, dedicated colleagues deserve dustbin lid-sized medals' 'Heartbreaking and hysterical' 'Top-drawer stuff ... utterly riveting' 'I don't often take the time to review books here, but would very much recommend Anti-Social.' Nick Pettigrew Thu, 23 Jul 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418876 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Social: the Sunday Times-bestselling diary of an anti-social behaviour officer Author: Nick Pettigrew Narrator: Nick Pettigrew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Perfect for fans of The Secret Barrister and Adam Kay's This is Going to Hurt. 'Superb. This hysterically funny and moving memoir of an anti-social behaviour officer is a real eye-opener that hits all the right notes' FRANKIE BOYLE 'Anti-Social is brutally honest, exceptionally funny and terribly sad - a scything indictment of broken 21st century Britain. I could not put it down.' THE SECRET BARRISTER 'A fascinating insight into a job that stitches together the cracks in compassion in our communities' RENI EDDO-LODGE, bestselling author of Why I Am No Longer Talking To White People About Race Has your life become unbearable because the person living above you has a fondness for crack cocaine, the company of strangers and dance music? Or maybe you're a social worker, mental health nurse, police officer, firefighter, dog warden or vicar and you've been landed with someone who's a pain in the arse. Who are you going to call? That would be me: an anti-social behaviour officer. Anti-Social is the diary of a council worker whose job is to keep his community happy, or at least away from each other's throats. That's hard enough at the best of times but when government cuts mean that hospitals, social services and police are all at breaking point, the possibility of complete chaos is never far away. This is an urgent, timely but, most of all, hysterically funny true story of a life spent working with the people society wants to forget and the problems that nobody else can resolve. This book will make you laugh, cry and boil with rage within a single sentence. AS SEEN ON BBC BREAKFAST AND ITV'S LORRAINE 'Brilliant. This deserves to be a huge success - funny, sad and heartbreaking' LORRAINE KELLY 'I absolutely loved it. It reads like a novel, has that page-turning quality everyone looks for in a good book but it delivers the punch that only true life can - funny obviously but with humanity and warmth for people at the edges of society most in need of our understanding and compassion' KIT DE WAAL, author of My Name Is Leon 'Get this book. ... I'm telling you now, you will absolutely love this guy, what he has to say and the book that he has written. In equal parts devastating and dark and incredibly funny.' NIHAL ARTHANAYAKE 'Laugh-out-loud funny. The delivery is punchy and the humour dark - think Irvine Welsh minus the Scottish vernacular' EXPRESS 'Darkly comic ... think Adam Kay's This is Going to Hurt but with more dead bodies (and not just human ones) and an abundance of cat shit. It's a gloriously cynical read but it's also sympathetic and deeply empathetic.' KATHY BURKE 'Riveting and brilliantly written... a potent cocktail of heartbreak and horror; wickedly funny, wearily endearing and absolutely enraging' CAROLINE SANDERSON, Bookseller 'Extraordinary, fascinating, very moving and very funny' CHRISTINE LAMPARD 'A funny, thoughtful look into one of the toughest jobs I can imagine' SHAPPI KORSANDI Reader reviews for Anti-Social: 'The timing of this book could not be better' 'It had me in stitches, it had me in tears' 'This is a must-read book' 'Politicians of all hues should be made to read this book' 'Readable and compulsive' 'Well written and stunningly well observed' 'The author and all his long-suffering, dedicated colleagues deserve dustbin lid-sized medals' 'Heartbreaking and hysterical' 'Top-drawer stuff ... utterly riveting' 'I don't often take the time to review books here, but would very much recommend Anti-Social.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418876]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Social: the Sunday Times-bestselling diary of an anti-social behaviour officer Author: Nick Pettigrew Narrator: Nick Pettigrew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 23, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Perfect for fans of The Secret Barrister and Adam Kay's This is Going to Hurt. 'Superb. This hysterically funny and moving memoir of an anti-social behaviour officer is a real eye-opener that hits all the right notes' FRANKIE BOYLE 'Anti-Social is brutally honest, exceptionally funny and terribly sad - a scything indictment of broken 21st century Britain. I could not put it down.' THE SECRET BARRISTER 'A fascinating insight into a job that stitches together the cracks in compassion in our communities' RENI EDDO-LODGE, bestselling author of Why I Am No Longer Talking To White People About Race Has your life become unbearable because the person living above you has a fondness for crack cocaine, the company of strangers and dance music? Or maybe you're a social worker, mental health nurse, police officer, firefighter, dog warden or vicar and you've been landed with someone who's a pain in the arse. Who are you going to call? That would be me: an anti-social behaviour officer. Anti-Social is the diary of a council worker whose job is to keep his community happy, or at least away from each other's throats. That's hard enough at the best of times but when government cuts mean that hospitals, social services and police are all at breaking point, the possibility of complete chaos is never far away. This is an urgent, timely but, most of all, hysterically funny true story of a life spent working with the people society wants to forget and the problems that nobody else can resolve. This book will make you laugh, cry and boil with rage within a single sentence. AS SEEN ON BBC BREAKFAST AND ITV'S LORRAINE 'Brilliant. This deserves to be a huge success - funny, sad and heartbreaking' LORRAINE KELLY 'I absolutely loved it. It reads like a novel, has that page-turning quality everyone looks for in a good book but it delivers the punch that only true life can - funny obviously but with humanity and warmth for people at the edges of society most in need of our understanding and compassion' KIT DE WAAL, author of My Name Is Leon 'Get this book. ... I'm telling you now, you will absolutely love this guy, what he has to say and the book that he has written. In equal parts devastating and dark and incredibly funny.' NIHAL ARTHANAYAKE 'Laugh-out-loud funny. The delivery is punchy and the humour dark - think Irvine Welsh minus the Scottish vernacular' EXPRESS 'Darkly comic ... think Adam Kay's This is Going to Hurt but with more dead bodies (and not just human ones) and an abundance of cat shit. It's a gloriously cynical read but it's also sympathetic and deeply empathetic.' KATHY BURKE 'Riveting and brilliantly written... a potent cocktail of heartbreak and horror; wickedly funny, wearily endearing and absolutely enraging' CAROLINE SANDERSON, Bookseller 'Extraordinary, fascinating, very moving and very funny' CHRISTINE LAMPARD 'A funny, thoughtful look into one of the toughest jobs I can imagine' SHAPPI KORSANDI Reader reviews for Anti-Social: 'The timing of this book could not be better' 'It had me in stitches, it had me in tears' 'This is a must-read book' 'Politicians of all hues should be made to read this book' 'Readable and compulsive' 'Well written and stunningly well observed' 'The author and all his long-suffering, dedicated colleagues deserve dustbin lid-sized medals' 'Heartbreaking and hysterical' 'Top-drawer stuff ... utterly riveting' 'I don't often take the time to review books here, but would very much recommend Anti-Social.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418856 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: GIRL: Essays on Black womanhood Author: Kenya Hunt Narrator: Kenya Hunt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 26, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘Powerful, intelligent and vital – one of the year’s must-reads’ Hannah Nathanson, Features Director, ELLE Featuring contributions from Candice Carty-Williams, Jessica Horn, Ebele Okobi, Funmi Fetto and Freddie Harrel. In the vein of Roxane Gay’s Bad Feminist, but wholly its own, Girl is a provocative, heartbreaking and frequently hilarious collection of original essays on what it means to be black, a woman, a mother and a global citizen in today’s ever-changing world. Black women have never been more visible or more publicly celebrated. But for every new milestone, every magazine cover, every box office record smashed, the reality of everyday life remains a complex, nuanced, contradiction-laden experience. Award-winning journalist and American in London Kenya Hunt threads razor sharp cultural observation through evocative and relatable stories, both illuminating our current cultural moment and transcending it. Kenya Hunt Thu, 26 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418856 thebookvoice.com 5:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: GIRL: Essays on Black womanhood Author: Kenya Hunt Narrator: Kenya Hunt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 26, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘Powerful, intelligent and vital – one of the year’s must-reads’ Hannah Nathanson, Features Director, ELLE Featuring contributions from Candice Carty-Williams, Jessica Horn, Ebele Okobi, Funmi Fetto and Freddie Harrel. In the vein of Roxane Gay’s Bad Feminist, but wholly its own, Girl is a provocative, heartbreaking and frequently hilarious collection of original essays on what it means to be black, a woman, a mother and a global citizen in today’s ever-changing world. Black women have never been more visible or more publicly celebrated. But for every new milestone, every magazine cover, every box office record smashed, the reality of everyday life remains a complex, nuanced, contradiction-laden experience. Award-winning journalist and American in London Kenya Hunt threads razor sharp cultural observation through evocative and relatable stories, both illuminating our current cultural moment and transcending it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: GIRL: Essays on Black womanhood Author: Kenya Hunt Narrator: Kenya Hunt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 26, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ‘Powerful, intelligent and vital – one of the year’s must-reads’ Hannah Nathanson, Features Director, ELLE Featuring contributions from Candice Carty-Williams, Jessica Horn, Ebele Okobi, Funmi Fetto and Freddie Harrel. In the vein of Roxane Gay’s Bad Feminist, but wholly its own, Girl is a provocative, heartbreaking and frequently hilarious collection of original essays on what it means to be black, a woman, a mother and a global citizen in today’s ever-changing world. Black women have never been more visible or more publicly celebrated. But for every new milestone, every magazine cover, every box office record smashed, the reality of everyday life remains a complex, nuanced, contradiction-laden experience. Award-winning journalist and American in London Kenya Hunt threads razor sharp cultural observation through evocative and relatable stories, both illuminating our current cultural moment and transcending it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do No Harm: The Opioid Epidemic Author: Andrew Kolodny, Peter Segall, Lewis Nelson Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Opioid Epidemic is the worst man-made epidemic in the history of our nation. More people die each year from an opioid overdose than in automobile accidents. The statistics are staggering. Do No Harm spotlights experts, journalists, and public-health crusaders who are combating the special interests of Big Pharma and informing the world on how an aggressive pharmaceutical mass-marketing campaign for the new drug OxyContin misled doctors and the public into our current crisis of death and addiction. Wiland highlights the stories of those hit hardest by prescription-opioid addiction and overdose death and sheds light on how whole communities have been ravaged by the spread of addiction. Despite regional health experts, local government, law enforcement, journalists, and the DEA’s efforts to combat the epidemic, people continue to die at an alarming rate from prescription-drug overdoses. The chapters of this book chronical this epidemic in all its complexity from many perspectives including the plight of the millions of Americans who suffer from opioid addiction. People, young and old, on the rocky road to recovery tell their harrowing stories, current victories, and on-going struggles with the disease. Andrew Kolodny, Peter Segall, Lewis Nelson Tue, 25 Feb 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418841 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do No Harm: The Opioid Epidemic Author: Andrew Kolodny, Peter Segall, Lewis Nelson Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Opioid Epidemic is the worst man-made epidemic in the history of our nation. More people die each year from an opioid overdose than in automobile accidents. The statistics are staggering. Do No Harm spotlights experts, journalists, and public-health crusaders who are combating the special interests of Big Pharma and informing the world on how an aggressive pharmaceutical mass-marketing campaign for the new drug OxyContin misled doctors and the public into our current crisis of death and addiction. Wiland highlights the stories of those hit hardest by prescription-opioid addiction and overdose death and sheds light on how whole communities have been ravaged by the spread of addiction. Despite regional health experts, local government, law enforcement, journalists, and the DEA’s efforts to combat the epidemic, people continue to die at an alarming rate from prescription-drug overdoses. The chapters of this book chronical this epidemic in all its complexity from many perspectives including the plight of the millions of Americans who suffer from opioid addiction. People, young and old, on the rocky road to recovery tell their harrowing stories, current victories, and on-going struggles with the disease. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do No Harm: The Opioid Epidemic Author: Andrew Kolodny, Peter Segall, Lewis Nelson Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Opioid Epidemic is the worst man-made epidemic in the history of our nation. More people die each year from an opioid overdose than in automobile accidents. The statistics are staggering. Do No Harm spotlights experts, journalists, and public-health crusaders who are combating the special interests of Big Pharma and informing the world on how an aggressive pharmaceutical mass-marketing campaign for the new drug OxyContin misled doctors and the public into our current crisis of death and addiction. Wiland highlights the stories of those hit hardest by prescription-opioid addiction and overdose death and sheds light on how whole communities have been ravaged by the spread of addiction. Despite regional health experts, local government, law enforcement, journalists, and the DEA’s efforts to combat the epidemic, people continue to die at an alarming rate from prescription-drug overdoses. The chapters of this book chronical this epidemic in all its complexity from many perspectives including the plight of the millions of Americans who suffer from opioid addiction. People, young and old, on the rocky road to recovery tell their harrowing stories, current victories, and on-going struggles with the disease. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418834 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mexico - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Russel Maddicks Narrator: Charles Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This guide to Mexico takes you to the heart of Mexican society. It describes how people socialize and meet members of the opposite sex, the dynamics of daily life, the central importance of family, and the annual cycle of Catholic feasts and fiestas. For business travelers, there are key sections on the economy and vital insights into the general business culture. The third-largest country in Latin America, Mexico is hugely diverse, having both rural areas, where time seems to have stood still, and manic urban centers like Mexico City, one of the most densely populated and exciting cities in the world. Famed for its well-preserved archaeological sites, cobblestoned colonial towns, and beautiful beaches, it is a major magnet for tourists. Mexico also has a name as a creative powerhouse in the region, with world-renowned artists such as Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, a cinema industry that has been producing award-winning movies since the Golden Age of the 1940s, and a literary scene second to none in Latin America. Russel Maddicks Tue, 03 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418834 thebookvoice.com 3:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mexico - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Russel Maddicks Narrator: Charles Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This guide to Mexico takes you to the heart of Mexican society. It describes how people socialize and meet members of the opposite sex, the dynamics of daily life, the central importance of family, and the annual cycle of Catholic feasts and fiestas. For business travelers, there are key sections on the economy and vital insights into the general business culture. The third-largest country in Latin America, Mexico is hugely diverse, having both rural areas, where time seems to have stood still, and manic urban centers like Mexico City, one of the most densely populated and exciting cities in the world. Famed for its well-preserved archaeological sites, cobblestoned colonial towns, and beautiful beaches, it is a major magnet for tourists. Mexico also has a name as a creative powerhouse in the region, with world-renowned artists such as Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, a cinema industry that has been producing award-winning movies since the Golden Age of the 1940s, and a literary scene second to none in Latin America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418834]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mexico - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: Russel Maddicks Narrator: Charles Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This guide to Mexico takes you to the heart of Mexican society. It describes how people socialize and meet members of the opposite sex, the dynamics of daily life, the central importance of family, and the annual cycle of Catholic feasts and fiestas. For business travelers, there are key sections on the economy and vital insights into the general business culture. The third-largest country in Latin America, Mexico is hugely diverse, having both rural areas, where time seems to have stood still, and manic urban centers like Mexico City, one of the most densely populated and exciting cities in the world. Famed for its well-preserved archaeological sites, cobblestoned colonial towns, and beautiful beaches, it is a major magnet for tourists. Mexico also has a name as a creative powerhouse in the region, with world-renowned artists such as Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera, a cinema industry that has been producing award-winning movies since the Golden Age of the 1940s, and a literary scene second to none in Latin America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418835 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Korea - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide To Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: James Hoare Narrator: Charles Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Apart from the headline-making politics, not much is known in the West about the Korean people and their ancient culture. Yet those who visit Korea, whether North or South, find a land of great interest. The Koreans, when not constrained by politics or other considerations, are friendly and sociable, and the peninsula has areas of outstanding natural beauty. The South’s cities, if not always beautiful, are vibrant and alive. The North, while very different, is complex and fascinating. The standoff between the two countries of the Korean Peninsula is a legacy of the Cold War and a potential flashpoint for future conflict. Despite a brief thaw in relations a few years ago, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK) in the north, a secretive single-party socialist state with a centralized industrial economy, conducted nuclear tests in 2006 and 2009. The Republic of Korea (ROK) in the south meanwhile, a free-market democracy, has become a rising economic power and, in 2010, became the first former aid recipient to join the OECD Development Assistance Committee. This new, updated edition of Culture Smart! Korea looks at the changing social and economic situation and provides real insights into thinking and behavior in both countries. It indicates the pitfalls to avoid and introduces listeners to some of the many delights of the Korean peninsula. James Hoare Thu, 04 Mar 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418835 thebookvoice.com 3:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Korea - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide To Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: James Hoare Narrator: Charles Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Apart from the headline-making politics, not much is known in the West about the Korean people and their ancient culture. Yet those who visit Korea, whether North or South, find a land of great interest. The Koreans, when not constrained by politics or other considerations, are friendly and sociable, and the peninsula has areas of outstanding natural beauty. The South’s cities, if not always beautiful, are vibrant and alive. The North, while very different, is complex and fascinating. The standoff between the two countries of the Korean Peninsula is a legacy of the Cold War and a potential flashpoint for future conflict. Despite a brief thaw in relations a few years ago, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK) in the north, a secretive single-party socialist state with a centralized industrial economy, conducted nuclear tests in 2006 and 2009. The Republic of Korea (ROK) in the south meanwhile, a free-market democracy, has become a rising economic power and, in 2010, became the first former aid recipient to join the OECD Development Assistance Committee. This new, updated edition of Culture Smart! Korea looks at the changing social and economic situation and provides real insights into thinking and behavior in both countries. It indicates the pitfalls to avoid and introduces listeners to some of the many delights of the Korean peninsula. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Korea - Culture Smart!: The Essential Guide To Customs & Culture Series: Part of Culture Smart! The Essential Guide to Customs & Culture Author: James Hoare Narrator: Charles Armstrong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Apart from the headline-making politics, not much is known in the West about the Korean people and their ancient culture. Yet those who visit Korea, whether North or South, find a land of great interest. The Koreans, when not constrained by politics or other considerations, are friendly and sociable, and the peninsula has areas of outstanding natural beauty. The South’s cities, if not always beautiful, are vibrant and alive. The North, while very different, is complex and fascinating. The standoff between the two countries of the Korean Peninsula is a legacy of the Cold War and a potential flashpoint for future conflict. Despite a brief thaw in relations a few years ago, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK) in the north, a secretive single-party socialist state with a centralized industrial economy, conducted nuclear tests in 2006 and 2009. The Republic of Korea (ROK) in the south meanwhile, a free-market democracy, has become a rising economic power and, in 2010, became the first former aid recipient to join the OECD Development Assistance Committee. This new, updated edition of Culture Smart! Korea looks at the changing social and economic situation and provides real insights into thinking and behavior in both countries. It indicates the pitfalls to avoid and introduces listeners to some of the many delights of the Korean peninsula. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418831 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain Studies Author: Lisa Olstein Narrator: Lynde Houck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this extended lyric essay, a poet mines her lifelong experience with migraines to deliver a marvelously idiosyncratic cultural history of pain—how we experience, express, treat, and mistreat it. Her sources range from the trial of Joan of Arc to the essays of Virginia Woolf and Elaine Scarry to Hugh Laurie’s portrayal of Gregory House on House M.D. As she engages with science, philosophy, visual art, rock lyrics, and field notes from her own medical adventures (both mainstream and alternative), she finds a way to express the often-indescribable experience of living with pain. Eschewing simple epiphanies, Olstein instead gives us a new language to contemplate and empathize with a fundamental aspect of the human condition. Lisa Olstein Tue, 10 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418831 thebookvoice.com 3:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain Studies Author: Lisa Olstein Narrator: Lynde Houck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this extended lyric essay, a poet mines her lifelong experience with migraines to deliver a marvelously idiosyncratic cultural history of pain—how we experience, express, treat, and mistreat it. Her sources range from the trial of Joan of Arc to the essays of Virginia Woolf and Elaine Scarry to Hugh Laurie’s portrayal of Gregory House on House M.D. As she engages with science, philosophy, visual art, rock lyrics, and field notes from her own medical adventures (both mainstream and alternative), she finds a way to express the often-indescribable experience of living with pain. Eschewing simple epiphanies, Olstein instead gives us a new language to contemplate and empathize with a fundamental aspect of the human condition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418831]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain Studies Author: Lisa Olstein Narrator: Lynde Houck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this extended lyric essay, a poet mines her lifelong experience with migraines to deliver a marvelously idiosyncratic cultural history of pain—how we experience, express, treat, and mistreat it. Her sources range from the trial of Joan of Arc to the essays of Virginia Woolf and Elaine Scarry to Hugh Laurie’s portrayal of Gregory House on House M.D. As she engages with science, philosophy, visual art, rock lyrics, and field notes from her own medical adventures (both mainstream and alternative), she finds a way to express the often-indescribable experience of living with pain. Eschewing simple epiphanies, Olstein instead gives us a new language to contemplate and empathize with a fundamental aspect of the human condition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418456 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418456]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are Women So Gullible About Men Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Humble Home Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author Jazz Vazquez explains why women are so easily duped by men who want to use and abuse them. While some women are savvy enough to see when a man is a con artist or so-called "narcissist," other women fall for lines, tricks and ploys. Are women tripping over their own egos because they were once young and hot? Are these women too steeped in Disney fairy tales to see the obvious? Or are they just plain dumb? Jazz Vazquez Mon, 27 Jan 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418456 thebookvoice.com 0:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418456]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are Women So Gullible About Men Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Humble Home Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author Jazz Vazquez explains why women are so easily duped by men who want to use and abuse them. While some women are savvy enough to see when a man is a con artist or so-called "narcissist," other women fall for lines, tricks and ploys. Are women tripping over their own egos because they were once young and hot? Are these women too steeped in Disney fairy tales to see the obvious? Or are they just plain dumb? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418456]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are Women So Gullible About Men Author: Jazz Vazquez Narrator: Humble Home Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 27, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Author Jazz Vazquez explains why women are so easily duped by men who want to use and abuse them. While some women are savvy enough to see when a man is a con artist or so-called "narcissist," other women fall for lines, tricks and ploys. Are women tripping over their own egos because they were once young and hot? Are these women too steeped in Disney fairy tales to see the obvious? Or are they just plain dumb? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Written In Bone: hidden stories in what we leave behind Author: Sue Black Narrator: Sue Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Our bones are the silent witnesses to the lives we lead. Our stories are marbled into their marrow. Drawing upon her years of research and a wealth of remarkable experience, the world-renowned forensic anthropologist Dame Sue Black takes us on a journey of revelation. From skull to feet, via the face, spine, chest, arms, hands, pelvis and legs, she shows that each part of us has a tale to tell. What we eat, where we go, everything we do leaves a trace, a message that waits patiently for months, years, sometimes centuries, until a forensic anthropologist is called upon to decipher it. Some of this information is easily understood, some holds its secrets tight and needs scientific cajoling to be released. But by carefully piecing together the evidence, the facts of a life can be rebuilt. Limb by limb, case by case – some criminal, some historical, some unaccountably bizarre – Dame Sue Black reconstructs with intimate sensitivity and compassion the hidden stories in what we leave behind. © Sue Black 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Sue Black Thu, 03 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411 thebookvoice.com 11:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Written In Bone: hidden stories in what we leave behind Author: Sue Black Narrator: Sue Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Our bones are the silent witnesses to the lives we lead. Our stories are marbled into their marrow. Drawing upon her years of research and a wealth of remarkable experience, the world-renowned forensic anthropologist Dame Sue Black takes us on a journey of revelation. From skull to feet, via the face, spine, chest, arms, hands, pelvis and legs, she shows that each part of us has a tale to tell. What we eat, where we go, everything we do leaves a trace, a message that waits patiently for months, years, sometimes centuries, until a forensic anthropologist is called upon to decipher it. Some of this information is easily understood, some holds its secrets tight and needs scientific cajoling to be released. But by carefully piecing together the evidence, the facts of a life can be rebuilt. Limb by limb, case by case – some criminal, some historical, some unaccountably bizarre – Dame Sue Black reconstructs with intimate sensitivity and compassion the hidden stories in what we leave behind. © Sue Black 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Written In Bone: hidden stories in what we leave behind Author: Sue Black Narrator: Sue Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Our bones are the silent witnesses to the lives we lead. Our stories are marbled into their marrow. Drawing upon her years of research and a wealth of remarkable experience, the world-renowned forensic anthropologist Dame Sue Black takes us on a journey of revelation. From skull to feet, via the face, spine, chest, arms, hands, pelvis and legs, she shows that each part of us has a tale to tell. What we eat, where we go, everything we do leaves a trace, a message that waits patiently for months, years, sometimes centuries, until a forensic anthropologist is called upon to decipher it. Some of this information is easily understood, some holds its secrets tight and needs scientific cajoling to be released. But by carefully piecing together the evidence, the facts of a life can be rebuilt. Limb by limb, case by case – some criminal, some historical, some unaccountably bizarre – Dame Sue Black reconstructs with intimate sensitivity and compassion the hidden stories in what we leave behind. © Sue Black 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418409 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entitled: How Male Privilege Hurts Women Author: Kate Manne Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A vital exploration of gender politics from a highly influential intellectual who has been described as 'the philosopher of #MeToo' Male entitlement takes many forms. To sex, yes, but more insidiously to admiration, bodily autonomy, knowledge, power, even care. In this urgent intervention, philosopher Kate Manne offers a radical new framework for understanding misogyny. In clear-sighted, powerful prose, she ranges widely across the culture -- from the Kavanaugh hearings and 'Cat Person' to Harvey Weinstein and Elizabeth Warren -- to show how the idea that a privileged man is tacitly deemed to be owed something is a pervasive problem. Male entitlement can explain a wide array of phenomena, from mansplaining and the undertreatment of women's pain to mass shootings by incels and the seemingly intractable notion that women are 'unelectable'. The consequences for girls and women are often devastating. As Manne shows, toxic masculinity is not just the product of a few bad actors; we are all implicated, conditioned as we are by the currents of our time. With wit and intellectual fierceness, she sheds new light on gender and power and offers a vision of a world in which women are just as entitled as men to be cared for, believed and valued. © Kate Manne 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Kate Manne Tue, 11 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418409 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entitled: How Male Privilege Hurts Women Author: Kate Manne Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A vital exploration of gender politics from a highly influential intellectual who has been described as 'the philosopher of #MeToo' Male entitlement takes many forms. To sex, yes, but more insidiously to admiration, bodily autonomy, knowledge, power, even care. In this urgent intervention, philosopher Kate Manne offers a radical new framework for understanding misogyny. In clear-sighted, powerful prose, she ranges widely across the culture -- from the Kavanaugh hearings and 'Cat Person' to Harvey Weinstein and Elizabeth Warren -- to show how the idea that a privileged man is tacitly deemed to be owed something is a pervasive problem. Male entitlement can explain a wide array of phenomena, from mansplaining and the undertreatment of women's pain to mass shootings by incels and the seemingly intractable notion that women are 'unelectable'. The consequences for girls and women are often devastating. As Manne shows, toxic masculinity is not just the product of a few bad actors; we are all implicated, conditioned as we are by the currents of our time. With wit and intellectual fierceness, she sheds new light on gender and power and offers a vision of a world in which women are just as entitled as men to be cared for, believed and valued. © Kate Manne 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418409]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entitled: How Male Privilege Hurts Women Author: Kate Manne Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A vital exploration of gender politics from a highly influential intellectual who has been described as 'the philosopher of #MeToo' Male entitlement takes many forms. To sex, yes, but more insidiously to admiration, bodily autonomy, knowledge, power, even care. In this urgent intervention, philosopher Kate Manne offers a radical new framework for understanding misogyny. In clear-sighted, powerful prose, she ranges widely across the culture -- from the Kavanaugh hearings and 'Cat Person' to Harvey Weinstein and Elizabeth Warren -- to show how the idea that a privileged man is tacitly deemed to be owed something is a pervasive problem. Male entitlement can explain a wide array of phenomena, from mansplaining and the undertreatment of women's pain to mass shootings by incels and the seemingly intractable notion that women are 'unelectable'. The consequences for girls and women are often devastating. As Manne shows, toxic masculinity is not just the product of a few bad actors; we are all implicated, conditioned as we are by the currents of our time. With wit and intellectual fierceness, she sheds new light on gender and power and offers a vision of a world in which women are just as entitled as men to be cared for, believed and valued. © Kate Manne 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418396 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Strangers: The Benefits of Connecting in a Suspicious World Author: Joe Keohane Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A “meticulously researched and buoyantly written” (Esquire) look at what happens when we talk to strangers, and why it affects everything from our own health and well-being to the rise and fall of nations in the tradition of Susan Cain’s Quiet and Yuval Noah Harari’s Sapiens “This lively, searching work makes the case that welcoming ‘others’ isn’t just the bedrock of civilization, it’s the surest path to the best of what life has to offer.”—Ayad Akhtar, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Homeland Elegies In our cities, we stand in silence at the pharmacy and in check-out lines at the grocery store, distracted by our phones, barely acknowledging one another, even as rates of loneliness skyrocket. Online, we retreat into ideological silos reinforced by algorithms designed to serve us only familiar ideas and like-minded users. In our politics, we are increasingly consumed by a fear of people we’ve never met. But what if strangers—so often blamed for our most pressing political, social, and personal problems—are actually the solution? In The Power of Strangers, Joe Keohane sets out on a journey to discover what happens when we bridge the distance between us and people we don’t know. He learns that while we’re wired to sometimes fear, distrust, and even hate strangers, people and societies that have learned to connect with strangers benefit immensely. Digging into a growing body of cutting-edge research on the surprising social and psychological benefits that come from talking to strangers, Keohane finds that even passing interactions can enhance empathy, happiness, and cognitive development, ease loneliness and isolation, and root us in the world, deepening our sense of belonging. And all the while, Keohane gathers practical tips from experts on how to talk to strangers, and tries them out himself in the wild, to awkward, entertaining, and frequently poignant effect. Warm, witty, erudite, and profound, equal parts sweeping history and self-help journey, this deeply researched book will inspire readers to see everything—from major geopolitical shifts to trips to the corner store—in an entirely new light, showing them that talking to strangers isn’t just a way to live; it’s a way to survive. Joe Keohane Tue, 13 Jul 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418396 thebookvoice.com 12:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Strangers: The Benefits of Connecting in a Suspicious World Author: Joe Keohane Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A “meticulously researched and buoyantly written” (Esquire) look at what happens when we talk to strangers, and why it affects everything from our own health and well-being to the rise and fall of nations in the tradition of Susan Cain’s Quiet and Yuval Noah Harari’s Sapiens “This lively, searching work makes the case that welcoming ‘others’ isn’t just the bedrock of civilization, it’s the surest path to the best of what life has to offer.”—Ayad Akhtar, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Homeland Elegies In our cities, we stand in silence at the pharmacy and in check-out lines at the grocery store, distracted by our phones, barely acknowledging one another, even as rates of loneliness skyrocket. Online, we retreat into ideological silos reinforced by algorithms designed to serve us only familiar ideas and like-minded users. In our politics, we are increasingly consumed by a fear of people we’ve never met. But what if strangers—so often blamed for our most pressing political, social, and personal problems—are actually the solution? In The Power of Strangers, Joe Keohane sets out on a journey to discover what happens when we bridge the distance between us and people we don’t know. He learns that while we’re wired to sometimes fear, distrust, and even hate strangers, people and societies that have learned to connect with strangers benefit immensely. Digging into a growing body of cutting-edge research on the surprising social and psychological benefits that come from talking to strangers, Keohane finds that even passing interactions can enhance empathy, happiness, and cognitive development, ease loneliness and isolation, and root us in the world, deepening our sense of belonging. And all the while, Keohane gathers practical tips from experts on how to talk to strangers, and tries them out himself in the wild, to awkward, entertaining, and frequently poignant effect. Warm, witty, erudite, and profound, equal parts sweeping history and self-help journey, this deeply researched book will inspire readers to see everything—from major geopolitical shifts to trips to the corner store—in an entirely new light, showing them that talking to strangers isn’t just a way to live; it’s a way to survive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418396]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Strangers: The Benefits of Connecting in a Suspicious World Author: Joe Keohane Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A “meticulously researched and buoyantly written” (Esquire) look at what happens when we talk to strangers, and why it affects everything from our own health and well-being to the rise and fall of nations in the tradition of Susan Cain’s Quiet and Yuval Noah Harari’s Sapiens “This lively, searching work makes the case that welcoming ‘others’ isn’t just the bedrock of civilization, it’s the surest path to the best of what life has to offer.”—Ayad Akhtar, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Homeland Elegies In our cities, we stand in silence at the pharmacy and in check-out lines at the grocery store, distracted by our phones, barely acknowledging one another, even as rates of loneliness skyrocket. Online, we retreat into ideological silos reinforced by algorithms designed to serve us only familiar ideas and like-minded users. In our politics, we are increasingly consumed by a fear of people we’ve never met. But what if strangers—so often blamed for our most pressing political, social, and personal problems—are actually the solution? In The Power of Strangers, Joe Keohane sets out on a journey to discover what happens when we bridge the distance between us and people we don’t know. He learns that while we’re wired to sometimes fear, distrust, and even hate strangers, people and societies that have learned to connect with strangers benefit immensely. Digging into a growing body of cutting-edge research on the surprising social and psychological benefits that come from talking to strangers, Keohane finds that even passing interactions can enhance empathy, happiness, and cognitive development, ease loneliness and isolation, and root us in the world, deepening our sense of belonging. And all the while, Keohane gathers practical tips from experts on how to talk to strangers, and tries them out himself in the wild, to awkward, entertaining, and frequently poignant effect. Warm, witty, erudite, and profound, equal parts sweeping history and self-help journey, this deeply researched book will inspire readers to see everything—from major geopolitical shifts to trips to the corner store—in an entirely new light, showing them that talking to strangers isn’t just a way to live; it’s a way to survive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Believer: The Rise and Fall of Stan Lee Author: Abraham Riesman Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The definitive, revelatory biography of Marvel Comics icon Stan Lee, a writer and entrepreneur who reshaped global pop culture—at a steep personal cost   HUGO AWARD FINALIST • EISNER AWARD NOMINEE • “True Believer is in every imaginable way the biography that Stan Lee deserves—ambitious, audacious, daring, and unflinchingly clear-eyed about the man’s significance, his shortcomings, his transgressions, his accomplishments, and his astonishing legacy.”—Robert Kolker, author of Hidden Valley Road Stan Lee was one of the most famous and beloved entertainers to emerge from the twentieth century. He served as head editor of Marvel Comics for three decades and, in that time, became known as the creator of more pieces of internationally recognizable intellectual property than nearly anyone: Spider-Man, the Avengers, the X-Men, Black Panther, the Incredible Hulk . . . the list goes on. His carnival-barker marketing prowess helped save the comic-book industry and superhero fiction. His cameos in Marvel movies have charmed billions. When he died in 2018, grief poured in from around the world, further cementing his legacy. But what if Stan Lee wasn’t who he said he was? To craft the definitive biography of Lee, Abraham Riesman conducted more than 150 interviews and investigated thousands of pages of private documents, turning up never-before-published revelations about Lee’s life and work. True Believer tackles tough questions: Did Lee actually create the characters he gained fame for creating? Was he complicit in millions of dollars’ worth of fraud in his post-Marvel life? Which members of the cavalcade of grifters who surrounded him were most responsible for the misery of his final days? And, above all, what drove this man to achieve so much yet always boast of more? Abraham Riesman Tue, 16 Feb 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418376 thebookvoice.com 14:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Believer: The Rise and Fall of Stan Lee Author: Abraham Riesman Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The definitive, revelatory biography of Marvel Comics icon Stan Lee, a writer and entrepreneur who reshaped global pop culture—at a steep personal cost   HUGO AWARD FINALIST • EISNER AWARD NOMINEE • “True Believer is in every imaginable way the biography that Stan Lee deserves—ambitious, audacious, daring, and unflinchingly clear-eyed about the man’s significance, his shortcomings, his transgressions, his accomplishments, and his astonishing legacy.”—Robert Kolker, author of Hidden Valley Road Stan Lee was one of the most famous and beloved entertainers to emerge from the twentieth century. He served as head editor of Marvel Comics for three decades and, in that time, became known as the creator of more pieces of internationally recognizable intellectual property than nearly anyone: Spider-Man, the Avengers, the X-Men, Black Panther, the Incredible Hulk . . . the list goes on. His carnival-barker marketing prowess helped save the comic-book industry and superhero fiction. His cameos in Marvel movies have charmed billions. When he died in 2018, grief poured in from around the world, further cementing his legacy. But what if Stan Lee wasn’t who he said he was? To craft the definitive biography of Lee, Abraham Riesman conducted more than 150 interviews and investigated thousands of pages of private documents, turning up never-before-published revelations about Lee’s life and work. True Believer tackles tough questions: Did Lee actually create the characters he gained fame for creating? Was he complicit in millions of dollars’ worth of fraud in his post-Marvel life? Which members of the cavalcade of grifters who surrounded him were most responsible for the misery of his final days? And, above all, what drove this man to achieve so much yet always boast of more? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Believer: The Rise and Fall of Stan Lee Author: Abraham Riesman Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: February 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The definitive, revelatory biography of Marvel Comics icon Stan Lee, a writer and entrepreneur who reshaped global pop culture—at a steep personal cost   HUGO AWARD FINALIST • EISNER AWARD NOMINEE • “True Believer is in every imaginable way the biography that Stan Lee deserves—ambitious, audacious, daring, and unflinchingly clear-eyed about the man’s significance, his shortcomings, his transgressions, his accomplishments, and his astonishing legacy.”—Robert Kolker, author of Hidden Valley Road Stan Lee was one of the most famous and beloved entertainers to emerge from the twentieth century. He served as head editor of Marvel Comics for three decades and, in that time, became known as the creator of more pieces of internationally recognizable intellectual property than nearly anyone: Spider-Man, the Avengers, the X-Men, Black Panther, the Incredible Hulk . . . the list goes on. His carnival-barker marketing prowess helped save the comic-book industry and superhero fiction. His cameos in Marvel movies have charmed billions. When he died in 2018, grief poured in from around the world, further cementing his legacy. But what if Stan Lee wasn’t who he said he was? To craft the definitive biography of Lee, Abraham Riesman conducted more than 150 interviews and investigated thousands of pages of private documents, turning up never-before-published revelations about Lee’s life and work. True Believer tackles tough questions: Did Lee actually create the characters he gained fame for creating? Was he complicit in millions of dollars’ worth of fraud in his post-Marvel life? Which members of the cavalcade of grifters who surrounded him were most responsible for the misery of his final days? And, above all, what drove this man to achieve so much yet always boast of more? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418368 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Does Jesus Really Love Me?: A Gay Christian's Pilgrimage in Search of God in America Author: Jeff Chu Narrator: Jeff Chu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Does Jesus Really Love Me?: A Gay Christian's Pilgrimage in Search of God in America is part memoir and part investigative analysis that explores the explosive and confusing intersection of faith, politics, and sexuality in Christian America. The quest to find an answer is at the heart of Does Jesus Really Love Me?—a personal journey of belief, an investigation, and a portrait of a faith and a nation at odds by award-winning reporter Jeff Chu. From Brooklyn to Nashville to California, from Westboro Baptist Church and their 'God Hates Fags' protest signs, to the pioneering Episcopalian bishop Mary Glasspool—who proclaims a message of liberation and divine love, Chu captures spiritual snapshots of Christian America at a remarkable moment, when tensions between both sides in the culture wars have rarely been higher. Funny and heartbreaking, perplexing and wise, Does Jesus Really Love Me? is an intellectual, emotional, and spiritual pilgrimage that reveals a nation in crisis. Jeff Chu Tue, 31 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418368 thebookvoice.com 13:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Does Jesus Really Love Me?: A Gay Christian's Pilgrimage in Search of God in America Author: Jeff Chu Narrator: Jeff Chu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Does Jesus Really Love Me?: A Gay Christian's Pilgrimage in Search of God in America is part memoir and part investigative analysis that explores the explosive and confusing intersection of faith, politics, and sexuality in Christian America. The quest to find an answer is at the heart of Does Jesus Really Love Me?—a personal journey of belief, an investigation, and a portrait of a faith and a nation at odds by award-winning reporter Jeff Chu. From Brooklyn to Nashville to California, from Westboro Baptist Church and their 'God Hates Fags' protest signs, to the pioneering Episcopalian bishop Mary Glasspool—who proclaims a message of liberation and divine love, Chu captures spiritual snapshots of Christian America at a remarkable moment, when tensions between both sides in the culture wars have rarely been higher. Funny and heartbreaking, perplexing and wise, Does Jesus Really Love Me? is an intellectual, emotional, and spiritual pilgrimage that reveals a nation in crisis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Does Jesus Really Love Me?: A Gay Christian's Pilgrimage in Search of God in America Author: Jeff Chu Narrator: Jeff Chu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Does Jesus Really Love Me?: A Gay Christian's Pilgrimage in Search of God in America is part memoir and part investigative analysis that explores the explosive and confusing intersection of faith, politics, and sexuality in Christian America. The quest to find an answer is at the heart of Does Jesus Really Love Me?—a personal journey of belief, an investigation, and a portrait of a faith and a nation at odds by award-winning reporter Jeff Chu. From Brooklyn to Nashville to California, from Westboro Baptist Church and their 'God Hates Fags' protest signs, to the pioneering Episcopalian bishop Mary Glasspool—who proclaims a message of liberation and divine love, Chu captures spiritual snapshots of Christian America at a remarkable moment, when tensions between both sides in the culture wars have rarely been higher. Funny and heartbreaking, perplexing and wise, Does Jesus Really Love Me? is an intellectual, emotional, and spiritual pilgrimage that reveals a nation in crisis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418354 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Our Prime: How Older Women Are Reinventing the Road Ahead Author: Susan J. Douglas Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Do you see women your age portrayed as puttering gardeners and docile grannies? Do you feel bombarded by anti-aging products that insist you must 'defy' getting older? Do you feel invisible in professional and social situations? And have you had enough and are you ready to challenge the intertwining of sexism and ageism in our culture? Susan Douglas knows that you are not alone. She declares it is time now for the largest female generation over fifty to reinvent what it means to be an older woman and to challenge the outdated stereotypes—think doddering or shrewish—that Hollywood and TV have assigned them. She zones in on how the anti-aging cosmetics industry targets older and younger women alike with their products, and how Big Pharma ads equate getting older with disease and decline. Douglas exposes the ageism that mature women face at work and why conservatives' decades-long attacks on Social Security, Medicaid, and Medicare disproportionately affect women. With a sharp sense of justice and fresh wit, In Our Prime sees a social movement emerging that may help to create a different view of and life for older women. Ultimately, Douglas calls on women of all ages to join together now to fight against gendered ageism, to secure our country’s financial safety net, and to make a brighter, more welcome future for older women. Susan J. Douglas Tue, 24 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418354 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Our Prime: How Older Women Are Reinventing the Road Ahead Author: Susan J. Douglas Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Do you see women your age portrayed as puttering gardeners and docile grannies? Do you feel bombarded by anti-aging products that insist you must 'defy' getting older? Do you feel invisible in professional and social situations? And have you had enough and are you ready to challenge the intertwining of sexism and ageism in our culture? Susan Douglas knows that you are not alone. She declares it is time now for the largest female generation over fifty to reinvent what it means to be an older woman and to challenge the outdated stereotypes—think doddering or shrewish—that Hollywood and TV have assigned them. She zones in on how the anti-aging cosmetics industry targets older and younger women alike with their products, and how Big Pharma ads equate getting older with disease and decline. Douglas exposes the ageism that mature women face at work and why conservatives' decades-long attacks on Social Security, Medicaid, and Medicare disproportionately affect women. With a sharp sense of justice and fresh wit, In Our Prime sees a social movement emerging that may help to create a different view of and life for older women. Ultimately, Douglas calls on women of all ages to join together now to fight against gendered ageism, to secure our country’s financial safety net, and to make a brighter, more welcome future for older women. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418354]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Our Prime: How Older Women Are Reinventing the Road Ahead Author: Susan J. Douglas Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 24, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Do you see women your age portrayed as puttering gardeners and docile grannies? Do you feel bombarded by anti-aging products that insist you must 'defy' getting older? Do you feel invisible in professional and social situations? And have you had enough and are you ready to challenge the intertwining of sexism and ageism in our culture? Susan Douglas knows that you are not alone. She declares it is time now for the largest female generation over fifty to reinvent what it means to be an older woman and to challenge the outdated stereotypes—think doddering or shrewish—that Hollywood and TV have assigned them. She zones in on how the anti-aging cosmetics industry targets older and younger women alike with their products, and how Big Pharma ads equate getting older with disease and decline. Douglas exposes the ageism that mature women face at work and why conservatives' decades-long attacks on Social Security, Medicaid, and Medicare disproportionately affect women. With a sharp sense of justice and fresh wit, In Our Prime sees a social movement emerging that may help to create a different view of and life for older women. Ultimately, Douglas calls on women of all ages to join together now to fight against gendered ageism, to secure our country’s financial safety net, and to make a brighter, more welcome future for older women. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Turnaway Study: The Cost of Denying Women Access to Abortion Author: Diana Greene Foster Narrator: Samantha Desz, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “If you read only one book about democracy, The Turnaway Study should be it. Why? Because without the power to make decisions about our own bodies, there is no democracy.” —Gloria Steinem The “remarkable” (The New Yorker) landmark study of the consequences on women’s lives—emotional, physical, financial, professional, personal, and psychological—of receiving versus being denied an abortion that “should be required reading for every judge, member of Congress, and candidate for office—as well as anyone who hopes to better understand this complex and important issue” (Cecile Richards). What happens when a woman seeking an abortion is turned away? To answer this question, Diana Greene Foster assembled a team of scientists—psychologists, epidemiologists, demographers, nurses, physicians, economists, sociologists, and public health researchers—to conduct a ten-year study. They followed a thousand women from across America, some of whom received abortions, some of whom were turned away. Now, for the first time, Dr. Foster presents the results of this landmark study in one extraordinary, groundbreaking book. Judges, politicians, and pro-life advocates routinely defend their anti-abortion stance by claiming that abortion is physically risky and leads to depression and remorse. Dr. Foster’s data proves the opposite to be true. Foster documents the outcomes for women who received and were denied an abortion, analyzing the impact on their mental and physical health, their careers, their romantic relationships, and their other children, if they have them. Women who received an abortion were better off by almost every measure than women who did not, and five years after they receive an abortion, 99 percent of women do not regret it. As the national debate around abortion intensifies, The Turnaway Study offers the first thorough, data-driven examination of the negative consequences for women who cannot get abortions and provides incontrovertible evidence to refute the claim that abortion harms women. Interwoven with the study findings are ten “engaging, in-depth” (Ms. Magazine) first-person narratives. Candid, intimate, and deeply revealing, they bring to life the women and the stories behind the science. Revelatory, essential, and “particularly relevant now” (HuffPost), this is a must-read for anyone who cares about the impact of abortion and abortion restrictions on people’s lives. Diana Greene Foster Tue, 02 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240 thebookvoice.com 11:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Turnaway Study: The Cost of Denying Women Access to Abortion Author: Diana Greene Foster Narrator: Samantha Desz, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “If you read only one book about democracy, The Turnaway Study should be it. Why? Because without the power to make decisions about our own bodies, there is no democracy.” —Gloria Steinem The “remarkable” (The New Yorker) landmark study of the consequences on women’s lives—emotional, physical, financial, professional, personal, and psychological—of receiving versus being denied an abortion that “should be required reading for every judge, member of Congress, and candidate for office—as well as anyone who hopes to better understand this complex and important issue” (Cecile Richards). What happens when a woman seeking an abortion is turned away? To answer this question, Diana Greene Foster assembled a team of scientists—psychologists, epidemiologists, demographers, nurses, physicians, economists, sociologists, and public health researchers—to conduct a ten-year study. They followed a thousand women from across America, some of whom received abortions, some of whom were turned away. Now, for the first time, Dr. Foster presents the results of this landmark study in one extraordinary, groundbreaking book. Judges, politicians, and pro-life advocates routinely defend their anti-abortion stance by claiming that abortion is physically risky and leads to depression and remorse. Dr. Foster’s data proves the opposite to be true. Foster documents the outcomes for women who received and were denied an abortion, analyzing the impact on their mental and physical health, their careers, their romantic relationships, and their other children, if they have them. Women who received an abortion were better off by almost every measure than women who did not, and five years after they receive an abortion, 99 percent of women do not regret it. As the national debate around abortion intensifies, The Turnaway Study offers the first thorough, data-driven examination of the negative consequences for women who cannot get abortions and provides incontrovertible evidence to refute the claim that abortion harms women. Interwoven with the study findings are ten “engaging, in-depth” (Ms. Magazine) first-person narratives. Candid, intimate, and deeply revealing, they bring to life the women and the stories behind the science. Revelatory, essential, and “particularly relevant now” (HuffPost), this is a must-read for anyone who cares about the impact of abortion and abortion restrictions on people’s lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Turnaway Study: The Cost of Denying Women Access to Abortion Author: Diana Greene Foster Narrator: Samantha Desz, Full Cast Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “If you read only one book about democracy, The Turnaway Study should be it. Why? Because without the power to make decisions about our own bodies, there is no democracy.” —Gloria Steinem The “remarkable” (The New Yorker) landmark study of the consequences on women’s lives—emotional, physical, financial, professional, personal, and psychological—of receiving versus being denied an abortion that “should be required reading for every judge, member of Congress, and candidate for office—as well as anyone who hopes to better understand this complex and important issue” (Cecile Richards). What happens when a woman seeking an abortion is turned away? To answer this question, Diana Greene Foster assembled a team of scientists—psychologists, epidemiologists, demographers, nurses, physicians, economists, sociologists, and public health researchers—to conduct a ten-year study. They followed a thousand women from across America, some of whom received abortions, some of whom were turned away. Now, for the first time, Dr. Foster presents the results of this landmark study in one extraordinary, groundbreaking book. Judges, politicians, and pro-life advocates routinely defend their anti-abortion stance by claiming that abortion is physically risky and leads to depression and remorse. Dr. Foster’s data proves the opposite to be true. Foster documents the outcomes for women who received and were denied an abortion, analyzing the impact on their mental and physical health, their careers, their romantic relationships, and their other children, if they have them. Women who received an abortion were better off by almost every measure than women who did not, and five years after they receive an abortion, 99 percent of women do not regret it. As the national debate around abortion intensifies, The Turnaway Study offers the first thorough, data-driven examination of the negative consequences for women who cannot get abortions and provides incontrovertible evidence to refute the claim that abortion harms women. Interwoven with the study findings are ten “engaging, in-depth” (Ms. Magazine) first-person narratives. Candid, intimate, and deeply revealing, they bring to life the women and the stories behind the science. Revelatory, essential, and “particularly relevant now” (HuffPost), this is a must-read for anyone who cares about the impact of abortion and abortion restrictions on people’s lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418238 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Appalachian Fall: Dispatches from Coal Country on What's Ailing America Author: Jeff Young Narrator: Gibson Frazier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A searing, on-the-ground examination of the collapsing coal industry—and the communities left behind—in the midst of economic and environmental crisis. Despite fueling a century of American progress, the people at the heart of coal country are being left behind, suffering from unemployment, the opioid epidemic, and environmental crises often at greater rates than anywhere else in the country. But what if Appalachia’s troubles are just a taste of what the future holds for all of us? Appalachian Fall tells the captivating true story of coal communities on the leading edge of change. A group of local reporters known as the Ohio Valley ReSource shares the real-world impact these changes have had on what was once the heart and soul of America. Including stories like: -The miners’ strike in Harlan County after their company suddenly went bankrupt, bouncing their paychecks -The farmers tilling former mining ground for new cash crops like hemp -The activists working to fight mountaintop removal and bring clean energy jobs to the region -And the mothers mourning the loss of their children to overdose and despair In the wake of the controversial bestseller Hillbilly Elegy, Appalachian Fall addresses what our country owes to a region that provided fuel for a century and what it risks if it stands by watching as the region, and its people, collapse. Jeff Young Tue, 11 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418238 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Appalachian Fall: Dispatches from Coal Country on What's Ailing America Author: Jeff Young Narrator: Gibson Frazier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A searing, on-the-ground examination of the collapsing coal industry—and the communities left behind—in the midst of economic and environmental crisis. Despite fueling a century of American progress, the people at the heart of coal country are being left behind, suffering from unemployment, the opioid epidemic, and environmental crises often at greater rates than anywhere else in the country. But what if Appalachia’s troubles are just a taste of what the future holds for all of us? Appalachian Fall tells the captivating true story of coal communities on the leading edge of change. A group of local reporters known as the Ohio Valley ReSource shares the real-world impact these changes have had on what was once the heart and soul of America. Including stories like: -The miners’ strike in Harlan County after their company suddenly went bankrupt, bouncing their paychecks -The farmers tilling former mining ground for new cash crops like hemp -The activists working to fight mountaintop removal and bring clean energy jobs to the region -And the mothers mourning the loss of their children to overdose and despair In the wake of the controversial bestseller Hillbilly Elegy, Appalachian Fall addresses what our country owes to a region that provided fuel for a century and what it risks if it stands by watching as the region, and its people, collapse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Appalachian Fall: Dispatches from Coal Country on What's Ailing America Author: Jeff Young Narrator: Gibson Frazier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A searing, on-the-ground examination of the collapsing coal industry—and the communities left behind—in the midst of economic and environmental crisis. Despite fueling a century of American progress, the people at the heart of coal country are being left behind, suffering from unemployment, the opioid epidemic, and environmental crises often at greater rates than anywhere else in the country. But what if Appalachia’s troubles are just a taste of what the future holds for all of us? Appalachian Fall tells the captivating true story of coal communities on the leading edge of change. A group of local reporters known as the Ohio Valley ReSource shares the real-world impact these changes have had on what was once the heart and soul of America. Including stories like: -The miners’ strike in Harlan County after their company suddenly went bankrupt, bouncing their paychecks -The farmers tilling former mining ground for new cash crops like hemp -The activists working to fight mountaintop removal and bring clean energy jobs to the region -And the mothers mourning the loss of their children to overdose and despair In the wake of the controversial bestseller Hillbilly Elegy, Appalachian Fall addresses what our country owes to a region that provided fuel for a century and what it risks if it stands by watching as the region, and its people, collapse. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417793 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Your Case: A Comprehensive, Compassionate (and Only Slightly Bossy) Legal Guide for Every Stage of a Woman's Life Author: Lisa Green Narrator: Lisa Green Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On Your Case gives women the tools they need to prepare anything the law might throw at them. From dating, marriage and kids to retirement and aging parents, this is the book every woman should have when trouble strikes—or before! In On Your Case, Lisa Green finally fills a gap in women?s bookshelves with a thorough, compelling and occasionally hilarious guide to the range of legal issues women can expect to navigate in their busy lives. Leveraging her experience as a lawyer and a television journalist and legal analyst, Green explains common, even complicated, legal issues in practical, easy to understand terms. She uses court cases and vivid personal anecdotes to illustrate how readers can make smart decisions when problems arise. And legal problems will arise, Green counsels, so women need to get smart, and get ready. In her warm, inviting voice, Green shares guidance on: Relationships: Online dating, pre and postnuptial agreements, engagement and marriage Separation and Divorce: Splitting without anxiety, child custody and support, pet custody disputes Babies, Children and Teens: Pregnancy and adoption, advocating for a special needs child, misbehaving teens Work: Employment and household help Domestic violence Midlife and elder care: wills, medical decisions and power of attorney Legal Help: Hiring a lawyer, DIY As Suze Orman demystified personal finance for women, Lisa Green now does for the world of law. With On Your Case, Green helps you take care of yourself, your assets, your family, and your career and maintain control of your life. Lisa Green Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417793 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Your Case: A Comprehensive, Compassionate (and Only Slightly Bossy) Legal Guide for Every Stage of a Woman's Life Author: Lisa Green Narrator: Lisa Green Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On Your Case gives women the tools they need to prepare anything the law might throw at them. From dating, marriage and kids to retirement and aging parents, this is the book every woman should have when trouble strikes—or before! In On Your Case, Lisa Green finally fills a gap in women?s bookshelves with a thorough, compelling and occasionally hilarious guide to the range of legal issues women can expect to navigate in their busy lives. Leveraging her experience as a lawyer and a television journalist and legal analyst, Green explains common, even complicated, legal issues in practical, easy to understand terms. She uses court cases and vivid personal anecdotes to illustrate how readers can make smart decisions when problems arise. And legal problems will arise, Green counsels, so women need to get smart, and get ready. In her warm, inviting voice, Green shares guidance on: Relationships: Online dating, pre and postnuptial agreements, engagement and marriage Separation and Divorce: Splitting without anxiety, child custody and support, pet custody disputes Babies, Children and Teens: Pregnancy and adoption, advocating for a special needs child, misbehaving teens Work: Employment and household help Domestic violence Midlife and elder care: wills, medical decisions and power of attorney Legal Help: Hiring a lawyer, DIY As Suze Orman demystified personal finance for women, Lisa Green now does for the world of law. With On Your Case, Green helps you take care of yourself, your assets, your family, and your career and maintain control of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417793]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Your Case: A Comprehensive, Compassionate (and Only Slightly Bossy) Legal Guide for Every Stage of a Woman's Life Author: Lisa Green Narrator: Lisa Green Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: On Your Case gives women the tools they need to prepare anything the law might throw at them. From dating, marriage and kids to retirement and aging parents, this is the book every woman should have when trouble strikes—or before! In On Your Case, Lisa Green finally fills a gap in women?s bookshelves with a thorough, compelling and occasionally hilarious guide to the range of legal issues women can expect to navigate in their busy lives. Leveraging her experience as a lawyer and a television journalist and legal analyst, Green explains common, even complicated, legal issues in practical, easy to understand terms. She uses court cases and vivid personal anecdotes to illustrate how readers can make smart decisions when problems arise. And legal problems will arise, Green counsels, so women need to get smart, and get ready. In her warm, inviting voice, Green shares guidance on: Relationships: Online dating, pre and postnuptial agreements, engagement and marriage Separation and Divorce: Splitting without anxiety, child custody and support, pet custody disputes Babies, Children and Teens: Pregnancy and adoption, advocating for a special needs child, misbehaving teens Work: Employment and household help Domestic violence Midlife and elder care: wills, medical decisions and power of attorney Legal Help: Hiring a lawyer, DIY As Suze Orman demystified personal finance for women, Lisa Green now does for the world of law. With On Your Case, Green helps you take care of yourself, your assets, your family, and your career and maintain control of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Net Zero: How We Stop Causing Climate Change Author: Dieter Helm Narrator: Malk Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What can we really do about the climate emergency? The inconvenient truth is that we are causing the climate crisis with our carbon intensive lifestyles and that fixing – or even just slowing – it will affect all of us. But it can be done. In Net Zero the economist Professor Dieter Helm addresses the action we would all need to take, whether personal, local, national or global, if we really wanted to stop causing climate change. Net Zero is Professor Dieter Helm’s measured, balanced view of how we stop causing climate change by adopting a net zero strategy of reducing carbon emissions and increasing carbon absorption. It is a rational look at why the past 30 years efforts has failed and why and how the next 30 years can succeed. It is a vital book for anyone who hears the clamour of Extinction Rebellion and other ecological activists, but wonders what they can actually do. Dieter Helm Thu, 03 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Net Zero: How We Stop Causing Climate Change Author: Dieter Helm Narrator: Malk Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What can we really do about the climate emergency? The inconvenient truth is that we are causing the climate crisis with our carbon intensive lifestyles and that fixing – or even just slowing – it will affect all of us. But it can be done. In Net Zero the economist Professor Dieter Helm addresses the action we would all need to take, whether personal, local, national or global, if we really wanted to stop causing climate change. Net Zero is Professor Dieter Helm’s measured, balanced view of how we stop causing climate change by adopting a net zero strategy of reducing carbon emissions and increasing carbon absorption. It is a rational look at why the past 30 years efforts has failed and why and how the next 30 years can succeed. It is a vital book for anyone who hears the clamour of Extinction Rebellion and other ecological activists, but wonders what they can actually do. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Net Zero: How We Stop Causing Climate Change Author: Dieter Helm Narrator: Malk Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 3, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What can we really do about the climate emergency? The inconvenient truth is that we are causing the climate crisis with our carbon intensive lifestyles and that fixing – or even just slowing – it will affect all of us. But it can be done. In Net Zero the economist Professor Dieter Helm addresses the action we would all need to take, whether personal, local, national or global, if we really wanted to stop causing climate change. Net Zero is Professor Dieter Helm’s measured, balanced view of how we stop causing climate change by adopting a net zero strategy of reducing carbon emissions and increasing carbon absorption. It is a rational look at why the past 30 years efforts has failed and why and how the next 30 years can succeed. It is a vital book for anyone who hears the clamour of Extinction Rebellion and other ecological activists, but wonders what they can actually do. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417379 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Footprints in the Dust: Nursing, Survival, Compassion, and Hope with Refugees Around the World Author: Roberta Gately Narrator: Susan Boyce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The word “refugee” sparks conversation and fuels emotion. There are more than twenty-two million refugees worldwide and another sixty-five million who have been forcibly displaced. But who are these people? Images filter into our consciousness via dramatic photographs—but these photos only offer a glimpse into their stories. As a young ER nurse in Boston, Roberta Gately was stopped cold by stark images of big-bellied babies with empty haunting stares in the news. She called the aid organization featured in the news story, and, within two months, she had become a humanitarian aid worker. Soon she learned that the world into which millions of children around the globe are born is fraught with unspeakable horrors. The only certainties for so many of these children are disease and devastating injury. Footprints in the Dust aims to share the real stories of these refugees in hopes of revealing the truth about their experience. Roberta Gately Tue, 18 Feb 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417379 thebookvoice.com 10:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Footprints in the Dust: Nursing, Survival, Compassion, and Hope with Refugees Around the World Author: Roberta Gately Narrator: Susan Boyce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The word “refugee” sparks conversation and fuels emotion. There are more than twenty-two million refugees worldwide and another sixty-five million who have been forcibly displaced. But who are these people? Images filter into our consciousness via dramatic photographs—but these photos only offer a glimpse into their stories. As a young ER nurse in Boston, Roberta Gately was stopped cold by stark images of big-bellied babies with empty haunting stares in the news. She called the aid organization featured in the news story, and, within two months, she had become a humanitarian aid worker. Soon she learned that the world into which millions of children around the globe are born is fraught with unspeakable horrors. The only certainties for so many of these children are disease and devastating injury. Footprints in the Dust aims to share the real stories of these refugees in hopes of revealing the truth about their experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417379]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Footprints in the Dust: Nursing, Survival, Compassion, and Hope with Refugees Around the World Author: Roberta Gately Narrator: Susan Boyce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The word “refugee” sparks conversation and fuels emotion. There are more than twenty-two million refugees worldwide and another sixty-five million who have been forcibly displaced. But who are these people? Images filter into our consciousness via dramatic photographs—but these photos only offer a glimpse into their stories. As a young ER nurse in Boston, Roberta Gately was stopped cold by stark images of big-bellied babies with empty haunting stares in the news. She called the aid organization featured in the news story, and, within two months, she had become a humanitarian aid worker. Soon she learned that the world into which millions of children around the globe are born is fraught with unspeakable horrors. The only certainties for so many of these children are disease and devastating injury. Footprints in the Dust aims to share the real stories of these refugees in hopes of revealing the truth about their experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417363 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teaching Kids to Be Kind: A Guide to Raising Compassionate and Caring Children Author: Rachel Tomlinson Narrator: Susan C. Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As a parent, you want the best for your child, and one of your greatest hopes is that your child will grow up to be a good person. So, what makes a good person? Generally, we think about good people as being kind: compassionate, empathetic, generous. However, it seems that, in our fast-paced, individual-driven society, kindness is fading and the pressure on parents to raise socially conscious, empathetic, and caring children can seem overwhelming at times. In Teaching Kids to Be Kind, Rachel Tomlinson draws from her professional experiences to provide 365 inspiring strategies to help children and families practice kindness every day of the year, including daily tips like these: • Taking your child shopping around the holidays to select a new toy to donate to another little boy or girl their age. • Leaving little notes in their lunch box or school bag for them to find. This models unconditional love and consideration for others. • Baking a cake together to teach patience and teamwork and to build on their ability to delay gratification. An essential tool for parents, Teaching Kids to Be Kind will help children develop empathy, regulate their emotions, and improve their general well-being as well as support families in strengthening their overall relationships. Rachel Tomlinson Tue, 11 Feb 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417363 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teaching Kids to Be Kind: A Guide to Raising Compassionate and Caring Children Author: Rachel Tomlinson Narrator: Susan C. Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As a parent, you want the best for your child, and one of your greatest hopes is that your child will grow up to be a good person. So, what makes a good person? Generally, we think about good people as being kind: compassionate, empathetic, generous. However, it seems that, in our fast-paced, individual-driven society, kindness is fading and the pressure on parents to raise socially conscious, empathetic, and caring children can seem overwhelming at times. In Teaching Kids to Be Kind, Rachel Tomlinson draws from her professional experiences to provide 365 inspiring strategies to help children and families practice kindness every day of the year, including daily tips like these: • Taking your child shopping around the holidays to select a new toy to donate to another little boy or girl their age. • Leaving little notes in their lunch box or school bag for them to find. This models unconditional love and consideration for others. • Baking a cake together to teach patience and teamwork and to build on their ability to delay gratification. An essential tool for parents, Teaching Kids to Be Kind will help children develop empathy, regulate their emotions, and improve their general well-being as well as support families in strengthening their overall relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teaching Kids to Be Kind: A Guide to Raising Compassionate and Caring Children Author: Rachel Tomlinson Narrator: Susan C. Hunter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As a parent, you want the best for your child, and one of your greatest hopes is that your child will grow up to be a good person. So, what makes a good person? Generally, we think about good people as being kind: compassionate, empathetic, generous. However, it seems that, in our fast-paced, individual-driven society, kindness is fading and the pressure on parents to raise socially conscious, empathetic, and caring children can seem overwhelming at times. In Teaching Kids to Be Kind, Rachel Tomlinson draws from her professional experiences to provide 365 inspiring strategies to help children and families practice kindness every day of the year, including daily tips like these: • Taking your child shopping around the holidays to select a new toy to donate to another little boy or girl their age. • Leaving little notes in their lunch box or school bag for them to find. This models unconditional love and consideration for others. • Baking a cake together to teach patience and teamwork and to build on their ability to delay gratification. An essential tool for parents, Teaching Kids to Be Kind will help children develop empathy, regulate their emotions, and improve their general well-being as well as support families in strengthening their overall relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Voice of Rebellion: How Mozhdah Jamalzadah Brought Hope to Afghanistan Author: Roberta Staley Narrator: Julia Farhat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first-ever biography of Mozhdah Jamalzadah: refugee, pop singer, and champion of women’s rights Many have tried to silence her, but Mozhdah Jamalzadah remains the most powerful female voice of her generation in Afghanistan, boldly speaking out about women’s rights. Voice of Rebellion charts her incredible journey, including arriving in Canada as a child refugee, setting her father’s protest poem to music (and making it a #1 hit), performing that song for Michelle and Barack Obama, and, finally, being invited to host her own show in Afghanistan. The Mozhdah Show earned her the nickname “The Oprah of Afghanistan” and tackled taboo subjects like divorce and domestic violence for the first time in the country’s history. But even as her words resonated with women and families, Mozhdah received angry death threats—some of them serious—and was eventually advised to return to Canada. Traversing Central Asia and North America, Voice of Rebellion profiles a devoted singer and activist who continues to fight for change, even from afar. Roberta Staley Tue, 22 Oct 2019 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417352 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Voice of Rebellion: How Mozhdah Jamalzadah Brought Hope to Afghanistan Author: Roberta Staley Narrator: Julia Farhat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first-ever biography of Mozhdah Jamalzadah: refugee, pop singer, and champion of women’s rights Many have tried to silence her, but Mozhdah Jamalzadah remains the most powerful female voice of her generation in Afghanistan, boldly speaking out about women’s rights. Voice of Rebellion charts her incredible journey, including arriving in Canada as a child refugee, setting her father’s protest poem to music (and making it a #1 hit), performing that song for Michelle and Barack Obama, and, finally, being invited to host her own show in Afghanistan. The Mozhdah Show earned her the nickname “The Oprah of Afghanistan” and tackled taboo subjects like divorce and domestic violence for the first time in the country’s history. But even as her words resonated with women and families, Mozhdah received angry death threats—some of them serious—and was eventually advised to return to Canada. Traversing Central Asia and North America, Voice of Rebellion profiles a devoted singer and activist who continues to fight for change, even from afar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Voice of Rebellion: How Mozhdah Jamalzadah Brought Hope to Afghanistan Author: Roberta Staley Narrator: Julia Farhat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first-ever biography of Mozhdah Jamalzadah: refugee, pop singer, and champion of women’s rights Many have tried to silence her, but Mozhdah Jamalzadah remains the most powerful female voice of her generation in Afghanistan, boldly speaking out about women’s rights. Voice of Rebellion charts her incredible journey, including arriving in Canada as a child refugee, setting her father’s protest poem to music (and making it a #1 hit), performing that song for Michelle and Barack Obama, and, finally, being invited to host her own show in Afghanistan. The Mozhdah Show earned her the nickname “The Oprah of Afghanistan” and tackled taboo subjects like divorce and domestic violence for the first time in the country’s history. But even as her words resonated with women and families, Mozhdah received angry death threats—some of them serious—and was eventually advised to return to Canada. Traversing Central Asia and North America, Voice of Rebellion profiles a devoted singer and activist who continues to fight for change, even from afar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417311 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Faktastisch - Tierwelt - Warum Pandas im Handstand pinkeln (Ungekürzt) Author: Faktastisch Narrator: Ulrike Hübschmann, Yara Blümel, David Nathan, Simon Jäger, Dietmar Wunder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 28, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Faktastisch: Die Infotainer des Internets! Geballtes Wissen unterhaltsam verpackt. Faktastisch begeistert im Internet mit spannenden Fakten und wissenswertem oder unnützem Wissen. So berichten sie beispielsweise über Fische, die Gesichter erkennen können und stellen die Frage, warum Rädertierchen seit 80 Mio. Jahren keinen Sex haben und trotzdem noch nicht ausgestorben sind. In ihrer neuen Reihe haben die Autoren von Faktastisch ihre beliebtesten Fakten zusammengetragen und diese exklusiv mit Hintergrundinfos und weiteren spannenden Informationen angereichert. Ein echtes Plus für alle, die es genau wissen und bei ihren Freunden oder auf Partys mit besonderem Wissen punkten wollen! Faktastisch Thu, 28 Sep 2017 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417311 thebookvoice.com 4:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Faktastisch - Tierwelt - Warum Pandas im Handstand pinkeln (Ungekürzt) Author: Faktastisch Narrator: Ulrike Hübschmann, Yara Blümel, David Nathan, Simon Jäger, Dietmar Wunder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 28, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Faktastisch: Die Infotainer des Internets! Geballtes Wissen unterhaltsam verpackt. Faktastisch begeistert im Internet mit spannenden Fakten und wissenswertem oder unnützem Wissen. So berichten sie beispielsweise über Fische, die Gesichter erkennen können und stellen die Frage, warum Rädertierchen seit 80 Mio. Jahren keinen Sex haben und trotzdem noch nicht ausgestorben sind. In ihrer neuen Reihe haben die Autoren von Faktastisch ihre beliebtesten Fakten zusammengetragen und diese exklusiv mit Hintergrundinfos und weiteren spannenden Informationen angereichert. Ein echtes Plus für alle, die es genau wissen und bei ihren Freunden oder auf Partys mit besonderem Wissen punkten wollen! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417311]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Faktastisch - Tierwelt - Warum Pandas im Handstand pinkeln (Ungekürzt) Author: Faktastisch Narrator: Ulrike Hübschmann, Yara Blümel, David Nathan, Simon Jäger, Dietmar Wunder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 28, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Faktastisch: Die Infotainer des Internets! Geballtes Wissen unterhaltsam verpackt. Faktastisch begeistert im Internet mit spannenden Fakten und wissenswertem oder unnützem Wissen. So berichten sie beispielsweise über Fische, die Gesichter erkennen können und stellen die Frage, warum Rädertierchen seit 80 Mio. Jahren keinen Sex haben und trotzdem noch nicht ausgestorben sind. In ihrer neuen Reihe haben die Autoren von Faktastisch ihre beliebtesten Fakten zusammengetragen und diese exklusiv mit Hintergrundinfos und weiteren spannenden Informationen angereichert. Ein echtes Plus für alle, die es genau wissen und bei ihren Freunden oder auf Partys mit besonderem Wissen punkten wollen! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417312 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Faktastisch - Liebe - Warum der Bart beim Sex schneller wächst (Ungekürzt) Author: Faktastisch Narrator: Ulrike Hübschmann, Yara Blümel, David Nathan, Simon Jäger, Dietmar Wunder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 28, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Faktastisch: Die Infotainer des Internets! Geballtes Wissen unterhaltsam verpackt. Faktastisch begeistert im Internet mit spannenden Fakten und wissenswertem oder unnützem Wissen. So berichten sie beispielsweise über Fische, die Gesichter erkennen können und stellen die Frage, warum Rädertierchen seit 80 Mio. Jahren keinen Sex haben und trotzdem noch nicht ausgestorben sind. In ihrer neuen Reihe haben die Autoren von Faktastisch ihre beliebtesten Fakten zusammengetragen und diese exklusiv mit Hintergrundinfos und weiteren spannenden Informationen angereichert. Ein echtes Plus für alle, die es genau wissen und bei ihren Freunden oder auf Partys mit besonderem Wissen punkten wollen! Als Geschenk oder Mitbringsel bestens geeignet. Faktastisch Thu, 28 Sep 2017 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417312 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Faktastisch - Liebe - Warum der Bart beim Sex schneller wächst (Ungekürzt) Author: Faktastisch Narrator: Ulrike Hübschmann, Yara Blümel, David Nathan, Simon Jäger, Dietmar Wunder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 28, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Faktastisch: Die Infotainer des Internets! Geballtes Wissen unterhaltsam verpackt. Faktastisch begeistert im Internet mit spannenden Fakten und wissenswertem oder unnützem Wissen. So berichten sie beispielsweise über Fische, die Gesichter erkennen können und stellen die Frage, warum Rädertierchen seit 80 Mio. Jahren keinen Sex haben und trotzdem noch nicht ausgestorben sind. In ihrer neuen Reihe haben die Autoren von Faktastisch ihre beliebtesten Fakten zusammengetragen und diese exklusiv mit Hintergrundinfos und weiteren spannenden Informationen angereichert. Ein echtes Plus für alle, die es genau wissen und bei ihren Freunden oder auf Partys mit besonderem Wissen punkten wollen! Als Geschenk oder Mitbringsel bestens geeignet. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417312]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Faktastisch - Liebe - Warum der Bart beim Sex schneller wächst (Ungekürzt) Author: Faktastisch Narrator: Ulrike Hübschmann, Yara Blümel, David Nathan, Simon Jäger, Dietmar Wunder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 28, 2017 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Faktastisch: Die Infotainer des Internets! Geballtes Wissen unterhaltsam verpackt. Faktastisch begeistert im Internet mit spannenden Fakten und wissenswertem oder unnützem Wissen. So berichten sie beispielsweise über Fische, die Gesichter erkennen können und stellen die Frage, warum Rädertierchen seit 80 Mio. Jahren keinen Sex haben und trotzdem noch nicht ausgestorben sind. In ihrer neuen Reihe haben die Autoren von Faktastisch ihre beliebtesten Fakten zusammengetragen und diese exklusiv mit Hintergrundinfos und weiteren spannenden Informationen angereichert. Ein echtes Plus für alle, die es genau wissen und bei ihren Freunden oder auf Partys mit besonderem Wissen punkten wollen! Als Geschenk oder Mitbringsel bestens geeignet. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Not Thinking: Why We Should Stop Thinking and Start Trusting Our Bodies Author: Simon Roberts Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR BEST SPECIALIST BUSINESS BOOK AT THE BUSINESS BOOK AWARDS 2021 Have you ever relied on your hand to remember your pin rather than your memory? Or acted out a golf stroke before going for it? Or listened to your gut on a big decision? In this insightful new book, leading business anthropologist Simon Roberts breaks down the revolutionary idea of embodied knowledge: the information that is unconsciously picked up by our body for use in every area of our lives. Drawing on his own experience working with some of the world's leading industry experts and looking at a range of real-life examples and cutting-edge science, Roberts explains the various ways in which our body acquires, retains and employs information and why we should learn to trust the instincts that inform the most crucial decisions and actions in our lives. The Power of Not Thinking shows why humans are capable of far more than we are currently led to believe. We just have to stop thinking and start trusting our bodies. Simon Roberts Thu, 14 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280 thebookvoice.com 8:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Not Thinking: Why We Should Stop Thinking and Start Trusting Our Bodies Author: Simon Roberts Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR BEST SPECIALIST BUSINESS BOOK AT THE BUSINESS BOOK AWARDS 2021 Have you ever relied on your hand to remember your pin rather than your memory? Or acted out a golf stroke before going for it? Or listened to your gut on a big decision? In this insightful new book, leading business anthropologist Simon Roberts breaks down the revolutionary idea of embodied knowledge: the information that is unconsciously picked up by our body for use in every area of our lives. Drawing on his own experience working with some of the world's leading industry experts and looking at a range of real-life examples and cutting-edge science, Roberts explains the various ways in which our body acquires, retains and employs information and why we should learn to trust the instincts that inform the most crucial decisions and actions in our lives. The Power of Not Thinking shows why humans are capable of far more than we are currently led to believe. We just have to stop thinking and start trusting our bodies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Not Thinking: Why We Should Stop Thinking and Start Trusting Our Bodies Author: Simon Roberts Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: SHORTLISTED FOR BEST SPECIALIST BUSINESS BOOK AT THE BUSINESS BOOK AWARDS 2021 Have you ever relied on your hand to remember your pin rather than your memory? Or acted out a golf stroke before going for it? Or listened to your gut on a big decision? In this insightful new book, leading business anthropologist Simon Roberts breaks down the revolutionary idea of embodied knowledge: the information that is unconsciously picked up by our body for use in every area of our lives. Drawing on his own experience working with some of the world's leading industry experts and looking at a range of real-life examples and cutting-edge science, Roberts explains the various ways in which our body acquires, retains and employs information and why we should learn to trust the instincts that inform the most crucial decisions and actions in our lives. The Power of Not Thinking shows why humans are capable of far more than we are currently led to believe. We just have to stop thinking and start trusting our bodies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417266 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lonely Century: How to Restore Human Connection in a World That's Pulling Apart Author: Noreena Hertz Narrator: Noreena Hertz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold, hopeful, and thought-provoking account by “one of the world’s leading thinkers” (The Observer) of how we built a lonely world, how the pandemic accelerated the problem, and what we must do to come together again  “A compelling vision for how we can bridge our many divides at this time of great change and disruption.”—Arianna Huffington, founder and CEO of Thrive Global “An important new book.”—The Economist NEXT BIG IDEA CLUB NOMINEE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WIRED (UK) AND THE DAILY TELEGRAPH Loneliness has become the defining condition of the twenty-first century. It is damaging our health, our wealth, and our happiness and even threatening our democracy. Never has it been more pervasive or more widespread, but never has there been more that we can do about it.  Even before a global pandemic introduced us to terms like “social distancing,” the fabric of community was unraveling and our personal relationships were under threat. And technology isn’t the sole culprit. Equally to blame are the dismantling of civic institutions, the radical reorganization of the workplace, the mass migration to cities, and decades of neoliberal policies that have placed self-interest above the collective good. This is not merely a mental health crisis. Loneliness increases our risk of heart disease, cancer, and dementia. Statistically, it’s as bad for our health as smoking fifteen cigarettes a day. It’s also an economic crisis, costing us billions annually. And it’s a political crisis, as feelings of marginalization fuel divisiveness and extremism around the world. But it’s also a crisis we have the power to solve. Combining a decade of research with firsthand reporting, Noreena Hertz takes us from a “how to read a face” class at an Ivy League university to isolated remote workers in London during lockdown, from “renting a friend” in Manhattan to nursing home residents knitting bonnets for their robot caregivers in Japan. Offering bold solutions ranging from compassionate AI to innovative models for urban living to new ways of reinvigorating our neighborhoods and reconciling our differences, The Lonely Century offers a hopeful and empowering vision for how to heal our fractured communities and restore connection in our lives. Noreena Hertz Tue, 02 Feb 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417266 thebookvoice.com 11:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lonely Century: How to Restore Human Connection in a World That's Pulling Apart Author: Noreena Hertz Narrator: Noreena Hertz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold, hopeful, and thought-provoking account by “one of the world’s leading thinkers” (The Observer) of how we built a lonely world, how the pandemic accelerated the problem, and what we must do to come together again  “A compelling vision for how we can bridge our many divides at this time of great change and disruption.”—Arianna Huffington, founder and CEO of Thrive Global “An important new book.”—The Economist NEXT BIG IDEA CLUB NOMINEE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WIRED (UK) AND THE DAILY TELEGRAPH Loneliness has become the defining condition of the twenty-first century. It is damaging our health, our wealth, and our happiness and even threatening our democracy. Never has it been more pervasive or more widespread, but never has there been more that we can do about it.  Even before a global pandemic introduced us to terms like “social distancing,” the fabric of community was unraveling and our personal relationships were under threat. And technology isn’t the sole culprit. Equally to blame are the dismantling of civic institutions, the radical reorganization of the workplace, the mass migration to cities, and decades of neoliberal policies that have placed self-interest above the collective good. This is not merely a mental health crisis. Loneliness increases our risk of heart disease, cancer, and dementia. Statistically, it’s as bad for our health as smoking fifteen cigarettes a day. It’s also an economic crisis, costing us billions annually. And it’s a political crisis, as feelings of marginalization fuel divisiveness and extremism around the world. But it’s also a crisis we have the power to solve. Combining a decade of research with firsthand reporting, Noreena Hertz takes us from a “how to read a face” class at an Ivy League university to isolated remote workers in London during lockdown, from “renting a friend” in Manhattan to nursing home residents knitting bonnets for their robot caregivers in Japan. Offering bold solutions ranging from compassionate AI to innovative models for urban living to new ways of reinvigorating our neighborhoods and reconciling our differences, The Lonely Century offers a hopeful and empowering vision for how to heal our fractured communities and restore connection in our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417266]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lonely Century: How to Restore Human Connection in a World That's Pulling Apart Author: Noreena Hertz Narrator: Noreena Hertz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold, hopeful, and thought-provoking account by “one of the world’s leading thinkers” (The Observer) of how we built a lonely world, how the pandemic accelerated the problem, and what we must do to come together again  “A compelling vision for how we can bridge our many divides at this time of great change and disruption.”—Arianna Huffington, founder and CEO of Thrive Global “An important new book.”—The Economist NEXT BIG IDEA CLUB NOMINEE • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY WIRED (UK) AND THE DAILY TELEGRAPH Loneliness has become the defining condition of the twenty-first century. It is damaging our health, our wealth, and our happiness and even threatening our democracy. Never has it been more pervasive or more widespread, but never has there been more that we can do about it.  Even before a global pandemic introduced us to terms like “social distancing,” the fabric of community was unraveling and our personal relationships were under threat. And technology isn’t the sole culprit. Equally to blame are the dismantling of civic institutions, the radical reorganization of the workplace, the mass migration to cities, and decades of neoliberal policies that have placed self-interest above the collective good. This is not merely a mental health crisis. Loneliness increases our risk of heart disease, cancer, and dementia. Statistically, it’s as bad for our health as smoking fifteen cigarettes a day. It’s also an economic crisis, costing us billions annually. And it’s a political crisis, as feelings of marginalization fuel divisiveness and extremism around the world. But it’s also a crisis we have the power to solve. Combining a decade of research with firsthand reporting, Noreena Hertz takes us from a “how to read a face” class at an Ivy League university to isolated remote workers in London during lockdown, from “renting a friend” in Manhattan to nursing home residents knitting bonnets for their robot caregivers in Japan. Offering bold solutions ranging from compassionate AI to innovative models for urban living to new ways of reinvigorating our neighborhoods and reconciling our differences, The Lonely Century offers a hopeful and empowering vision for how to heal our fractured communities and restore connection in our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417251 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Convenient Death: The Mysterious Demise of Jeffrey Epstein Author: Daniel Halper, Alana Goodman Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who killed Jeffrey Epstein? Two journalists look for answers. A must-read for fans of the Netflix docuseries Filthy Rich. In A Convenient Death, investigative reporters Alana Goodman and Daniel Halper search for the truth of what really happened to Jeffrey Epstein. With access to Epstein's victims and lawyers, to doctors, Wall Street insiders and law enforcement officers, they reveal the dirty secrets and sinister ties that may have driven someone in Epstein’s circle to take matters into their own hands. On the morning of August 10, 2019, Epstein, friend and financier to the rich and powerful, was found unresponsive in his prison cell in lower Manhattan, where he awaited his second trial for sexual predation and other crimes. He was rushed to a local hospital and one hour later pronounced dead by suicide. Across the world, a sinister web of powerful billionaires, celebrities, and politicians, including Bill and Hillary Clinton, had reason to sigh with relief at news of Epstein’s death. Having flown on his private planes and visited his many homes—the sites of so many illicit activities—they had much to lose if their transgressions were ever exposed. And now, Epstein was silenced for good.   But cracks in the official story soon emerged. And the questions kept coming:       ·    Why did the surveillance cameras in front of Epstein’s cell stop working that night?       ·    Why was Epstein's cellmate transferred out and never replaced?       ·    Why was a high-profile prisoner so suddenly taken off suicide watch and left unguarded for eight hours?   Was Epstein murdered to protect the powerful people who feared what he might reveal? The American public deserves to know the truth. With this book, they can finally understand the facts and decide for themselves. Daniel Halper, Alana Goodman Tue, 02 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417251 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Convenient Death: The Mysterious Demise of Jeffrey Epstein Author: Daniel Halper, Alana Goodman Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who killed Jeffrey Epstein? Two journalists look for answers. A must-read for fans of the Netflix docuseries Filthy Rich. In A Convenient Death, investigative reporters Alana Goodman and Daniel Halper search for the truth of what really happened to Jeffrey Epstein. With access to Epstein's victims and lawyers, to doctors, Wall Street insiders and law enforcement officers, they reveal the dirty secrets and sinister ties that may have driven someone in Epstein’s circle to take matters into their own hands. On the morning of August 10, 2019, Epstein, friend and financier to the rich and powerful, was found unresponsive in his prison cell in lower Manhattan, where he awaited his second trial for sexual predation and other crimes. He was rushed to a local hospital and one hour later pronounced dead by suicide. Across the world, a sinister web of powerful billionaires, celebrities, and politicians, including Bill and Hillary Clinton, had reason to sigh with relief at news of Epstein’s death. Having flown on his private planes and visited his many homes—the sites of so many illicit activities—they had much to lose if their transgressions were ever exposed. And now, Epstein was silenced for good.   But cracks in the official story soon emerged. And the questions kept coming:       ·    Why did the surveillance cameras in front of Epstein’s cell stop working that night?       ·    Why was Epstein's cellmate transferred out and never replaced?       ·    Why was a high-profile prisoner so suddenly taken off suicide watch and left unguarded for eight hours?   Was Epstein murdered to protect the powerful people who feared what he might reveal? The American public deserves to know the truth. With this book, they can finally understand the facts and decide for themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Convenient Death: The Mysterious Demise of Jeffrey Epstein Author: Daniel Halper, Alana Goodman Narrator: Maggie-Meg Reed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Who killed Jeffrey Epstein? Two journalists look for answers. A must-read for fans of the Netflix docuseries Filthy Rich. In A Convenient Death, investigative reporters Alana Goodman and Daniel Halper search for the truth of what really happened to Jeffrey Epstein. With access to Epstein's victims and lawyers, to doctors, Wall Street insiders and law enforcement officers, they reveal the dirty secrets and sinister ties that may have driven someone in Epstein’s circle to take matters into their own hands. On the morning of August 10, 2019, Epstein, friend and financier to the rich and powerful, was found unresponsive in his prison cell in lower Manhattan, where he awaited his second trial for sexual predation and other crimes. He was rushed to a local hospital and one hour later pronounced dead by suicide. Across the world, a sinister web of powerful billionaires, celebrities, and politicians, including Bill and Hillary Clinton, had reason to sigh with relief at news of Epstein’s death. Having flown on his private planes and visited his many homes—the sites of so many illicit activities—they had much to lose if their transgressions were ever exposed. And now, Epstein was silenced for good.   But cracks in the official story soon emerged. And the questions kept coming:       ·    Why did the surveillance cameras in front of Epstein’s cell stop working that night?       ·    Why was Epstein's cellmate transferred out and never replaced?       ·    Why was a high-profile prisoner so suddenly taken off suicide watch and left unguarded for eight hours?   Was Epstein murdered to protect the powerful people who feared what he might reveal? The American public deserves to know the truth. With this book, they can finally understand the facts and decide for themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416969 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worked Over: How Round-the-Clock Work Is Killing the American Dream Author: Jamie K Mccallum Narrator: Angelo Di Loreto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An award-winning sociologist reveals the unexpected link between overwork and inequality. Most Americans work too long and too hard, while others lack consistency in their hours and schedules. Work hours declined for a century through hard-fought labor-movement victories, but they've increased significantly since the seventies. Worked Over traces the varied reasons why our lives became tethered to a new rhythm of work, and describes how we might gain a greater say over our labor time -- and build a more just society in the process. Popular discussions typically focus on overworked professionals. But as Jamie K. McCallum demonstrates, from Amazon warehouses to Rust Belt factories to California's gig economy, it's the hours of low-wage workers that are the most volatile and precarious -- and the most subject to crises. What's needed is not individual solutions but collective struggle, and throughout Worked Over McCallum recounts the inspiring stories of those battling today's capitalism to win back control of their time. Jamie K Mccallum Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416969 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worked Over: How Round-the-Clock Work Is Killing the American Dream Author: Jamie K Mccallum Narrator: Angelo Di Loreto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An award-winning sociologist reveals the unexpected link between overwork and inequality. Most Americans work too long and too hard, while others lack consistency in their hours and schedules. Work hours declined for a century through hard-fought labor-movement victories, but they've increased significantly since the seventies. Worked Over traces the varied reasons why our lives became tethered to a new rhythm of work, and describes how we might gain a greater say over our labor time -- and build a more just society in the process. Popular discussions typically focus on overworked professionals. But as Jamie K. McCallum demonstrates, from Amazon warehouses to Rust Belt factories to California's gig economy, it's the hours of low-wage workers that are the most volatile and precarious -- and the most subject to crises. What's needed is not individual solutions but collective struggle, and throughout Worked Over McCallum recounts the inspiring stories of those battling today's capitalism to win back control of their time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worked Over: How Round-the-Clock Work Is Killing the American Dream Author: Jamie K Mccallum Narrator: Angelo Di Loreto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An award-winning sociologist reveals the unexpected link between overwork and inequality. Most Americans work too long and too hard, while others lack consistency in their hours and schedules. Work hours declined for a century through hard-fought labor-movement victories, but they've increased significantly since the seventies. Worked Over traces the varied reasons why our lives became tethered to a new rhythm of work, and describes how we might gain a greater say over our labor time -- and build a more just society in the process. Popular discussions typically focus on overworked professionals. But as Jamie K. McCallum demonstrates, from Amazon warehouses to Rust Belt factories to California's gig economy, it's the hours of low-wage workers that are the most volatile and precarious -- and the most subject to crises. What's needed is not individual solutions but collective struggle, and throughout Worked Over McCallum recounts the inspiring stories of those battling today's capitalism to win back control of their time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El traidor Author: Anabel Hernández Narrator: Karina Castillo, Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. Su historia se remonta a enero de 2011, cuando la contactó uno de los abogados de Vicente Zambada Niebla, mejor conocido como Vicentillo, quien enfrentaba un juicio en una corte de Chicago. La intención era compartir con la periodista documentos y hechos que ampliaban y esclarecían varios de los episodios que acababa de dar a conocer en Los señores del narco. Entre los documentos a los que tuvo acceso se encuentran el inquietante autorretrato como payaso que aparece en la portada y los diarios realizados por Vicentillo durante las negociaciones para colaborar con el gobierno norteamericano, los cuales hasta ahora eran secretos. En ellos el capo reconstruyó su historia y la historia de una de las organizaciones de tráfico de estupefacientes más grandes del planeta. A lo largo de estas páginas, la autora se adentra en el Cártel de Sinaloa a través del relato de Vicentillo, quien exhibe de manera descarnada cómo funciona el sistema interno que da vida a la organización criminal, la violencia, las mil formas de traficar droga y la complicidad entre políticos, empresarios y fuerzas del orden. Pero sobre todo devela el perfil de quien durante el último medio siglo ha sido el rey del narcotráfico. Quien nunca ha pisado la cárcel y quien desde su trono ha visto caer a amigos, enemigos, socios, competidores, familiares, empleados del gobierno y hasta sus propios hijos, sin que eso haga mella en su poder, el padre de Vicentillo: Ismael el Mayo Zambada. Anabel Hernández Fri, 31 Jan 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El traidor Author: Anabel Hernández Narrator: Karina Castillo, Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. Su historia se remonta a enero de 2011, cuando la contactó uno de los abogados de Vicente Zambada Niebla, mejor conocido como Vicentillo, quien enfrentaba un juicio en una corte de Chicago. La intención era compartir con la periodista documentos y hechos que ampliaban y esclarecían varios de los episodios que acababa de dar a conocer en Los señores del narco. Entre los documentos a los que tuvo acceso se encuentran el inquietante autorretrato como payaso que aparece en la portada y los diarios realizados por Vicentillo durante las negociaciones para colaborar con el gobierno norteamericano, los cuales hasta ahora eran secretos. En ellos el capo reconstruyó su historia y la historia de una de las organizaciones de tráfico de estupefacientes más grandes del planeta. A lo largo de estas páginas, la autora se adentra en el Cártel de Sinaloa a través del relato de Vicentillo, quien exhibe de manera descarnada cómo funciona el sistema interno que da vida a la organización criminal, la violencia, las mil formas de traficar droga y la complicidad entre políticos, empresarios y fuerzas del orden. Pero sobre todo devela el perfil de quien durante el último medio siglo ha sido el rey del narcotráfico. Quien nunca ha pisado la cárcel y quien desde su trono ha visto caer a amigos, enemigos, socios, competidores, familiares, empleados del gobierno y hasta sus propios hijos, sin que eso haga mella en su poder, el padre de Vicentillo: Ismael el Mayo Zambada. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El traidor Author: Anabel Hernández Narrator: Karina Castillo, Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 40 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. El traidor es uno de los trabajos periodísticos más ambiciosos en la trayectoria de Anabel Hernández. Su historia se remonta a enero de 2011, cuando la contactó uno de los abogados de Vicente Zambada Niebla, mejor conocido como Vicentillo, quien enfrentaba un juicio en una corte de Chicago. La intención era compartir con la periodista documentos y hechos que ampliaban y esclarecían varios de los episodios que acababa de dar a conocer en Los señores del narco. Entre los documentos a los que tuvo acceso se encuentran el inquietante autorretrato como payaso que aparece en la portada y los diarios realizados por Vicentillo durante las negociaciones para colaborar con el gobierno norteamericano, los cuales hasta ahora eran secretos. En ellos el capo reconstruyó su historia y la historia de una de las organizaciones de tráfico de estupefacientes más grandes del planeta. A lo largo de estas páginas, la autora se adentra en el Cártel de Sinaloa a través del relato de Vicentillo, quien exhibe de manera descarnada cómo funciona el sistema interno que da vida a la organización criminal, la violencia, las mil formas de traficar droga y la complicidad entre políticos, empresarios y fuerzas del orden. Pero sobre todo devela el perfil de quien durante el último medio siglo ha sido el rey del narcotráfico. Quien nunca ha pisado la cárcel y quien desde su trono ha visto caer a amigos, enemigos, socios, competidores, familiares, empleados del gobierno y hasta sus propios hijos, sin que eso haga mella en su poder, el padre de Vicentillo: Ismael el Mayo Zambada. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416772 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Woman Who Saved the Children Author: Clare Mulley Narrator: Clare Mulley, Joely Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is an unconventional biography of an unconventional woman. Eglantyne Jebb moved from drawing rooms to war zones, often defying expectation and at times breaking the law. Although not fond of individual children, she founded Save the Children and originated the revolutionary concept of children’s human rights. Clare Mulley brings to life the brilliant, charismatic, passionate and compassionate woman, whose work has saved millions of lives and permanently changed the way the world treats children. Save the Children ambassador Joely Richardson narrates this extraordinary story. Clare Mulley Wed, 01 Jan 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416772 thebookvoice.com 13:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Woman Who Saved the Children Author: Clare Mulley Narrator: Clare Mulley, Joely Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is an unconventional biography of an unconventional woman. Eglantyne Jebb moved from drawing rooms to war zones, often defying expectation and at times breaking the law. Although not fond of individual children, she founded Save the Children and originated the revolutionary concept of children’s human rights. Clare Mulley brings to life the brilliant, charismatic, passionate and compassionate woman, whose work has saved millions of lives and permanently changed the way the world treats children. Save the Children ambassador Joely Richardson narrates this extraordinary story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Woman Who Saved the Children Author: Clare Mulley Narrator: Clare Mulley, Joely Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 1, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This is an unconventional biography of an unconventional woman. Eglantyne Jebb moved from drawing rooms to war zones, often defying expectation and at times breaking the law. Although not fond of individual children, she founded Save the Children and originated the revolutionary concept of children’s human rights. Clare Mulley brings to life the brilliant, charismatic, passionate and compassionate woman, whose work has saved millions of lives and permanently changed the way the world treats children. Save the Children ambassador Joely Richardson narrates this extraordinary story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416255 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The History of Magic: From Alchemy to Witchcraft, from the Ice Age to the Present Author: Chris Gosden Narrator: Clarke Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Three great strands of practice and belief run through human history - science, religion and magic. Over the last few centuries, magic - the idea that we have a connection with the universe, and that the universe responds to us - has developed a bad reputation. But it is still with us, as it has been for millennia, as Professor Chris Gosden shows in this extraordinarily bold and unprecedented history. As Gosden argues, magic preceded religion and science, and it has been with us from the curses and charms of ancient Greek, Roman and Jewish magic, to the shamanistic traditions of Eurasia, indigenous America and Africa, the alchemy of the Renaissance, colonial dismissals of magic as backward, and quantum physics today, where magic and science converge. Today 75 per cent of the adult population of the Western world hold some belief in magic, whether we believe that the mind of a patient influences recovery, or find it hard to stab a photo of a loved one. Drawing on his decades of research around the world, with incredible breadth and authority, and stunning detail - from the first known horoscope to the power of tattoos - Gosden reveals magic's positive qualities and how we might use it to rethink our relationship with the world. This timely history of human thought across thousands of years rightly shows the role that magic has played in shaping civilization. © Chris Gosden 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Chris Gosden Thu, 16 Jul 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416255 thebookvoice.com 19:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The History of Magic: From Alchemy to Witchcraft, from the Ice Age to the Present Author: Chris Gosden Narrator: Clarke Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Three great strands of practice and belief run through human history - science, religion and magic. Over the last few centuries, magic - the idea that we have a connection with the universe, and that the universe responds to us - has developed a bad reputation. But it is still with us, as it has been for millennia, as Professor Chris Gosden shows in this extraordinarily bold and unprecedented history. As Gosden argues, magic preceded religion and science, and it has been with us from the curses and charms of ancient Greek, Roman and Jewish magic, to the shamanistic traditions of Eurasia, indigenous America and Africa, the alchemy of the Renaissance, colonial dismissals of magic as backward, and quantum physics today, where magic and science converge. Today 75 per cent of the adult population of the Western world hold some belief in magic, whether we believe that the mind of a patient influences recovery, or find it hard to stab a photo of a loved one. Drawing on his decades of research around the world, with incredible breadth and authority, and stunning detail - from the first known horoscope to the power of tattoos - Gosden reveals magic's positive qualities and how we might use it to rethink our relationship with the world. This timely history of human thought across thousands of years rightly shows the role that magic has played in shaping civilization. © Chris Gosden 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The History of Magic: From Alchemy to Witchcraft, from the Ice Age to the Present Author: Chris Gosden Narrator: Clarke Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 16, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Three great strands of practice and belief run through human history - science, religion and magic. Over the last few centuries, magic - the idea that we have a connection with the universe, and that the universe responds to us - has developed a bad reputation. But it is still with us, as it has been for millennia, as Professor Chris Gosden shows in this extraordinarily bold and unprecedented history. As Gosden argues, magic preceded religion and science, and it has been with us from the curses and charms of ancient Greek, Roman and Jewish magic, to the shamanistic traditions of Eurasia, indigenous America and Africa, the alchemy of the Renaissance, colonial dismissals of magic as backward, and quantum physics today, where magic and science converge. Today 75 per cent of the adult population of the Western world hold some belief in magic, whether we believe that the mind of a patient influences recovery, or find it hard to stab a photo of a loved one. Drawing on his decades of research around the world, with incredible breadth and authority, and stunning detail - from the first known horoscope to the power of tattoos - Gosden reveals magic's positive qualities and how we might use it to rethink our relationship with the world. This timely history of human thought across thousands of years rightly shows the role that magic has played in shaping civilization. © Chris Gosden 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Occupy Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Occupy is the first major public response to thirty years of class war.' Since its appearance in Zuccotti Park, New York, in September 2011, the Occupy movement has spread to hundreds of towns and cities across the world. No longer occupying small tent camps, the movement now occupies the global conscience as its messages spread from street protests to op-ed pages to the highest seats of power. From the movement's onset, Noam Chomsky has supported its critique of corporate corruption and encouraged its efforts to increase civic participation, economic equality, democracy and freedom. Through talks and conversations with movement supporters, Occupy presents Chomsky's latest thinking on the central issues, questions and demands that are driving ordinary people to protest. How did we get to this point? How are the wealthiest 1% influencing the lives of the other 99%? How can we separate money from politics? What would a genuinely democratic election look like? How can we redefine basic concepts like 'growth' to increase equality and quality of life for all? © Noam Chomsky 2012 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Noam Chomsky Thu, 04 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246 thebookvoice.com 2:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Occupy Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Occupy is the first major public response to thirty years of class war.' Since its appearance in Zuccotti Park, New York, in September 2011, the Occupy movement has spread to hundreds of towns and cities across the world. No longer occupying small tent camps, the movement now occupies the global conscience as its messages spread from street protests to op-ed pages to the highest seats of power. From the movement's onset, Noam Chomsky has supported its critique of corporate corruption and encouraged its efforts to increase civic participation, economic equality, democracy and freedom. Through talks and conversations with movement supporters, Occupy presents Chomsky's latest thinking on the central issues, questions and demands that are driving ordinary people to protest. How did we get to this point? How are the wealthiest 1% influencing the lives of the other 99%? How can we separate money from politics? What would a genuinely democratic election look like? How can we redefine basic concepts like 'growth' to increase equality and quality of life for all? © Noam Chomsky 2012 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416246]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Occupy Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Occupy is the first major public response to thirty years of class war.' Since its appearance in Zuccotti Park, New York, in September 2011, the Occupy movement has spread to hundreds of towns and cities across the world. No longer occupying small tent camps, the movement now occupies the global conscience as its messages spread from street protests to op-ed pages to the highest seats of power. From the movement's onset, Noam Chomsky has supported its critique of corporate corruption and encouraged its efforts to increase civic participation, economic equality, democracy and freedom. Through talks and conversations with movement supporters, Occupy presents Chomsky's latest thinking on the central issues, questions and demands that are driving ordinary people to protest. How did we get to this point? How are the wealthiest 1% influencing the lives of the other 99%? How can we separate money from politics? What would a genuinely democratic election look like? How can we redefine basic concepts like 'growth' to increase equality and quality of life for all? © Noam Chomsky 2012 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416036 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Disability: 10 Lessons for Surviving, Thriving, and Changing the World Author: Al Etmanski Narrator: Steve Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'This book reminds us of what we have in common: the power to create a good life for ourselves and for others, no matter what the world has in store for us.' -Michael J. Fox Disabled people are strong. There is no group in history with more consistent experience at making their mark despite the deck being stacked against them. Al Etmanski's mission is to push back against ableism and show disabled people as authoritative sources on creativity, resilience, love, and meaning. In this inspiring book, he lays out ten lessons we can learn from the disabled, each one illustrated with stories of real people. Some names are familiar, like Stephen Hawking, Helen Keller, Stevie Wonder, Michael J. Fox, and Temple Grandin. Others less so, like Caroline Casey, who became the first Western female mahout (elephant rider) and rode solo across India despite being legally blind; Aaron Phillip, a trans woman with cerebral palsy who is a professional model; or Liz Etmanski, the author's daughter, a spoken-word poet and artist with Down syndrome. Recognizable or not, you will have no trouble relating to their stories and experiences and applying their insights to enrich your life. Al Etmanski Tue, 04 Feb 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416036 thebookvoice.com 5:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Disability: 10 Lessons for Surviving, Thriving, and Changing the World Author: Al Etmanski Narrator: Steve Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'This book reminds us of what we have in common: the power to create a good life for ourselves and for others, no matter what the world has in store for us.' -Michael J. Fox Disabled people are strong. There is no group in history with more consistent experience at making their mark despite the deck being stacked against them. Al Etmanski's mission is to push back against ableism and show disabled people as authoritative sources on creativity, resilience, love, and meaning. In this inspiring book, he lays out ten lessons we can learn from the disabled, each one illustrated with stories of real people. Some names are familiar, like Stephen Hawking, Helen Keller, Stevie Wonder, Michael J. Fox, and Temple Grandin. Others less so, like Caroline Casey, who became the first Western female mahout (elephant rider) and rode solo across India despite being legally blind; Aaron Phillip, a trans woman with cerebral palsy who is a professional model; or Liz Etmanski, the author's daughter, a spoken-word poet and artist with Down syndrome. Recognizable or not, you will have no trouble relating to their stories and experiences and applying their insights to enrich your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Disability: 10 Lessons for Surviving, Thriving, and Changing the World Author: Al Etmanski Narrator: Steve Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'This book reminds us of what we have in common: the power to create a good life for ourselves and for others, no matter what the world has in store for us.' -Michael J. Fox Disabled people are strong. There is no group in history with more consistent experience at making their mark despite the deck being stacked against them. Al Etmanski's mission is to push back against ableism and show disabled people as authoritative sources on creativity, resilience, love, and meaning. In this inspiring book, he lays out ten lessons we can learn from the disabled, each one illustrated with stories of real people. Some names are familiar, like Stephen Hawking, Helen Keller, Stevie Wonder, Michael J. Fox, and Temple Grandin. Others less so, like Caroline Casey, who became the first Western female mahout (elephant rider) and rode solo across India despite being legally blind; Aaron Phillip, a trans woman with cerebral palsy who is a professional model; or Liz Etmanski, the author's daughter, a spoken-word poet and artist with Down syndrome. Recognizable or not, you will have no trouble relating to their stories and experiences and applying their insights to enrich your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415814 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Who Launch: Women Who Shattered Glass Ceilings Author: Marlene Wagman-Geller Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finalist Pacific Book Awards 2018! Empowering stories of game-changing women Dorothy Parker observed, “It’s a man’s world”; the lady entrepreneurs and game-changers profiled in Women Who Launch would beg to differ. Unlike the matrons of the 1950s—the women who lunched—these kick-ass females left their DNA in the annals of time. A history of women in business and beyond: Julia Ward-Howe showed what’s good for the goose is good for the gander when she created the Girl Scouts of America. Sarah Josepha Hale—authoress of Mary Had a Little Lamb—convinced Lincoln to launch a national day of thanks while Anna Jarvis persuaded President Wilson to initiate a day in tribute of mothers. Estee Lauder revolutionized the cosmetics industry. The tradition of these Mothers of Invention continued when, compliments of knitter Krista Suh, the heads of millions were adorned with pink, pussy-cat ears in the largest women’s march in history. These women who launched prove, in the words of Rosie the Riveter, “We can do it!” Biographies of women creators, innovators, and leaders: Women Who Launch is filled with inspiring true stories of women activists, artists, and entrepreneurs who launched some of the most famous companies, brands, and organizations today and changed the world. It is at once a collection of biographies and a testament of female empowerment. Listeners will find the stories behind renowned companies, brands, and organizations and the diverse women who launched them;empowering quotes from strong women and those who refused to be kept down; andmotivation to all women who want to succeed in their careers, launch companies, and change the world.Find motivation in your career and life with the amazing history of women entrepreneurship, activism, and leadership. Marlene Wagman-Geller Tue, 15 Oct 2019 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415814 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Who Launch: Women Who Shattered Glass Ceilings Author: Marlene Wagman-Geller Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finalist Pacific Book Awards 2018! Empowering stories of game-changing women Dorothy Parker observed, “It’s a man’s world”; the lady entrepreneurs and game-changers profiled in Women Who Launch would beg to differ. Unlike the matrons of the 1950s—the women who lunched—these kick-ass females left their DNA in the annals of time. A history of women in business and beyond: Julia Ward-Howe showed what’s good for the goose is good for the gander when she created the Girl Scouts of America. Sarah Josepha Hale—authoress of Mary Had a Little Lamb—convinced Lincoln to launch a national day of thanks while Anna Jarvis persuaded President Wilson to initiate a day in tribute of mothers. Estee Lauder revolutionized the cosmetics industry. The tradition of these Mothers of Invention continued when, compliments of knitter Krista Suh, the heads of millions were adorned with pink, pussy-cat ears in the largest women’s march in history. These women who launched prove, in the words of Rosie the Riveter, “We can do it!” Biographies of women creators, innovators, and leaders: Women Who Launch is filled with inspiring true stories of women activists, artists, and entrepreneurs who launched some of the most famous companies, brands, and organizations today and changed the world. It is at once a collection of biographies and a testament of female empowerment. Listeners will find the stories behind renowned companies, brands, and organizations and the diverse women who launched them;empowering quotes from strong women and those who refused to be kept down; andmotivation to all women who want to succeed in their careers, launch companies, and change the world.Find motivation in your career and life with the amazing history of women entrepreneurship, activism, and leadership. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women Who Launch: Women Who Shattered Glass Ceilings Author: Marlene Wagman-Geller Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Finalist Pacific Book Awards 2018! Empowering stories of game-changing women Dorothy Parker observed, “It’s a man’s world”; the lady entrepreneurs and game-changers profiled in Women Who Launch would beg to differ. Unlike the matrons of the 1950s—the women who lunched—these kick-ass females left their DNA in the annals of time. A history of women in business and beyond: Julia Ward-Howe showed what’s good for the goose is good for the gander when she created the Girl Scouts of America. Sarah Josepha Hale—authoress of Mary Had a Little Lamb—convinced Lincoln to launch a national day of thanks while Anna Jarvis persuaded President Wilson to initiate a day in tribute of mothers. Estee Lauder revolutionized the cosmetics industry. The tradition of these Mothers of Invention continued when, compliments of knitter Krista Suh, the heads of millions were adorned with pink, pussy-cat ears in the largest women’s march in history. These women who launched prove, in the words of Rosie the Riveter, “We can do it!” Biographies of women creators, innovators, and leaders: Women Who Launch is filled with inspiring true stories of women activists, artists, and entrepreneurs who launched some of the most famous companies, brands, and organizations today and changed the world. It is at once a collection of biographies and a testament of female empowerment. Listeners will find the stories behind renowned companies, brands, and organizations and the diverse women who launched them;empowering quotes from strong women and those who refused to be kept down; andmotivation to all women who want to succeed in their careers, launch companies, and change the world.Find motivation in your career and life with the amazing history of women entrepreneurship, activism, and leadership. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415746 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Gurl Grrrl: On Womanhood and Belonging in the Age of Black Girl Magic Author: Kenya Hunt Narrator: Amanda Bright, Funmi Fetto, Jessica Horn, Ebele Okobi, Kenya Hunt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “One of the year’s must-reads.” –ELLE “[A] provocative, heart-breaking, and frequently hilarious collection.” –GLAMOUR “Essential, vital, and urgent.” –HARPER’S BAZAAR In the vein of Roxane Gay’s Bad Feminist and Issa Rae’s The Misadventures of Awkward Black Girl, but wholly its own, a provocative, humorous, and, at times, heartbreaking collection of essays on what it means to be black, a woman, a mother, and a global citizen in today's ever-changing world. Black women have never been more visible or more publicly celebrated than they are now. But for every new milestone, every magazine cover, every box office record smashed, every new face elected to public office, the reality of everyday life for black women remains a complex, conflicted, contradiction-laden experience.  An American journalist who has been living and working in London for a decade, Kenya Hunt has made a career of distilling moments, movements, and cultural moods into words. Her work takes the difficult and the indefinable and makes it accessible; it is razor sharp cultural observation threaded through evocative and relatable stories. Girl Gurl Grrrl both illuminates our current cultural moment and transcends it. Hunt captures the zeitgeist while also creating a timeless celebration of womanhood, of blackness, and the possibilities they both contain. She blends the popular and the personal, the frivolous and the momentous in a collection that truly reflects what it is to be living and thriving as a black woman today. Kenya Hunt Tue, 08 Dec 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415746 thebookvoice.com 5:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Gurl Grrrl: On Womanhood and Belonging in the Age of Black Girl Magic Author: Kenya Hunt Narrator: Amanda Bright, Funmi Fetto, Jessica Horn, Ebele Okobi, Kenya Hunt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “One of the year’s must-reads.” –ELLE “[A] provocative, heart-breaking, and frequently hilarious collection.” –GLAMOUR “Essential, vital, and urgent.” –HARPER’S BAZAAR In the vein of Roxane Gay’s Bad Feminist and Issa Rae’s The Misadventures of Awkward Black Girl, but wholly its own, a provocative, humorous, and, at times, heartbreaking collection of essays on what it means to be black, a woman, a mother, and a global citizen in today's ever-changing world. Black women have never been more visible or more publicly celebrated than they are now. But for every new milestone, every magazine cover, every box office record smashed, every new face elected to public office, the reality of everyday life for black women remains a complex, conflicted, contradiction-laden experience.  An American journalist who has been living and working in London for a decade, Kenya Hunt has made a career of distilling moments, movements, and cultural moods into words. Her work takes the difficult and the indefinable and makes it accessible; it is razor sharp cultural observation threaded through evocative and relatable stories. Girl Gurl Grrrl both illuminates our current cultural moment and transcends it. Hunt captures the zeitgeist while also creating a timeless celebration of womanhood, of blackness, and the possibilities they both contain. She blends the popular and the personal, the frivolous and the momentous in a collection that truly reflects what it is to be living and thriving as a black woman today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415746]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girl Gurl Grrrl: On Womanhood and Belonging in the Age of Black Girl Magic Author: Kenya Hunt Narrator: Amanda Bright, Funmi Fetto, Jessica Horn, Ebele Okobi, Kenya Hunt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “One of the year’s must-reads.” –ELLE “[A] provocative, heart-breaking, and frequently hilarious collection.” –GLAMOUR “Essential, vital, and urgent.” –HARPER’S BAZAAR In the vein of Roxane Gay’s Bad Feminist and Issa Rae’s The Misadventures of Awkward Black Girl, but wholly its own, a provocative, humorous, and, at times, heartbreaking collection of essays on what it means to be black, a woman, a mother, and a global citizen in today's ever-changing world. Black women have never been more visible or more publicly celebrated than they are now. But for every new milestone, every magazine cover, every box office record smashed, every new face elected to public office, the reality of everyday life for black women remains a complex, conflicted, contradiction-laden experience.  An American journalist who has been living and working in London for a decade, Kenya Hunt has made a career of distilling moments, movements, and cultural moods into words. Her work takes the difficult and the indefinable and makes it accessible; it is razor sharp cultural observation threaded through evocative and relatable stories. Girl Gurl Grrrl both illuminates our current cultural moment and transcends it. Hunt captures the zeitgeist while also creating a timeless celebration of womanhood, of blackness, and the possibilities they both contain. She blends the popular and the personal, the frivolous and the momentous in a collection that truly reflects what it is to be living and thriving as a black woman today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415734 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A mí no me iba a pasar: Una autobiografía con perspectiva de género Author: Laura Freixas Narrator: Laura Freixas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Uno de los referentes del feminismo español reflexiona, desde una perspectiva de género, sobre su propia vida. Desde que empezó a publicar sus escritos en 1988, Laura Freixas se ha convertido en una de las voces más relevantes del feminismo español. En esta autobiografía, la autora nos abre las puertas, de manera íntima y desgarradora, a una de las etapas centrales de su vida: el matrimonio y la maternidad. Y no lo hace desde la suficiencia que puede dar el paso del tiempo, sino todo lo contrario: ahonda en su memoria de manera crítica y reflexiona sobre el rol femenino convencional que nunca quiso llevar. A mí no me iba a pasar es una reflexión sobre la vida privada y el feminismo, una muestra transparente y sincera de las contradicciones humanas. Laura Freixas Thu, 23 Jan 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415734 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A mí no me iba a pasar: Una autobiografía con perspectiva de género Author: Laura Freixas Narrator: Laura Freixas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Uno de los referentes del feminismo español reflexiona, desde una perspectiva de género, sobre su propia vida. Desde que empezó a publicar sus escritos en 1988, Laura Freixas se ha convertido en una de las voces más relevantes del feminismo español. En esta autobiografía, la autora nos abre las puertas, de manera íntima y desgarradora, a una de las etapas centrales de su vida: el matrimonio y la maternidad. Y no lo hace desde la suficiencia que puede dar el paso del tiempo, sino todo lo contrario: ahonda en su memoria de manera crítica y reflexiona sobre el rol femenino convencional que nunca quiso llevar. A mí no me iba a pasar es una reflexión sobre la vida privada y el feminismo, una muestra transparente y sincera de las contradicciones humanas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A mí no me iba a pasar: Una autobiografía con perspectiva de género Author: Laura Freixas Narrator: Laura Freixas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 23, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Uno de los referentes del feminismo español reflexiona, desde una perspectiva de género, sobre su propia vida. Desde que empezó a publicar sus escritos en 1988, Laura Freixas se ha convertido en una de las voces más relevantes del feminismo español. En esta autobiografía, la autora nos abre las puertas, de manera íntima y desgarradora, a una de las etapas centrales de su vida: el matrimonio y la maternidad. Y no lo hace desde la suficiencia que puede dar el paso del tiempo, sino todo lo contrario: ahonda en su memoria de manera crítica y reflexiona sobre el rol femenino convencional que nunca quiso llevar. A mí no me iba a pasar es una reflexión sobre la vida privada y el feminismo, una muestra transparente y sincera de las contradicciones humanas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resetting the Table: Straight Talk About the Food We Grow and Eat Author: Robert Paarlberg Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold, science-based corrective to the groundswell of misinformation about food and how it's produced, examining in detail local and organic food, food companies, nutrition labeling, ethical treatment of animals, environmental impact, and every other aspect from farm to table Consumers want to know more about their food--including the farm from which it came, the chemicals used in its production, its nutritional value, how the animals were treated, and the costs to the environment. They are being told that buying organic foods, unprocessed and sourced from small local farms, is the most healthful and sustainable option. Now, Robert Paarlberg reviews the evidence and finds abundant reason to disagree. He delineates the ways in which global food markets have in fact improved our diet, and how 'industrial' farming has recently turned green, thanks to GPS-guided precision methods that cut energy use and chemical pollution. He makes clear that America's serious obesity crisis does not come from farms, or from food deserts, but instead from 'food swamps' created by food companies, retailers, and restaurant chains. And he explains how, though animal welfare is lagging behind, progress can be made through continued advocacy, more progressive regulations, and perhaps plant-based imitation meat. He finds solutions that can make sense for farmers and consumers alike and provides a road map through the rapidly changing worlds of food and farming, laying out a practical path to bring the two together. Robert Paarlberg Tue, 02 Feb 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657 thebookvoice.com 11:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resetting the Table: Straight Talk About the Food We Grow and Eat Author: Robert Paarlberg Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold, science-based corrective to the groundswell of misinformation about food and how it's produced, examining in detail local and organic food, food companies, nutrition labeling, ethical treatment of animals, environmental impact, and every other aspect from farm to table Consumers want to know more about their food--including the farm from which it came, the chemicals used in its production, its nutritional value, how the animals were treated, and the costs to the environment. They are being told that buying organic foods, unprocessed and sourced from small local farms, is the most healthful and sustainable option. Now, Robert Paarlberg reviews the evidence and finds abundant reason to disagree. He delineates the ways in which global food markets have in fact improved our diet, and how 'industrial' farming has recently turned green, thanks to GPS-guided precision methods that cut energy use and chemical pollution. He makes clear that America's serious obesity crisis does not come from farms, or from food deserts, but instead from 'food swamps' created by food companies, retailers, and restaurant chains. And he explains how, though animal welfare is lagging behind, progress can be made through continued advocacy, more progressive regulations, and perhaps plant-based imitation meat. He finds solutions that can make sense for farmers and consumers alike and provides a road map through the rapidly changing worlds of food and farming, laying out a practical path to bring the two together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415657]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resetting the Table: Straight Talk About the Food We Grow and Eat Author: Robert Paarlberg Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A bold, science-based corrective to the groundswell of misinformation about food and how it's produced, examining in detail local and organic food, food companies, nutrition labeling, ethical treatment of animals, environmental impact, and every other aspect from farm to table Consumers want to know more about their food--including the farm from which it came, the chemicals used in its production, its nutritional value, how the animals were treated, and the costs to the environment. They are being told that buying organic foods, unprocessed and sourced from small local farms, is the most healthful and sustainable option. Now, Robert Paarlberg reviews the evidence and finds abundant reason to disagree. He delineates the ways in which global food markets have in fact improved our diet, and how 'industrial' farming has recently turned green, thanks to GPS-guided precision methods that cut energy use and chemical pollution. He makes clear that America's serious obesity crisis does not come from farms, or from food deserts, but instead from 'food swamps' created by food companies, retailers, and restaurant chains. And he explains how, though animal welfare is lagging behind, progress can be made through continued advocacy, more progressive regulations, and perhaps plant-based imitation meat. He finds solutions that can make sense for farmers and consumers alike and provides a road map through the rapidly changing worlds of food and farming, laying out a practical path to bring the two together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Half Broke: A Memoir Author: Ginger Gaffney Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the start of this remarkable story of recovery, healing, and redemption, Ginger Gaffney answers a call to help retrain the troubled horses at an alternative prison ranch in New Mexico, a facility run entirely by the prisoners. The horses are scavenging through the dumpsters, kicking and running down the residents when they bring the trash out after meals. One horse is severely injured. The horses and residents arrive at the ranch broken in one way or many: the horses are defensive and terrified, while the residents, some battling drug and alcohol addictions, are emotionally and physically shattered. With deep insight into how animals and humans communicate through posture, body language, and honesty of spirit, Gaffney walks us through her struggle to train the untrainable. Gaffney peels away the layers of her own story—a solitary childhood, painful introversion, and a transformative connection with her first horse, a filly named Belle—and she, too, learns to trust people as much as she trusts horses. As her year-long odyssey builds toward a dramatic conclusion, the group experiences triumphs and failures, brave recoveries and relapses, as well as betrayals and moving stories of trust and belonging. Ginger Gaffney Tue, 17 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415588 thebookvoice.com 8:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Half Broke: A Memoir Author: Ginger Gaffney Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the start of this remarkable story of recovery, healing, and redemption, Ginger Gaffney answers a call to help retrain the troubled horses at an alternative prison ranch in New Mexico, a facility run entirely by the prisoners. The horses are scavenging through the dumpsters, kicking and running down the residents when they bring the trash out after meals. One horse is severely injured. The horses and residents arrive at the ranch broken in one way or many: the horses are defensive and terrified, while the residents, some battling drug and alcohol addictions, are emotionally and physically shattered. With deep insight into how animals and humans communicate through posture, body language, and honesty of spirit, Gaffney walks us through her struggle to train the untrainable. Gaffney peels away the layers of her own story—a solitary childhood, painful introversion, and a transformative connection with her first horse, a filly named Belle—and she, too, learns to trust people as much as she trusts horses. As her year-long odyssey builds toward a dramatic conclusion, the group experiences triumphs and failures, brave recoveries and relapses, as well as betrayals and moving stories of trust and belonging. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Half Broke: A Memoir Author: Ginger Gaffney Narrator: Christa Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: At the start of this remarkable story of recovery, healing, and redemption, Ginger Gaffney answers a call to help retrain the troubled horses at an alternative prison ranch in New Mexico, a facility run entirely by the prisoners. The horses are scavenging through the dumpsters, kicking and running down the residents when they bring the trash out after meals. One horse is severely injured. The horses and residents arrive at the ranch broken in one way or many: the horses are defensive and terrified, while the residents, some battling drug and alcohol addictions, are emotionally and physically shattered. With deep insight into how animals and humans communicate through posture, body language, and honesty of spirit, Gaffney walks us through her struggle to train the untrainable. Gaffney peels away the layers of her own story—a solitary childhood, painful introversion, and a transformative connection with her first horse, a filly named Belle—and she, too, learns to trust people as much as she trusts horses. As her year-long odyssey builds toward a dramatic conclusion, the group experiences triumphs and failures, brave recoveries and relapses, as well as betrayals and moving stories of trust and belonging. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415567 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deportation Machine: America's Long History of Expelling Immigrants Author: Adam Goodman Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Deportation Machine traces the long and troubling history of the US government's systematic efforts to terrorize and expel immigrants over the past 140 years. This provocative, eye-opening book provides needed historical perspective on one of the most pressing social and political issues of our time. In a sweeping and engaging narrative, Adam Goodman examines how federal, state, and local officials have targeted various groups for expulsion, from Chinese and Europeans at the turn of the twentieth century to Central Americans and Muslims today. He reveals how authorities have singled out Mexicans, nine out of ten of all deportees, and removed most of them not by orders of immigration judges but through coercive administrative procedures and calculated fear campaigns. Goodman uncovers the machine's three primary mechanisms—formal deportations, 'voluntary' departures, and self-deportations—and examines how public officials have used them to purge immigrants from the country and exert control over those who remain. Exposing the pervasive roots of anti-immigrant sentiment in the United States, The Deportation Machine introduces the politicians, bureaucrats, businesspeople, and ordinary citizens who have pushed for and profited from expulsion. Adam Goodman Tue, 12 May 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415567 thebookvoice.com 9:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deportation Machine: America's Long History of Expelling Immigrants Author: Adam Goodman Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Deportation Machine traces the long and troubling history of the US government's systematic efforts to terrorize and expel immigrants over the past 140 years. This provocative, eye-opening book provides needed historical perspective on one of the most pressing social and political issues of our time. In a sweeping and engaging narrative, Adam Goodman examines how federal, state, and local officials have targeted various groups for expulsion, from Chinese and Europeans at the turn of the twentieth century to Central Americans and Muslims today. He reveals how authorities have singled out Mexicans, nine out of ten of all deportees, and removed most of them not by orders of immigration judges but through coercive administrative procedures and calculated fear campaigns. Goodman uncovers the machine's three primary mechanisms—formal deportations, 'voluntary' departures, and self-deportations—and examines how public officials have used them to purge immigrants from the country and exert control over those who remain. Exposing the pervasive roots of anti-immigrant sentiment in the United States, The Deportation Machine introduces the politicians, bureaucrats, businesspeople, and ordinary citizens who have pushed for and profited from expulsion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415567]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Deportation Machine: America's Long History of Expelling Immigrants Author: Adam Goodman Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Deportation Machine traces the long and troubling history of the US government's systematic efforts to terrorize and expel immigrants over the past 140 years. This provocative, eye-opening book provides needed historical perspective on one of the most pressing social and political issues of our time. In a sweeping and engaging narrative, Adam Goodman examines how federal, state, and local officials have targeted various groups for expulsion, from Chinese and Europeans at the turn of the twentieth century to Central Americans and Muslims today. He reveals how authorities have singled out Mexicans, nine out of ten of all deportees, and removed most of them not by orders of immigration judges but through coercive administrative procedures and calculated fear campaigns. Goodman uncovers the machine's three primary mechanisms—formal deportations, 'voluntary' departures, and self-deportations—and examines how public officials have used them to purge immigrants from the country and exert control over those who remain. Exposing the pervasive roots of anti-immigrant sentiment in the United States, The Deportation Machine introduces the politicians, bureaucrats, businesspeople, and ordinary citizens who have pushed for and profited from expulsion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415565 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overload: How Good Jobs Went Bad and What We Can Do about It Author: Erin Kelly, Phyllis Moen Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Today's ways of working are not working—even for professionals in 'good' jobs. Responding to global competition and pressure from financial markets, companies are asking employees to do more with less, even as new technologies normalize 24/7 job expectations. In Overload, Erin Kelly and Phyllis Moen document how this new intensification of work creates chronic stress, leading to burnout, attrition, and underperformance. 'Flexible' work policies and corporate lip service about 'work-life balance' don't come close to fixing the problem. But this unhealthy and unsustainable situation can be changed—and Overload shows how. Drawing on five years of research, including hundreds of interviews with employees and managers, Kelly and Moen tell the story of a major experiment that they helped design and implement at a Fortune 500 firm. The company adopted creative and practical work redesigns that gave workers more control over how and where they worked and encouraged managers to evaluate performance in new ways. The result? Employees' health, well-being, and ability to manage their personal and work lives improved, while the company benefited from higher job satisfaction and lower turnover. And, as Kelly and Moen show, such changes can—and should—be made on a wide scale. Erin Kelly, Phyllis Moen Tue, 17 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415565 thebookvoice.com 10:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overload: How Good Jobs Went Bad and What We Can Do about It Author: Erin Kelly, Phyllis Moen Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Today's ways of working are not working—even for professionals in 'good' jobs. Responding to global competition and pressure from financial markets, companies are asking employees to do more with less, even as new technologies normalize 24/7 job expectations. In Overload, Erin Kelly and Phyllis Moen document how this new intensification of work creates chronic stress, leading to burnout, attrition, and underperformance. 'Flexible' work policies and corporate lip service about 'work-life balance' don't come close to fixing the problem. But this unhealthy and unsustainable situation can be changed—and Overload shows how. Drawing on five years of research, including hundreds of interviews with employees and managers, Kelly and Moen tell the story of a major experiment that they helped design and implement at a Fortune 500 firm. The company adopted creative and practical work redesigns that gave workers more control over how and where they worked and encouraged managers to evaluate performance in new ways. The result? Employees' health, well-being, and ability to manage their personal and work lives improved, while the company benefited from higher job satisfaction and lower turnover. And, as Kelly and Moen show, such changes can—and should—be made on a wide scale. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415565]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overload: How Good Jobs Went Bad and What We Can Do about It Author: Erin Kelly, Phyllis Moen Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Today's ways of working are not working—even for professionals in 'good' jobs. Responding to global competition and pressure from financial markets, companies are asking employees to do more with less, even as new technologies normalize 24/7 job expectations. In Overload, Erin Kelly and Phyllis Moen document how this new intensification of work creates chronic stress, leading to burnout, attrition, and underperformance. 'Flexible' work policies and corporate lip service about 'work-life balance' don't come close to fixing the problem. But this unhealthy and unsustainable situation can be changed—and Overload shows how. Drawing on five years of research, including hundreds of interviews with employees and managers, Kelly and Moen tell the story of a major experiment that they helped design and implement at a Fortune 500 firm. The company adopted creative and practical work redesigns that gave workers more control over how and where they worked and encouraged managers to evaluate performance in new ways. The result? Employees' health, well-being, and ability to manage their personal and work lives improved, while the company benefited from higher job satisfaction and lower turnover. And, as Kelly and Moen show, such changes can—and should—be made on a wide scale. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us Author: Layton E. Williams Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: These days, there’s no dirtier word than “divisive,” especially in religious and political circles. Claiming a controversial opinion, talking about our differences, even sharing our doubts can be seen as threatening to the goal of unity. But what if unity shouldn’t be our goal? In Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us, Layton E. Williams proposes that our primary calling as humans is not to create unity but rather to seek authentic relationship with God, ourselves, one another, and the world around us. And that means actively engaging those with whom we disagree. Our religious, political, social, and cultural differences can create doubt and tension, but disunity also provides surprising gifts of perspective and grace. By analyzing conflict and rifts in both modern culture and scripture, Williams explores how our disagreements and differences—our disunity—can ultimately redeem us. Layton E. Williams Tue, 08 Oct 2019 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292 thebookvoice.com 9:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us Author: Layton E. Williams Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: These days, there’s no dirtier word than “divisive,” especially in religious and political circles. Claiming a controversial opinion, talking about our differences, even sharing our doubts can be seen as threatening to the goal of unity. But what if unity shouldn’t be our goal? In Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us, Layton E. Williams proposes that our primary calling as humans is not to create unity but rather to seek authentic relationship with God, ourselves, one another, and the world around us. And that means actively engaging those with whom we disagree. Our religious, political, social, and cultural differences can create doubt and tension, but disunity also provides surprising gifts of perspective and grace. By analyzing conflict and rifts in both modern culture and scripture, Williams explores how our disagreements and differences—our disunity—can ultimately redeem us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us Author: Layton E. Williams Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: These days, there’s no dirtier word than “divisive,” especially in religious and political circles. Claiming a controversial opinion, talking about our differences, even sharing our doubts can be seen as threatening to the goal of unity. But what if unity shouldn’t be our goal? In Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us, Layton E. Williams proposes that our primary calling as humans is not to create unity but rather to seek authentic relationship with God, ourselves, one another, and the world around us. And that means actively engaging those with whom we disagree. Our religious, political, social, and cultural differences can create doubt and tension, but disunity also provides surprising gifts of perspective and grace. By analyzing conflict and rifts in both modern culture and scripture, Williams explores how our disagreements and differences—our disunity—can ultimately redeem us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415256 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relentless Pursuit: My Fight for the Victims of Jeffrey Epstein Author: Bradley J. Edwards Narrator: Steven Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A thrilling page-turner about the pursuit of justice” (New York Post), this is the definitive story of the case against Jeffrey Epstein, Ghislaine Maxwell, and the corrupt system that supported them, told in thrilling detail by the lawyer who has represented their victims for more than a decade. In June 2008, Florida-based victims’ rights attorney Bradley J. Edwards was thirty-two years old and had just started his own law firm when a young woman named Courtney Wild came to see him. She told a shocking story of having been sexually coerced at the age of fourteen by a wealthy man in Palm Beach named Jeffrey Epstein. Edwards, who had never heard of Epstein, had no idea that this moment would change the course of his life. Over the next ten years, Edwards devoted himself to bringing Epstein to justice, and came close to losing everything in the process. Edwards tracked down and represented more than twenty of Epstein’s victims, shined a light on his shadowy network of accomplices, including Ghislaine Maxwell, and uncovered the scope of his sexually exploitative organization, which reached into the highest levels of American society. In this “revelatory exploration of the long fight to bring a monstrous man to justice” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), Edwards gives his riveting, blow-by-blow account of battling Epstein on behalf of his clients, and provides stunning details never shared before. Epstein and his cadre of high-priced lawyers were able to manipulate the FBI and the Justice Department, but despite making threats and attempting schemes straight out of a spy movie, Epstein couldn’t stop Edwards, his small team of committed lawyers, and, most of all, the victims, who were dead-set on seeing their abuser finally put behind bars. Bradley J. Edwards Tue, 31 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415256 thebookvoice.com 13:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relentless Pursuit: My Fight for the Victims of Jeffrey Epstein Author: Bradley J. Edwards Narrator: Steven Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A thrilling page-turner about the pursuit of justice” (New York Post), this is the definitive story of the case against Jeffrey Epstein, Ghislaine Maxwell, and the corrupt system that supported them, told in thrilling detail by the lawyer who has represented their victims for more than a decade. In June 2008, Florida-based victims’ rights attorney Bradley J. Edwards was thirty-two years old and had just started his own law firm when a young woman named Courtney Wild came to see him. She told a shocking story of having been sexually coerced at the age of fourteen by a wealthy man in Palm Beach named Jeffrey Epstein. Edwards, who had never heard of Epstein, had no idea that this moment would change the course of his life. Over the next ten years, Edwards devoted himself to bringing Epstein to justice, and came close to losing everything in the process. Edwards tracked down and represented more than twenty of Epstein’s victims, shined a light on his shadowy network of accomplices, including Ghislaine Maxwell, and uncovered the scope of his sexually exploitative organization, which reached into the highest levels of American society. In this “revelatory exploration of the long fight to bring a monstrous man to justice” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), Edwards gives his riveting, blow-by-blow account of battling Epstein on behalf of his clients, and provides stunning details never shared before. Epstein and his cadre of high-priced lawyers were able to manipulate the FBI and the Justice Department, but despite making threats and attempting schemes straight out of a spy movie, Epstein couldn’t stop Edwards, his small team of committed lawyers, and, most of all, the victims, who were dead-set on seeing their abuser finally put behind bars. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415256]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relentless Pursuit: My Fight for the Victims of Jeffrey Epstein Author: Bradley J. Edwards Narrator: Steven Weber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A thrilling page-turner about the pursuit of justice” (New York Post), this is the definitive story of the case against Jeffrey Epstein, Ghislaine Maxwell, and the corrupt system that supported them, told in thrilling detail by the lawyer who has represented their victims for more than a decade. In June 2008, Florida-based victims’ rights attorney Bradley J. Edwards was thirty-two years old and had just started his own law firm when a young woman named Courtney Wild came to see him. She told a shocking story of having been sexually coerced at the age of fourteen by a wealthy man in Palm Beach named Jeffrey Epstein. Edwards, who had never heard of Epstein, had no idea that this moment would change the course of his life. Over the next ten years, Edwards devoted himself to bringing Epstein to justice, and came close to losing everything in the process. Edwards tracked down and represented more than twenty of Epstein’s victims, shined a light on his shadowy network of accomplices, including Ghislaine Maxwell, and uncovered the scope of his sexually exploitative organization, which reached into the highest levels of American society. In this “revelatory exploration of the long fight to bring a monstrous man to justice” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), Edwards gives his riveting, blow-by-blow account of battling Epstein on behalf of his clients, and provides stunning details never shared before. Epstein and his cadre of high-priced lawyers were able to manipulate the FBI and the Justice Department, but despite making threats and attempting schemes straight out of a spy movie, Epstein couldn’t stop Edwards, his small team of committed lawyers, and, most of all, the victims, who were dead-set on seeing their abuser finally put behind bars. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415161 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lightning Flowers: My Journey to Uncover the Cost of Saving a Life Author: Katherine E. Standefer Narrator: Katherine E. Standefer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This "utterly spectacular" book weighs the impact modern medical technology has had on the author's life against the social and environmental costs inevitably incurred by the mining that makes such innovation possible (Rachel Louise Snyder, author of No Visible Bruises). What if a lifesaving medical device causes loss of life along its supply chain? That's the question Katherine E. Standefer finds herself asking one night after being suddenly shocked by her implanted cardiac defibrillator. In this gripping, intimate memoir about health, illness, and the invisible reverberating effects of our medical system, Standefer recounts the astonishing true story of the rare diagnosis that upended her rugged life in the mountains of Wyoming and sent her tumbling into a fraught maze of cardiology units, dramatic surgeries, and slow, painful recoveries. As her life increasingly comes to revolve around the internal defibrillator freshly wired into her heart, she becomes consumed with questions about the supply chain that allows such an ostensibly miraculous device to exist. So she sets out to trace its materials back to their roots. From the sterile labs of a medical device manufacturer in southern California to the tantalum and tin mines seized by armed groups in the Democratic Republic of the Congo to a nickel and cobalt mine carved out of endemic Madagascar jungle, Lightning Flowers takes us on a global reckoning with the social and environmental costs of a technology that promises to be lifesaving but is, in fact, much more complicated. Deeply personal and sharply reported, Lightning Flowers takes a hard look at technological mythos, healthcare, and our cultural relationship to medical technology, raising important questions about our obligations to one another, and the cost of saving one life. Katherine E. Standefer Tue, 10 Nov 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415161 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lightning Flowers: My Journey to Uncover the Cost of Saving a Life Author: Katherine E. Standefer Narrator: Katherine E. Standefer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This "utterly spectacular" book weighs the impact modern medical technology has had on the author's life against the social and environmental costs inevitably incurred by the mining that makes such innovation possible (Rachel Louise Snyder, author of No Visible Bruises). What if a lifesaving medical device causes loss of life along its supply chain? That's the question Katherine E. Standefer finds herself asking one night after being suddenly shocked by her implanted cardiac defibrillator. In this gripping, intimate memoir about health, illness, and the invisible reverberating effects of our medical system, Standefer recounts the astonishing true story of the rare diagnosis that upended her rugged life in the mountains of Wyoming and sent her tumbling into a fraught maze of cardiology units, dramatic surgeries, and slow, painful recoveries. As her life increasingly comes to revolve around the internal defibrillator freshly wired into her heart, she becomes consumed with questions about the supply chain that allows such an ostensibly miraculous device to exist. So she sets out to trace its materials back to their roots. From the sterile labs of a medical device manufacturer in southern California to the tantalum and tin mines seized by armed groups in the Democratic Republic of the Congo to a nickel and cobalt mine carved out of endemic Madagascar jungle, Lightning Flowers takes us on a global reckoning with the social and environmental costs of a technology that promises to be lifesaving but is, in fact, much more complicated. Deeply personal and sharply reported, Lightning Flowers takes a hard look at technological mythos, healthcare, and our cultural relationship to medical technology, raising important questions about our obligations to one another, and the cost of saving one life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415161]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lightning Flowers: My Journey to Uncover the Cost of Saving a Life Author: Katherine E. Standefer Narrator: Katherine E. Standefer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This "utterly spectacular" book weighs the impact modern medical technology has had on the author's life against the social and environmental costs inevitably incurred by the mining that makes such innovation possible (Rachel Louise Snyder, author of No Visible Bruises). What if a lifesaving medical device causes loss of life along its supply chain? That's the question Katherine E. Standefer finds herself asking one night after being suddenly shocked by her implanted cardiac defibrillator. In this gripping, intimate memoir about health, illness, and the invisible reverberating effects of our medical system, Standefer recounts the astonishing true story of the rare diagnosis that upended her rugged life in the mountains of Wyoming and sent her tumbling into a fraught maze of cardiology units, dramatic surgeries, and slow, painful recoveries. As her life increasingly comes to revolve around the internal defibrillator freshly wired into her heart, she becomes consumed with questions about the supply chain that allows such an ostensibly miraculous device to exist. So she sets out to trace its materials back to their roots. From the sterile labs of a medical device manufacturer in southern California to the tantalum and tin mines seized by armed groups in the Democratic Republic of the Congo to a nickel and cobalt mine carved out of endemic Madagascar jungle, Lightning Flowers takes us on a global reckoning with the social and environmental costs of a technology that promises to be lifesaving but is, in fact, much more complicated. Deeply personal and sharply reported, Lightning Flowers takes a hard look at technological mythos, healthcare, and our cultural relationship to medical technology, raising important questions about our obligations to one another, and the cost of saving one life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415159 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Money: The True Story of a Made-Up Thing Author: Jacob Goldstein Narrator: Jacob Goldstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The co-host of the popular NPR podcast Planet Money provides a well-researched, entertaining, somewhat irreverent look at how money is a made-up thing that has evolved over time to suit humanity's changing needs. Money only works because we all agree to believe in it. In Money, Jacob Goldstein shows how money is a useful fiction that has shaped societies for thousands of years, from the rise of coins in ancient Greece to the first stock market in Amsterdam to the emergence of shadow banking in the 21st century. At the heart of the story are the fringe thinkers and world leaders who reimagined money. Kublai Khan, the Mongol emperor, created paper money backed by nothing, centuries before it appeared in the west. John Law, a professional gambler and convicted murderer, brought modern money to France (and destroyed the country's economy). The cypherpunks, a group of radical libertarian computer programmers, paved the way for bitcoin. One thing they all realized: what counts as money (and what doesn't) is the result of choices we make, and those choices have a profound effect on who gets more stuff and who gets less, who gets to take risks when times are good, and who gets screwed when things go bad. Lively, accessible, and full of interesting details (like the 43-pound copper coins that 17th-century Swedes carried strapped to their backs), Money is the story of the choices that gave us money as we know it today. Jacob Goldstein Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415159 thebookvoice.com 5:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Money: The True Story of a Made-Up Thing Author: Jacob Goldstein Narrator: Jacob Goldstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The co-host of the popular NPR podcast Planet Money provides a well-researched, entertaining, somewhat irreverent look at how money is a made-up thing that has evolved over time to suit humanity's changing needs. Money only works because we all agree to believe in it. In Money, Jacob Goldstein shows how money is a useful fiction that has shaped societies for thousands of years, from the rise of coins in ancient Greece to the first stock market in Amsterdam to the emergence of shadow banking in the 21st century. At the heart of the story are the fringe thinkers and world leaders who reimagined money. Kublai Khan, the Mongol emperor, created paper money backed by nothing, centuries before it appeared in the west. John Law, a professional gambler and convicted murderer, brought modern money to France (and destroyed the country's economy). The cypherpunks, a group of radical libertarian computer programmers, paved the way for bitcoin. One thing they all realized: what counts as money (and what doesn't) is the result of choices we make, and those choices have a profound effect on who gets more stuff and who gets less, who gets to take risks when times are good, and who gets screwed when things go bad. Lively, accessible, and full of interesting details (like the 43-pound copper coins that 17th-century Swedes carried strapped to their backs), Money is the story of the choices that gave us money as we know it today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415159]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Money: The True Story of a Made-Up Thing Author: Jacob Goldstein Narrator: Jacob Goldstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The co-host of the popular NPR podcast Planet Money provides a well-researched, entertaining, somewhat irreverent look at how money is a made-up thing that has evolved over time to suit humanity's changing needs. Money only works because we all agree to believe in it. In Money, Jacob Goldstein shows how money is a useful fiction that has shaped societies for thousands of years, from the rise of coins in ancient Greece to the first stock market in Amsterdam to the emergence of shadow banking in the 21st century. At the heart of the story are the fringe thinkers and world leaders who reimagined money. Kublai Khan, the Mongol emperor, created paper money backed by nothing, centuries before it appeared in the west. John Law, a professional gambler and convicted murderer, brought modern money to France (and destroyed the country's economy). The cypherpunks, a group of radical libertarian computer programmers, paved the way for bitcoin. One thing they all realized: what counts as money (and what doesn't) is the result of choices we make, and those choices have a profound effect on who gets more stuff and who gets less, who gets to take risks when times are good, and who gets screwed when things go bad. Lively, accessible, and full of interesting details (like the 43-pound copper coins that 17th-century Swedes carried strapped to their backs), Money is the story of the choices that gave us money as we know it today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility Author: Alex Zamalin Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first history of racial injustice to examine how civility and white supremacy are linked, and a call for citizens who care about social justice to abandon civility and practice civic radicalism The idea and practice of civility has always been wielded to silence dissent, repress political participation, and justify violence upon people of color. Although many progressives today are told that we need to be more polite and thoughtful, less rancorous and angry, when we talk about race in America, civility maintains rather than disrupts racial injustice. Spanning two hundred years, Zamalin’s accessible blend of intellectual history, political biography, and contemporary political criticism shows that civility has never been neutral in its political uses and impacts. The best way to tackle racial inequality is through “civic radicalism,” an alternative to civility found in the actions of Black radical leaders including Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Ida B. Wells, Martin Luther King Jr., James Baldwin, Malcolm X, and Audre Lorde. Civic radicals shock and provoke people. They name injustice and who is responsible for it. They protest, march, strike, boycott, and mobilize collectively rather than form alliances with those who fundamentally oppose them. In Against Civility, citizens who care deeply about racial and socioeconomic equality will see that they need to abandon this concept of discreet politeness when it comes to racial justice and instead more fully support disruptive actions and calls for liberation, which have already begun with movements like #MeToo, the Dakota Access Pipeline protests, and Black Lives Matter. Alex Zamalin Tue, 02 Feb 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility Author: Alex Zamalin Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first history of racial injustice to examine how civility and white supremacy are linked, and a call for citizens who care about social justice to abandon civility and practice civic radicalism The idea and practice of civility has always been wielded to silence dissent, repress political participation, and justify violence upon people of color. Although many progressives today are told that we need to be more polite and thoughtful, less rancorous and angry, when we talk about race in America, civility maintains rather than disrupts racial injustice. Spanning two hundred years, Zamalin’s accessible blend of intellectual history, political biography, and contemporary political criticism shows that civility has never been neutral in its political uses and impacts. The best way to tackle racial inequality is through “civic radicalism,” an alternative to civility found in the actions of Black radical leaders including Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Ida B. Wells, Martin Luther King Jr., James Baldwin, Malcolm X, and Audre Lorde. Civic radicals shock and provoke people. They name injustice and who is responsible for it. They protest, march, strike, boycott, and mobilize collectively rather than form alliances with those who fundamentally oppose them. In Against Civility, citizens who care deeply about racial and socioeconomic equality will see that they need to abandon this concept of discreet politeness when it comes to racial justice and instead more fully support disruptive actions and calls for liberation, which have already begun with movements like #MeToo, the Dakota Access Pipeline protests, and Black Lives Matter. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415079]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Civility: The Hidden Racism in Our Obsession with Civility Author: Alex Zamalin Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first history of racial injustice to examine how civility and white supremacy are linked, and a call for citizens who care about social justice to abandon civility and practice civic radicalism The idea and practice of civility has always been wielded to silence dissent, repress political participation, and justify violence upon people of color. Although many progressives today are told that we need to be more polite and thoughtful, less rancorous and angry, when we talk about race in America, civility maintains rather than disrupts racial injustice. Spanning two hundred years, Zamalin’s accessible blend of intellectual history, political biography, and contemporary political criticism shows that civility has never been neutral in its political uses and impacts. The best way to tackle racial inequality is through “civic radicalism,” an alternative to civility found in the actions of Black radical leaders including Frederick Douglass, Harriet Tubman, Ida B. Wells, Martin Luther King Jr., James Baldwin, Malcolm X, and Audre Lorde. Civic radicals shock and provoke people. They name injustice and who is responsible for it. They protest, march, strike, boycott, and mobilize collectively rather than form alliances with those who fundamentally oppose them. In Against Civility, citizens who care deeply about racial and socioeconomic equality will see that they need to abandon this concept of discreet politeness when it comes to racial justice and instead more fully support disruptive actions and calls for liberation, which have already begun with movements like #MeToo, the Dakota Access Pipeline protests, and Black Lives Matter. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415035 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Suburbs: Experimental Living on the Fringes of the American City Author: Amanda Kolson Hurley Narrator: Kristin Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America’s suburbs are not the homogenous places we sometimes take them for. Today’s suburbs are racially, ethnically, and economically diverse, with as many Democratic as Republican voters, a growing population of renters, and rising poverty. The cliche of white picket fences is well past its expiration date. The history of suburbia is equally surprising: American suburbs were once fertile ground for utopian planning, communal living, socially conscious design, and integrated housing. We have forgotten that we built suburbs like these, such as the co-housing commune of Old Economy, Pennsylvania; a tiny-house anarchist community in Piscataway, New Jersey; a government-planned garden city in Greenbelt, Maryland; a racially integrated subdivision (before the Fair Housing Act) in Trevose, Pennsylvania; experimental Modernist enclaves in Lexington, Massachusetts; and the mixed-use, architecturally daring Reston, Virginia. Inside Radical Suburbs you will find blueprints for affordable, walkable, and integrated communities, filled with a range of environmentally sound residential options. Radical Suburbs is a history that will help us remake the future and rethink our assumptions of suburbia. Amanda Kolson Hurley Tue, 01 Oct 2019 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415035 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Suburbs: Experimental Living on the Fringes of the American City Author: Amanda Kolson Hurley Narrator: Kristin Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America’s suburbs are not the homogenous places we sometimes take them for. Today’s suburbs are racially, ethnically, and economically diverse, with as many Democratic as Republican voters, a growing population of renters, and rising poverty. The cliche of white picket fences is well past its expiration date. The history of suburbia is equally surprising: American suburbs were once fertile ground for utopian planning, communal living, socially conscious design, and integrated housing. We have forgotten that we built suburbs like these, such as the co-housing commune of Old Economy, Pennsylvania; a tiny-house anarchist community in Piscataway, New Jersey; a government-planned garden city in Greenbelt, Maryland; a racially integrated subdivision (before the Fair Housing Act) in Trevose, Pennsylvania; experimental Modernist enclaves in Lexington, Massachusetts; and the mixed-use, architecturally daring Reston, Virginia. Inside Radical Suburbs you will find blueprints for affordable, walkable, and integrated communities, filled with a range of environmentally sound residential options. Radical Suburbs is a history that will help us remake the future and rethink our assumptions of suburbia. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415035]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Suburbs: Experimental Living on the Fringes of the American City Author: Amanda Kolson Hurley Narrator: Kristin Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America’s suburbs are not the homogenous places we sometimes take them for. Today’s suburbs are racially, ethnically, and economically diverse, with as many Democratic as Republican voters, a growing population of renters, and rising poverty. The cliche of white picket fences is well past its expiration date. The history of suburbia is equally surprising: American suburbs were once fertile ground for utopian planning, communal living, socially conscious design, and integrated housing. We have forgotten that we built suburbs like these, such as the co-housing commune of Old Economy, Pennsylvania; a tiny-house anarchist community in Piscataway, New Jersey; a government-planned garden city in Greenbelt, Maryland; a racially integrated subdivision (before the Fair Housing Act) in Trevose, Pennsylvania; experimental Modernist enclaves in Lexington, Massachusetts; and the mixed-use, architecturally daring Reston, Virginia. Inside Radical Suburbs you will find blueprints for affordable, walkable, and integrated communities, filled with a range of environmentally sound residential options. Radical Suburbs is a history that will help us remake the future and rethink our assumptions of suburbia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415033 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415033]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gaslighting of the Millennial Generation: How to Succeed in a Society That Blames You for Everything Gone Wrong Author: Caitlin Fisher Narrator: Erica Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Millennials vs. all other generations Everyone reads the headlines. Millennials aren’t buying diamonds or saving for retirement. Millennials want cushy jobs handed to them by organizations with futuristic nap pods. Millennials are killing the housing market because they eat too many avocados. The truth is, millennials were raised being told they could do anything if they worked hard, and then they worked hard only to be told the world owes them nothing. Here’s a headline people need to read: Millennials were set up. The strength of generational differences: The older generations begrudge so-called dependence on technology and social media, but this connection allows millennials to join together and adapt to new challenges faster than ever before. It allows people to plan massive socio-political movements at the drop of a hat, learn about new concepts and cultures, and understand more about ourselves and each other. Social media and social awareness: Social media has spread the word about recognizing emotional abuse and its effects on mental health and behavior, inspiring younger generations to take back agency and power. For every injustice someone experiences, they can find someone else to say, “Me too. You are not alone.” Millennials rising and revolting: The tide of young adults standing up for themselves is culminating in massive societal change. The Gaslighting of the Millennial Generation uncovers the misconceptions about millennials, examining not only their unique strengths but also the baggage they have inherited from Baby Boomers. It shows just how different millennials are from previous generations and why that’s a very good thing. Caitlin Fisher Tue, 24 Sep 2019 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415033 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415033]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gaslighting of the Millennial Generation: How to Succeed in a Society That Blames You for Everything Gone Wrong Author: Caitlin Fisher Narrator: Erica Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Millennials vs. all other generations Everyone reads the headlines. Millennials aren’t buying diamonds or saving for retirement. Millennials want cushy jobs handed to them by organizations with futuristic nap pods. Millennials are killing the housing market because they eat too many avocados. The truth is, millennials were raised being told they could do anything if they worked hard, and then they worked hard only to be told the world owes them nothing. Here’s a headline people need to read: Millennials were set up. The strength of generational differences: The older generations begrudge so-called dependence on technology and social media, but this connection allows millennials to join together and adapt to new challenges faster than ever before. It allows people to plan massive socio-political movements at the drop of a hat, learn about new concepts and cultures, and understand more about ourselves and each other. Social media and social awareness: Social media has spread the word about recognizing emotional abuse and its effects on mental health and behavior, inspiring younger generations to take back agency and power. For every injustice someone experiences, they can find someone else to say, “Me too. You are not alone.” Millennials rising and revolting: The tide of young adults standing up for themselves is culminating in massive societal change. The Gaslighting of the Millennial Generation uncovers the misconceptions about millennials, examining not only their unique strengths but also the baggage they have inherited from Baby Boomers. It shows just how different millennials are from previous generations and why that’s a very good thing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415033]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gaslighting of the Millennial Generation: How to Succeed in a Society That Blames You for Everything Gone Wrong Author: Caitlin Fisher Narrator: Erica Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Millennials vs. all other generations Everyone reads the headlines. Millennials aren’t buying diamonds or saving for retirement. Millennials want cushy jobs handed to them by organizations with futuristic nap pods. Millennials are killing the housing market because they eat too many avocados. The truth is, millennials were raised being told they could do anything if they worked hard, and then they worked hard only to be told the world owes them nothing. Here’s a headline people need to read: Millennials were set up. The strength of generational differences: The older generations begrudge so-called dependence on technology and social media, but this connection allows millennials to join together and adapt to new challenges faster than ever before. It allows people to plan massive socio-political movements at the drop of a hat, learn about new concepts and cultures, and understand more about ourselves and each other. Social media and social awareness: Social media has spread the word about recognizing emotional abuse and its effects on mental health and behavior, inspiring younger generations to take back agency and power. For every injustice someone experiences, they can find someone else to say, “Me too. You are not alone.” Millennials rising and revolting: The tide of young adults standing up for themselves is culminating in massive societal change. The Gaslighting of the Millennial Generation uncovers the misconceptions about millennials, examining not only their unique strengths but also the baggage they have inherited from Baby Boomers. It shows just how different millennials are from previous generations and why that’s a very good thing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cassandra Speaks: When Women Are the Storytellers, the Human Story Changes Author: Elizabeth Lesser Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What story would Eve have told about picking the apple? Why is Pandora blamed for opening the box? And what about the fate of Cassandra who was blessed with knowing the future but cursed so that no one believed her? What if women had been the storytellers? Elizabeth Lesser believes that if women’s voices had been equally heard and respected throughout history, humankind would have followed different hero myths and guiding stories—stories that value caretaking, champion compassion, and elevate communication over vengeance and violence. Cassandra Speaks is about the stories we tell and how those stories become the culture. It’s about the stories we still blindly cling to, and the ones that cling to us: the origin tales, the guiding myths, the religious parables, the literature and films and fairy tales passed down through the centuries about women and men, power and war, sex and love, and the values we live by.  Stories written mostly by men with lessons and laws for all of humanity. We have outgrown so many of them, and still they endure. This book is about what happens when women are the storytellers too—when we speak from our authentic voices, when we flex our values, when we become protagonists in the tales we tell about what it means to be human. Lesser has walked two main paths in her life—the spiritual path and the feminist one—paths that sometimes cross but sometimes feel at cross-purposes. Cassandra Speaks is her extraordinary merging of the two. The bestselling author of Broken Open and Marrow, Lesser is a beloved spiritual writer, as well as a leading feminist thinker. In this book she gives equal voice to the cool water of her meditative self and the fire of her feminist self. With her trademark gifts of both humor and insight, she offers a vision that transcends the either/or ideologies on both sides of the gender debate. Brilliantly structured into three distinct parts, Part One explores how history is carried forward through the stories a culture tells and values, and what we can do to balance the scales. Part Two looks at women and power and expands what it means to be courageous, daring, and strong. And Part Three offers “A Toolbox for Inner Strength.” Lesser argues that change in the culture starts with inner change, and that no one—woman or man—is immune to the corrupting influence of power. She provides inner tools to help us be both strong-willed and kind-hearted. Cassandra Speaks is a beautifully balanced synthesis of storytelling, memoir, and cultural observation. Women, men and all people will find themselves in the pages of this book, and will come away strengthened, opened, and ready to work together to create a better world for all people. Elizabeth Lesser Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414924 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cassandra Speaks: When Women Are the Storytellers, the Human Story Changes Author: Elizabeth Lesser Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What story would Eve have told about picking the apple? Why is Pandora blamed for opening the box? And what about the fate of Cassandra who was blessed with knowing the future but cursed so that no one believed her? What if women had been the storytellers? Elizabeth Lesser believes that if women’s voices had been equally heard and respected throughout history, humankind would have followed different hero myths and guiding stories—stories that value caretaking, champion compassion, and elevate communication over vengeance and violence. Cassandra Speaks is about the stories we tell and how those stories become the culture. It’s about the stories we still blindly cling to, and the ones that cling to us: the origin tales, the guiding myths, the religious parables, the literature and films and fairy tales passed down through the centuries about women and men, power and war, sex and love, and the values we live by.  Stories written mostly by men with lessons and laws for all of humanity. We have outgrown so many of them, and still they endure. This book is about what happens when women are the storytellers too—when we speak from our authentic voices, when we flex our values, when we become protagonists in the tales we tell about what it means to be human. Lesser has walked two main paths in her life—the spiritual path and the feminist one—paths that sometimes cross but sometimes feel at cross-purposes. Cassandra Speaks is her extraordinary merging of the two. The bestselling author of Broken Open and Marrow, Lesser is a beloved spiritual writer, as well as a leading feminist thinker. In this book she gives equal voice to the cool water of her meditative self and the fire of her feminist self. With her trademark gifts of both humor and insight, she offers a vision that transcends the either/or ideologies on both sides of the gender debate. Brilliantly structured into three distinct parts, Part One explores how history is carried forward through the stories a culture tells and values, and what we can do to balance the scales. Part Two looks at women and power and expands what it means to be courageous, daring, and strong. And Part Three offers “A Toolbox for Inner Strength.” Lesser argues that change in the culture starts with inner change, and that no one—woman or man—is immune to the corrupting influence of power. She provides inner tools to help us be both strong-willed and kind-hearted. Cassandra Speaks is a beautifully balanced synthesis of storytelling, memoir, and cultural observation. Women, men and all people will find themselves in the pages of this book, and will come away strengthened, opened, and ready to work together to create a better world for all people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cassandra Speaks: When Women Are the Storytellers, the Human Story Changes Author: Elizabeth Lesser Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What story would Eve have told about picking the apple? Why is Pandora blamed for opening the box? And what about the fate of Cassandra who was blessed with knowing the future but cursed so that no one believed her? What if women had been the storytellers? Elizabeth Lesser believes that if women’s voices had been equally heard and respected throughout history, humankind would have followed different hero myths and guiding stories—stories that value caretaking, champion compassion, and elevate communication over vengeance and violence. Cassandra Speaks is about the stories we tell and how those stories become the culture. It’s about the stories we still blindly cling to, and the ones that cling to us: the origin tales, the guiding myths, the religious parables, the literature and films and fairy tales passed down through the centuries about women and men, power and war, sex and love, and the values we live by.  Stories written mostly by men with lessons and laws for all of humanity. We have outgrown so many of them, and still they endure. This book is about what happens when women are the storytellers too—when we speak from our authentic voices, when we flex our values, when we become protagonists in the tales we tell about what it means to be human. Lesser has walked two main paths in her life—the spiritual path and the feminist one—paths that sometimes cross but sometimes feel at cross-purposes. Cassandra Speaks is her extraordinary merging of the two. The bestselling author of Broken Open and Marrow, Lesser is a beloved spiritual writer, as well as a leading feminist thinker. In this book she gives equal voice to the cool water of her meditative self and the fire of her feminist self. With her trademark gifts of both humor and insight, she offers a vision that transcends the either/or ideologies on both sides of the gender debate. Brilliantly structured into three distinct parts, Part One explores how history is carried forward through the stories a culture tells and values, and what we can do to balance the scales. Part Two looks at women and power and expands what it means to be courageous, daring, and strong. And Part Three offers “A Toolbox for Inner Strength.” Lesser argues that change in the culture starts with inner change, and that no one—woman or man—is immune to the corrupting influence of power. She provides inner tools to help us be both strong-willed and kind-hearted. Cassandra Speaks is a beautifully balanced synthesis of storytelling, memoir, and cultural observation. Women, men and all people will find themselves in the pages of this book, and will come away strengthened, opened, and ready to work together to create a better world for all people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414917 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: More Than a Woman Author: Caitlin Moran Narrator: Caitlin Moran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of the international bestseller How to Be a Woman returns with another “hilarious neo-feminist manifesto” (NPR) in which she reflects on parenting, middle-age, marriage, existential crises—and, of course, feminism. A decade ago, Caitlin Moran burst onto the scene with her instant bestseller, How to Be a Woman, a hilarious and resonant take on feminism, the patriarchy, and all things womanhood. Moran’s seminal book followed her from her terrible 13th birthday through adolescence, the workplace, strip-clubs, love, and beyond—and is considered the inaugural work of the irreverent confessional feminist memoir genre that continues to occupy a major place in the cultural landscape. Since that publication, it’s been a glorious ten years for young women: Barack Obama loves Fleabag, and Dior make “FEMINIST” t-shirts. However, middle-aged women still have some nagging, unanswered questions: Can feminists have Botox? Why isn’t there such a thing as “Mum Bod”? Why do hangovers suddenly hurt so much? Is the camel-toe the new erogenous zone? Why do all your clothes suddenly hate you? Has feminism gone too far? Will your To Do List ever end? And WHO’S LOOKING AFTER THE CHILDREN? As timely as it is hysterically funny, this memoir/manifesto will have readers laughing out loud, blinking back tears, and redefining their views on feminism and the patriarchy. More Than a Woman is a brutally honest, scathingly funny, and absolutely necessary take on the life of the modern woman—and one that only Caitlin Moran can provide. Caitlin Moran Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414917 thebookvoice.com 9:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: More Than a Woman Author: Caitlin Moran Narrator: Caitlin Moran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of the international bestseller How to Be a Woman returns with another “hilarious neo-feminist manifesto” (NPR) in which she reflects on parenting, middle-age, marriage, existential crises—and, of course, feminism. A decade ago, Caitlin Moran burst onto the scene with her instant bestseller, How to Be a Woman, a hilarious and resonant take on feminism, the patriarchy, and all things womanhood. Moran’s seminal book followed her from her terrible 13th birthday through adolescence, the workplace, strip-clubs, love, and beyond—and is considered the inaugural work of the irreverent confessional feminist memoir genre that continues to occupy a major place in the cultural landscape. Since that publication, it’s been a glorious ten years for young women: Barack Obama loves Fleabag, and Dior make “FEMINIST” t-shirts. However, middle-aged women still have some nagging, unanswered questions: Can feminists have Botox? Why isn’t there such a thing as “Mum Bod”? Why do hangovers suddenly hurt so much? Is the camel-toe the new erogenous zone? Why do all your clothes suddenly hate you? Has feminism gone too far? Will your To Do List ever end? And WHO’S LOOKING AFTER THE CHILDREN? As timely as it is hysterically funny, this memoir/manifesto will have readers laughing out loud, blinking back tears, and redefining their views on feminism and the patriarchy. More Than a Woman is a brutally honest, scathingly funny, and absolutely necessary take on the life of the modern woman—and one that only Caitlin Moran can provide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: More Than a Woman Author: Caitlin Moran Narrator: Caitlin Moran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The author of the international bestseller How to Be a Woman returns with another “hilarious neo-feminist manifesto” (NPR) in which she reflects on parenting, middle-age, marriage, existential crises—and, of course, feminism. A decade ago, Caitlin Moran burst onto the scene with her instant bestseller, How to Be a Woman, a hilarious and resonant take on feminism, the patriarchy, and all things womanhood. Moran’s seminal book followed her from her terrible 13th birthday through adolescence, the workplace, strip-clubs, love, and beyond—and is considered the inaugural work of the irreverent confessional feminist memoir genre that continues to occupy a major place in the cultural landscape. Since that publication, it’s been a glorious ten years for young women: Barack Obama loves Fleabag, and Dior make “FEMINIST” t-shirts. However, middle-aged women still have some nagging, unanswered questions: Can feminists have Botox? Why isn’t there such a thing as “Mum Bod”? Why do hangovers suddenly hurt so much? Is the camel-toe the new erogenous zone? Why do all your clothes suddenly hate you? Has feminism gone too far? Will your To Do List ever end? And WHO’S LOOKING AFTER THE CHILDREN? As timely as it is hysterically funny, this memoir/manifesto will have readers laughing out loud, blinking back tears, and redefining their views on feminism and the patriarchy. More Than a Woman is a brutally honest, scathingly funny, and absolutely necessary take on the life of the modern woman—and one that only Caitlin Moran can provide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC: Navigating the Politics of Everyday Life Author: Paula Austin Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This overview offers a complex narrative of the everyday lives of black young people in a racially, spatially, economically, and politically restricted Washington, DC during the 1930s. In contrast to the ways in which young people have been portrayed by researchers, policymakers, law enforcement, and the media, Paula C. Austin draws on previously unstudied archival material to present black poor and working-class young people as thinkers, theorists, critics, and commentators as they reckon with the boundaries imposed on them in a Jim Crow city that was also the American emblem of equality. The narratives at the center of this book provide a different understanding of black urban life in the early twentieth century, showing that ordinary people were experts at navigating around the limitations imposed by the District of Columbia’s racially segregated politics. Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC is a fresh take on the New Negro movement and a vital contribution to the history of race in America. Paula Austin Tue, 21 Jan 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC: Navigating the Politics of Everyday Life Author: Paula Austin Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This overview offers a complex narrative of the everyday lives of black young people in a racially, spatially, economically, and politically restricted Washington, DC during the 1930s. In contrast to the ways in which young people have been portrayed by researchers, policymakers, law enforcement, and the media, Paula C. Austin draws on previously unstudied archival material to present black poor and working-class young people as thinkers, theorists, critics, and commentators as they reckon with the boundaries imposed on them in a Jim Crow city that was also the American emblem of equality. The narratives at the center of this book provide a different understanding of black urban life in the early twentieth century, showing that ordinary people were experts at navigating around the limitations imposed by the District of Columbia’s racially segregated politics. Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC is a fresh take on the New Negro movement and a vital contribution to the history of race in America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC: Navigating the Politics of Everyday Life Author: Paula Austin Narrator: Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This overview offers a complex narrative of the everyday lives of black young people in a racially, spatially, economically, and politically restricted Washington, DC during the 1930s. In contrast to the ways in which young people have been portrayed by researchers, policymakers, law enforcement, and the media, Paula C. Austin draws on previously unstudied archival material to present black poor and working-class young people as thinkers, theorists, critics, and commentators as they reckon with the boundaries imposed on them in a Jim Crow city that was also the American emblem of equality. The narratives at the center of this book provide a different understanding of black urban life in the early twentieth century, showing that ordinary people were experts at navigating around the limitations imposed by the District of Columbia’s racially segregated politics. Coming of Age in Jim Crow DC is a fresh take on the New Negro movement and a vital contribution to the history of race in America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414791 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wolfpack: The Millennial Mobsters Who Brought Chaos and the Cartels to the Canadian Underworld Author: Luis Najera, Peter Edwards Narrator: Juan Chioran, Luis Najera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joined by award-winning Mexican journalist Luis Nájera, leading organized-crime author Peter Edwards introduces a motley assortment of millennial bikers, gangsters and Mafia whose bloody trail of murders and schemes gone wrong led to the arrival in Canada of the world's most dangerous criminal organizations: the drug cartels of Mexico. A man watching the Euro Cup on a restaurant patio is shot dead on a busy Sunday afternoon in Toronto. Another dies in a sidewalk ambush just outside a bustling college campus. Two men in a Vancouver hotel lobby are gunned down in an attack that sends an American soccer star scrambling for cover. In Mexico, a Canadian is killed at a Nuevo Vallarta  coffee shop, his death barely registering amidst the terrifying death tolls of President Calderón’s war on drugs and the cartels’ response; while a Montreal cop is beaten within an inch of his life in a Playa del Carmen nightclub. An infamous heckler from an NBA Toronto Raptors game turns up dead in a bullet-riddled car in a midtown laneway. Throughout the 2010s, these and other disparate acts of violence entered the public awareness like isolated tragedies—but there was nothing isolated about them. In this masterly investigation, veteran journalists Peter Edwards and Luis Nájera introduce readers to the common cause of a near-decade of chaos. Meet the Wolfpack, millennial-aged gangsters from across the spectrum of Canada’s underworld. Vying to fast-track their way into the criminal void left by the death of Montreal godfather Vito Rizzuto, the Wolfpack sought advantage in a steady supply of cocaine from El Chapo Guzmán’s Sinaloa cartel, among the deadliest and most far-reaching of criminal organizations. The juniors had just stepped into the big leagues. This is the roiling landscape of The Wolfpack, a brilliant examination of  a time of criminal disruption and rapid adaptation, when one gang’s unchecked ambition unwittingly gave away the most hotly contested corner of the Canadian underworld without a fight. Brazen criminal disruptors or entitled upstarts looking to get rich without paying their dues--whatever you think of them, you will never forget the Wolfpack. Luis Najera, Peter Edwards Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414791 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wolfpack: The Millennial Mobsters Who Brought Chaos and the Cartels to the Canadian Underworld Author: Luis Najera, Peter Edwards Narrator: Juan Chioran, Luis Najera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joined by award-winning Mexican journalist Luis Nájera, leading organized-crime author Peter Edwards introduces a motley assortment of millennial bikers, gangsters and Mafia whose bloody trail of murders and schemes gone wrong led to the arrival in Canada of the world's most dangerous criminal organizations: the drug cartels of Mexico. A man watching the Euro Cup on a restaurant patio is shot dead on a busy Sunday afternoon in Toronto. Another dies in a sidewalk ambush just outside a bustling college campus. Two men in a Vancouver hotel lobby are gunned down in an attack that sends an American soccer star scrambling for cover. In Mexico, a Canadian is killed at a Nuevo Vallarta  coffee shop, his death barely registering amidst the terrifying death tolls of President Calderón’s war on drugs and the cartels’ response; while a Montreal cop is beaten within an inch of his life in a Playa del Carmen nightclub. An infamous heckler from an NBA Toronto Raptors game turns up dead in a bullet-riddled car in a midtown laneway. Throughout the 2010s, these and other disparate acts of violence entered the public awareness like isolated tragedies—but there was nothing isolated about them. In this masterly investigation, veteran journalists Peter Edwards and Luis Nájera introduce readers to the common cause of a near-decade of chaos. Meet the Wolfpack, millennial-aged gangsters from across the spectrum of Canada’s underworld. Vying to fast-track their way into the criminal void left by the death of Montreal godfather Vito Rizzuto, the Wolfpack sought advantage in a steady supply of cocaine from El Chapo Guzmán’s Sinaloa cartel, among the deadliest and most far-reaching of criminal organizations. The juniors had just stepped into the big leagues. This is the roiling landscape of The Wolfpack, a brilliant examination of  a time of criminal disruption and rapid adaptation, when one gang’s unchecked ambition unwittingly gave away the most hotly contested corner of the Canadian underworld without a fight. Brazen criminal disruptors or entitled upstarts looking to get rich without paying their dues--whatever you think of them, you will never forget the Wolfpack. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wolfpack: The Millennial Mobsters Who Brought Chaos and the Cartels to the Canadian Underworld Author: Luis Najera, Peter Edwards Narrator: Juan Chioran, Luis Najera Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Joined by award-winning Mexican journalist Luis Nájera, leading organized-crime author Peter Edwards introduces a motley assortment of millennial bikers, gangsters and Mafia whose bloody trail of murders and schemes gone wrong led to the arrival in Canada of the world's most dangerous criminal organizations: the drug cartels of Mexico. A man watching the Euro Cup on a restaurant patio is shot dead on a busy Sunday afternoon in Toronto. Another dies in a sidewalk ambush just outside a bustling college campus. Two men in a Vancouver hotel lobby are gunned down in an attack that sends an American soccer star scrambling for cover. In Mexico, a Canadian is killed at a Nuevo Vallarta  coffee shop, his death barely registering amidst the terrifying death tolls of President Calderón’s war on drugs and the cartels’ response; while a Montreal cop is beaten within an inch of his life in a Playa del Carmen nightclub. An infamous heckler from an NBA Toronto Raptors game turns up dead in a bullet-riddled car in a midtown laneway. Throughout the 2010s, these and other disparate acts of violence entered the public awareness like isolated tragedies—but there was nothing isolated about them. In this masterly investigation, veteran journalists Peter Edwards and Luis Nájera introduce readers to the common cause of a near-decade of chaos. Meet the Wolfpack, millennial-aged gangsters from across the spectrum of Canada’s underworld. Vying to fast-track their way into the criminal void left by the death of Montreal godfather Vito Rizzuto, the Wolfpack sought advantage in a steady supply of cocaine from El Chapo Guzmán’s Sinaloa cartel, among the deadliest and most far-reaching of criminal organizations. The juniors had just stepped into the big leagues. This is the roiling landscape of The Wolfpack, a brilliant examination of  a time of criminal disruption and rapid adaptation, when one gang’s unchecked ambition unwittingly gave away the most hotly contested corner of the Canadian underworld without a fight. Brazen criminal disruptors or entitled upstarts looking to get rich without paying their dues--whatever you think of them, you will never forget the Wolfpack. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414785 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War: How Conflict Shaped Us Author: Margaret MacMillan Narrator: Deepti Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Is peace an aberration? The New York Times bestselling author of Paris 1919 offers a provocative view of war as an essential component of humanity. NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW “Margaret MacMillan has produced another seminal work. . . . She is right that we must, more than ever, think about war. And she has shown us how in this brilliant, elegantly written book.”—H.R. McMaster, author of Dereliction of Duty and Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World The instinct to fight may be innate in human nature, but war—organized violence—comes with organized society. War has shaped humanity’s history, its social and political institutions, its values and ideas. Our very language, our public spaces, our private memories, and some of our greatest cultural treasures reflect the glory and the misery of war. War is an uncomfortable and challenging subject not least because it brings out both the vilest and the noblest aspects of humanity.  Margaret MacMillan looks at the ways in which war has influenced human society and how, in turn, changes in political organization, technology, or ideologies have affected how and why we fight. War: How Conflict Shaped Us explores such much-debated and controversial questions as: When did war first start? Does human nature doom us to fight one another? Why has war been described as the most organized of all human activities? Why are warriors almost always men? Is war ever within our control?  Drawing on lessons from wars throughout the past, from classical history to the present day, MacMillan reveals the many faces of war—the way it has determined our past, our future, our views of the world, and our very conception of ourselves. Margaret MacMillan Tue, 06 Oct 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414785 thebookvoice.com 10:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War: How Conflict Shaped Us Author: Margaret MacMillan Narrator: Deepti Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Is peace an aberration? The New York Times bestselling author of Paris 1919 offers a provocative view of war as an essential component of humanity. NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW “Margaret MacMillan has produced another seminal work. . . . She is right that we must, more than ever, think about war. And she has shown us how in this brilliant, elegantly written book.”—H.R. McMaster, author of Dereliction of Duty and Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World The instinct to fight may be innate in human nature, but war—organized violence—comes with organized society. War has shaped humanity’s history, its social and political institutions, its values and ideas. Our very language, our public spaces, our private memories, and some of our greatest cultural treasures reflect the glory and the misery of war. War is an uncomfortable and challenging subject not least because it brings out both the vilest and the noblest aspects of humanity.  Margaret MacMillan looks at the ways in which war has influenced human society and how, in turn, changes in political organization, technology, or ideologies have affected how and why we fight. War: How Conflict Shaped Us explores such much-debated and controversial questions as: When did war first start? Does human nature doom us to fight one another? Why has war been described as the most organized of all human activities? Why are warriors almost always men? Is war ever within our control?  Drawing on lessons from wars throughout the past, from classical history to the present day, MacMillan reveals the many faces of war—the way it has determined our past, our future, our views of the world, and our very conception of ourselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War: How Conflict Shaped Us Author: Margaret MacMillan Narrator: Deepti Gupta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Is peace an aberration? The New York Times bestselling author of Paris 1919 offers a provocative view of war as an essential component of humanity. NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW “Margaret MacMillan has produced another seminal work. . . . She is right that we must, more than ever, think about war. And she has shown us how in this brilliant, elegantly written book.”—H.R. McMaster, author of Dereliction of Duty and Battlegrounds: The Fight to Defend the Free World The instinct to fight may be innate in human nature, but war—organized violence—comes with organized society. War has shaped humanity’s history, its social and political institutions, its values and ideas. Our very language, our public spaces, our private memories, and some of our greatest cultural treasures reflect the glory and the misery of war. War is an uncomfortable and challenging subject not least because it brings out both the vilest and the noblest aspects of humanity.  Margaret MacMillan looks at the ways in which war has influenced human society and how, in turn, changes in political organization, technology, or ideologies have affected how and why we fight. War: How Conflict Shaped Us explores such much-debated and controversial questions as: When did war first start? Does human nature doom us to fight one another? Why has war been described as the most organized of all human activities? Why are warriors almost always men? Is war ever within our control?  Drawing on lessons from wars throughout the past, from classical history to the present day, MacMillan reveals the many faces of war—the way it has determined our past, our future, our views of the world, and our very conception of ourselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414779 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disability Visibility: First-Person Stories from the Twenty-First Century: Unabridged Selections Author: Alice Wong Narrator: Alejandra Ospina, Alice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One in five people in the United States lives with a disability. Some disabilities are visible, others less apparent—but all are underrepresented in media and popular culture. Now, just in time for the thirtieth anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act, activist Alice Wong brings together this urgent, galvanizing collection of contemporary essays by disabled people. From original pieces by up-and-coming authors like Keah Brown and Haben Girma, to blog posts, manifestos, eulogies, Congressional testimonies, and beyond: this anthology gives a glimpse into the rich complexity of the disabled experience, highlighting the passions, talents, and everyday lives of this community. It invites listeners to question their own understandings. It celebrates and documents disability culture in the now. It looks to the future and the past with hope and love. Alice Wong Tue, 30 Jun 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414779 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disability Visibility: First-Person Stories from the Twenty-First Century: Unabridged Selections Author: Alice Wong Narrator: Alejandra Ospina, Alice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One in five people in the United States lives with a disability. Some disabilities are visible, others less apparent—but all are underrepresented in media and popular culture. Now, just in time for the thirtieth anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act, activist Alice Wong brings together this urgent, galvanizing collection of contemporary essays by disabled people. From original pieces by up-and-coming authors like Keah Brown and Haben Girma, to blog posts, manifestos, eulogies, Congressional testimonies, and beyond: this anthology gives a glimpse into the rich complexity of the disabled experience, highlighting the passions, talents, and everyday lives of this community. It invites listeners to question their own understandings. It celebrates and documents disability culture in the now. It looks to the future and the past with hope and love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disability Visibility: First-Person Stories from the Twenty-First Century: Unabridged Selections Author: Alice Wong Narrator: Alejandra Ospina, Alice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One in five people in the United States lives with a disability. Some disabilities are visible, others less apparent—but all are underrepresented in media and popular culture. Now, just in time for the thirtieth anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act, activist Alice Wong brings together this urgent, galvanizing collection of contemporary essays by disabled people. From original pieces by up-and-coming authors like Keah Brown and Haben Girma, to blog posts, manifestos, eulogies, Congressional testimonies, and beyond: this anthology gives a glimpse into the rich complexity of the disabled experience, highlighting the passions, talents, and everyday lives of this community. It invites listeners to question their own understandings. It celebrates and documents disability culture in the now. It looks to the future and the past with hope and love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Billion Americans: The Case for Thinking Bigger Author: Matthew Yglesias Narrator: Matthew Yglesias Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER What would actually make America great: more people.   If the most challenging crisis in living memory has shown us anything, it’s that America has lost the will and the means to lead. We can’t compete with the huge population clusters of the global marketplace by keeping our population static or letting it diminish, or with our crumbling transit and unaffordable housing. The winner in the future world is going to have more—more ideas, more ambition, more utilization of resources, more people.    Exactly how many Americans do we need to win? According to Matthew Yglesias, one billion.   From one of our foremost policy writers, One Billion Americans is the provocative yet logical argument that if we aren’t moving forward, we’re losing. Vox founder Yglesias invites us to think bigger, while taking the problems of decline seriously. What really contributes to national prosperity should not be controversial: supporting parents and children, welcoming immigrants and their contributions, and exploring creative policies that support growth—like more housing, better transportation, improved education, revitalized welfare, and climate change mitigation. Drawing on examples and solutions from around the world, Yglesias shows not only that we can do this, but why we must.    Making the case for massive population growth with analytic rigor and imagination, One Billion Americans issues a radical but undeniable challenge: Why not do it all, and stay on top forever? Matthew Yglesias Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Billion Americans: The Case for Thinking Bigger Author: Matthew Yglesias Narrator: Matthew Yglesias Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER What would actually make America great: more people.   If the most challenging crisis in living memory has shown us anything, it’s that America has lost the will and the means to lead. We can’t compete with the huge population clusters of the global marketplace by keeping our population static or letting it diminish, or with our crumbling transit and unaffordable housing. The winner in the future world is going to have more—more ideas, more ambition, more utilization of resources, more people.    Exactly how many Americans do we need to win? According to Matthew Yglesias, one billion.   From one of our foremost policy writers, One Billion Americans is the provocative yet logical argument that if we aren’t moving forward, we’re losing. Vox founder Yglesias invites us to think bigger, while taking the problems of decline seriously. What really contributes to national prosperity should not be controversial: supporting parents and children, welcoming immigrants and their contributions, and exploring creative policies that support growth—like more housing, better transportation, improved education, revitalized welfare, and climate change mitigation. Drawing on examples and solutions from around the world, Yglesias shows not only that we can do this, but why we must.    Making the case for massive population growth with analytic rigor and imagination, One Billion Americans issues a radical but undeniable challenge: Why not do it all, and stay on top forever? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414770]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Billion Americans: The Case for Thinking Bigger Author: Matthew Yglesias Narrator: Matthew Yglesias Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER What would actually make America great: more people.   If the most challenging crisis in living memory has shown us anything, it’s that America has lost the will and the means to lead. We can’t compete with the huge population clusters of the global marketplace by keeping our population static or letting it diminish, or with our crumbling transit and unaffordable housing. The winner in the future world is going to have more—more ideas, more ambition, more utilization of resources, more people.    Exactly how many Americans do we need to win? According to Matthew Yglesias, one billion.   From one of our foremost policy writers, One Billion Americans is the provocative yet logical argument that if we aren’t moving forward, we’re losing. Vox founder Yglesias invites us to think bigger, while taking the problems of decline seriously. What really contributes to national prosperity should not be controversial: supporting parents and children, welcoming immigrants and their contributions, and exploring creative policies that support growth—like more housing, better transportation, improved education, revitalized welfare, and climate change mitigation. Drawing on examples and solutions from around the world, Yglesias shows not only that we can do this, but why we must.    Making the case for massive population growth with analytic rigor and imagination, One Billion Americans issues a radical but undeniable challenge: Why not do it all, and stay on top forever? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconsidering Reagan: Racism, Republicans, and the Road to Trump Author: Daniel S. Lucks Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2021 Prose Award Finalist A long-overdue and sober examination of President Ronald Reagan’s racist politics that continue to harm communities today and helped shape the modern conservative movement. Ronald Reagan is hailed as a transformative president and an American icon, but within his twentieth-century politics lies a racial legacy that is rarely discussed. Both political parties point to Reagan as the “right” kind of conservative but fail to acknowledge his political attacks on people of color prior to and during his presidency. Reconsidering Reagan corrects that narrative and reveals how his views, policies, and actions were devastating for Black Americans and racial minorities, and that the effects continue to resonate today. Using research from previously untapped resources including the Black press which critically covered Reagan’s entire political career, Daniel S. Lucks traces Reagan’s gradual embrace of conservatism, his opposition to landmark civil rights legislation, his coziness with segregationists, and his skill in tapping into white anxiety about race, riding a wave of “white backlash” all the way to the Presidency. He argues that Reagan has the worst civil rights record of any President since the 1920s—including supporting South African apartheid, packing courts with conservatives, targeting laws prohibiting discrimination in education and housing, and launching the “War on Drugs”—which had cataclysmic consequences on the lives of Black and Brown people. Linking the past to the present, Lucks expertly examines how Reagan set the blueprint for President Trump and proves that he is not an anomaly, but in fact the logical successor to bring back the racially tumultuous America that Reagan conceptualized. Daniel S. Lucks Tue, 04 Aug 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755 thebookvoice.com 13:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconsidering Reagan: Racism, Republicans, and the Road to Trump Author: Daniel S. Lucks Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2021 Prose Award Finalist A long-overdue and sober examination of President Ronald Reagan’s racist politics that continue to harm communities today and helped shape the modern conservative movement. Ronald Reagan is hailed as a transformative president and an American icon, but within his twentieth-century politics lies a racial legacy that is rarely discussed. Both political parties point to Reagan as the “right” kind of conservative but fail to acknowledge his political attacks on people of color prior to and during his presidency. Reconsidering Reagan corrects that narrative and reveals how his views, policies, and actions were devastating for Black Americans and racial minorities, and that the effects continue to resonate today. Using research from previously untapped resources including the Black press which critically covered Reagan’s entire political career, Daniel S. Lucks traces Reagan’s gradual embrace of conservatism, his opposition to landmark civil rights legislation, his coziness with segregationists, and his skill in tapping into white anxiety about race, riding a wave of “white backlash” all the way to the Presidency. He argues that Reagan has the worst civil rights record of any President since the 1920s—including supporting South African apartheid, packing courts with conservatives, targeting laws prohibiting discrimination in education and housing, and launching the “War on Drugs”—which had cataclysmic consequences on the lives of Black and Brown people. Linking the past to the present, Lucks expertly examines how Reagan set the blueprint for President Trump and proves that he is not an anomaly, but in fact the logical successor to bring back the racially tumultuous America that Reagan conceptualized. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reconsidering Reagan: Racism, Republicans, and the Road to Trump Author: Daniel S. Lucks Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 2021 Prose Award Finalist A long-overdue and sober examination of President Ronald Reagan’s racist politics that continue to harm communities today and helped shape the modern conservative movement. Ronald Reagan is hailed as a transformative president and an American icon, but within his twentieth-century politics lies a racial legacy that is rarely discussed. Both political parties point to Reagan as the “right” kind of conservative but fail to acknowledge his political attacks on people of color prior to and during his presidency. Reconsidering Reagan corrects that narrative and reveals how his views, policies, and actions were devastating for Black Americans and racial minorities, and that the effects continue to resonate today. Using research from previously untapped resources including the Black press which critically covered Reagan’s entire political career, Daniel S. Lucks traces Reagan’s gradual embrace of conservatism, his opposition to landmark civil rights legislation, his coziness with segregationists, and his skill in tapping into white anxiety about race, riding a wave of “white backlash” all the way to the Presidency. He argues that Reagan has the worst civil rights record of any President since the 1920s—including supporting South African apartheid, packing courts with conservatives, targeting laws prohibiting discrimination in education and housing, and launching the “War on Drugs”—which had cataclysmic consequences on the lives of Black and Brown people. Linking the past to the present, Lucks expertly examines how Reagan set the blueprint for President Trump and proves that he is not an anomaly, but in fact the logical successor to bring back the racially tumultuous America that Reagan conceptualized. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liar's Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies Author: Carl Hoffman Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ''A brilliant, riveting, funny, terrifying journey into the beating heart of Trumpland.'' —Liza Mundy, author of Code Girls In this daring work of immersive journalism, based on hundreds of hours of reporting, Carl Hoffman journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies, seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.  Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, pierced this alternate society, welcomed in and initiated into its rites and upside-down beliefs, and finally ushered to its inner sanctum. Equally freewheeling and profound, Liar’s Circus tracks the MAGA faithful across five thousand miles of the American heartland during a crucial arc of the Trump presidency stretching from the impeachment saga to the dawn of the coronavirus pandemic that ended the rallies as we know it. Trump’s rallies are a singular and defining force in American history—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, they are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill these arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise and powerful hold over both his base and the GOP? To those on the left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this traveling roadshow is the pressurized, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. Hoffman has done just this. He has stood in line for more than 170 hours with Trump's most ardent superfans and joined them at the very front row; he has traveled from Minnesota to Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and New Hampshire immersing himself in their culture.  Liar’s Circus is a revelatory portrait of Trump’s America, from one of our most intrepid journalists. Carl Hoffman Tue, 01 Sep 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liar's Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies Author: Carl Hoffman Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ''A brilliant, riveting, funny, terrifying journey into the beating heart of Trumpland.'' —Liza Mundy, author of Code Girls In this daring work of immersive journalism, based on hundreds of hours of reporting, Carl Hoffman journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies, seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.  Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, pierced this alternate society, welcomed in and initiated into its rites and upside-down beliefs, and finally ushered to its inner sanctum. Equally freewheeling and profound, Liar’s Circus tracks the MAGA faithful across five thousand miles of the American heartland during a crucial arc of the Trump presidency stretching from the impeachment saga to the dawn of the coronavirus pandemic that ended the rallies as we know it. Trump’s rallies are a singular and defining force in American history—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, they are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill these arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise and powerful hold over both his base and the GOP? To those on the left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this traveling roadshow is the pressurized, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. Hoffman has done just this. He has stood in line for more than 170 hours with Trump's most ardent superfans and joined them at the very front row; he has traveled from Minnesota to Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and New Hampshire immersing himself in their culture.  Liar’s Circus is a revelatory portrait of Trump’s America, from one of our most intrepid journalists. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414744]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liar's Circus: A Strange and Terrifying Journey into the Upside-Down World of Trump’s MAGA Rallies Author: Carl Hoffman Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ''A brilliant, riveting, funny, terrifying journey into the beating heart of Trumpland.'' —Liza Mundy, author of Code Girls In this daring work of immersive journalism, based on hundreds of hours of reporting, Carl Hoffman journeys deep inside Donald Trump’s rallies, seeking to understand the strange and powerful tribe that forms the president’s base.  Hoffman, who has written about the most dangerous and remote corners of the world, pierced this alternate society, welcomed in and initiated into its rites and upside-down beliefs, and finally ushered to its inner sanctum. Equally freewheeling and profound, Liar’s Circus tracks the MAGA faithful across five thousand miles of the American heartland during a crucial arc of the Trump presidency stretching from the impeachment saga to the dawn of the coronavirus pandemic that ended the rallies as we know it. Trump’s rallies are a singular and defining force in American history—a kind of Rosetta stone to understanding the Age of Trump. Yet while much remarked upon, they are, in fact, little examined, with the focus almost always on Trump’s latest outrageous statement. But who are the tens of thousands of people who fill these arenas? What do they see in Trump? And what curious alchemy—between president and adoring crowd—happens there that might explain Trump’s rise and powerful hold over both his base and the GOP? To those on the left, the rallies are a Black Mass of American politics at which Trump plays high priest, recklessly summoning the darkest forces within the nation. To the MAGA faithful, the rallies are a form of pilgrimage, a joyous ceremony that like all rituals binds people together and makes them feel a part of something bigger than themselves. Both sides would acknowledge that this traveling roadshow is the pressurized, combustible core of Trump’s political power, a meeting of the faithful where Trump is unshackled and his rhetoric reaches its most extreme, with downstream consequences for the rest of the nation. To date, no reporter has sought to understand the rallies as a sociological phenomenon examined from the bottom up. Hoffman has done just this. He has stood in line for more than 170 hours with Trump's most ardent superfans and joined them at the very front row; he has traveled from Minnesota to Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi, and New Hampshire immersing himself in their culture.  Liar’s Circus is a revelatory portrait of Trump’s America, from one of our most intrepid journalists. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414666 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collaborative Society Author: Aleksandra Przegalinska, Dariusz Jemielniak Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Humans are hard-wired for collaboration, and new technologies of communication act as a super-amplifier of our natural collaborative mindset. This volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series examines the emergence of a new kind of social collaboration enabled by networked technologies. This new collaborative society might be characterized as a series of services and startups that enable peer-to-peer exchanges and interactions though technology. Some believe that the economic aspects of the new collaboration have the potential to make society more equitable; others see collaborative communities based on sharing as a cover for social injustice and user exploitation. The book covers the 'sharing economy,' and the hijacking of the term by corporations; different models of peer production, and motivations to participate; collaborative media production and consumption, the definitions of 'amateur' and 'professional,' and the power of memes; hactivism and social movements, including Anonymous and anti-ACTA protest; collaborative knowledge creation, including citizen science; collaborative self-tracking; and internet-mediated social relations, as seen in the use of Instagram, Snapchat, and Tinder. Finally, the book considers the future of these collaborative tendencies and the disruptions caused by fake news, bots, and other challenges. Aleksandra Przegalinska, Dariusz Jemielniak Tue, 10 Mar 2020 07:31:08 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414666 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collaborative Society Author: Aleksandra Przegalinska, Dariusz Jemielniak Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Humans are hard-wired for collaboration, and new technologies of communication act as a super-amplifier of our natural collaborative mindset. This volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series examines the emergence of a new kind of social collaboration enabled by networked technologies. This new collaborative society might be characterized as a series of services and startups that enable peer-to-peer exchanges and interactions though technology. Some believe that the economic aspects of the new collaboration have the potential to make society more equitable; others see collaborative communities based on sharing as a cover for social injustice and user exploitation. The book covers the 'sharing economy,' and the hijacking of the term by corporations; different models of peer production, and motivations to participate; collaborative media production and consumption, the definitions of 'amateur' and 'professional,' and the power of memes; hactivism and social movements, including Anonymous and anti-ACTA protest; collaborative knowledge creation, including citizen science; collaborative self-tracking; and internet-mediated social relations, as seen in the use of Instagram, Snapchat, and Tinder. Finally, the book considers the future of these collaborative tendencies and the disruptions caused by fake news, bots, and other challenges. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414666]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collaborative Society Author: Aleksandra Przegalinska, Dariusz Jemielniak Narrator: Bruce Mann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Humans are hard-wired for collaboration, and new technologies of communication act as a super-amplifier of our natural collaborative mindset. This volume in the MIT Press Essential Knowledge series examines the emergence of a new kind of social collaboration enabled by networked technologies. This new collaborative society might be characterized as a series of services and startups that enable peer-to-peer exchanges and interactions though technology. Some believe that the economic aspects of the new collaboration have the potential to make society more equitable; others see collaborative communities based on sharing as a cover for social injustice and user exploitation. The book covers the 'sharing economy,' and the hijacking of the term by corporations; different models of peer production, and motivations to participate; collaborative media production and consumption, the definitions of 'amateur' and 'professional,' and the power of memes; hactivism and social movements, including Anonymous and anti-ACTA protest; collaborative knowledge creation, including citizen science; collaborative self-tracking; and internet-mediated social relations, as seen in the use of Instagram, Snapchat, and Tinder. Finally, the book considers the future of these collaborative tendencies and the disruptions caused by fake news, bots, and other challenges.